rw cae <p” be} - Ofa** *§ fA. 0 i ~ Ns QI
3 =e > Veust) = Rs) 2 NE
= a Je — Say & \s fy faces » &
2) m 2 m CN. DE. Q Rais m pal
: ” =. 7) z wo yA =
5 N NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN | IN:
> wo - on <= wate wn ad
c = < = y, ‘S AS = <
e 4 <= = t Jy y SAF AS = .
ais’ 5 <a x O We aie
i B a : Li 2 Ve 2 2 \
2 E 2 Gop = XY 2
t ce a : We 5
Sa 1yvy g 17 LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S23
a 2 = > oN
j tu tu Xn tal
; = co . *S ac = XY a f
< % = <1 a4 SN 9
: + on = & =“ XN SS on
= a f o = O ole
; z oy = 4 2 oe ee
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS aa lyVvug LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN _INS
; = o = w &E Ya NO >) = Ys Ly a
- > = > {EF 2] & +2
= a = a \e ip fare a)
a = el a Senos aS on. m
= ” = w 2 wn
LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ
= ‘; w e 22) FIs on
: : Ae gee 2
26 = = 2 & =
a Do oO on 7}
xr je) ne: lee oA
2 = =, = zy:
= =. =
a 2 z a 2
INSTITUTION
Saiyuvugin
ITUTION
XX
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES
Saruvugi
NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
SatuVvugity
ONIAN
LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
DM
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
SMITHSONIAN
NS
z ” =
“yA | tad 3
= ey 2 ) = ; UJ ' =
~ pata I ets Ye fy ti A
x & eA i [0 ; Uf; $e &
= S aS m+ =
a 4
_oMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS sg
= i 3 =
o ‘oO Oy pe des fe)
eS y eo 7 Zr E
5: 47. 5 i ZA Viele =
ke ify > ke Ilo 5] & oe
- GY Ly, Bi oe & iy a =
= YP 4h = Cams m 2
= “2 no pe
_ NVINOSHLINS SJ tyvug rout BRARI ES | SMITHSONIAN INS
= = = | eS = Z
oa 4 eo os => Ss
\
G By 3 g 2 \
= a Ee < Ee
7 2 a 8 a
i MITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS Sa |
ud < tu z SX s fT)
= “S Ps 4 ONS =
<i : < 2 US =
0 a m0 G5 MY =
5 2 5 2 «ia
Pa
SAIYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS
&. mS a = es a
e ie o = Zope
pad | baa 5 on
> fe > = Yi oe >
a i fir es: pe
O me fs Zz ye
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa I
ae aay = : =
— s (a) — . bri J Z ~~
i KM AK. 5 | =
u = iY ow =< a pas | as : ,-4
ey > & a) & > = a
aS — NORPS = HA =
tf ON pC. o m IN. OC, > m es Au
oe oe o” _ wn ae)
YOILNLILSNI pod dVUaI LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILALI-
im z 2 z < Sie: x =f
z “4 Zz NYX: 4 “: 4
a S a 2 =
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS S31uvYusIT_
N
a
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
LIBRARIES
JOLLALILSNITNVINOSHLIWS S31YVUaIT LIBRARIES
INSTITUTION NOILALILSN
NBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IH4VUSI1
a
INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI
S3IUVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
Syiuvyugit
S3IYVUSsII
a) <
w (op) op) JEU: yn? ” BL ree SV SA
S - 9 fer = 2 E WN
> = >" a > = oe
S a ip Z a z a
_NVINOSHLINS SalYVYaIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION ln
2 : i - Yip % 3
= o — a YM, od ce
a \ z < Uf 7) 2 ~
= Ss pl = meat Se aie = =
= nite at z 3 >. a
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvudIT LIBRAR
S = S = z z
= : - = :
a
RB > - > | - 2
= = - 2 = =
w w pa w” m
4 ree = ” ‘. =
OLLALILSNI Mt >LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION, NOILNLI
i se = eh =< &« =
Uy; 7) wn 7) MK oe oe 7) Mac ws |:
Gp * sayy = NN 2 zEVNY, 8
eae oe se
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT_.
e z | Bete by Z
2 ae a GS 4
<x, sm, < | 3 i <x -
a * = 0: = oc S
PON DEY om Zz 5 co = en =
y a < —! z 23 =
LLALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31NVUEIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION | NOLLNLI
s oi AG Ss) = ) S)
if <tP ns = oA — na as
~ = oe >
5 URNS E - ee 3 2
a SW 2 fs a A oD
w” hed = | ts <= w =
IBRAR! ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS, S3 fuVUdIT_LIBRAR
€ or a YN SF 3 G%y. = KAT Yl z \
Aw 2AM 2 Leo 3 GFZEM™ 2 FY.ARS
fe ets Mages Nee! wie
4 NTY™
i
~<——
Cc
bom
7
ve
ee nn
ee a. -
°
ly
Z
i
Le ee ee
Dd a
J
i
— a a ae Doha sw ae F Ie
{ce
h 1
, |
P x
p \
i ; -
j , J 1
j % i
f \
t 4 {
F ;
A ) . 1
1
mde) ee ae mt
a
)
t
we Ee
i i AN tm
!
y
i i
a * : x 4 ; , ~ : A Fs
~ f
‘ ; Ney i} Hy Ce Ue ae Ht La
‘ \ . : ! \
: ; ics
?
- is 5 fat 5
/ ue. : ; etre: Uistala A
af 3 ; i iP = P F pk - WA : ai ‘ ats \ ee a et a! Rae
ANNALS, OF TEE,
SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
see
VOLUME 50
a es ‘ , . | | ¥ i |
: a x BL ake >. di aay ‘ ae. x Py k
ay i ; ? ; i .= : 1 Mi \ fi ; ons ii
. ry 70s hia
4 ene i: ie we) a y ee
t ; Agee |
: ‘ : 3 . : ie os iN 0
y ; 5 - * . if tr
aie rie
= \ - P| ee mie - ; Ji-54 a g ra meet 8
pe Sate mena ie * rie
ae
Se GE 6S Ree
*
4
~
i Pd ' y 7 ing a = 7
a a i =:
i
i
=
L
4
e
7 8 2 sly: | i j ’ f f eat PS ity
ee ee ee ee
{
i
|
\ ‘
\i
?
.
\
J ot
i
\
1
|
i
if
i
AN gp
i
i
Oy)
%
v
S
\
H}
n,
ve
r
Mi.
ow
v
\
2
=
ae
— -
rf
{
t
i}
i
es
yo ale 2 Meee oe >
j
if
Ne
i ?
f
7
¢
\
iy
AS
= =
r
X
~~ oo
ee
gnincei |
eael'o Ss HAM
SFiHANS\S
ANNALS
OF THE
SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
VOLUME 50
PRINTED FOR THE
TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1966-1968
INOPETA
Se SP ENERO ENP hee 6 6UMIVEE ET TIOUINIAIN
—- F- = We FF FF
—_— — = F
mn
'¢e)
WY
N
we
tr!
6 PRINTED IN SOUTH AFRICA BY
THE RUSTICA PRESS, PTY., LTD., WYNBERG, CAPE
LIST OF CONTENTS
BARRY, -L..H
The cranial morphology of the Permo-Triassic anomodont Pristerodon buffaloensis
with special reference to the neural endocranium and visceral arch skeleton
(published December 1967)
Barry, T. H.
Sound conduction in the fossil anomodont Lystrosaurus (published June 1968)
.
BoonstRA, L. D.
The girdles and limbs of the Dicynodontia of the Tapinocephalus zone (published
November 1966)
Boonstra, L. D.
The dinocephalian manus and pes (published November 1966)
BoonstrA, L. D.
An early stage in the evolution of the mammalian quadrupedal walking gait (pub-
lished March 1967)
BoonstrRA, L. D.
The braincase, basicranial axis and median septum in the Dinocephalia (published
May 1968)
Hesse, A. J.
Additions to the Cyrtosiinae (Bombyliidae) of South Africa (published December
1967)
Joun, H.
Neue Spezies von Notiophygus Gory nebst Erganzungen (Discolomidae Col.) (pub-
lished December 1967)
KENSLEY, B. F.
Deep sea decapod Crustacea from west of Cape Point, South Africa (published
June 1968)
MiILiLarp, N. A. H.
Hydroids from the south-west Indian ocean (published December 1967)
PEenrRITH, M.-L.
Studies on the South African Clinidae. II. Two new species of Clinus from the
western Cape (published October 1967)
Voss, G. L.
Some bathypelagic cephalopods from South African waters (published November
1967)
Page
195
89
163
43
61
7
t & >
|
a
: &
f ~
a ‘ = “
= 2
9 ij i
: ~
hie ‘t
+
A
= | > i 5
ul ~~
T
, t y
. a
4
co
, ‘
Qe aie he ae
er aNd Ady a RO ee al 5 ate i
Ceyeeik tort ‘yee ee Tay Avy ide big, ) a sae
® oo a
a ak
; © — ’ a
ce =" : ‘ Cae he les
he a. é ’ ‘ i) Ane)
Trey ey
Vet Oye St LIDRANRTCO OMIIASUNIAN INo
a
=
~ 1c -_ = es A r+ A i
_ > < val ie - if ibe 7 Pi Py 6 an
or Ae NY DNA Caan eee ee ssa at
> 4 ‘ ~ 3 ry ~?
. ii Voce. come |
i — a , 7 (S ¥
p | :
= . rida
~ | nn wie py
i |
Peay eC ped
| - ;
E eae biatch er Was hese) aan aa
_ IwVii
y
J
I , SA | ; = ; - Bie
7 ’ fe a f
| £7) adie TOE Fatt ly ieee f aoe fil ouch, ie heal alae ahs
| ; y :
) 2 ah 7 : 3 : ? ; es g hie, ' pr i HK, cai s es
bate IEE
,
ras
= selena is: ue as A é
> ‘ E
“a : * ee ‘ ‘
| es os
PY) ¢
S| : ic
2 | : , Fr Pe Ss
= | i - ai
> Pie
A ex |
= < ees
i :
= .
S|
- : : i
>) AI
a | |
5 |
D | ;
sti ;
? \
Jj ; \ ‘ ij
- oS od
|
4 hey
> :
4 ' Le Bika
_IN|- ’ ie ne
- - \'
] - é
> 4
‘ : ‘
F ate
B. . ¢
; ae A ie
a A A
a . A ; eat
i ; Uv Ge ch
y a ry ats
NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME
Pseudoglabellula Hesse, 1967 (Bombyliidae), 118
Psiloderoides Hesse, 1967 (Bombyliidae), 121
NEW SUBGENERIC NAME PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME
Aetheoptilus Hesse, 1967 (Bombyliidae), 112
« ak fick Aye WE CaO ahs
f d ; : Peni | M rae
I =
.
me
>
= Lh _
ip
Sor L
;
3
a
a
4
~
5 —
Ks :
=o
a = ;
-
of cae
= ie a
{
>
.
=
z
7
a
a
+
=
. =
g S mh
a ae “7 ea
INDEX TO GENERA AND SUBGENERA
(SYNONYMS IN ITALICS)
* Dicynodon, 1, 2, 131, 135, 137, 139, 141,
Abralia, 66 _ 198, 260, 270
Abraliopsis, 62, 66 Dimetrodon, 31, 139, 268, 271, 272
Acanthephyra, 284, 285, 310 Doliopteryx, 92, 112
Acryptolaria, 171, 172, 192 E
Aetheoptilus, 92, 108, 112
as as : Eledonella, 63, 85
Empidideicus, 92, 93, 105, 107, 116, 119
Emydochampsa, 155
Emydura, 155
Endothiodon, 151
Enoploteuthis, 70
Ephyra, 310
Eryoneicus, 284, 297
Euanthobates, 89, 93, 106, 116, 118
Alepisaurus, 61, 72, 73, 76, 79, 82, 86
Alopecognathus, 41
Amalopenaeus, 301, 302
Amphisbaena, 155
Amphitretus, 63, 85
Anniella, 140, 141, 153, 280
Anomaloptilus, 93, 108, 113
Anteosaurus, 198, 230, 260
Aphaniotes, 280 F
Aprasia, 280 ’
Austrorossia, 62, 65 Filellum, 171, 175, 192
B G
Blennius, 43 Galacantha, 284, 292
Brachyuraniscus, 1 Galiteuthis, 63, 85
Broilius, 1 Gennadas, 284, 285, 301
Brucella, 176 Glabellula, 92, 105, 107, 112, 118
Glabellula, 107
C . Glyphocrangon, 286, 318
Calliteuthis, 74
Calotes, 153 H
Ceratolaemus, 91, 96, 99, 100, 119 Halicornaria, 172, 184, 191, 192
Ceratophora, 280 Haliporus, 284, 285, 299
Chalydra, 155 Hemisepius, 62, 64
Chelone, 147 Heteroteuthis, 62, 65
Chiroteuthis, 63, 76, 87 Hincksella, 171, 176, 192, 193
Chrysemys, 278 Hipposaurus, 34
Cistecephalus, 132 Histioteuthis, 63, 74, 75
Cladocarpus, 172, 188, 192, 193 Hymenodora, 285, 309
Clinus, 43 Hymenodora, 312
Cophotis, 280 Hymenopenaeus, 299
Cordylus, 140
Cranchia, 63, 82 I
Criocephalus, 196, 197, 229
Crocodilus, 278
Cryptolaria, 172, 174
Ctenopteryx, 63, 73 J
Cyrtisiopsis, 92, 93, 98, 100, 119
Cyrtoides, 107
Cyrtosia, 91, 93, 96, 100, 104, 107, 116, 119,
Iguana, 149
Inioteuthis, 62, 65
Jonkeria, 13, 22, 197, 198, 238, 258, 260
122 K
Kannemeyeria, 155
D Keratocephalus, 196, 197, 219
Daptocephalus, 138, 142, 145, 156 Kingoria, 145, 155, 156
Dasypus, 140 Kirchenpaueria, 172, 184, 192
Desmoteuthis, 84 Koupia, I
VY?)
Labidosaurus, 155
Lacerta, 153, 278
Lacertilia, 149
Lafoea, 171, 175, 192
Lafoéa, 175
Leachia, 81
Leptodontoteuthis, 66
Locustana, 121
Lycoteuthis, 62, 66
Lyriocephalus, 153, 280
Lystrosaurus, 142, 146, 156, 158, 275
Lytocarpus, 191
M
Maraisaurus, 198, 264
Megalocranchia, 63, 82, 87
Meleagroteuthis, 75
Micrabralia, 70
Micranteosaurus, 13, 14, 17, 23, 25
Monopeltis, 140, 149, 280
Mormosaurus, 196, 211
Moschoides, 13, 15, 19
Moschops, 13, 14, 196, 223, 260
Munida, 284, 287
Munidopsis, 284, 288
N
Nematocarcinus, 283, 284, 285, 286, 317
Nemertesia, 172, 175, 185, 192
Neolithodes, 284, 286
Notiophygus, 163
Notostomus, 285, 310
Notostomus, 314.
O
Octopodoteuthopsis, 63, 73
Octopus, 63, 86
Ocythoe, 63, 86
Onchopelma, 91, 104, 121, 123
Onychoteuthis, 62, 72
Onykia, 62, 72
Ophioceps, 153, 155
Ophthalmolophus, 43
Ornithoteuthis, 63, 76
Otsheria, 272
Oudenodon, 138, 146, 156
P
Palaeogyrinus, 267
Parascapanodon, 15, 23
Pelomedusa, 144
Peltosaurus, 155
Pentacheles, 293
Phrynops, 145, 156
Placerias, 145
Platypygus, 91, 93, 96, 98, 100, 119
Plesiopenaeus, 284, 285, 298
Plumularia, 172, 175, 185, 192, 193
Plumularia, 184
Polycheles, 284, 292
Polycheles, 293
Pontophilus, 283, 284, 286, 319
Pristerodon, I, 131
Pristerognathoides, 198
Pseudoglabellula, 92, 106, 112, 118
Psilodera, go, 121
Psiloderoides, 90, 121
Pterygioteuthis, 62, 71
Pyrgopsis, 63, 79
Pyroteuthis, 62, 70
Reticularia, 175
Rhachocaris, 318
Rhineura, 280
Rhombosepion, 64.
Robertia, 1, 3
Rossia, 62, 65
Ss
Salacia, 171, 179, 192
Scelotes, 141, 280
Scleyocrangon, 284, 286, 318
Scymnosaurus, 40
Semirossia, 65
Sepia, 62, 64
Sergestes, 284, 285, 302
Sergia, 303, 308
Sertularella, 171, 180, 192
Sertularella, 182
Sertularia, 176, 179
Sphenodon, 140, 146, 152, 156, 278, 279
Spirula, 62, 63
Stahleckeria, 155
Stegopoma, 171, 172, 192
Stephanoteuthis, 65
Stereomastis, 284, 293
Stigmatoteuthis, 74.
Struthiocephalus, 14, 15, 195, 196, 197, 199,
256, 260
Symplectoscyphus, 171, 182, 192
Synostocephalus, 158
Systellaspis, 284, 285, 309
Systoechus, 124
a
Tapinocephalus, 1, 13, 22, 27, 255, 264, 266
270, 271, 272, 273
Terphis, 121
Testudo, 278
Tetronychoteuthis, 62, 72
Teuthowenia, 84
Thyllis, 121
Titanophoneus, 13, 18, 24, 25
Todaropsis, 63, 76
Tremoctopus, 63, 86
Tripteris, 98
Trogonophis, 153
Tropiocolotes, 152
Tympanocryptis, 280
Typhlosaurus, 280
V
Venjukovia, 137
W
Willemoesia, 284, 294
Z
Zygophylax, 171, 172, 176, 192
~~ = 3 ‘ 2 j
hes! eee re) it ae 8 a ey
i = ae
A? eat i ans
uu Aa aE ut Wicath ;
oy
»
) en
é yo
ality
4 :
LIEUWE DIRK BOONSTRA
THE GIRDLES AND LIMBS
OF THE DICYNODONTIA OF THE
TAPINOCEPHALUS ZONE
November 1966 November
Volume 50 Band
Fant cit Deel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 2(1, 3, 5, 7-8), 3(1-2, 5, t--p-l.), 5(2, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t pals)’ 7(1; 2). 8, g(1-2), 10(I-3),
S1(G—2, 75, t-—P-l) 52k 242) Sh) ace
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
25C
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
THE GIRDLES AND LIMBS
OF THE
DICYNODONTIA OF THE TAPINOCEPHALUS ZONE
By
LIEUWE Dirk BOONSTRA
(With 6 Text-figures)
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction I
Material 2
Pectoral Girdle ‘ , . i Sinead
Pelvic Girdle : ; : : F ies
The Humerus : : : wo
The Femur . PRUE NG
The Anterior Epipodial, Carpus ang Maris a >,
The Pes : F a se akO
Discussion . ; : : , : fy Ed
Summary . é : : ; a
Aguneny seamen : : é : mah
INTRODUCTION
The oldest specimens of the Dicynodontia as yet recovered from the Karroo
are from the Tapinocephalus Zone of the Lower Beaufort Beds. These are of both
the families Endothiodontidae and Dicynodontidae. Hitherto six genera and
sixteen species have been described—all based on cranial material alone, viz.
Endothiodontidae
Brachyuraniscus broomi
Brachyuraniscus merwevillensis
Brachyuraniscus reuningt
Broilius antjtesfonteinensis
Koupia koupensis
Pristerodon brachyops
Robertia broomiana
Dicynodontidae
Dicynodon antjiesfonternensis
Dicynodon gamkaensis
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (1), 1966: 1-11, 6 figs.
2 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Dicynodon haughtoniscus
Dicynodon huener
Dicynodon jouberti
Dicynodon megalorhinus
Dicynodon pseudojouberti
Dicynodon schroedert
Dicynodon vanderhorstt.
The Dicynodont fauna at this time consisted of an assemblage of small
reptiles, with skull lengths varying from 40 to 130 mm. These small reptiles
occur abundantly in the Tapinocephalus Zone. The South African Museum
Collection alone contains 705 specimens. By far the greater number of specimens
have been found as eroded fossils lying loose on the surface. Although a number .
have been found as isolated specimens—some still in sztu—they mostly occur
concentrated in small patches of loose lying rubble. These have been weathered
out of thin layers of about 3-5 inches thickness in the mudstone. In the upper
part of the zone these layers tend to be arenaceous. In a number of places in
the Koup I have collected over a hundred specimens still zm situ in such thin
layers. These specimens are mostly of skulls and parts of skulls with postcranial
parts very rare. This material has obviously been washed into shallow pans or
depressions, where they were covered up by the inflowing silt. The paucity of
postcranial material is in all probability due to the activities of the contemporary
carnivores and carrion eaters.
In one locality only—on the farm Michau’s Request—have I found a
number of skeletons entombed together in a fairly complete state in a purplish
layer of fine mudstone of about 12 inches thickness. This find is of a number of
these reptiles which had been overwhelmed by some catastrophe and rapidly
imbedded.
These small Dicynodontia must have been present in large numbers
(flocks?) and formed the diet of the numerous contemporary Therocephalia.
Although occurring throughout the zone the patches where concentrated
assemblages have been encountered are mostly in the upper part of the zone.
Often these patches include remains—also mostly skulls—of medium-sized
Therocephalia.
Hitherto no part of the postcranial skeleton of any Dicynodont from the
LT apinocephalus Zone has been described.
MATERIAL
In this contribution an account will be given of the girdles and limbs of
these specimens from the Tapinocephalus Zone in the collection of the South
African Museum in which parts of these structures are preserved. From the
following table of the available material it is evident that much more collecting
will have to be done before a really adequate picture of this early stage in the
development of the girdles and limbs of the Dicynodontia can be given.
DICYNODONTIA OF THE TAPINOCEPHALUS ZONE 3
SAM 11588 Endothiodontid. Skull, partial pectoral girdle and humerus.
Cypher, Beaufort West, Low Tapinocephalus Zone. Collected
Boonstra 1940.
SAM 11760 Robertia broomiana. Skull, humerus and epipodial.
Klein-Koedoeskop, Beaufort West, Low Tapinocephalus Zone.
Collected Boonstra 1929.
SAM 11825 ? Partial pelvis.
Dubbelefontein, Beaufort West, High Tapinocephalus Zone.
Collected Boonstra 1947.
SAM 11883 ? Vertebral column and ribs with partial girdles and a femur.
Steenboksfontein, Laingsburg, Middle Tapinocephalus Zone.
Collected Boonstra 1948.
SAM 11885 Endothiodontid. A number of fairly complete skeletons.
Michau’s Request, Beaufort West. Low Tapinocephalus Zone.
Collected Boonstra and Jooste 1948.
SAM 12255 ? Part of pectoral girdle, humerus and epipodial.
Beukesplaas, Fraserburg. Low? Tapinocephalus Zone. Collected
Boonstra and Zinn 1959.
SAM K259 ? Partial pectoral girdle.
Plaatdorings, Beaufort West. High Tapinocephalus Zone. Collected
Boonstra and Zinn 1960.
SAM K1i134 ? Skull and pectoral girdle.
Lammerkraal, Prince Albert. High Tapinocephalus Zone. Collected
Boonstra and Zinn 1959.
PECTORAL GIRDLE
(Fig. 1)
The following description of the pectoral girdle is based on SAM 11588
consisting of a left scapulo-coracoid and cleithrum, SAM 11885 in which there
are a number of girdles partially preserved, SAM 12255, with most of the left
half of a girdle, SAM K259, with an incomplete left scapula and an interclavicle
and SAM K1134 with a complete girdle preserved.
Of the last specimen I have made a plaster model enlarged three times and
checked with the others, and this forms the basis of the accompanying figures
(ier):
The coraco-scapula is well developed with the scapular blade lying at
right angles to the vertebral axis, with only a slight curving around the thorax;
the coracoidal plate is fairly large, moderately long but low, with the greater
part of its ventral edge resting on the stem of the interclavicle. There is no
supra-glenoid buttress or foramen. The scapular facet of the glenoid faces
mostly backwards and the coracoidal facet upwards and outwards. The
precoracoid does not enter the glenoid.
4 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The scapular blade is high with its dorsal part expanded and its outer
face flattened. Along the inside of its anterior face it receives the splint-like
cleithrum. Lower down the anterior edge of the scapula is everted and forms a
well-developed and prominent antero-laterally directed acromion process. The
Dicynodontia are thus the earliest Therapsids in which the acromion process is
developed and when encountered as low down as the Tapinocephalus Zone it is
already as well developed as in any later Dicynodont. None of the other
contemporary Therapsids have even an incipient acromion process. The upper
end of the clavicle is applied to the inner face of the acromion process. No scar
for the scapular head of the triceps can be seen on the posterior face of the
scapula above the glenoid.
qd
Fic. 1. Dicynodon jouberti SAM K1134. Pectoral Girdle x 1.
a. Ventral. b. Anterior. c. Lateral. All figures are orthoprojections.
ac—acromion process PC—precoracoid (anterior coracoid)
C—coracoid (posterior) SC—scapula
CL—clavicle scf—supracoracoid foramen
CM-—cleithrum ST—sternum
ICL—interclavicle
The precoracoid is relatively small; this is mainly due to the lack of
development in its anterior part. Its anterior edge does not reach the plane
of the clavicle as it does in all the other contemporary Therapsids. The pre-
coracoid is pierced by a moderate foramen supracoracoideum lying in the acute
angle formed by the precoracoid anterior to and below the lower edge of the
glenoid.
The coracoid is a robust bone with a fairly long upturned posterior process,
but there is no special protuberance or scar for the coracoidal head of the
triceps.
The dermal clavicular girdle is moderately well developed but the
cleithrum is a weak splint-like element lying applied to the inner anterior edge
of the scapular blade.
DICYNODONTIA OF THE TAPINOCEPHALUS ZONE 5
The interclavicle is fairly short; its anterior end, which is expanded,
curves slightly upwards and its lateral corners are underlain by the truncated
lower ends of the clavicles; the median stem is broad but short without a
definite waist or expanded posterior end. The function of an expanded posterior
end is apparently exercised by the well-developed ossified sternum.
The clavicle is a well-developed bone, with its expanded ventral end
truncated and underlying the antero-lateral corner of the spatulate anterior
end of the interclavicle. It ends well away from the median line and does not
extend posteriorly under the interclavicle. This relation is thus much as in the
contemporary Gorgonopsians and Dinocephalians and quite different from
that obtaining in the pristerognathid Therocephalians. From its ventral
expanded end the clavicle narrows and curving upwards has its upper end
applied to the inner face of the acromion process. The lower part of the scapula
and the precoracoid, having little anterior extent, do not lie applied to the
inner face of the clavicle, but lie free of it with their anterior edges in a more
posterior plane.
The sternum is ossified as a large broad and squarish plate, with its
anterior end overlying the posterior end of the stem of the interclavicle, and its
antero-lateral edges are underlain by the inner edge of the coracoids. There
are no ossified ribs articulating with the sternum.
PELvic GIRDLE
(Fig. 2)
Little and poorly preserved pelvic material is available for study. The
accompanying figure is a reconstruction based mainly on the specimens
SAM 11825 and 11885.
Notwithstanding the inadequate material it is possible to give, in general
terms, a statement on the overall nature of the pelvis in these oldest known
Dicynodontia, viz. the pelvic girdle is high, short, the pubo-ischium not plate-
like, but V-shaped, symphysis absent, pubo-ischiadic fenestra developed; the
acetabulum situated above the pubis with its anterior rim on the anterior
border of the pelvis. The Dicynodonts of the Tapinocephalus Zone are thus the
first Therapsids to accomplish the rotation of the pelvis in relation to the
acetabulum. This is a fatt accompli and we know no older forms showing the
steps by which this was achieved.
The ilium is high; the iliac blade is large and lies diagonally with the
large anterior process directed upwards; the posterior process is weaker, but
well developed; the supra-acetabular buttress is strong; about half the
acetabulum is formed by the ilium.
The pubis is very short, with its anterior border in a plane posterior to the
anterior rim of the acetabulum; its anterior edge carried a well developed tuber
which is strongly everted; there is no pubic foramen, but the pubis forms the
anterior border of the large pubo-ischiadic fenestra. Ventrally the two pubes
6 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 2. Dicynodont. Pelvic Girdle x 1. Lateral view.
ap—anterior process of the iliac blade IS—ischium
b—supra-acetabular buttress P— pubis
f—pubo-ischiadic fenestra pt—everted pubic tuber
IL—ilium
meet at an acute angle, but there is no symphysis and no median keel is
developed.
The ischium is long; the pair lie at an acute angle, with each other and no
median keel is developed. The ischiadic tubera are moderately well-developed.
Anteriorly the ischium is pierced by a well-developed pubo-ischiadic fenestra.
Here again these early Dicynodonts are the first known Therapsids where the
old pubic foramen is superseded by a pubo-ischiadic fenestra.
THe HumERuS
(Fig. 3)
An indifferently preserved humerus is present in SAM 11760 and in
SAM 11885 there are seven humeri and SAM 11588 and 12255 have each a
well-preserved humerus.
The humerus is a robust bone with greatly expanded ends, a very strong
delto-pectoral crest and a short stout shaft. The rotation of the ends on the
shaft varies from 30°—56°.
The proximal surface has the processus medialis and processus lateralis
indistinctly demarcated from the caput, which is flattened and narrowly oval
in outline.
The delto-pectoral crest is very strongly developed and extends far distally
with a thickened bulbous corner for the insertion of the strong m. pectoralis;
from here it subsides abruptly into the shaft from where a rounded ridge extends
obliquely on to the entepicondyle.
DICYNODONTIA OF THE TAPINOCEPHALUS ZONE 7
The bicipital fossa is large and fairly deep with a rounded posterior rim,
whose posterior face forms a strong and long rectangular area for the origin
of the medial head of the m. triceps.
The proximo-dorsal face of the humerus is divided by the anterior dorso-
ventral line (ADVL) into two parts. Preaxially to this line lies a triangular area
for the insertion of the strong m. deltoideus. Posterior of this line lies the area of
insertion for the strong m. latissimus dorsi, whose main insertion is into a hollow
extending up to the processus medialis.
Af =
qd b @ d
Fic. 3. Dicynodont. SAM 11588. Humerus x 2
a. Proximal. b. Posterior. c. Dorsal. d. Ventral.
advl—anterior dorso-ventral line f—entepicondylar foramen
bf—bicipital fossa ld—insertion of m. latissimus dorsi
c—caput humeralis Iml—latero-median line
dpc—delto-pectoral crest pl— processus lateralis
ec— ectepicondyle pm—processus medialis
en—entepicondyle rc—radial condyle (capitellum)
Distally the epicondyles are both well developed and robust indicating
strong flexors and extensors. The entepicondylar foramen is large and oval in
outline. There is no ectepicondylar foramen.
The distal condyles are not strongly developed or well moulded. The
radial condyle is directed much ventrally and the epipodial capable of full
extension. On the dorso-distal surface the trochlear fossa is very shallow, which
feature is related to the absence of an olecranon process to the ulna.
THE FEMUR
(Fig. 4)
In SAM 11855 there are six femora, all small and with the various features
not very well shown. The accompanying figure is composite with the features
shown only diagrammatically correct.
8 . ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
pifi
a D
Fic. 4. Dicynodont. SAM 11885. Femur x 1.
a. Dorsal. b. Ventral.
c—caput femoris in—internal trochanter (minor)
ec—ectocondyle pifi—insertion of m. pubo-ischio-femoralis
en—entocondyle internus
ex—external trochanter (major) 3— ? third trochanter
The femur, longer than the humerus, is a fairly light bone with only
slightly expanded ends and a long fairly slender shaft; the preaxial border is
concave longitudinally.
The distal condyles lie in the same plane, not well moulded, terminal but
facing somewhat ventrally.
Proximally the caput femoris is terminal, but directed appreciably pre-
axially and dorsally; widely oval and curving towards the external trochanter
into which it flows. From the not prominent external trochanter the postaxial
edge is thickened rugosely and is turned slightly ventrally; the distal end of this
edge forms a slight protuberance and this muscular scar apparently represents
a third trochanter.
On the dorso-proximal surface, near the caput femoris, there is an
indication of a muscle-scar for the m. pubo-ischio femoralis internus.
On the ventro-proximal surface there is a slight, low mound near the
preaxial border of the bone and this represents an internal trochanter for the
insertion of the m. pubo-ischio femoralis externus.
THE ANTERIOR EPIPODIAL, CARPUS AND MANus
(Fig. 5)
A good epipodial is preserved in SAM 12255 and in SAM 11760 and in
SAM 11885 there are six fairly complete radii and ulnae preserved in natural
relation. Under this number there are also eight more or less complete carpi
and manus. All are small and not very well preserved so that few details of the
structure of the individual bones can be given. The figure given is composite
incorporating features from the various specimens.
The olecranon process of the ulna is feebly developed. Proximally the
radius abuts against a facet on the ulna and thus forms a continuous articulatory
DICYNODONTIA OF THE TAPINOCEPHALUS ZONE 9
face sliding round the distal humeral end in extension and flexion. Both the
ulna and radius have expanded distal ends.
The proximal row of carpals consists of three elements—a radiale of
moderate size, rounded in outline, an ulnare, well developed and elongated,
and a laterally compressed intermedium. A disc-like pisiforme lies laterally
of the ulna-ulnare articulation. :
In the middle row there are two centrals—one, elongated lies between the
radiale and the last three distals; the central one, squarish in outline, lies
flanked by the ulnare and the first central, with the intermedium proximal to it
and the enlarged fourth distal distal to it.
There are four distals; the first three small and the fourth, with the fifth
incorporated, large.
The metacarpals are moderately well developed —all elongated and fairly
slender; they increase in robustness from one to four and the fifth about the
size of the third.
The phalangeal formula is 2, 3, 3, 3, 3.
The proximal phalanges are all elongated, with a long shaft or waist. The
first is the smallest and is lightly built and fairly short; the second is longer
and the third is quite a long and robust bone; the fourth of the same length
_ but of lighter build and the fifth much shorter.
The middle phalanges, smaller than the proximal ones, follow the same
pattern of size as the proximal phalanges.
Fic. 5. Dicynodont. SAM 11885. Epipodial and forefoot x .
c—centrals R—radius ~ u—ulnare
i—intermediam ~ r—radiale ~ -1-4—distal carpals
p—pisiforme U—ulna m—fifth metacarpal
IO ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The ungual phalanges are quite broad and apparently carried broad and
long nails adapted to digging.
The third digit is the longest and the purchase of the foot mesaxonic.
Tue PEs
(Fig. 6)
In SAM 11885 I have a nearly complete hindfoot. The preserved
mineralized bone has been dissolved with dilute formic acid to leave a good
impression of the dorsal surface. ,
In the proximal row of the tarsus there is a robust astragalus broader than
long and a large disc-like calcaneum. The tibia and the fibula articulate with
the distal surfaces of the astragalus and calcaneum respectively. |
In the middle row there are two centrals. The preaxial one is the larger
and lies distally of the astragalus; the smaller central lies lateral of the first
and it articulates with the inner edge of the calcaneum.
There are five distal tarsals, all pebble-like except the first, of which the
impression in the mould shows only a crescent-shaped ridge. The fifth distal
lies far proximally to abut against the outer edge of the calcaneum.
The five metatarsals are of moderate length, but the first is squat.
The phalangeal formula is 2, 3, 3, 3, 3.
Fic. 6. Dicynodont. SAM 11885. Epipodial and hindfoot x 3.
a—astragalus F—fibula 1—5—distal tarsals
ca—calcaneum T—tibia m—first metatarsal
c—centrals
DICYNODONTIA OF THE TAPINOCEPHALUS ZONE i
The phalanges are all fairly long with a good shaft. The proximal one of
the third digit is the longest. The ungual phalanges are broad as in the forefoot
and probably also carried broad and long nails.
The third digit is the longest and the purchase of the foot was mesaxonic.
DISCUSSION
As I have now completed my study of all the available material of the
girdles and limbs of all the Therapsids of the Tapinocephalus Zone, I am engaged
on a comparative account which will form the concluding paper of this series.
SUMMARY
Descriptions are given of the girdles and limbs of the Dicynodontia of the
Tapinocephalus Zone in South Africa. Postcranial parts are rarely found and of
the 705 specimens in the South African Museum eight have parts of the girdles
and limbs present and this account is based on these specimens.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council
for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant to publish this paper.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE OF CONTENTs and SumMArRy. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated. ;
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 43 in. = 7 in. (74 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmitH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
BRown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. Jn Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. and ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the Iniernational code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
a eeteT A of emi
ee Bl Peaneas
ae
- 3 a +
oe. wae
say )* 67 a4 A
7
tld uy tao Sha hou 1 nang
‘SPT. ccmnamcy opal ge Winans
LIEUWE DIRK BOONSTRA
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES
November 1966 November
Volume 50 Band
Part 2 Deel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, 2(1, 3> D> 7-8), 3G=25 5> EPs). 5(2, 5» 7-9),
6(1, teste) 7(1; 35 8, g(I-2), 10(1-3),
II (ie, 7> ESDalo)> ai, 24(2), 31 (1-3), 44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
35C
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES
By
LIEUWE Dirk BOONSTRA
(With to Text-figures)
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction . : 5 shag
Material . ‘ ‘ ; A), 5b8
Forefoot
Tapinocephalia . ; Mens
Titanosuchia ‘ , 706
Anteosauria : ; AN ity
Hindfoot
Tapinocephalia . ; Pritt
Titanosuchia f ‘ DD
Anteosauria : : itn
Discussion d : : » 25
Summary : : ; 35 20
Acknowledgement . j 526
References ‘ : ‘ Hi 26
INTRODUCTION
Very little is known of the feet of the South African Dinocephalia.
From a mixed lot of disarticulated elements Gregory produced the mount
of Moschops, which includes the reconstructed feet, but in his description of
1926 admits his inability to assemble either foot.
In 1929 Broom described the two proximal tarsal elements of Jonkeria.
In 1940 Byrne very briefly described both the fore- and hindfeet of
Moschoides.
In 1954 I described a partial Moschopid carpus and gave descriptions and
figures of the fore- and hindfoot of Micranteosaurus, which I at the time completely
misinterpreted.
From the Russian deposits Orlov in 1958 described and gave beautiful
figures of both fore- and hindfeet of Titanophoneus.
MATERIAL
After 35 years of collecting in the Tapinocephalus zone, during which period
I have excavated two hundred and fifty-one specimens of the Dinocephalia, I
45)
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 50 (2), 1966: 13-26, 10 figs.
4
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
have a poor collection of foot material. This is due to the nature of the preserva-
tion of the Dinocephalian material in this zone. I know of only one case where
a skeleton more or less articulated has been found. In all other cases the bones
of the skeleton are disarticulated and scattered with the loss of most of the
smaller elements composing the feet.
SAM 4323
SAM 9157
SAM 12011
SAM 12017
SAM 12033
SAM 12065
SAM 12104
SAM 12105
SAM 12109
SAM 12110
SAM 12210
Micranteosaurus parvus. An incomplete fore- and hindfoot associated
with a good snout.
Merweville Commonage, Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll.
Haughton 1917.
Moschops? An incomplete carpus associated with a humerus, ulna
and radius.
Wolwefontein, Prince Albert, Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll.
Boonstra 1929.
Struthiocephalus ? ‘Tibia and astragalus.
Rietfontein, Beaufort West. Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll.
Boonstra and Zinn 1956.
Tapinocephalian. A calcaneum and fibula with a piece of skull.
Spitskop, Laingsburg. Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll. Boonstra
and Zinn 1956.
Tapinocephalian. Radiale.
Worsteling, Laingsburg. Low? Tapinocephalus zone. Coll. Boonstra
and Zinn 1956.
Struthiocephalus ? Two calcanei found on a small slope which yielded
a lot of bones together with some cranial material of Struthioce-
phalus.
Skoenmaker, Beaufort West. Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll.
Boonstra 1957.
Titanosuchian. An isolated astragalus.
Kalkkraal, Prince Albert. Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll. Boonstra
and Zinn 1957.
Titanosuchian. An isolated astragalus.
Kalkkraal, Prince Albert. Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll. Boonstra
and Zinn 1957.
Titanosuchian. An isolated radiale.
Kalkkraal, Prince Albert. Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll. Boonstra
and Zinn 1957.
Titanosuchian ? Radius and intermedium.
Kalkkraal, Prince Albert, Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll. Boonstra
and Zinn 1957.
Titanosuchian. An isolated astragalus.
Kroonplaas, Beaufort West. High? Tapinocephalus zone. Coll.
Boonstra and Zinn 1959.
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES 15
SAM 12226 Struthiocephalus sp. Hindfoot and manus associated with some
teeth.
Knoffelfontein, Beaufort West. Coll. Boonstra and Zinn 1959.
SAM Keo1 Struthiocephalus sp. Isolated astragalus.
Paradys of Rietfontein, Prince Albert. Middle Tapinocephalus
zone. Coll. Boonstra 1959.
SAM K249 Parascapanodon sp. Disarticulated skeleton without skull, including
two calcanei, one astragalus and other carpal, tarsal and digital
bones.
Steynskraal, Beaufort West. Middle Tapinocephalus zone. Coll.
Boonstra and Zinn 1959.
SAM Ka71 Tapinocephalian. Isolated calcaneum and astragalus.
Wonderboom of Plaatdorings, Beaufort West. Low Tapinocephalus
zone. Coll. Boonstra, Zinn and Boonstra, 1960.
SAM K323 Tapinocephalian. Scattered foot bones associated with teeth.
Die Bad, Beaufort West. Low Tapinocephalus zone. Coll. Boonstra,
Zinn and Gow, 1960.
SAM K362 Tapinocephalian. Disarticulated carpals, tarsals and phalanges
associated with cranial and dental material.
Twee Susters of Grootfontein, Fraserburg. Low? Tapinocephalus
zone. Coll. Boonstra and Zinn 1962.
SAM K366 Moschopid? Isolated Calcaneum.
Moutonsfontein, Fraserburg. Low? Tapinocephalus zone. Coll.
Boonstra and Zinn 1962.
FOREFOOT
LT apinocephalia (Fig. 1)
With so little and such poor material available only a tentative description
can be given of the Tapinocephalian manus. Of the seven specimens in which
elements of the forefoot are preserved four have only disarticulated carpal and
digital bones preserved. In SAM 9157 parts of four proximal carpals are
present in articulation; in Romer’s Chicago specimen of Moschoides (which I
have not seen) an articulated manus is preserved and in SAM 12226 an incom-
plete and partially disarticulated manus of a species of Struthiocephalus is
available for study.
The Tapinocephalian manus is broad and very short with little difference
in the length of the toes, but the fourth is the longest digit. The purchase of the
foot is thus mainly mesaxonic but somewhat more post- than preaxial. The
body weight is mainly transmitted through the radius on to the robust ovoid
radiale. The extension and twist of the foot during the stride is executed through
the ulna articulating with a flattish plate-like ulnare supported postaxially by
the pisiforme and preaxially by a laterally uncompressed intermedium.
16 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 1. Struthiocephalus sp. SAM 12226 x 4
Dorsal view of left manus as restored.
In the middle of the foot there are two centralia, of which the proximal one
is the larger, circular in outline; the distal or inner centrale is oval in outline.
There are five distalia of which the fourth is the largest; the first three are
broader than long and the other two approximately as long as broad.
The first four metacarpals are very short, but the fifth is quite a large bone.
The digital formula is 2, 3, 3, 3, 3. In each digit the proximal phalanx
is very short; in the last four digits the second phalanx is slightly longer.
The terminal or ungual phalanges are broad and carried broad, slightly
convex nails.
Titanosuchia (Fig. 2)
In the Titanosuchia even less material of the manus is available. In
SAM Ke249 a number of disarticulated foot-bones are preserved in very good
condition but reassembly as in the figure is an act of faith. As reassembled there
are three proximal, two central and five distals in the carpus and the digital
formula 2, 3, 3, 3, 3.
The radiale is a strong bone oval in outline and both the intermedium and
proximal central are laterally compressed elements. A pair of beautifully
preserved ulnaria are preserved. The ulnare is a robust bone with large, well-
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES 37
Fic. 2. Parascapanodon sp. SAM K24g9 x 4
Dorsal view of right manus as restored.
developed convex distal as well as proximal articulatory faces; dorsally the
surface is shallowly concave and ventrally deeply concave; medially the face
is deeply excavated and with a similarly excavated lateral face of the contiguous
centrale a long tube is formed to house the penetrating carpal nutritive and
innervating vessels.
The fourth distal is the largest of the distalia. The metacarpals are very
short and have well modelled convex faces both proximally and distally. The
fifth metacarpal is large and broad.
Anteosauria (Fig. 3)
From the Tapinocephalus zone I have only one specimen of the Anteosaurs—
the type of Micranteosaurus parvus—in which the forefoot is preserved. With
better technical equipment now available I have prepared the specimen
further and with increased knowledge of the structure in related forms I wish
to correct the misinterpretation I made in my account of 1954.
In the proximal row of the carpus there were three bones. The ulnare is a
flattened element with oval proximal and distal articulatory facets; the outer
edge is thin but the inner thickened and rounded, lying preaxially of the ulnare
is the intermedium; as preserved it is a thin bone showing a large, flat upper
face, but it is possible that it has fallen out of position and would then actually
be a laterally compressed bone. Preaxially lies what appears to be a pear-
shaped element. I interpret this as a proximal rounded radiale with the distal
part actually a central. The lateral central is not preserved.
There are five distals of which the fourth is a large bone with a roughly
rectangular upper face. The other distals are pebble-like,
18 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
All five metacarpals are preserved; they are all elongated bones with
expanded ends and a constricted shaft. They increase in size from I to 5, with
the fifth a robust bone and the first quite feeble.
The phalanges of only four digits are preserved. The phalangeal formula
is 2, 3?, 4, 3, 3, with the third digit the longest and the fourth and fifth only
slightly shorter. The first digit is short and feeble. The purchase of the foot thus
lies mostly in the postaxial part of the foot.
The proximal phalanges of the last three digits have greatly expanded
proximal ends.
The third phalanx of the third digit, although smaller than the first and
second phalanges, is not much reduced and apparently not in the process of
being lost.
The terminal phalanges are narrow and pointed and would have carried
sharp curved claws.
Fic. 3. Micranteosaurus parvus. Type. SAM 4323 x 4
Dorsal view of left manus as restored.
In Titanophoneus, Orlov found the carpal formula to be 3, 2, 5, with the
intermedium laterally compressed and the fourth distal enlarged. The first
metacarpal is small and short and from the second to the fifth became progres-
sively longer with the fifth a quite stout bone with expanded ends. Orlov gives
the digital formula as 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, with the second phalanx of the fourth digit
showing proximally what looks like an epiphysis, which may represent an addi-
tional phalanx fused to it. No such structure is shown in the third digit.
The reduction in the number of phalanges in the third and fourth digits
has thus followed a different course in Titanophoneus and Micranteosaurus, with
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES 19
the condition in the latter more primitive than in the former.
The purchase of the foot lies more postaxially in Titanophoneus than in
Maicranteosaurus.
HINDFOOT
Tapinocephalia (Figs. 4-6)
I have 5 calcanei, 3 astraguli, a number of disarticulated metatarsals and
phalanges and one nearly complete pes available for study. In Romer’s Chicago
specimen of Moschoides there is a complete left pes.
In SAM 12226 (fig. 4) it is seen that the proximal bones of the tarsus are
very well developed, but the central and distal tarsals fairly weak. The meta-
carpals and digits are short with the fourth digit slightly the longest and the
purchase of the foot mostly postaxial. The digits of the hindfoot are weaker
than those of the forefoot.
The proximal row of the tarsus is formed by a robust astragalus and a large
flattened disc-like calcaneum.
The astragalus is a strong element of peculiar shape; it is thick, a little
longer than broad. In its anterior part the dorsal surface is convex postaxially
Fic. 4. Struthiocephalus sp. SAM 12226 x 4
Dorsal view of left pes as restored.
20 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
and hollowed out towards its preaxial edge. The convex surface covered with
a thick cartilage is for the reception of the tibia. Proximal of the tibial facet
lies an obliquely directed deep groove, which forms a deep proximal incisure
extending round the bone and continuing across the ventral surface as a deep
groove connecting with the groove on the postaxial surface of the bone. Proximal
to this groove the astragalus carries a strong facet for the fibula facing
proximo-postaxially.
The concave postaxial face of the astragalus faces an incisure on the cal-
caneum thus forming a passage for the vessels passing through the tarsus.
Distally the surface of the astragalus is convex and this facet for the central
tarsal carried a thick cartilage.
The calcaneum is a large flattened bone oval in outline. Its outer and
distal edges are rounded and fairly thin. Proximo-preaxially this disc-like
element is thickened and here carries an oval facet which receives a part of the
distal facet of the fibula. Distally of this thickening there is a shallow groove,
which, extending to the preaxial face, lies opposite to the concavity on the
astragalar opposing face.
ad
Fic. 5. Tapinocephalid proximal row of tarsals x }
a—dorsal view b—ventral view
As—astragalus of SAM Kaor ff—facet for the fibula
Ca—calcaneum of SAM 12065 ft—facet for the tibia
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES 21
The single centrale is a fairly large rounded bone lying between the
astragalus and the second and third distalia.
There are five distal tarsals of which the fourth is the largest.
The first three metatarsals are very short, but the fourth and especially
the fifth are larger and look more like normal metacarpals.
The first phalanges are small bones roughly triangular in shape with the
apices distally articulated with the second phalanges. The second phalanges
are somewhat larger and have expanded ends and a waist.
The terminal phalanges are broad, slightly curving bones carrying a flat
nail.
The digital formula is 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, with the toes of nearly equal length, but
the first is the shortest with the fourth only slightly longer than the other three.
In figure 5 the system of grooves in both astragalus and calcaneum are
well shown in ventral view. These grooves probably housed tendons associated
with the tarsal joint which apparently functioned in a most peculiar manner
and difficult to understand. I have attempted in figure 6 to show the peculiar
action of the ankle joint.
In a. the leg is shown at the completion of the swing forwards with the toes
just about to make contact with the ground. In this position it is evident that
the fibula has its bipartite distal facet in contact with the facet on the astragalus
Fic. 6. Tapinocephalid lower hind-limb showing ankle joint in three positions.
a—at completion of the forward swing c—at completion of the stride
b—standing and carrying body weight
22 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
and the facet on the calcaneum, whereas the distal tibial facet is not making
contact with the facet on the dorsal face of the astragalus and is in fact out of
articulation but held by tendons.
In b. the foot is in the standing position with the body weight transmitted
along the long axis of the tibia on to the dorsal facet of the astragalus. In this
position it is evident that the distal facets of the fibula are not making contact
with the facet on the astragalus nor with the facet on the calcaneum and are
in fact out of articulation, but held by tendons only.
In c. the foot is lifted off the ground at the completion of the backward
swing of the foot. The body weight is taken off the foot and the astragalus
moved away from its contact with the distal facet of the tibia. But the fibula
is in contact with the facet on the astragalus and the facet on the calcaneum.
Everything is now ready for the forward stride with the foot in position to be
swung forwards and twisted by rotation of the fibula on its long axis to assume
its contact with the ground position.
If the above representation of the action of the ankle joint is anywhere near
being correct, the presence of strong tendons is necessary and these could be
housed in the grooves present on both astragalus and calcaneum. I am not so
rash as to attempt any description of the mechanism involved.
Titanosuchia (Figs. 7-9)
In addition to the proximal tarsal elements of Jonkeria described by Broom
and the calcaneum erroneously labelled Tapinocephalus by Gregory, I have half
Fic. 7. Parascapanodon sp. K249 x +
Dorsal view with tibia in and fibula out of articulation.
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES 23
a dozen good astragali and a couple of good calcanei of Parascapanodon.
Both the astragalus and calcaneum in Titanosuchians are very similar
in essential structure to the corresponding elements as described above in the
case of the Tapinocephalians. They can be distinguished from the latter in
that the astragalus is a large and heavier bone and the calcaneum is larger,
and in the details of the ventral and penetrating grooves.
In figure 7 the tibia is shown in articulation, in figure 8 the fibula is
articulated to both astragalus and calcaneum and in figure g the bones are
shown in ventral view with the fibula articulated.
Fic. 8. Parascapanodon sp. K249 X %
Dorsal view with fibula in articulation.
Anteosauria (Fig. 10)
In the type specimen of Micranteosaurus parvus there is an incomplete foot
preserved.
The calcaneum is a typical Therapsid flattened disc-like bone—thin in its
middle part and with a thin postaxial edge. Both the dorsal and ventral surfaces
are concave centrally with a thickened proximal and distal end where good
convex facets are developed for the fibula and centrale and second distal. Its
preaxial edge facing the astragalus is excavated to form a passage for the
penetrating vessels. The system of grooves so typical of the Tapinocephalia
and Titanosuchia are not developed.
24 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 9. Parasapanodon sp. K249 X 4
Ventral view with fibula in articulation.
The astragalus is a stout bone and is quite different to the specialized bone
seen in the Tapinocephalia and Titanosuchia. The major part of its dorsal
surface is formed by a well-developed rounded articular facet for the tibia.
Anterior to this facet lies a groove which flows into the incisure on the postaxial
face lying opposite to that on the calcaneum. Anterior to this groove an oval
knoblike thickening apparently articulates with the central and the second
distal. The ventral surface of the astragalus appears to be convex without
grooves.
There probably were five distals and also probably a central, but none are
preserved, in their position lie two displaced phalangeal elements.
The five metatarsals are elongated bones with a waist and expanded ends.
The first is quite small and the others progressively increase in size, with the
fifth a strong element.
The first digit is complete and the first phalanx short with expanded ends
and a waist; the terminal phalanx is sharp and narrow and carried a claw.
Only the proximal ends of the first phalanx of the second and third digits are
preserved. I presume that the digital formula was 2, 3?; 4?; 3?; 3?, as in the
forefoot.
The foot was apparently weak preaxially and strong postaxially.
The pes of Micranteosaurus is very similar to that of the Russian Titano-
phoneus, but there Orlov found no centrale and a digital formula 2, 3, 3, 3, 3.
THE DINOCEPHALIAN MANUS AND PES 25
'
'
i)
\ '
)
s---nc.
.
.
~
4
1
~ O = Wn
ee tl
-
ae
-
Pi
Sel
3
“2
0,
1
MF
Fic. 10. Micranteosaurus parvus. Type. SAM 4323 X $
Dorsal view of left pes as restored.
DISCUSSION
The Dinocephalian feet are more primitive than those of the Sphenacodonts
in that the first carpal is not elongated, but otherwise they are definitely more
advanced.
The digital formula in Sphenacodonts is 2, 3, 4, 5, 3 —with a well-developed
first digit, a great increase in length from second to fourth digit and a
comparatively short fifth digit.
In the Dinocephalia the phalanges of the three middle toes are reduced in
number, the first digit is weaker, the three middle digits are shortened and
tend to become equal in length and the fifth digit becomes relatively stronger.
Micranteosaurus, with a digital formula 2, 3, 4, 3, 3, has the most primitive
feet; then comes Titanophoneus in which the fourth digit in the forefoot shows a
fusion of two phalanges to produce the formula 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, which also obtains
in the Titanosuchia and Tapinocephalia.
Proximally the tarsus is still fairly primitive in the Anteosaurs and becomes
more specialized in the Titanosuchians and Tapinocephalians.
The distal phalanges in Anteosaurs still carried a claw as one would expect
in carnivores, whereas in the Titanosuchians and Tapinocephalians, which were
herbivores, the nails are flattened.
The direction of development in the Dinocephalia seems to have been
away from a crawling habit with sprawling feet to a more walking habit with
the feet drawn in closer to the median line of the body.
26 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
SUMMARY
Descriptions and figures are given of the manus and pes of the Dinocephalia
of the Tapinocephalus zone in South Africa. Owing to the nature of the preserva-
tion of the dinocephalian material in this zone only eighteen of more than two
hundred specimens included bones of the feet, and this account is based on
these specimens. There are indications that the Dinocephalia show a
development from a crawling to a walking habit.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council
for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant to publish this paper.
REFERENCES
Boonstra, L. D. 1954. The smallest Titanosuchid yet recovered from the Karoo. Ann. S. Afr.
Mus. 42: 149-156.
Broom, R. 1929. On the carnivorous mammal-like reptiles of the family Titanosuchidae.
Ann. Transv. Mus. 13: 9-36.
Byrne, F. 1937. A preliminary report on a new mammal-like reptile from the Permian of South
Africa. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 40: 221-229.
Grecory, W. K. 1926. The skeleton of Moschops capensis Broom, a Dinocephalian from the
Permian of South Africa. Bull. Amer. Mus. nat. Hist. 56: 179-251.
Ortov, J. A. 1958. The carnivorous Deinocephalia (Titanosuchia) from the Upper Permian
deposits of the Middle Volga. Trud. paleont. Inst. Acad. Sci. 72: 1-114 (in Russian).
Romer, A. S. & Price, L. W. 1940. Review of the Pelycosauria. Spec. Pap. Geol. Soc. Amer. 28:
1-538.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE OF CONTENTs and SumMARy. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
s
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4% in. = 7 in. (7$ in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SMITH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmitTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. In Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
|
507.68
LIEUWE DIRK BOONSTRA
AN EARLY STAGE IN THE EVOLUTION
OF THE MAMMALIAN
QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT
March 1967 Maart
Volume 50 # Band
ats aya) ve Deel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
D> 25503; D> Poy BUR25 Bs E25)5 Hs Bs FS)
6(1, t-p4i.), 7(1, 3), 8, 9(1-2), 10(1-3),
I1(1-2, 7, t-p.i.), 21, 24(2), 31(1-3), 38, 44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
45¢
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
AN EARLY STAGE IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE
MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT
By
LizuweE Dirk BooNsTRA
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 11 figures in the text)
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction . ; : ; : ; a ety)
Proto-therapsid tie : ; ; ‘ 3 29
Therapsid stage ; , : é ; : . 30
Pectoral girdle : : : : : 30
Humerus . : ; ; : : : -, GB
Forefoot . ; : ‘ ; : ‘ eS4
Pelvis : 1 E ‘ : ; ‘ 35
Femur : ; é ; ; ; . 38
Hindfoot , : : : ‘ : 30
Conclusions fs 4 : : : : i . 40
Summary : : ; : . “ 42
Melmouledsement : 3 ; : : a842
References : ; ‘ ; ; ; ‘ 42
Abbreviations .. : eee ; 3 5 Ae
INTRODUCTION
In 1927 I commenced a study of the fauna of the Tapinocephalus zone.
During this work I paid much attention to the structure of the girdles and
limbs. The work on the pareiasaurs was completed many years ago (1932), but
it is only recently that I have been able to round off the study of these structures
in the oldest known therapsids (1966a & b).
Most workers are now agreed that the therapsids represent a stage in
development following on that attained by the pelycosaurs. Hitherto our
knowledge of the structure of the girdles and limbs of the early therapsids of
the T apinocephalus zone was not as good as it could have been. Now that we know
somewhat more, the first steps beyond the pelycosaur stage can be pictured
more clearly. Moreover, the first steps of the subordinate groups comprising
the order can be considered separately instead of compositely.
The taxonomic arrangement of the available material I intend using is
as follows:
27
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (3), 1967: 27-42, 11 figs.
28 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Order Therapsida
1. Sub-order Anomodontia
a. Infra-order Dinocephalia
Family Anteosauridae
Family Titanosuchidae
Family ‘Tapinocephalidae
b. Infra-order Dicynodontia
Family Endothiodontidae
Family Dicynodontidae
c. Infra-order Dromasauria
Family Dromasauridae
2. Sub-order Theriodontia
a. Infra-order Gorgonopsia
Family Hipposauridae
b. Infra-order Therocephalia
Family Pristerognathidae.
The above formal classification emphasizes the fact that the oldest known
therapsids show clear differentiations in their development from a pelycosaur
stock. The taxonomy, although largely based on cranial characters, does to
some extent also take into account features of the limbs and girdles. On the
latter we can now elaborate.
The advances seen in the structure of the girdles and limbs of the early therap-
sids differ in kind as well as in degree. Some parallelism is evident. The fact
that in the pareiasaurs many of these advances are also shown seems to indicate
that the achievement of a more upright walking gait does not need a pelycosaur
stage as a prerequisite. Manifestly the advances in the girdle and limb structure
of the pareiasaurs, although also manifested in Tapinocephalus zone times, arose
independently from those seen in the therapsids. The pareiasaurs have skipped
a stage as far as locomotion is concerned. Although many of the results achieved
by the pareiasaurs appear similar to those achieved by the early therapsids,
some features show that the course has been different. This is most clearly
shown by the difference in the nature of the glenoid which, although shortened
in the pareiasaurs does not become a posteriorly situated notch in the scapulo-
coracoid as it is in all the early therapsids.
The general nature of the advances in the structure of the girdles and limbs
in the early therapsids indicates an origin from a common stock. A common
branch appears to have sprouted from a pelycosaur stem, but this soon split
into a number of separate twigs.
In a recent publication (1963) I tried to show the nature of these early
dichotomies in the therapsids, basing my views on the differentiations in the
lower jaw mechanism. I tried to show that differences in the working of the
masseter mass lay at the root of these dichotomous splittings.
EVOLUTION OF THE MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT 29
Changes in the action of the locomotor muscles, without doubt, produced
the differences we can observe in the skeleton of the girdles and limbs of the
early therapsids. It will be interesting to see whether the divergencies seen in
the locomotor apparatus of the different groups of these early therapsids follow
the same lines as the dichotomies produced by the different action in the jaw
mechanism. This would, of course, not of necessity have to be the case. The
tempo of change in the various parts of the body varies.
In the long process of the development of the paired limbs from fish to
quadrupedal mammal the condition in the pelycosaurs and the therapsids
present two consecutive stages. The condition presented by the therapsids of the
Tapinocephalus zone is the first step known in this development from the pely-
cosaurs. The change is quite abrupt.
Most pelycosaurs have been found in North America and most of the
early therapsids are from South Africa. Not only is there this geographical
gap but there also appears to be a considerable time gap geologically.
In the pre-Tapinocephalus zone rocks no intermediate forms have as yet
been found.
PROTO-THERAPSID STAGE
The morphological advance in the locomotor apparatus, from pelycosaur
to therapsid constitutes a step of considerable dimensions. The size of this step
differs in the different groups of the early therapsids, but by combining the
common features of the different groups, we could postulate a proto-therapsid
stage.
Having no pelycosaur material available I rely for the evaluation of the
morphological stage achieved by these reptiles on the excellent work of Romer
(1940).
The advance from pelycosaur to proto-therapsid can be formulated as
follows:
Pectoral Girdle (fig 1)
The supra-glenoid buttress and foramen are lost; the glenoid has shifted
to a position ventral to the origin of the scapular head of the triceps; the length
of the glenoid has decreased, and it has lost its screw shape, and has become a
notch situated on the posterior scapulo-coracoid border, facing mainly back-
wards; the facet receiving the propulsive thrust of the humerus has shifted from
an anterior to a dorsal position; originally facing backwards it now faces
downwards as well as backwards and lies on the scapula only; the participation
of the procoracoid in the glenoid is reduced; the procoracoid has increased in
height; the process on the coracoid for the origin of the coracoidal head of the
triceps has been lost. |
Humerus (figs 2 and 3)
The caput is still terminal, but its ‘strap shape’ is shortened to form a long
oval; the ends are still expanded but a slight ‘untwisting’ has reduced the
30 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
angle they subtend; this means that with the proximal end remaining in a
horizontal plane, in the distal end the preaxial border moves downwards and
the postaxial border moves upwards to bring the distal end into a more hori-
zontal plane; the epicondyles are slightly reduced in size.
Pelvis (fig 5)
The axial muscles no longer attach to the upper outer face of the ilium
and the acetabulum has become nearly circular in outline.
Femur (figs 6 and 7)
The Y system of ridges has commenced to break up with the internal
trochanter prominent on the preaxial edge and the fourth trochanteric ridge
weakened.
THERAPSID STAGE
If we postulate that the limb musculature developed a tendency to pull
the propodials inwards and into a more vertical position and the epipodials
more in line with the propodials, with the elbow tending backwards and the
knee forwards, what would be the effects on the limb skeleton ?
Pectoral Girdle (fig 1)
Firstly, the changed position of the humerus would change the direction
of the thrust of the humerus at the glenoid from inwards and forward to up-
wards and forward. The effect of this is the change we have already noted in
the glenoid of the postulated proto-therapsid. All the early therapsids have
undergone this change, but to a different degree.
In the hipposaurids this advance has been least, as in them the procoracoid
has not been ousted from the glenoid, whereas in all the other early therapsids
this has taken place. The effect of the upward thrust of the humerus has been
greatest in the Dinocephalia, as here the scapular facet faces very little out-
wards. The great body weight of the Dinocephalia was an additional factor.
The increase in the upward pull of the supracoracoideus has been least in
the pristerognathids so that its area of origin has not moved much upwards and
the procoracoid to which it is attached has not grown upwards. In the dicyno-
dontids the lack of upward growth of the procoracoid is probably associated
with the development of the acromial process and the supracoracoideus has
shifted its origin dorsally on to the scapula and this resulted in a backward
retreat of the anterior procoracoidal border. In hipposaurids and dinocepha-
lians there has been a great growth of the anterior part of the procoracoid.
Contraction of the trapezius tends to pull one half of the pectoral girdle in an
anti-clockwise direction pivoting on its long axis, with the result that the
glenoid is made to face more outwards and the humerus could then assume a
slightly more forward direction and thus increase the length of the stride. Its
insertion on the cleithrum and clavicle has caused these bones to remain quite
strong in the theriodonts and Dinocephalia. In the dicynodontids the trapezius
EVOLUTION OF THE MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT 31
has acquired a more localized insertion. This has led to a reduction of the
cleithrum and an inward shift of this bone away from the anterior scapular
border. With its main insertion on a localized area of the scapula the pull of
the trapezius has caused the development of the prominent acromion, so dis-
tinctive a structure in the dicynodontids.
Fic. 1. Pectoral girdles in lateral view, brought to the same basal length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Eo-therapsid. c. Hipposaurid. d. Pristerognathid. e. Titanosuchid.
f. Dicynodontid.
The development of the mound for the origin of the scapular head of the
triceps in the Dinocephalia was probably associated with the great weight in
these forms. For the forward swing of the limb a strong extensor action by the
triceps would be required.
Although there are considerable differences in the clavicula and inter-
clavicula, which admits of ready distinction infra-ordinally, their function of
32 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
affording areas of origin for the deltoid and pectoralis has remained pretty much
the same and their structure is basically unchanged.
Humerus (figs 2 and 3)
In assuming a more upright position and in being pulled closer into the
body during its backward movement, the humerus has been considerably
modified and infra-ordinal differences are clearly marked.
All the early therapsids have lost the strap-shaped proximal caput, which
has become a long oval. In all of them the caput is still terminal, but in the
hipposaurids and dicynodonts it has become directed more postaxially. This is a
decided advance, as with a caput in this position the humerus could swing
farther backwards and thus increase the backward reach of the limb. If it is
ee ea
Fic. 2. Humeri, with the distal end in dorsal view, brought to the same
length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Hipposaurid. c. Pristerognathid. d. Anteo-
saurid. e. Titanosuchid. f. Tapinocephalid. g. Dicynodontid.
true that the trapezius pull turned the glenoid more outwards in the dicyno-
dontids then the possible forward direction of the humerus would be greater
in this group than in any of its contemporaries.
In the infra-orders considerable differences in this process are manifest.
With a more postaxially directed caput the hipposaurids and dicynodontids
could rotate the humerus on its long axis in an anti-clockwise direction (seen
from the left) and this would bring the capitellum into a position facing down-
ward and lying above the radius which would then be standing vertically to
take the weight of the body. In the other therapsids the greater amount of
untwisting of the humerus produced the same effect.
EVOLUTION OF THE MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT 33
Fic. 3. Humeri with the distal end in ventral view, brought to the same
) length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Hipposaurid. c. Pristerognathid. d. Anteo-
saurid. e. Titanosuchid. f. Tapinocephalid. g. Dicynodontid.
In hipposaurids and dicynodontids, when the distal end of the humerus
lies in a horizontal plane, the proximal end would lie in a plane inclined from
the vertical. In this position the areas of insertion of the dorsal muscles on the
upper face of the proximal end of the humerus would have rotated in an anti-
clockwise direction (as seen from the left). The pull of the deltoid would then
be in an anterior direction. The insertion of the latissimus dorsi is still in the
primitive position in hipposaurids and dicynodontids but shifted to a more
preaxial position in the other therapsids.
On the other hand the untwisting in the other therapsids caused the
capitellum to be directed downwards with the proximal end lying horizontally.
In these forms the pull of the deltoid would thus be more in a dorsal direction.
On the ventral surface of the humerus it is seen that the untwisting has
shifted the delto-pectoral crest to a more preaxial position in the pristerogna-
thids and the herbivorous dinocephalians. The pull exerted by the pectoralis
would thus be in a more backward direction than in the hipposaurids and
dicynodontids; where it is inwards. This may explain the presence of an ossified
sternum in these forms.
In all the early therapsids, except the pristerognathids, the radial condyle
(capitellum) is well modelled and faces mostly ventrally. The thrust received
is thus from a radius standing vertically with the propodial and epipodial
forming a right angle at the elbow joint. To prevent a side slip strong flexors
are needed so that we find the entepicondyle well developed and strong
antagonistic extensors similarly have a well-developed ectepicondyle for their
attachment.
34 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
In the pristerognathids the radial condyle is more terminally situated and
weakly modelled. Here the epipodial met the propodial at a more obtuse angle.
With a vertically disposed radius transmitting the thrust the humerus would
have to be more vertical than in the other early therapsids. We thus find in the
pristerognathids that the epicondyles are not very strong.
Only in the hipposaurids is there a well-modelled ulnar condyle. In these
forms the elbow joint differs greatly from that of all their contemporaries. In
addition to the good ulnar condyle there is a deep trochlear fossa. To match
Fic. 4. Ulnae in dorsal view, brought to the same length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Hipposaurid. c. Pristero-
gnathid. d. Anteosaurid (after Orlov). e. Titanosuchid.
f. Tapinocephalid. g. Dicynodontid.
this, only Aipposaurus of all the early therapsids, has a well modelled sigmoid
fossa to its ulna situated preaxially and with a well-developed olecranon process.
The elbow in Hipposaurus forms a very efficient close fitting, hinge joint in
contrast to the rather loosely fitting joint in all its contemporaries. The whole
limb in AHipposaurus consists of long slender bones which is in strong contrast to
all the other early therapsids. No epicondylar foramina were present in the
humerus of Hipposaurus.
Except for its slenderness the hipposaurid fore-limb appears to be primitive
and there is no evidence of a tendency to a more upright walking gait.
Forefoot (fig 5)
In all the early therapsids the carpus has retained in all essentials the
ancestral pelycosaur structure, but in the Dinocephalia and dromasaurs the
ulnare has become widened so that it is no longer a long bone.
In the theriodonts the fifth carpal fuses with the fourth.
EVOLUTION OF THE MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT 35
NN i
Wy \\)\
Dee A VA \\
a oe
ea a \
= ys \
i” A) ZA pee / 5
; f
Fic. 5. Manus in dorsal view, brought to the same length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Hipposaurid. c. Dromasaur. d. Pristerognathid. e. Anteosaurid.
f. Titanosuchid. g. Tapinocephalid. h. Dicynodontid.
The metacarpals remain long and slender in the carnivorous theriodonts
and anteosaurs and also in the dromasaurs, but shortened in the herbivorous
dicynodonts and very shortened in the heavy herbivorous dinocephalians.
The digits remain long and slender in the hipposaurids and dromasaurs,
with the fourth digit the longest; in the former the phalanges are only slightly
mecuecd. toa, 8-4-4, 3 but im the latter they are further reduced to 2, 3, 3, 3, 3;
in the anteosaurs to 2, 3, 4, 3, 3. All the others have the primitive mammalian
OU SOTO N Org ai eae alee
In dicynodonts the third digit is the longest and the fifth still weak, whereas
in pristerognathids and the Dinocephalia the fifth digit has become long and
strong, with the last four digits tending to be of the same length. The axis of
the foot has thus moved postaxially and the foot as a whole is anteriorly
directed.
Pelvis (fig 6)
The leg musculature developing a tendency to pull the femur inwards and
into a more vertical position, with the knee directed forwards at the beginning
of the stroke, would have the following effect on the bones of the girdle and
limb: the acetabulum would become more circular in outline with the develop-
36 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ment of a strong iliac buttress dorsally, and shifted to a more anterior position;
the head of the femur would tend to become more preaxially directed and
shortened and the distal condyles would shift to a more terminal position.
An increase in propulsive thrust by the femur could be obtained by increa-
sing the strength of the ilio-femoralis and the direction of its pull. Increasing
Fic. 6. Pelves in lateral view brought to the same basal length.
a. Dimetrodon. b. Eo-Therapsid. c. Hipposaurid. d. Pristerognathid. e. Anteosaurid. f. Titano-
suchid. g. Tapinocephalid. h. Dromasaur (after Broom). i. Dicynodontid
EVOLUTION OF THE MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT 37
strength would require an improved area of origin on the ilium and a forward
development of the ilium relative to the acetabulum would enhance the pull
moving the body forwards, with the hip joint as fulcrum. With the ventral
adductors requiring less inward pull their area of origin in the pubo-ischiadic
plate would be reduced and if shifted backwards in relation to the acetabulum
contraction would have a greater propulsive component. In the various groups
of early therapsids these changes are apparent in varying degrees.
Upward growth of the ilio-femoralis has pushed the axial muscles off the
outer iliac surface and caused an increase in iliac height.
een
Be iy) d ex SS 2 Na ee
Fic. 7. Femora in dorsal view, brought to the same length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Hipposaurid. c. Pristerogna-
thid. d. Anteosaurid. e. Titanosuchid. f. Tapinocephalid.
g. Dicynodontid.
In dromasaurs the forward growth of the ilium has been least, with the
hipposaurids showing the beginning of an anterior iliac process. In the pristero-
gnathids and the anteosaurs this development is only moderate, but in titano-
suchids and tapinocephalids the anterior process is very well developed and in
dicynodontids greatly so.
In all the early therapsids the acetabulum has become rounded in outline
with a strong iliac buttress, but only in dicynodontids has it moved to the
anterior border.
The pubo-ischiadic plate retains its great primitive length in hipposaurids,
pristerognathids and anteosaurs, but in contrast to earlier forms the symphysis
is strongly ossified in these groups. In titanosuchids, tapinocephalids and
especially in dicynodontids the plate is greatly reduced, particularly its pubic
part, and the two halves have no ossified symphysis. In these forms the backward
38 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
pull by the pubo-ischio femoralis externus and ischio-trochanticus would be
much increased.
Femur (figs 7 and 8)
The preaxial shift of the caput femoris has been greatest in the dicynodon-
tids, moderate in titanosuchids and tapinocephalids, but hardly evident in
hipposaurids, anteosaurs and pristerognathids where the caput is, however,
much shortened.
Fic. 8. Femora in ventral view, brought to the same length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Hipposaurid. c. Pristerogna-
thid. d. Anteosaurid. e. Titanosuchid. f. Tapinocephalid.
g. Dicynodontid.
In all the early therapsids the distal condyles have shifted from the ventral
surface to the distal end, but most pronouncedly so in dicynodontids, and in all
the two condyles lie in the same plane. The knee joint is thus a simple hinge
joint well adapted to a more upright disposition of the limb.
Hindfoot (fig 9)
In the therapsids of the Tapznocephalus zone the development in the hind-
foot beyond the structural stage achieved by the pelycosaurs is not very radical.
The loss of the median central and the reduction of phalanges in the last three
digits are two important structural changes.
Within the therapsid stem the first dichotomy was of greater significance.
In this parting of the ways the theriodonts took a definite step away from the
common proto-therapsid structure. The common pattern of the proximal
section of the tarsus was a structure in which the two proximal bones, both wide,
lay side by side so that the tarsus was wide proximally. In the pristerognathids
EVOLUTION OF THE MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT 39
Fic. g. Pedes in dorsal view, brought to the same length.
a. Dimetrodon (after Romer). b. Hipposaurid. c. Dromasaur (after Broom). d. Pristerognathid.
e. Anteosaurid. f. Titanosuchid. g. Tapinocephalid. h. Dicynodontid.
and hipposaurids—the only theriodonts of the Tapinocephalus zone in which the
tarsus is known, both bones are somewhat reduced in width. But of still greater
importance is the fact that in the pristerognathids there is evidence that the
astragalus tends to overlie the preaxial edge of the calcaneum and in the hippo-
saurids the calcaneum developed a pre-axially directed process which passed
under the astragalus and is homologous with the mammalian sustentaculum
tali.
In the other therapsid groups the proximal part of the tarsus remained
wide, with the calcaneum becoming even wider in the Dinocephalia, and the
two bones continued to lie side by side without any tendency of overriding.
Before the beginning of Tapinocephalus zone times the theriodonts had
already experienced a further split. At this stage the hipposaurids developed a
tuber calcis, whereas in the pristerognathids the facet for the fibula continued to
form the most proximal part of the calcaneum.
Unfortunately we do not know the tarsus in the other Tapinocephalus zone
families of either the Gorgonopsia or of the Therocephalia and at present this
split can only be considered to apply to the hipposaurids, which in other respects
are also a rather aberrant family.
oa
40 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
In the anomodont stem also, when first encountered in the Tapinocephalus
zone, a split had already taken place.
In the dinocephalian branch the facet on the astragalus for the tibia has
moved on to the dorsal surface, whereas in the dicynodont branch this facet
still lies proximally.
In the dicynodont branch the digits are greatly lengthened with curved
claws in the Dromasauria, whereas in the dicynodonts the foot is shortened and
carried flat nails.
In the Dinocephalia the L-shape of the astragalus is retained in the titano-
suchians and tapinocephalians but is lost in the anteosaurs where the navicular
is also lost.
CONCLUSIONS
In my previous attempt to show how in pre- Tapinocephalus zone times the
therapsid stem split up dichotomously, I based my views on the cranial features
(1963). Here I suggested that the first split was into theriodonts and anomo-
donts with a later split by the former into Gorgonopsia and Therocephalia and
by the latter into Dicynodontia and Dinocephalia.
No such clear-cut dichotomies are evident in the divergent developments
seen in the different parts of the girdles and limbs. The rates of development in
the various structures are so different that no general pattern of divergence is
apparent. But this does not necessarily invalidate the conclusions drawn
from the cranial structures.
Fic. 10. Scymnosaurus. Fore limb, nearing the end of the propulsive thrust.
EVOLUTION OF THE MAMMALIAN QUADRUPEDAL WALKING GAIT 41
The advances shown by the titanosuchids, tapinochephalids and dicyno-
dontids towards acquiring an upright quadrupedal walking gait are, seen as a
whole, of the same order as those known in the pareiasaurs and were as sterile.
It is of interest to note that all these groups are herbivores.
The carnivorous anteosaurs retained a crawling habit which also proved
to be a dead end. .
The early carnivorous theriodonts developed in a more fertile direction,
but the hipposaurids, precocious in some of these advances, notably in the
proximal part of the tarsus, never showed signs of really fully developing their
potentialities towards an upright gait.
Fic. 11. Alopecognathus. Hind limb,
nearing the end of the propulsive
thrust.
It is within the therocephalian stem that the starting point towards a
mammalian quadrupedal walking gait was most probably located (figs 10 and
ri).
Although the pristerognathids of the Yapinocephalus zone are a primitive
family of early therapsids, 1 am more inclined to think that the line eventually
leading to the mammals had its origin in some such group as the scaloposaurids,
which also lived during Tapinocephalus zone times. It is a pity, therefore, that
its girdles and limbs are still unknown.
42 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
SUMMARY
A study of the girdles and limbs of the early therapsids of the Tapino-
cephalus zone reveal early stages in the evolution of the mammalian quadrupedal
walking gait. The dichotomy of this group into the theriodonts and the anomo-
donts and their later subdivisions are not clearly revealed by the developments
in their girdles and limbs.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council
for Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant to publish this paper.
REFERENCES
Boonstra, L. D. 1929a. Pareiasaurian studies. Part III. On the pareiasaurian manus. Ann.
S. Afr. Mus. 28: 97-112.
Boonstra, L. D. 1929b. Pareiasaurian studies. Part IV. On the pareiasaurian pes. Ann. S.
Afr. Mus. 28: 113-122.
BoonsTRA, 1930. Pareiasaurian studies. Part VI. The osteology and myology of the locomotor
apparatus. A. Hind limb. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 28: 297-366.
Boonstra, L. D. 1932a. Pareiasaurian studies. Part VII. On the hind limb of two little-known
parelasaurian genera: Anthodon and Pareiasaurus. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 28: 429-435.
Boonstra, L. D. 1932b. Pareiasaurian studies. Part VIII. The osteology and myology of the
locomotor apparatus. B. Fore limb. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 28: 437-503.
Boonstra, L. D. 1934. A contribution to the morphology of the Gorgonopsia. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
SE: 137-174-
Boonstra, L. D. 1954. The smallest titanosuchid yet recovered from the Karoo. Ann S. Afr.
Mus. 422 149-157.
Boonstra, L. D. 1955. The girdles and limbs of the South African Dinocephalia. Ann. S. Afr.
Mus. 42: 185-306.
Boonstra, L. D. 1963. Early dichotomies in the therapsids. S. Afr. 7. Sct. 59: 176-195.
BoonstraA, L. D. 1964. The girdles and limbs of the pristerognathid Therocephalia. Ann.
S. Afr. Mus. 48: 121-165.
Boonstra, L. D. 1965. The girdles and limbs of the Gorgonopsia of the Tapinocephalus zone.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 48: 237-249.
Boonstra, L. D. 1966a. The girdles and limbs of the Dicynodontia of the Tapinocephalus zone.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50: 1-11.
Boonstra, L. D. 1966b. The dinocephalian manus and pes. Amn. S. Afr. Mus. 50: 13-26.
Boonstra, L. D. 1967. Langs verskillende weé (Pareiasauria en Dicynodontia). S. Afr. F. Sev.
(In press.)
Broom, R. 1932. The mammal-like reptiles of South Africa. London: Witherby.
Ortovy, J. A. 1958. [The carnivorous Deinocephalia (Titanosuchia) from the Upper Permian
deposits of the Middle Volga.] Trudy paleont. Inst. 72: 1-114. (In Russian.)
Romer, A. S. and Price, L. W. 1940. Review of the Pelycosauria. Spec. Pap. geol. Soc. Am.
28: i—x, 1-528.
ABBREVIATIONS
advl — anterior dorso-ventral line p — pectoralis
b -— biceps pe -— pubo-ischio-femoralis externus
cb — coraco-brachialis pl -— pubo-ischio-femoralis internus
d -— deltoid pt -— pubo-tibialis
e — extensors sc — supracoracoideus
f — flexors ss — sub-coraco-scapularis
ft — femoro-tibialis sh — scapulo-humeralis
if — ilio-femoralis t — trapezius
ii — ilio-fibularis : tc — coracoidal head of the triceps
is — ischio-trochantericus tl — lateral head of the triceps
it — ilio-tibialis tm — medial head of the triceps
Id — latissimus dorsi ts — scapular head of the triceps
Iml — latero-median line
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE OF CONTENTS and SuMMARY. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4% in. = 7 in. (7} in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
Siri, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945-
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. ond ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmirH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. In Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23> fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259-
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
}
| | | re F 4 @
i : | | |
oe i ae
\ Me
we |
So
.
j a x
: ; o
‘ ¥
| , , va
) ' ' |
o - | 7 |
: ! r <a5 ( , 4
“3 7.4 j anes i ae A hen
1 , | :
| 4 , 7. : 3 | | :
} rit : i 7: | | ae
T , i = |
a , | |
t j r
if j ’ ; i Fs j Bas ‘y ot |
| | ta ; pi et
4 { ; EF } |
, i |
} : | |
a ; |
7 ; : | | |
ef ia
. 3 AC
a | ran © cee ee | |
j } | |
} i i : |
7
| 6
i ee | | |
| | y
| . =
J a
r
;
! > eo
; ,
| Ries ‘
G f
x
-
s ‘
E ‘
H
*
2
1
A
oe
)
~~ | :
a wena Hy
f-
i‘
t
- S fs
"
2 | |
: 5
a
| .
= ,: Tear
* é ; x 7
ea a f A Os ee ha
g | ee yi AL
igs hoe an TRE shen 4
BRS rt fa
iy mye ony m
Bihe NY JP Date i
Spee: Seat Site ih
ee BF garde ak
. ;
)
73
I
iFeY
-
MARY-LOUISE PENRITH
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE.
II. TWO NEW SPECIES-.OF CLINUS FROM
THE WESTERN CAPE
October 1967 Oktober
Volume 50 Band
Bante “gyn Deel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, a(1, 3> 3 7-8), 3 (1-2, 5» t.—p.1.); 5(2, 5» 7-9); |
6(1, ESky 70; 3), 8, g(1-2), 10(1-3),
11 (1-2) 7> ES Dak )p 21, 24(2), 203), 38, 44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
50c
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE. II. TWO NEW
SPECIES OF CLINUS FROM THE WESTERN CAPE
By
Mary-LoulsE PENRITH
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 18 text-figures)
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction é FONE es ; : es
Descriptions : : : ‘ : Ag
Fin ray counts and body proportions . 52
Discussion . ‘ ; ; : ‘ atest)
SURAT teen BG
Acknowledgements . : : : a alsts:
References Bie NE : : é o° 58
INTRODUCTION
During 1963-4 a number of specimens of two clinids were obtained which,
although they agree sufficiently in superficial appearance and fin counts with
Clinus acuminatus (Bloch & Schneider) to have been identified provisionally as
that species, have been found on closer examination to differ constantly in
several characters from Clinus acuminatus and from each other. They are there-
fore described as new species. A redescription of Clinus acuminatus is included
for comparative purposes.
DESCRIPTIONS
Clinus acuminatus (Bloch & Schneider, 1801)
(figs. 1, 4(¢))
Blennius acuminatus Bloch & Schneider, 1801: 169.
Clinus acuminatus: Cuvier, 1817: 173; Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1836: 370; Swainson, 1839:
75; Gilchrist & Thompson, 1908: 124; Thompson, 1918: 146; Barnard, 1927: 859; Hubbs,
1952: 106.
Ophthalmolophus acuminatus: Smith, 1945: 542; Smith, 1949: 355.
Material: 1 specimen, 59 mm., Angra Pequena (Liideritzbucht, South West
Africa), S.A.M. 10544; 16 specimens, 24-90 mm., Liideritzbucht, South
West Africa, rock pools near top of shore, S.A.M. 24206; 38 specimens, 51-100
43
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (4), 1967: 43-59, 18 figs.
44 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 1(a). Clinus acuminatus (Bloch & Schneider).
Fic. 1(
6). Head pore system, Clinus acuminatus,
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE 45
mm., Port Nolloth, rock pools near top of shore, S.A.M. 24220; 12 specimens,
65-113 mm., Lambert’s Bay, rock pools near top of shore, S.A.M. 23922; 2
specimens, 37 & 38 mm., Langebaan, Saldanha Bay, rock pool near top of
shore, S.A.M. 23925; 7 specimens, 41—73°5 mm., Sea Point, rock pool near top
of shore, S.A.M. 22840; 3 specimens, 66-88 mm., Kommetijie, $.A.M. 10541;
3 specimens, 47-55 mm., Froggy Pond, False Bay, rock pool near top of shore,
S.A.M. 23924; I specimen, 97 mm., St. James, False Bay, S.A.M. 12023;
27 specimens, 43.3-103 mm., St. James, False Bay, rock pools near top. of
shore; 21 specimens, 35-86 mm., False Bay, S.A.M. 10542; 4 specimens,
73-88 mm., Hermanus, rock pool near top of shore.
Description
Fin counts: D. XX XI-XXXIV (XXXII-XXXIII) 5-7; A. II 20-24 (21-22);
P.12-13 (12); V. [ 2-3; C. 13.
Dorsal fin low, even, first spine shortest, 14°5-25°% of head length. Clusters
of 2-3 cirri at tips of dorsal spines for about half length of fin. No notch in
membrane between third and fourth dorsal spines. Pectoral fin rounded, of
twelve rays, exceptionally thirteen. Inner pelvic ray greatly reduced or absent.
Caudal peduncle short, 20-5-33°5°% of head length, depth of caudal peduncle
20-35% of head length. Caudal fin subtruncate.
Body covered with small scales extending on to dorsal fin base, anal and
caudal fin bases and head naked. Depth at anal origin 4°5-5:75 in standard
length. Head 3:2—4-25 in standard length. Interorbital flat, 12-5-20:8% of
head length. Snout wedge-shaped, angle of profile acute. Eye 2°75-5 in head.
Supra-orbital tentacle with a short, flattened stalk, terminating in a number of
short, simple branches. Cirrus on anterior nostril short, flattened, trilobed.
Upper jaw 34°5-50% of head length, mouth increasing with size of fish.
Vomer toothed. Lips moderate to fairly thin.
Pores on head few, large (fig. 1()), mostly simple, opening flush with skin.
Lateral line of 2-4 double pores in front above operculum, then of mainly
alternating single pores above and below line to post-pectoral curve; after that of
short separate horizontal tubes with a pore at either end. Intromittent organ
of male large and spade-shaped, with a moderately long, thick basal portion, a
small pair of dorsal lips, and a large pair of broad ventral lips ensheathing the
tip (fig. 4(a)).
Colouring: Green with brown and cream cross-bars, or green with black
speckling forming large sparse spots with a mosaic-like pattern. Tips of all fins
and supra-orbital tentacles orange red. Belly whitish. Two dark radiating
bands across cheek.
Distribution
Liideritzbucht (South West Africa) to Cape Agulhas, under stones in shallow
pools near the top of the shore.
46 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Clinus obtusifrons n.sp.
(fig. 2, 4(0))
Material: 2 specimens, 24 and 36 mm., Liideritzbucht, South West Africa,
rock pools from mid-tidal level down, S.A.M. 24211; 11 specimens, 56-93 mm.,
Port Nolloth, rock pools from mid-tidal level down, $.A.M. 24216; 1 specimen,
20 mm., 26 miles north of Swakopmund, South West Africa, rock pool at
mid-tidal level, S.A.M. 24201; 5 specimens, 56-80 mm., Sea Point, rock pool
at mid-tidal level, S.A.M. 23923; 3 specimens, 56-80 mm., Gert du Toit
Bay, southern Namaqualand, $.A.M. 24253; 12 specimens, 32-76 mm., Lam-
bert’s Bay, S.A.M. 24254; 3 specimens, 66-115 mm., Hondeklip Bay, rock
pools from mid-tidal level down, S.A.M. 24670 (paratypes); 1 specimen,
116 mm., Hondeklip Bay, rock pool at mid-tidal level, S.A.M. 24671 (holo-
type).
Description
Fin counts: D. XXX—XXXII (XXX-XXXI) 6-7; A. II 20-22 (20-21);
PINS Poors
First three dorsal spines not forming a crest, but equal to or longer than
fourth and succeeding spines, second spine longest. First spine 27—34.% of head
length. No notch in membrane between third and fourth dorsal spines. Dorsal
spines each with a single cirrus at tip. Pectoral fin rounded, invariably of
thirteen rays. Inner pelvic ray minute or absent. Caudal peduncle short,
20-35% of head length, depth of caudal peduncle 20-35% of head length.
Body covered with small scales, extending on to dorsal and caudal fin bases
but not on to anal fin base or head. Depth at anal origin 4-5. Head heavy,
3°2-4°25 in standard length. Snout bluntly rounded, angle of profile obtuse.
Interorbital flat in small specimens, concave in larger specimens (over 100 mm.),
with marked bony ridges over the eye, 16-7—27:3% of head length. Eye 3—-4:5
in head. Supra-orbital tentacle with a flattened stalk terminating in several
short, simple branches. Some mucus poreson head opening on small papillae. Nasal
cirrus flattened, expanded, and roughly triangular at tip. Upper jaw 36-4-50%
Fic. 2(a). Clinus obtusifrons n.sp.
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE
Fic. 2(b). Head pore system, Clinus obtusifrons.
47
48 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
of head length, mouth increasing with size of fish. Vomer toothed. Lips mode-
rate to thick.
Pores of head few, most single; several of postocular region double. Most
opening flush with skin surface. Some, especially postocular region, opening
on papillae (fig. 2(d)).
Lateral line of single pores opening above and below line, interspersed with
a few double pores, to post-pectoral curve, then of short separate horizontal
tubes with a pore at either end. Intromittent organ of male with a long basal
portion and a slender, upwardly hooked tip. A pair of small, rounded lateral
lips (fig. 4(6)) and a pair of smaller rounded dorsal lips.
Colouring: Dusky or slaty with darker cross-bars, speckled or mottled with
blue or white when fresh. Tips of anal and pelvic rays red. A prominent bluish
ocellate spot on shoulder. Two dark radiating bars across cheek. Tips of dorsal
fin and supra-orbital tentacles white.
Distribution
Swakopmund (South West Africa) to False Bay, under stones in pools from
mid-tidal level to bottom of shore.
Remarks
This species can be distinguished from Clinus acuminatus by the shape of the
snout, the number of pectoral rays, the form of the intromittent organ, the
height of the first dorsal spine, the width of the interorbital and its shape in large
specimens. It also occupies a different habitat on the shore.
Clinus berrisfordt n.sp.
(fig. 3, 4(¢))
Material: 15 specimens, 37:°5-96 mm., Onrust River mouth, rock pool near
bottom of shore, S.A.M. 24221 (paratypes) ; 1 specimen, 106 mm., Onrust River
mouth, rock pool near bottom of shore, $.A.M. 24601 (holotype).
Description
Fin counts: D. XXXIITI-XXXVI (XXXIV-XXXV) 5-6; A. II 23-25
(23-24); P. 11-12 (12); V. 13; C. 13.
First three dorsal spines not elevated to form a crest, but equal to or longer
than fourth and succeeding spines, first spine 25-33-3 % of head length. No notch
in membrane between third and fourth dorsal spines. Dorsal spines with
clusters of 3 fine cirri at tips for about half length of fin. Pectoral fin rounded, of
twelve, exceptionally eleven, rays. Inner pelvic ray minute but developed in all
specimens examined. Caudal peduncle short, length 20-35% of head length.
Caudal fin subtruncate.
Body covered with small scales extending on to dorsal and caudal fin bases;
anal fin base and head naked. Depth at anal origin 4:5-5:1 in standard length.
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE 49
Interorbital flat, 12-5-16-7°% of head length. Snout wedge-shaped, angle of
profile acute. Eye 3-4-2 in head. Supra-orbital tentacle with a flattened stalk
terminating in numerous long, slender filaments. Cirrus on anterior nostril
with a narrow stalk and a flattened, bilobed tip. Upper jaw 36-4-50°% of head
length. Vomer toothed. Lips moderate to thin.
Pores of head more numerous than in preceding species, most double, on
more or less raised papillae, sensory canals clearly visible, raised (fig. 3(5)).
ee
“Gy, “a
Fic. 3(a). Clinus berrisfordi n.sp.
Fic. 3(b). Head pore system, Clinus berrisfordi.
50 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Lateral line usually of about 27 double pores in front to post-pectoral curve,
then of short, separate horizontal tubes with a pore at each end. Intromittent
organ of male with a long basal portion and a slender, upturned tip; a pair of
bilobed ventro-lateral lips and a small pair of rounded dorsal lips (fig. 4(c)).
Colouring: Reddish orange with faint darker cross-bars. Two dark radiating
lines from eye across cheek.
Distribution
So far recorded from the single type locality, Onrust River mouth, near
Hermanus.
Remarks
This species differs from Clinus acuminatus in the dorsal and anal ray counts,
the form of the male intromittent organ, the height of the first dorsal spine, the
form of the supra-orbital tentacle, the anterior part of the lateral line and the
head pores and the habitat. It differs from Clinus obtusifrons in the dorsal, anal,
and pectoral fin counts, the shape of the snout, the form of the supra-orbital
tentacle, the form of the intromittent organ, the anterior part of the lateral
line, the head pores, the width of the interorbital, the shape of the interorbital
in large specimens, and the clusters of cirri at the tips of the dorsal spines.
Fic. 4. Intromittent organs of (a) Clinus acuminatus.
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE
Fic. 4(c). Clinus berrisfordi.
51
52 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
FIN RAY COUNTS AND BODY PROPORTIONS
During the examination of the three species described above it was found
that for certain characters, such as some of the fin ray counts and body propor-
tions, although the ranges for the different species overlapped considerably or
were identical, the means differed widely. It was decided that this could best
be demonstrated by a statistical method used by Hubbs (1952) to show statisti-
cal differences between populations of American clinids. The method demon-
strates graphically the range, mean, and one standard deviation and two
standard errors on either side of the mean. Thus, in fig. 5, the base line repre-
sents the range, the upright line the mean, and the shaded areas the limits of
two standard errors on either side of the mean. The unshaded areas represent
the limits of one standard deviation on either side of the mean.
The samples were not divided into different size groups, as allometric growth
in the South African Clinidae has been found to be similar and slight for most
species. Measurements showing a very wide range, such as orbit diameter and
upper jaw length, can be considered to exhibit allometric growth, but those
characters show no clear differences between these and many other related
species, so are not considered important at the specific level.
Pics asa ta bce ea Clinus acuminatus
eee Clinus obtusifrons
Clinus berrisfordi (7
30 31 32 33 34 39 36
Fic. 5. Number of dorsal spines.
SE eee woe Clinus acuminatus
oe Clinus obtusifrons
a Clinus berrisfordi
5 6 7
Fic. 6. Number of dorsal soft rays.
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE
Pee Cel.) a nee Clinus acuminatus
Clinus obtusifrons
tk Clinus berrisfordi
11 12 13
Fic. 7. Number of pectoral rays.
eee Clinus acuminatus
oa Clinus obtusifrons
Clinus berrisfordi I ey ]
36 Si 38 39 40 41
Fic. 8. Total number,of dorsal elements.
ly LS CE OU reemmcrs " Coseuiea este. Cea Clinus acuminatus
ee Sinus abtusitrons
jeee tees (ee
Fic. 9. Number of anal rays.
8,
54 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ye re Clinus acuminatus
Clinus obtusifrons oe
Clinus berrisfordi ele
nen ae nen Gees inn eens Gen enn Me nn orn (cng lbrmmlUmEmnancsu I
15 16 17 18 19°20 21° 22 23. 24 25 26 27 28 29 30) 31), 32 35) 34S o aoe
Fic. 10. Height of first dorsal spine as percentage of head length.
hee. ee MB 5 a an linus icuriaaans
etcas eosaeeee Clinus obtusifrons
a. Clinus berrisfordi
17 18 19 20 Dy 22 23 24 25 26
Fic. 11. Depth at dorsal origin as percentage of standard length.
nk ES ee Clinus acuminatus
ES i era ears ea Clinus obtusifrons
ee Clinus berrisfordi
Fic. 12. Depth at anal origin as percentage of standard length.
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE 55
DEN cxcanccons ranma NG, 2
Clinus acuminatus
Clinus obtusifrons
x
OP cael sis Se NN Clinus berrisfordi
aera eC faite ence hae ae ae Ne meena ner af Sal eh a!
25 26 2 28 29 30 31
Fic. 13. Head length as percentage of standard length.
Al ilemerceg Catenion eae Clinus acuminatus
Jina, eee ee a
Clinus obtusifrons
_ Ee Clinus berrisfordi
(nnn Eo rmncm mans 7m ma ara eT Gale. pea DG nme ROT LmInGMe TIE inal: ee, ae
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Fic. 14. Dorsal origin to snout as percentage of standard length.
UG A 6 at ee RSS MAREN ae a
Clinus acuniinatus
Clinus obtusifrons Duiemaamess acne ae
i Clinus berrisfordi
an limee Erni mime a Meas OG Manle Goat cone Im omaly es Tulum isis cle Fol obs. cL
DOT 2 peered Wald DS 268A 2RY 20 er GO Shy 2392'S 34 835036 | 371/38 39) 40
Fic. 15. Snout length as percentage of head length.
56 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
DCE cases nme
Clinus acuminatus
«
Me asses eer
Clinus obtusifrons
——————— ee
Clinus berrisfordi
an aes eae Sane Pies Seen ama craisy 4 na hla wi I
22 23. 24 25) 2. 26 204% 28 29-30 at eso 33) ess 35
Fic. 16. Orbit diameter as percentage of head length.
tine ee
Clinus acuminatus
ee Clinus obtusifrons
2 el a
Clinus berrisfordi
i Papel ames (eran ieee iran imam ikea mia aE! a Tig Daan) Cammlsht a eiiialls Takia Tse
34°35 36 37- 38 3940. 410 42 743.) 441) 45- 46. 47748") 498.50) eat
Fic.§17. Upper jaw length as percentage of head length.
Me pores ee Clinus acuminatus
SE rece cere
Clinus obtusifrons
he (Clinus berrisfordi
i I r Po eee
12 13 14 1S 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 «24 D5 26 27 28
Fic. 18. Interorbital width as percentage of head length.
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE 57
The results are shown in figs. 5-18. The formulae used for determining the
standard error and standard deviation were those given by G. M. Smith
(1958). The differences are considered to be significant if there is no overlap
between the limits of two standard errors on either side of the mean for two
different species.
Fig. 5 shows that Clinus berrisfordi has a considerably higher dorsal spine
count than the other two species, and also that Clinus obiusifrons has a statistically
lower count than Clinis acuminatus, although owing to the overlap of the normal
ranges the dorsal spine count cannot be used as a distinguishing character for
these two species. Conversely, Clinus obtusifrons has a statistically higher number
of dorsal soft rays than the other two species (fig. 6). However, the range of the
dorsal soft ray count is so small for all three species that the dorsal total shows
little difference from the dorsal spine count (fig. 8). Clinus obtusifrons has statis-
tically the lowest anal ray count (fig. 9). It would be expected that an in-
creased number of median fin elements would be associated with elongation of
the body, and in this connection it is interesting to note that Clinus obtuszfrons,
with the lowest number of median fin elements, is statistically deeper-bodied,
i.e. less elongate, than the other two species (figs. 11, 12). The marked shortness
of the first dorsal spine of Clinus acuminatus is demonstrated in fig. 10. Figs. 13-15
show Clinus berrisfordi to have a statistically shorter head and snout than the other
two species. The interorbital is shown to be significantly wider in Clinus obtustfrons
than in C’ acuminatus and C. berrisfordi (fig. 18).
DIscussIONn
It is evident both from the differences in measurable characters and from
differences such as the form of the intromittent organ, supraorbital tentacle,
lateral line, cirral clusters on spines, and snout shape that the three clinids dis-
cussed cannot be placed together in a single species. The three clinids are
therefore treated as separate species. In many groups it might be felt that the
differences indicate subspecific rather than specific separation, but among
the South African Clinidae there are so many pairs or groups of species that
closely resemble one another and can be separated only on minor characters,
that to introduce subspecies into the group would necessitate the use of a
complex trinomial classification, and this is considered undesirable where the
different species are clearly distinguishable, although closely related. The three
species in question are sufficiently distinct from one another to render confusion
unlikely if specimens are properly examined, and for this reason it is considered
justifiable to treat them as separate species. The ecological separation of the
species 1s not decisive, since there is considerable overlap in the ecological ranges
of most of them. Although Clinus acuminatus has its maximum occurrence in
pools at the top of the shore while the other two species are found at mid-tidal
level or below, at Port Nolloth a single specimen of Clinus acuminatus was col-
lected in a mid-tidal pool together with several specimens of Clinus obtusifrons,
and presumably this occurs not infrequently, yet the two populations have
remained distinct.
|
58 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
SUMMARY
Two new species of fish of the genus Clinus, C. obtusifrons and C. berrisfordi,
are described and figured, and compared with C’. acuminatus (Bloch & Schnei-
der). Differences in the fin ray counts and body proportions of the species are
shown by means of statistical diagrams.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am indebted to Professor J. L. B. Smith of the Department of Ichthyology,
Rhodes University, Grahamstown, for helpful discussions, and to Mr. C. D.
Berrisford and my husband, Mr. M. J. Penrith, for collecting the specimens.
The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant towards the cost of publication of
this paper.
REFERENCES
BARNARD, K. H. 1927. A monograph of the marine fishes of South Africa. Ann. S, Afr. Mus. 21:
419-1065.
Biocu, M. E. & Schneider, J. G. 1801. Systema ichthyologie inconibus ex illustratum. Post obitum
opus inchoatum absolvit, correxit, interpolavit Fohann Gottlob Schneider. Berolini.
Cuvier, G. L. C. F. D. 1817. Le régne animal distribué d’aprés son organisation . . . 2. Paris.
Cuvier, G. L. C. F. D. & VALENCIENNES, A. 1836. Histoire naturelle des poissons. 11. Paris: F. G.
Levrault.
GitcurisT, J. D. F. & THompson, W. W. 1908. The Blenniidae of South Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus,
6: 97-142.
Husss, C. 1952. A contribution to the classification of the blennioid fishes of the family Clinidae,
with a partial revision of the eastern Pacific forms. Stanford ichthyol. Bull. 4: 41-165.
SmitH, G. M. 1958. A simplified guide to statistics for psychology and education. 3rd ed., revised. New
York: Rinehart.
SmiTH, J. L. B. 1945. The fishes of the family Clinidae in South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11)
12? 535-546.
SmiTH, J. L. B. 1949. The sea fishes of southern Africa. Cape Town: Central News Agency.
Swainson, W. 1839. The natural history and classification of fishes, amphibians, and reptiles,
or monocardian animals. In The Cabinet Encyclopedia. 2. London: Longman, Orme, Brown,
Green & Longman.
Tuompson, W. W. 1918. Catalogue of the fishes of the Cape Province. Mar. biol. Rep., Cape Tn.
75—-177-
TABLE 1. Data on which figs. 5-18 are based
Characters Clinus Clinus Clinus
acuminatus | obtusifrons | berrisfordt
Dorsal spines : ; . Range . , 31-34. 30-32 33-36
Mean 5 : 32 on 34
Standard deviation 0:60 0-60 0°74
Standard error : 0°05 o°10 0°20
Dorsal soft rays s . Range : : 5-7 6-7 5-6
Mean : : 6 6°5 5°5
Standard deviation 0+50 0+50 0°50
Standard error. 0°05 0°09 O15
STUDIES ON THE SOUTH AFRICAN CLINIDAE
Characters
Pectoral rays
Dorsal total
Anal rays
Height of first dorsal spine
% of head length
Depth of body at dorsal origin as %
of standard length
Depth of body at anal origin as %
of standard length
Head length as % of standard
length
Dorsal origin to snout as % of stan-
dard length
Snout length as % of head length
Orbit diameter as % of head length
Upper jaw as % of head length
Interorbital width as % of head
length : :
TABLE 1. (continued)
Range
Mean :
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range suites
Mean ;
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean ‘
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean :
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean ,
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean 5
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean f F
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean :
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean :
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean ' :
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean :
Standard deviation
Standard error
Range
Mean
Standard deviation
Standard error
Clinus
acuminatus
11-13
0025
0°20
17°9-23°4 |
20°2
1°00
0°10
17°7—22°8
2072
1°00
0°09
24°6-31°4 |
27°5
1°00
0-10
IG 29"9
oe
1°20
0°10
20:0-38°5
30°8
3°00
0°25
21:°6—36°3
26:7
2°20
0°02
34°3-51°5
412
3°30
0°30
12°5-20°8
16°2
2°10
0°20
Clinus
obtusifrons
13
9 15) (f4
22°2-33°3
27°8
3°00
0°50
36-4-50°0
41°9
3°70
0°95
16-7-27°3
21°0O
2°80
0°50
a9
Clinus
berrisfordi
II-I2
12
0°25
0°05
39-4!
39°5
0°22
0°06
23-25
23°75
0°75
0°10
25°0-33°3
29°5
2°80
0°70
18-8-21°2
19°8
0°60
0°15
19°7—21°8
20°2
0°90
0°20
25°0-29°3
26°4
0*go
0°25
18-0—-20°2
19°2
0:60
0°15
25°0-31°8
28°5
2°70
0:80
24°0-33°3
28°5
3°40
0°90
36-4-50:0
43°3
4°10
0°70
12°5-16°7
15°0
I-10
0°32
Beyer! |
Age 7 ar "
ae ee
We eee
: f &
: ee
= oe TA “Le ~ Back’
Oe
+
wii ERC aeamak
Es a
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE oF CONTENTs and Summary. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4? in. = 7 in. (74 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmitH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. Jn Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. and ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the Iniernational code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
4 1 - a Ue! ea Dare A a >
* serena” ve : | : a
i@
7 Are
~» >
~ : Mel
* a Pius }
Ay
‘ y
L-
= = c
=
ba
r , : ‘
; .
<a » = ‘i b] r ae a
oh = cs 1 Tie . seats
= - apy 4 \ . a a “ if
7 1 = De ‘ 5 pany ae \eed e A
is os ‘ ‘ 4 P
wes } hop By ea re te )
Ye . , a ae cae wil whia f |
Sa A = c : F Ve 2 ey
al i . / ieee ‘ a h] 4
x et Pe: = i at an ear =
c i 7 =
ES uk a
f ‘
= - id ss oo y ive “
re
mips
= re a
K ¢
sy
fi : y) ’
2 =~
3 7
a5 = ?
a 5 ‘ 4
4 esha)
a= pe 2
=
3 oe 7
is
= ‘ Fy es
4 4
4 a x
% . ( ci
stg a
a = : ‘a
c
\ J
x
? é.
= ; ee
: :: F
.
.
bee
‘ _
F
aS
- ‘
= |
4 : \
~ . ?
-
- - ‘ a
‘ ,
a
f
ai td
J i *
“ 4 : oe
* hue) 8 t
: ¢ “ a
GILBERT L. VOSS
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS
FROM SOUTH AFRICAN WATERS
November 1967 November
Volume 50 Band
Part . 5 Deel
SMITHSO Nig
FEBS {969
LBRARILS
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, (1, 3> 3D» 7-8), S(t-2; 5> S=[0sb)> 5(2, 5> ioe
6(1, tele) 71 3)s 8, g(1-2), 10(1-3),
D125 7> B=D))o 21, 24(2), Bu (0=3)); 38, 44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
85c
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
SOME BATHYPELAGIC ‘CEPHALOPODS
FROM SOUTH AFRICAN WATERS!
By
GiILBERT L. Voss
Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami
(With 9 plates)
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction : : 2 Gx
Systematic List mae ytramere | 501"
Systematic Section ees
Summary i : 2 oy:
Acknowledgements ; a RO
References j ‘ a ko
INTRODUCTION
Through the kindness of Mr. M. J. Penrith and Dr. J. R. Grindley of the
South African Museum the writer received in 1963 a small collection of cephalo-
pods taken during the course of midwater trawling (Grindley and Penrith,
1965) in South African waters, mostly off the coast of Natal. The collections
consisted of 112 specimens belonging to 17 families, 28 genera and 32 species
of which 13 species were unrecorded in the list of South African cephalopods
given by the writer in 1962 (Voss, 1962).
Although only one new species and one new subspecies were found, several
of the other species are poorly known or confused in the literature and these
are treated in some detail in the present paper. One new species is named on
the basis of a description by another author. The remainder are listed for the
record with a reference to pertinent literature treating with the individual
species and with an indication of their general distribution. The collections were
obtained by the use of an Isaacs-Kidd midwater trawl (IKMT). A few were
from stomach contents of the predatory bathypelagic fish Alepzsaurus ferox,
which were taken by long-line at IKMT stations. All of the specimens are
deposited in the South African Museum (SAM).
1 Contribution No. 789 from the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami. This study
was partially supported by National Science Foundation grants G-17940 and GB togo.
61
Ann S. Afr. Mus. 50 (5), 1967: 61—88, 9 pls.
62 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
SYSTEMATIC LIST
In the paper ‘South African Cephalopods’, the writer (Voss, 1962)
reviewed the cephalopod literature treating with the South African region
and gave a list of 66 species reported as of that date from South African waters.
The present list increases this number to 79 if some localities as much as 600
miles off shore may be referred to as South African. This increase was to be
expected when sampling gear such as the Isaacs-Kidd trawl was introduced in
addition to more customary fishing gear and undoubtedly its continued use will
sensibly increase the number of species so far recorded, especially among those
weird inhabitants of the deep cold waters so difficult to obtain with conven-
tional nets.
The list given below includes only those species which were taken in the
above-mentioned survey. The species preceded by an asterisk are new records to
the South African cephalopod fauna.
Order SEPIOIDEA
Family Spirulidae
1. Spirula spirula (Linnaeus)
Family Sepiidae
2. Sepia australis Quoy and Gaimard
. 9. hieronis (Robson)
4. Hemisepius typicus Steenstrup
1S)
Family Sepiolidae
. Rossia (Austrorossia) enigmatica Robson
. Heteroteuthis hawattensis dagamensis Robson
7. Inioteuthis capensis Voss
MH Oo
Order TEUTHOIDEA
Suborder OEGOPSIDA
Family Lycoteuthidae
8. Lycoteuthis diadema (Chun)
Family Enoploteuthidae
9. Abraliopsis gilchristi (Robson)
*10. A. pfefferi Joubin
*11. Pyroteuthis margaritifera (Riippell)
*12. Pterygioteuthis gemmata Chun
Family Onychoteuthidae
13. Onychoteuthis banksi (Leach)
14. Onykia sp.
15. Tetronychoteuthis dussumiern (Orbigny)
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 63
Family Bathyteuthidae
*16. Ctenopteryx sicula (Verany)
Family Veranyidae
17. Octopodoteuthopsis sp.
Family Histioteuthidae
*18. Histioteuthis dofleini (Pfeffer)
*19. H. bonnelli (Férussac)
20,21. 8p.
*o1. H. meleagroteuthis (Chun)
Family Ommastrephidae
*92. Todaropsis eblanae (Ball)
*23. Ornithoteuthis sp.
Family Chiroteuthidae
*o4. Chiroteuthis capensis, n. sp.
Family Cranchiidae
25. Cranchia scabra Leach
26. Galiteuthis sp.
27. Pyrgopsis pacifica Issel
*98. Megalocranchia megalops australis, n. subsp.
Order OCTOPODA
) Family Bolitaenidae
29. Eledonella pygmaea Verrill
Family Amphitretidae
30. Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle
Family Tremoctopodidae
*91. Tremoctopus violaceus (Della Chiaje)
Family Ocythoidae
*992. Ocythoe tuberculata Rafinesque
33. Octopus sp.
SYSTEMATIC SECTION
Order SEPIOIDEA
Family Spirulidae
Spirula spirula (Linnaeus, 1758)
Spirula spirula, Bruun, 1943 (biology).
Material: 13, mantle length 43:7 mm, in 500 m, from 32°30’S, 35°08’E, IKMT
No. 31, August 12, 1962, SAM A29725.—1 9, mantle length 38-8 mm, in
64 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
200 m, from 30°31’S, 31°45'E, IKMT No. 37, August 23, 1962, SAM A29701.—
1 juvenile, mantle length 24-0 mm, in 500 m, from 29°55’S, 39°30’E, IKMT
No. 35, August 19, 1962, SAM A2o9695.
This species was reported from off the Cape by Bruun (1943) taken by
the Dana. Its general biology is well treated in the paper. The species is
apparently circumtropical and warm temperate living at depths from 200 to
about 1700 metres.
Distribution: Circumtropical and warm temperate in 200 to 1700 metres.
Family Sepiidae
Sepia australis Quoy and Gaimard, 1832
Sepia australis, Voss, 1962 (full synonymy).
Material: 1 3, mantle length 34-0 mm, 1 9, mantle length 35:0 mm, in 40 m,
from west of Slangkop, IKMT No. 12, September 7-8, 1961, SAM A29627. —
2 9°, mantle lengths 39-0-53:0 mm, in 100 m, from west of Slangkop, IKMT
No. 19, September 11-12, 1961, SAM A29734.
This species has been discussed and pertinent literature listed in Voss (1962).
Distribution: Known only from southern Africa. See Adam (1941) for complete
distribution records.
Sepia hieronis (Robson, 1924)
Sepia sp. A. Robson, 1924: 13.
Rhombosepion hieronis Robson, 1924b: 645, pl. 2, figs. 9, 11; Massy, 1927: 158.
Sepia hieronis, Voss, 1962: 254.
Material: 1g, mantle length 61-3 mm, in 250 m, from west of Slangkop,
IKMT No. 23, November 14-15, 1961, SAM A29728.
The sole specimen, a male, was in good condition. Typically for the species,
the dorsal arms had only two rows of suckers while both pairs of lateral arms
have a patch of enlarged suckers near the tips.
Distribution: Cape 'Town, 112-150 fathoms (Robson) ; off Lion’s Head, 175-230
fathoms (Massy); 34°09°8’S, 18°16°5’E in 79 metres and 34°09’S, 18°17:5'E
in 43 metres (Voss).
Hemisepius typicus Steenstrup, 1875
Hemisepius typicus Steenstrup, 1875: 468; Chun, 1912: 411; Massy, 1927: 164; Thore, 1945: 50;
Voss, 1962: 252.
Material: 7 33, mantle length 8-0o-16:0 mm, 6 99, mantle length 7-8-13:0 mm,
from SSE. of Yzervark Point, IKMT No. 2a, SAM A2g717.
The present specimens were in very good condition. Their presence in a
midwater trawl catch introduces some interesting questions as to their natural
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 65
habitat. This species deserves more attention from biologists than it has received
in the past.
Distribution: South Africa.
Family Sepiolidae
Rossta (Austrorossia) enigmatica Robson, 1924
Semirossia sp. A. Robson, 1924a: 10.
Rossia enigmatica Robson, 1924b: 635; Massy, 1927: 153.
Rossia sp. A. Robson, 1925: 450
Rossia (Austrorossia) enigmatica, Voss, 1955: 89; 1962: 253.
Material: 1 9, mantle length 20.0 mm, from north-west of Cape Town in
400 m, IKMT No. 26, November 15-16, 1961, SAM A29696.—1 9, 5 3, badly
distorted from the trawl, from 33°10’S, 17°20’E in 120 m, IKMT No. 51,
September 18-19, 1963, SAM A29808.—2 3, badly distorted from the trawl,
from 33°10'S, 17°20’E in 280 m, September 17-18, 1963, SAM A2g8ob.
For a full discussion of this species see Voss (1962). The present specimens
conform well to the description.
Distribution: South Africa.
Heteroteuthis (Stephanoteuthts) hawauensis dagamensis Robson, 1924
Heteroteuthis hawatiensis var. dagamensis Robson, 1924a: 11; 1924b: 632.
Heteroteuthis (Stephanoteuthis) hawatiensis dagamensis, Voss, 1955: 933; 1962: 253
Material: 1 2, mantle length 20:5 mm, 28°07’S, 33°28’E in 500 m, IKMT
No. 47, SAS Natal, February 24, 1963, SAM A29747.—5 badly mangled
specimens from IKMT No. 51, SAM A29808.—5 badly mangled specimens
from IKMT No. 50, SAM A2g806.
A single large female of this species was taken in the hauls. It conforms
well with Robson’s description.
Distribution: Known only from off South Africa.
Inoteuthis capensis Voss, 1962
Inioteuthis capensis Voss, 1962: 255, fig. 1 a-e.
Material: 1 9, mantle length 10-0 mm, from SSE. of Yzervark Point, IKMT
No. 2a, SAM Ag2o718.
This beautifully preserved small female seems referable with little doubt
to this species. Because of its small size little can be added to the original descrip-
tion. ‘The fins are larger than in the type material and there is a papilla-like
pore, not seen before, on each side of the light organ on the liver.
Distribution: This species is known only from South Africa from the vicinity of
Saldanha Bay and Mossel Bay.
66 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
| Sepiolid indet.
Material: 1 badly mangled juvenile from west of Slangkop in roo m, IKMT
No. 19, September 9, 1961, SAM A29736. : .
No identification of this mangled specimen was attempted.
Order TEUTHOIDEA
Suborder OEGOPSIDA
Family Lycoteuthidae
Lycoteuthis diadema (Chun, 1900)
Lycoteuthis diadema, Voss, 1962: 262 (South African references); 1962a: 275 (revision of the
family).
Material: 1 9, mantle length 38-6 mm, from west of Slangkop in 350 m, IKMT
No. 16, September 9, 1961, SAM A29732.—1 juvenile, mantle length 12-3
mm, from west by south of Slangkop in 250 m, IKMT No. 7, May 25, 1961,
SAM A29709.
Examination of the present specimens confirms my opinion that Lepto-
dontoteuthis inermis Robson, 1926 from South Africa is conspecific. This is an
uncommon species living in the mesopelagic zone. Its photophores have been
well studied, described and illustrated by Chun (1910) from Valdivia specimens.
Distribution: Gulf of Mexico and Straits of Florida (Voss) ; west coast of South
America; Indian Ocean in 46°S, 120°E, Atlantic Ocean (all Pfeffer) ; Benguela
Current in 31°21’S, 15°58’E, West Wind Drift in 40°31’S, 15°06’E (all Chun) ;
South Africa, Gape Marine Province (Robson).
Family Enoploteuthidae
Abraliopsis gilchristti (Robson, 1924)
Pl. I, a-d; Pl. II, a-e; Pl. III, a-h
Abralia gilchristi Robson, 1924a: 3; 1924b: 601, pl. 1, text-figs. 6-7.
Abraliopsis gilchristi, Voss, 1962: 264.
Material : Cotypes, 2 33 (only one measurable), mantle length 37-0 mm, Sta. 81,
Cape Town, 280 fathoms, Sta. 84, Cape Town, 240 fathoms, presented by
Committee on Fisheries and Marine Biological Survey, Union of South Africa,
by Dr. J. Gilchrist. BM 1924.9.9.41-2.—2 gg, mantle length 35.5-38-9 mm,
19, mantle length 37-0 mm, IKMT No. 15, in 15 m west of Slangkop, South
Africa, September 8, 1961, SAM Az2g729.—1 4, mantle length 34-0 mm,
I juvenile, mantle length 16-5 mm, IKMT No. 16, in 350 m west of Slangkop,
South Africa, September 8, 1961, SAM A29732.—1 juvenile, mantle length
18-0 mm, IKMT No. 15, in 15 m west of Slangkop, South Africa, September 8,
1961, SAM A29706.—1 juvenile, mantle length 8-o mm, IKMT No. 5, in 1om
west of Slangkop, October 1, 1961, SAM Ag2g710,
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 67
This species was discussed in my 1962 paper on the basis of an examination
of the cotypes in the British Museum, and certain discrepancies between the
specimens and Robson’s description were pointed out. With the new material
listed above, it has been possible to redescribe this species and figure it in
sufficient detail that its future recognition should hold no difficulties.
Description: The mantle is long, conical and slender, tapering to a sharp point
posteriorly. The anterior margin is broadly triangularly produced in the dorso-
median area but ventrally is shallowly excavated beneath the funnel with small
lateral lappets. The fins are large, occupying over four-fifths of the mantle
length. They have conspicuous free anterior lobes. ‘The anterior margin is convex
with rounded lateral angles and the posterior margins are concave, with the
fins drawn out into a long tail and united posteriorly by a low ridge.
The funnel is of medium size, barely reaching the posterior level of the
eyes, and is joined to the head by a single V-bridle. The funnel-mantle locking
apparatus is simple, the funnel member a broad, short groove, the mantle
member a long, straight, narrow ridge. The funnel valve is very broad and only
slightly curved. The dorsal member of the funnel organ is A-shaped. The
anterior end is pointed and pressed together laterally forming a small, ventrally
turned, grooved papilla. Slightly posteriorly there originates a low ridge which
becomes stronger posteriorly forming a low lappet in the centre of each limb.
The ventral pads are compactly oval.
The head is large, squarish, with conspicuous eyes. The eyelids are trans-
versely oval with a distinct sinus anteriorly. There are four nuchal folds on
each side. The first is blunt and inconspicuous, little more than the rounded
corner of the funnel groove. The second is immediately adjacent to the first,
small but distinct, and terminates in a small, tongue-shaped, olfactory organ.
The third and fourth are distinct folds united posteriorly by a thin, raised,
concentric-shaped fold. The buccal membrane is coloured a dark purple with
numerous small papillae on the oral surface. It is eight-lobed with eight sup-
ports which are attached dorsally on I, II and IV, ventrally on ITI.
The arms are nearly round in cross-section, slightly laterally compressed,
with an approximate formula of 4.2.3.1. Arms I and II are keeled on their
distal half or one-third, III is keeled for its entire length, the keel deepest
about two-thirds of the length from the base and IV bears only the tentacular
sheath on the outer border. All of the arms in both the males and females
have two rows of very sharp, slender, strongly curved hooks which become
extremely minute distally and are followed immediately by minute, apparently
non-ringed suckers in two rows.
In the females, all of the arms are bordered by trabeculate protective
membranes which are almost vestigial on the dorsal side of arms I, II and
III and on both sides of IV but are well developed on the ventral sides of
I, II and III, being rather deep on the latter. In the females both membranes
and the lappets are smooth.
68 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
In the males, the right ventral arm is hectocotylized as is shown in the
figure. Basally, the hooks are of about equal size but in the middle of the arm
those of the ventral row suddenly are reduced in size continuing thus to the end
of the arm while those of the dorsal row retain their normal size. Along the basai
and midportion of the arm the protective membrane is lost and only the broad,
flat, somewhat truncate trabeculae remain. In the distal third a broad fleshy
flap is found on the ventral border. Near the end of the arm it nearly disappears
but immediately expands again and extends to the base of the first of the
terminal light organs. On the dorsal side another flap appears at about the
middle of the large ventral flap and tapers gradually to the base of the light
organ; distally the two form a deep, narrow groove.
The left ventral arm is not modified but the protective membrane is
either low or absent and the trabeculae are enlarged to form long, square-
tipped, flat flaps.
The protective membranes are also modified on I, II, and III in the
males. On I the dorsal border has only small lappets but the ventral border has
a membrane between the trabeculae. The latter are often somewhat dentate
on their free borders and terminal flaps and there are some slight rugosities
on the basal part of the arm proximal of the suckers. On II the basal oral
surface of the arm has numerous minute papillae followed by low flap-like
trabeculae with few papillae on them on each side of the arm. In the middle
third of the arm the ventral trabeculae and membrane become wide, having
papillae both on the membrane and the trabeculae. Dorsally only flaps are
developed which also bear papillae. In the distal third the flaps and mem-
branes decrease and finally disappear. On III there are flaps dorsally, narrow
trabeculae, and full deep membranes ventrally but neither show any trace of
papillae.
The tentacles are long and laterally compressed. The clubs are not
expanded. The carpal cluster is well separated from the manus and con-
sists of four or five small suckers and about the same number of pads. The
manus bears four small hooks on the dorsal side and four large, slender hooks
on the ventral side. The dactylus is very short and has about twelve transverse
rows of suckers in four longitudinal rows. There is a large somewhat semicircular
flap on the ventral border of the club originating at about the middle of the
carpus and terminating at about the base of the first ventral hook. Beyond this
there is a low membrane bordering the manus but terminating at the dactylus.
There is no membrane dorsally. On the aboral surface of the club is a swimming
keel which originates about in the middle of the manus and extends to the tip
of the dactylus.
The gladius is typically enoploteuthid in shape. |
The male genitalia are on the left side and are extremely large for an
enoploteuthid. The females have two large nidamental glands and a pair of
slender, highly arched supplementary ones.
The light organs on the skin are of the two types: large ones with clear
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 69
bead-like centres with dark rings deeply set into the mantle but projecting
upward under the epithelium and smaller ones about half the size with darker,
smaller centres with broad darker rings, which are not set as deeply into the
mantle.
On the mantle these organs are numerous and closely but irregularly
distributed on the ventral surface, much sparser on the dorsal surface anterior
to the fins. Occasionally there is a clear ventral midstripe. On the funnel there
are four symmetrical ventral patches, two on each side of the midline and a
band of photophores dorsally on each side of the bridle.
On the ventral side of the head are the characteristic four distinct rows of
photophores which so easily distinguish the species. There is a double row of
light organs on the midline, slightly separated and with a few scattered small
organs between. These two rows originate just within the funnel groove and
extend in a straight line out the ventral arms as the inner row of IV. The
lateral row on each side is widely separated from the inner row on both the
head and ventral arms with no intervening photophores. This row forms the
median row of IV but actually is located near the outer border. Between the
lateral rows on each side and the circlet of organs around each eyelid are
rather numerous scattered photophores not interrupted by a ventral window
and of which some form the single widely separated organs along the tentacular
sheath of IV. There are no organs on the dorsum of the head.
On IV the light organs are as described above but only those of the
dorso-median row extend to the tip of the arm, the others stopping somewhat
below the terminal organs. There is a conspicuous, rather closely set row
of photophores on III, originating from the eyelid circlet just dorsal of the
anterior sinus and extending along the base of the swimming keel on the ventral
surface almost to the tip of the arm.
Two other sets of light organs, on the eyeball and on the tips of the ventral
TABLE 1. Measurements (in mm) of six specimens of
Abraliopsis gilchristi (Robson, 1924) from South African waters
Trawl number . : } 16 16 15 15 15 15
Sex f : ; ‘ , juv. ro juv. 3 éi Q
Mantle length ; ; ‘ 16°5 34.°0 18-0 37°5 34.°0 38-0
Mantle width : P : =e 13°5 — 14°0 —-- 16-0
Head width . : : : = 10-0 — Tay —- —
Fin length : 3 ‘ ; — 28-0 14.°0 31-0 — 31-0
Fin width : : . : == 31-0 18-0 33°6 — 31-0
Arm length I ; : 4 a= 21°O 20°0 — 16°5
II — 170 — 20°0 — 19-0
Ill = 20°5 aa 20°0 — 20-0
IV ‘ ; ! — 26-0 — 28-0 —- 29°0
Tentacle length ‘ : : = = = <= = 57°5
Club length . ; , ; = == = — — 10-0
Arm hooks I ‘ : ‘ — 17 os 17 — 17
i ‘ ; ‘ sas 17 — 19 — 20
Ill : 5 : a 21 oo 20 — 19
TV é : J a= 23 = 28 — 23--
70 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
arm, are found in this species. The five photophores on the eyeball are located
on the ventral periphery, are round and reddish-brown in colour. The terminal
organs are about twice the size of the medians and are set apart from them.
On the tips of the ventral arms are found the characteristic large terminal
photophores. These organs are very large in this species, ovoid to round, and
set deeply into the aboral surface of the arm tip. Apparently there are three
organs in complete specimens but, as these are often missing, no average could
be determined. In some they were missing entirely and, when the skin is peeled
off by net action, there may be no indication of their former presence.
Discussion: The relationship of this species with the other related forms will be
discussed in a revision of the subfamily Abraliinae now being drawn to com-
pletion.
Distribution: Known only from South African waters.
Abraliopsis pfeffert Joubin, 1896
Abraliopsis pfefferi Joubin, 1896: 19; Pfeffer, 1912: 156.
Material: 1 3, mantle length 20-5 mm, 500 m from 27°00'S, 43°39’E, SSE. of
Natal, IKMT No. 45, February 21, 1963, SAM A29755.
Considerable confusion has existed in the literature concerning the identifi-
cation of Abraliopsis pfeffert and its relationship to the other species of the genus.
From the members of the subgenus Micrabralia (affinis, lineata, gilchrist1) it can be
distinguished by the diffuse distribution of the photophores on the ventral
surface of the head, while from its closest relative A. (Abraliopsis) hoyle: (Pfeffer,
1884) it can readily be separated by the presence of a semicircular flap or
membrane in the carpal region of the tentacular club and by the absence of
minute, ringed suckers on the tips of the arms between the terminal hooks and
the terminal minute fleshy suckers.
Distribution: This species appears to be confined to the Atlantic Ocean and the
Mediterranean Sea, being replaced in the Indo-Pacific by A. hoyle. This is the
only record from the Indian Ocean.
Abraliopsis sp.
Material: 1 spec., mantle length 20:0 mm, in 500 m from 26°42’S, 40°07’E,
SSE. of Natal, IKMT No. 46, February 22, 1963, SAM A29749.
This specimen is in such poor condition that definite identification is nearly
impossible. It may be a young, mutilated specimen of Abraliopsis gilchristt.
Subfamily Pyroteuthinae
Pyroteuthis margaritifera (Riippell, 1844)
Enoploteuthis margaritifera Riippell, 1844: 129.
Pyroteuthis margaritifera, Hoyle, 1904: 42; Chun, 1910: 136, pl. 11, figs. 1-4 (full
description and figures); Pfeffer, 1912: 196, pl. 19, figs. 17-30 (detailed description,
distribution).
Material: 1 2, mantle length 43-0 mm, in 500 m from 32°30'S, 35°08’E, IKMT
No. 31, August 12, 1962, SAM Ag9727.—1 9, mantle length 21:0 mm, in 500 m
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 71
from 25°30'S, 40°40’E, IKMT No. 34, August 19, 1962, SAM Azg697.—1 9,
mantle length 17-0 mm, in 200 m from 30°30’S, 31°45’E, IKMT No. 37,
August 23, 1962, SAM A2g699.—1 -g, mantle length 29:0 mm, in 500 m
27°00'S, 43°39’E, SSE. of Natal, IKMT No. 45, February 21, 1963, SAM
A29754.—1 2, mantle length 27-0 mm, in 500 m from 28°07’S, 33°28’E, IKMT
No. 47, SAS Natal, February 24, 1963, SAM A29746.—1 indet., mantle length
12-0 mm, in 500 m from 27°00’S, 43°39’E, IKMT No. 45, SAS Natal,
February 21, 1963, SAM A29753.
This is a common mesopelagic species living in the upper 600 metres of
water. It is somewhat similar in appearance to Plerygioteuthis but may imme-
diately be distinguished from it by the presence of hooks on the tentacular club
and hectocotylization of the right ventral arm. The eyeball bears 12 light
organs and the oviduct is on the left side.
Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mediterranean and Atlantic from
the surface to about 600 metres. This appears to be the first record from the
Indian Ocean of the typical form.
Pterygioteuthis gemmata Chun, 1910
Pterygioteuthis gemmata Chun, 1910: 108, pl. 13, fig. 3, pl. 14, figs. 4, 5, 9, pl. 15, figs. 2-3, 6-12,
pl. 16, figs. 1-2, 5, 7-19; Thiele, 1920: 447, pl. 54, figs. 10-12.
Material: 1 3, mantle length 22-0 mm, in 500 m from 30°49’S, 45°47’E, SSE. of
Natal, IKMT No. 44, February 19, 1963, SAM A29744.—2 gg, mantle
length 18-2, 17-9, in 200 m from 30°30'S, 31°45’E, IKMT No. 37, August 23,
1962, SAM Azo6q99.— ? 1 9, mantle length 20-0 mm (badly damaged), in 100 m
from west of Slangkop, IKMT No. 19, November 11-12, 1961, SAM A29735.
This species, closely related to the preceding, is distinguished by the
characters stated previously. From its closest relative, Pterygioteuthis giardi
Fischer, 1895, it may be separated by means of the following table.
gemmata giardt
1. I-III arms with 3-5 hooks in 1. I-III arms with a pair of hooks in
midpart of ventral row. midpart.
2. Hectocotylus with a comb-like 2. Hectocotylus with two hooklike
series of teeth. teeth.
3. 14 light organs on eyeball. 3. 15 light organs on eyeball.
4. Ventral arms with minute paired 4. Ventral arms without hooks and
suckers on left, with a single row suckers.
on right arm of male.
This is a common mesopelagic species.
Distribution: This has been reported from the South Atlantic by Chun and
from the tropical Atlantic by Thiele. It is probably widely distributed in the
oceans.
72 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Family Onychoteuthidae
Onychoteuthis bankst (Leach, 1817)
Onychoteuthis banksi, Pfeffer, 1912: 70, pl. 3, figs. 13-25, pls. 4, 5, 6.
Material: 1 2, mantle length 66-0 mm, in 15 m from west of Slangkop, IKMT
No. 15, September 8—g, 1961, SAM A29731.—3 99, mantle lengths 56-0—76-0
mm, surface from 3°30’S, 35°08’E, dipnetted at night, SAM A29739.—1
juvenile, mantle length 22-2 mm, in 500 m from 31°44’S, 44°35’E, from stomach
of Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 32, August 15, 1962, SAM A29715.—1 juvenile,
mantle length 24:0 mm, in 500 m from 31°44’S, 44°35’E from stomach of
Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 32, August 15, 1962, SAM A29720.—1 juvenile,
mantle length 24-0 mm, in 500 m from 31°44’S, 44°35’E, from stomach of
Alepisaurus ferox, IK MT No. 32, August 15, 1962, SAM A2gQ7132.
This is one of the commonest oceanic cephalopods, the young often caught
in plankton nets. I have noted elsewhere (Voss, 1960): “he young may easily
be identified from all other squids by the sleek, compact appearance with
partially withdrawn head, nearly terminal fins, beyond which projects the
sharp, tapered, slightly curving and transparent conus of the gladius, and the
dark streak along the dorsal midline of the mantle composed of the visible rib
of the gladius with a streak of closely set brown chromatophores over it.’ The
adults are readily identifiable by the large hooks on the clubs and the dark
dorsal midline.
Distribution: Cosmopolitan in all seas from the North Cape to Cape Horn.
? Onykia sp.
Material: 1 juvenile, somewhat damaged, in 500 m from 26°38’S, 44°28’E,
IKMT No. 33, August 17, 1962, SAM A29703.
This specimen is flaccid and in poor condition. From the available charac-
ters it seems to belong to the genus Onykia but specific determination is doubtful.
Tetronychoteuthis dussumiert (Orbigny, 1839)
Tetronychoteuthis dussumieri, Pfeffer, 1912: 98, pl 13, pl. 14, figs. 10-14.
Tetronychoteuthis massyae Pfeffer, 1912: 102, pl. "4p figs. 15-19.
? Tetronychoteuthis sp. Robson, 1926: 4.
Material: 1 juvenile, mantle length 25:0 mm, in 500 m 31 44'S, 44°35'E, from
stomach of Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 32, August 15, 1962, SAM A2g716.
This species has only been recorded a few times in the literature and is
considered rather rare. However, the writer now has at his disposal a small
series of specimens from the Gulf of Mexico and the south-eastern Pacific
which indicate that it may be fairly common. A careful study of all of the
specimens available is yet to be made, but a cursory examination indicates
that the differences in the surface tubercles between dussumieri and massyae 1s
due to age differences as Pfeffer had suggested.
This species can be easily recognized under the microscope or with a hand
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 73
lens by the presence of small stalked tubercles covering the mantle, like paving.
The stalks bear discs distally which in the young (massyae stage) are star-shaped
with numerous points but in adults are round and smooth-edged. There are
numerous dorsal nuchal folds.
Distribution: Gulf of Mexico, south-eastern Pacific (Voss), Mauritius (Orbigny),
46°S, 120°E (Pfeffer), off South Africa!
Family Bathyteuthidae
Ctenopteryx sicula (Verany, 1851)
Ctenopteryx sicula, Pfeffer, 1912: 332.
Material: 1 juvenile, mantle length 13:1 mm, in 500m from 31°44’S, 44°35’E
from stomach of Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 32, August 15, 1962, SAM
A2971I.
This is a small specimen in poor condition due to the digestive juices of
the fish from which it was taken. This species is easily distinguished from all
other known species by the presence of lateral fins extending from near the
anterior mantle margin to the posterior end. The fin is composed of numerous
strong, finely tapered supports or trabeculae united by a delicate, thin mem-
brane. In all except perfect specimens the membrane is partially torn between
the supports so that the animal appears to be surrounded by a fringe, hence the
generic name—comb fin.
Although not often reported in the literature, this is a common species,
occupying the surface layer.
Distribution: Probably world wide in distribution and recorded from the
Mediterranean Sea, South Atlantic and Pacific, off South Africa!
Family Veranyidae
? Octopodoteuthopsis sp.
Octopodoteuthopsis sp. Robson, 1924b: 606, text-fig. 8.
Material: 1 juvenile, mantle length 19-0 mm, in 100 m from west of Slangkop,
IKMT No. 24, November 15, 1961, SAM A29707.
This specimen, unfortunately, is in very poor condition and little can be
added to Robson’s description. Its condition does not permit specific identifica-
tion. There is no trace of tentacles or their bases. The hooks on the arms are
very slender and curved to form no less than a 90° angle and usually more. The
mantle projects only slightly beyond the fins which are much wider than long.
The funnel organ is much as described and figured by Robson but the
anterior angles are more rounded and the central slit shown in his figure is the
result of the slender terminal papilla having been broken off as occurred in the
present specimen.
As this is only the second specimen no assumption is warranted as to their
vertical distribution.
Distribution; Off Cape Town (Robson).
74 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Family Histioteuthidae*
Hitstioteuthis doflent (Pfeffer, 1912)
Calliteuthis ocellata, Chun, 1910: 147-170 (in part: only references to C. ocellata), text-figs. 22, 23,
text-pl. 1, figs. 1, 2, pl. 20, figs. 7—9.
Stigmatoteuthis dofleini, Sasaki, 1929: 258, text-figs. 126, 127, pl. 22, figs. 1-3.
Material: 1 2, mantle length 15-0 mm, in 500 m from 25°30’S, 40°40’E, IKMT
No. 34, August 18, 1962, SAM A29608.—1 9, mantle length 13-3 mm, in 500 m
from 26°42’S, 40°07’E, IKMT No. 46, S. of Natal, Indian Ocean, February
22, 1963, SAM A29750. )
These two juveniles are the first specimens of this species recorded from
African waters. They are distinguished by certain details in their photophore
pattern and by the sculpture on the surface of the dorsal pad of the funnel
organ. On the dorsal pad, a strong ridge originating at the anterior apical
papilla runs medially down each limb expanding into a broad flap on the
posterior half. On the base of arms IV, the photophores are arranged in three
to four longitudinal rows; on the ventral surface of the mantle, the photophores
are rather widely set, with a diagonal row commencing at the lateral angle
containing about nine organs; seventeen large photophores form a circlet
around the margin of the right eyelid. The male of this species is unique in the
family in possessing a double set of functional genitalia.
Despite the sparcity of literature on this species, it appears from collections
made principally by the Dana and U.S. Fish and Wildlife vessels to be one of
the commonest and most widespread of the histioteuthids. A full study of H.
dofleint will appear in a forthcoming monograph of the family by N. Voss.
Distribution: From the literature and unpublished material, H. dofleini occurs
widespread in the North Atlantic and the North Pacific, and, on the basis of
the present specimens, occurs in the Indian Ocean. It is found from the surface
to about 1500 metres.
Fiistioteuthis bonnellu (Férussac, 1835)
Histioteuthis bonelliana, Pfeffer, 1912: 297, pls. 23, 24, 25.
Material: 1 2, mantle length, 17-3 mm, in 500 m from 32°30’S, 35°08’E, IKMT
No. 31, August 12, 1962, SAM Aa2q724.
This species is known from waters off the north and north-western coasts
of Africa but the present small female is the first record from off the south-
eastern coast.
HZ. bonnellit is easily recognized by the deep inner web connecting the arms
for approximately 50 per cent or more of their length, the presence of a single
enlarged elongate photophore on the tip of arms I, II and III, and a six-
membered buccal membrane.
* The information and descriptions on the family Histioteuthidae given here are by N. Voss,
A full monographic treatment of the family is now in press,
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 75
Distribution: H. bonnellit is known from throughout the North Atlantic, the
Mediterranean, the Indian Ocean off South Africa (present specimen), and
possibly off the south-west coast of Australia. It has been collected at depths
down to approximately 3000 metres.
FAistioteuthis sp.
Histioteuthis bonelliana, Robson, 1924b: 608, text-figs. 9-12.
Material: 1 9, mantle length approx. 55 mm, in 400 m from west of Slangkop,
IKMT No. 18, September 9, 1961, SAM A29637.
This specimen, in very poor condition, is identical with two specimens
collected by the s.s. Pickle from an area just a few degrees north of the location
of the present specimen. Robson identified these specimens as H. bonelliana
but noted a number of differences between his material and that described by
Pfeffer, Chun, etc., for bonelliana.
A study of Robson’s material, which is deposited in the British Museum,
and the present specimen reveals important differences between these indivi-
duals and members of the species H. bonnellit (=H. Bonelliana). Like bonnelliz,
this new material has the deep inner web between the arms and the single
enlarged elongate photophore on the tip of arms I, II and III, but differs most
strikingly in having a seven-parted buccal membrane rather than a six-parted
one.
The identity of this specimen together with those of Robson must await a
complete study and description in the afore-mentioned monograph.
Distribution: Known at present from off the west coast and southern tip of South
Africa from depths of +720 to 1755 metres.
HMistioteuthis meleagroteuthis (Chun, 1910)
Meleagroteuthis hoylei, Pfeffer, 1912: 291, pl. 22, figs. 1-8.
Material: 1 3, mantle length 38-0 mm, in 500 m from 35°42’S, 24°10’E, IKMT
No. 42, November 17-18, 1962, SAM A29738.
This specimen, in very good condition, is the first record of this species
from African waters. The species has been seldom recorded in the literature,
but is commoner than is supposed, being represented in the yet undescribed
Dana collections by a number of specimens.
The species is easily distinguished by the densely set small photophores,
particularly on the ventral surface of the mantle and head; a median line
of tubercles on the dorsal surface of the mantle and on the basal half to two-
thirds of arms I, II and III; and a seven-membered buccal membrane. On the
ventral surface of the mantle, a diagonal row of photophores commencing
near the lateral angle on the anterior margin contains approximately 25
photophores; on the base of arms IV, the photophores are set in nine longitu-
dinal rows,
76 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Distribution: H. meleagroteuthis is known from throughout the North Atlantic
(Joubin, unreported Dana material); the South Atlantic off the tip of South
Africa (present specimen); and throughout the North Pacific (Pfeffer, Joubin,
Adam, Sasaki, Akimushkin, and Voss) from depths of 494 to 730 metres.
Family Ommastrephidae
Todaropsis eblanae (Ball, 1841)
Todaropsis eblanae (Ball), Voss, 1962: 264.
Material: 1 3, mantle length 42-0 mm, in 100 m from west of Slangkop, IKMT
No. 19, November 11-12, 1961, SAM A29737.—1 juvenile, badly damaged,
in 200 m from north-west of Cape Town, IKMT No. 27, November 16, 1961,
SAM Agzo6o1.
Two specimens in poor condition were represented in the collections.
This is a common species in the eastern Atlantic and has been well described
by various authors. For sources for distributional records see Voss, 1962.
Ornithoteuthis sp.
Material: 1 9, mantle length 66-0 mm, in 500 m from 26°38’S, 44°28’E, from
stomach of Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 33, August 17, 1962, SAM Aag7a1.
A single half-grown female of Ornithoteuthis in fair condition was found in
the collections from Alepisaurus stomachs. It is unfortunate that the specimen
is not an adult and in good shape in order to determine whether it belongs to
the oriental O. volatilis Sasaki, 1915 or to the Atlantic O. antillarum Adam, 1957.
This specimen shows adequately the generic characters: long slender
tail-like mantle tip and fins, a light organ on the ventral surface of the eyeball
and two light organs on the ventral side of the visceral mass, the anterior one
oval, the other a long slender luminous stripe down the midline. There is a
distinct foveola in the funnel groove.
Family Chiroteuthidae
Chiroteuthis capensis, n. sp.
Pl. IV, a-g; Pl. V, a—h
Material: Holotype.—1 9, mantle length 100-0 mm, in 400 m west of Slangkop,
IKMT No. 18, September 9, 1961, SAM A29730.
The mantle is long and slender, squarely truncate ventrally but produced
dorsally in the midline in a triangular lappet. It is widest near the anterior
margin and tapers gradually to the level of the insertion of the fins. Anteriorly
the mantle wall is thin and muscular; at the level of the fins it becomes thick,
choroidal and tubular and tapers only very slightly posteriorly. It is broken off
just posterior to the end of the fins, with the end of the broken gladius somewhat
projecting.
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS ri)
The fins are nearly circular in outline but taper slightly both anteriorly
and posteriorly. There are no free anterior lobes. The fins are rather thick and
fleshy.
The funnel is small, with a small tubular opening, and is free for only a
few millimetres. The sides of the soft neck tissue appear to be fused to the funnel
but are free in the present specimen with the funnel attachment muscles only
being securely fused to the funnel in a large area near the opening. The funnel-
mantle locking apparatus is simple. The mantle member is a small raised ridge,
set obliquely on the mantle and tapering anteriorly so that in side view it
resembles the outline of a human nose. The funnel member is slightly oval with
the groove forming an | shaped structure. The funnel organ is large. The dorsal
member is shaped like a broad inverted heart but blunt anteriorly. On its inner
surface it bears a narrow median ridge terminating in a small papilla. Laterally
there is a broad ridge on each side, narrow anteriorly, but broadening pos-
teriorly. The ventral pads are large, elliptical, with a thickened inner ridge.
The head is long and tubular but squarish in the area of the eyes. Typically
chiroteuthid, the eyes are situated about midway between the arm bases and
the end of the funnel. The long neck region has collapsed but in life it would
probably be about as wide as the head proper. Only one eye is present. It is
large and bears traces of an inner and outer solid row of photogenic material
each end terminating in a roundish patch. There is an olfactory organ postero-
ventrally on either side of the head. It consists of a long slender tube broadened
at the end but the shape of the terminal lobe cannot be accurately determined.
The arms are long, round in cross-section, but flattened aborally. The
bases are rather stout but taper to slender attenuate tips. They are in the order
4°3=2-1. Arms I noticeably shorter than the others while IV are very long and
stout. The skin is rubbed off almost all the arms so that little can be determined
concerning keels, protective membranes, etc. Only the right third arm bears a
distinct swimming keel in its present condition. All of the arms bear two rows
of suckers born on slender pedicels set on broad pad-like bases. The suckers of
the midportion of the arms bear about 8-10 long, slender, sharp teeth on the
distal edge and about twenty, low, blunt teeth on the rest of the circumference.
The teeth of the distal suckers are slender and sharp while those of the basal
suckers are short and broad.
The tentacles are exceedingly long. The stalks are very slender and in
their present skinless condition lack suckers over the greater length. The club
is slightly larger than the stalk and is about one-fifth the total length. Basally
there is a solid fringe of lappets originating in the carpal region and covering a
very small area. Beyond this the fringe separates into single broad pointed
lappets united by a thin transparent membrane. These individual lappets bor-
der the club on each side to the tip of the club which ends in a long oval light
organ. The suckers are in four rows arranged in groups of two at the base of
each lappet. The outer suckers have a stalk about twice as long as the inner
ones. Both the inner and outer stalks bear an outer raised keel which terminates
78 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
distally in a lappet-like crest. Each sucker is hood-shaped, open on its inner
surface. The inner ring is toothed and bears a single large hooked tooth on the
distal margin with about 7-8 teeth on each side. Of these latter, the ones close
to the median tooth are larger and slender while the proximal ones are shorter
and broader. The proximal base is slightly irregular but not toothed.
The buccal membrane was badly torn and in very poor condition so that
its structure could not be made out. However, the attachments were visible
and were dorsally inserted on I, and II, and ventrally on ITI, and IV.
An examination of the viscera showed little detail. The specimen was a
female indicated by the presence of small nidamental glands. The posterior
section of the mantle contained a considerable concentration of large fatty cells.
Of possible considerable importance is the lack of any trace of a light organ
on the ventral surface of the liver. The most careful examination failed to
reveal a trace of present or former organs.
The mantle, funnel, head and arms still retain some skin which bears
reddish violet chromatophores, more particularly on the dorsal aspect.
There are no indications of light organs on the body and head. There is a
row of possible photophores along the base of the swimming keel of the third
arms. These are rather small and regularly spaced. On the ventral arms the
skin is missing except in two or three small patches but in these the typical
large photophores are interspersed between the suckers of the ventral row.
TABLE 2. Measurements (in mm) of the holotype of Chiroteuthis capensis,
n. sp. from South African waters.
Trawl number : ; , 18 Arm length I : ‘ : 48°5
Sex : i i : Q II : Z : 58-0
Mantle length ; : Be OOO III , : : 60-0
Mantle width ‘ : ; Aaa? IV : ; & A204BO
Head width . : é 22:0 Tentacle length : ‘ .,, 0080
Fin length : : 50°5 Club length : : -t. 14680
Fin width . ; s 45°5
Sucker diameter I : : 6
II : : ‘8
III ; ; -96
IV : 5 one
Tentacular sucker . : c 1-12
Type. South African Museum SAM A2Q9730.
Type locality. West of Slangkop, South Africa.
Discussion. At this time five large species of Chiroteuthis are known: veranyt, lacer-
tosa, imperator, picteti, and macrosoma. All of the other species, belonging to
various genera and subgenera, are in my opinion larval stages of these or other
adult forms and are not referable to identified adults. Their names should be
dropped from consideration (see also Joubin, 1924, p. 79). C. veranyi and
lacertosa are closely related forms and it may be that lacertosa is a subspecies of
veranyt as Pfeffer (1910) has proposed. They are easily separated from the other
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 79
species by the prominent strongly striped skirt around the pedicels of the
tentacular suckers just below the suckers. In veranyi the light organs on the ink
sac are round, in lacertosa they are oblong, tapered at the ends. In 1933 Joubin,
under the name C. lacertosa, described and figured a specimen taken by the
Dana at station 1171 II at 8°19’N, 44°35’W. He misidentified this as lacertosa,
and, drawing attention to the single light organ on the ink sac and the multiple
light organs on the eyeball, he stated that lacertosa was not a subspecies of
veranyi. Unfortunately, for Joubin, the type of lacertosa in the U.S. National
Museum has, as mentioned above, two light organs on the ink sac and two
strip organs on the eyeball. The specimen described in his 1933 paper is actually
a new species and I here name it Chiroteuthis joubini n. sp. The original descrip-
tion is Joubin, 1933, pp. 26—30, figs. 23-209.
The remaining three species of Chiroteuthis are closely related and very
similar. C. picteti and C. imperator were both well described and illustrated, the
latter profusely so. While many features are similar to the present species, they
are easily separable on the basis of the three rows of light organs on the eyeball,
differences in the tentacular club, and the presence of double light organs on
the ink sac. C. macrosoma was insufficiently described by Goodrich (1896) ; it
has no tentacles and the light organs were not mentioned. On the basis of the
radula which was figured and the differences in the suckers, I consider the
present species to be distinct from macrosoma. It is unique among known chiro-
teuthids by the lack of light organs on the ink sac.
Family Cranchiidae
Subfamily Cranchiinae
?Pyrgopsis pacifica (Issel, 1908)
Pl. VI, a-e; Pl. VII, a-i
Pyrgopsis pacifica, Robson, 1924b: 619; Sasaki, 1929: 338.
Material: 1 9, mantle length 63-0 mm, west of Slangkop, from Alepzsaurus
ferox stomach, IKMT No. 14 in 500 m, September 8, 1961, SAM A29705.—
3 3d, 3 92, mantle lengths 40-0-52-0 mm, in 15 m west of Slangkop, IKMT
No. 15, September 8-9, 1961, SAM A2g9722.—1 9, mantle length 61-0 mm, in
100 m north-west of Cape Town, IKMT No. 27, November 16, 1961, SAM
A29602.
The eight specimens grouped here under the name Pyrgopsis pacifica are
placed here only tentatively since the status of the various species in the genus,
and the genus itself, is in dispute. In addition, there are certain inexplicable
differences between the specimens which may, or may not, be of specific nature.
All of the specimens have the mantle considerably contracted and wrinkled
so that detailed descriptions of the shape cannot be given. However, the body is
long and slender, somewhat spindle-shaped. The anterior margin seems to be
80 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
slightly produced in the mid-dorsal region and slightly excavated beneath the
funnel. The anterior margin is fused to the head in the neck region and on each
side of the funnel. The mantle is widest just posterior to the anterior margin
and thence tapers gradually to the anterior insertions of the fins where it
becomes slender and attenuate. On each side of the mantle, originating at the
point of fusion to the funnel, is a line of tubercles. All but the last three on each
side are united in a narrow basal cartilaginous strip. There are 10-12 multifid
tubercles on each side. Those on the strip are separated by one or more small
unicuspid tubercles.
The fins are large, terminal and transversely elliptical in outline. The conus
of the gladius extends to the posterior edge.
The funnel is rather large and reaches to about the middle of the base of
the ocular peduncles. The funnel organ varies somewhat in the specimens.
The 63-0 mm specimen, probably a female, has a V-shaped dorsal funnel organ
with a single foliate flap on each lower limb. The dorsal pads seem to be ellipti-
cal but indented on the inner posterior margin. In the remaining specimens
whose funnel organs were observable, the lower limbs each bore a single long
narrow flattened papilla.
In the three males from trawl No. 15, the right ventral arm is hectocoty-
lized. It is longer than the left ventral arm, is turned dorsad on the outer
portion, and the distal part of the arm is expanded on the ventral side by the
enlargement and palisading of the sucker pedicels. The first six pairs of suckers
are normal. From the seventh pair the ventral suckers remain comparatively
large to the end of the arm. The dorsal suckers diverge from those of the ventral
row to leave a large clear area in the oral face of the arm. The dorsal suckers
become minute, on minute pedicels, and extend to the tip of the arm finally
converging upon the ventral row at the tip.
The head is narrow and stalked as is characteristic of the genus and
squarish in cross-section with sharp angles. The eyes are small, ovoid, on stout,
fat ocular peduncles in the large specimens but in the smaller ones the stalks
are slender. The eyes bear a rostrum on the ventral side and on the outer
surface are two or more small photophores. The exact number could not be
made out due to the poor condition of the specimens.
The arms are in the order 3.2.4.1. They are rounded and in the present
specimens seem to lack any vestige of a protective membrane on any of the arms
nor is any swimming keel noticeable. The arm suckers are small, largest on III
in the distal three-fourths of the arm and bear chitinous rings equipped with
about 10-12 small teeth on the distal portion but are smooth basally. The third
arms are much longer and stouter than the others. In the large female from
Slangkop the tip of each of the third arms is broadened, devoid of suckers and is
bordered by a ruffed membrane exactly as shown in the figure. In the remain-
ing males and females, which are smaller, there is no such expanded portion
but instead the ends of the third arms are normal and bear numerous small
suckers to the tip.
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 81
The buccal membrane is 7-lobed with seven supports united to the arms
dorsally on I and II, ventrally on III and IV.
The tentacles are a little larger than the third arms. The stalks are slender,
round, flattened on the oral surface and bear short, slightly expanded clubs
bordered by a protective membrane and with an aboral swimming keel. The
suckers are in four rows, the median suckers large, three to four times the size
of the marginal suckers. The median sucker rings are formed by a smooth inner
ring surrounded by a broad papillated collar whose innermost papillae form a
row of small, blunt teeth. There is no distinct carpal cluster but suckers and
buttons extend down the stalk nearly to the base of the tentacle.
The liver is prominent and shaped like a stout cigar. It is suspended
obliquely in the mantle cavity.
The mandibles each bear a tooth on their inner corners as shown in
the illustration. The radula is as figured; there are lateral cusps on the rhachi-
dian and a prominent inner cusp with a smaller outer cusp on the admedians.
The lateral plates are small and ovoid.
TABLE 3. Measurements (in mm) of the largest specimen of Pyrgopsis pacifica
(Issel, 1908) from off South Africa
SER; 2 ° : : ? Arm Length I : ; ; 4°1
Mantle length 4 : : 63:0 II ; : ; 12°0
Head width : é : 12-0 III : : . 26°5
Fin length . : i é 19°0 IV : ; : 9°8
Fin width ; ; ; 29°5 Tentacle length - ; 37°0
Length tubercular ridge. : 19°2 Club length ; : : 6°4
Discussion: The specimens before me have been placed in pacifica for lack of a
better identification and because they most closely resemble this species. I
cannot account for the variation in the structure of the dorsal funnel organ
member. This may be due to poor condition and be partly an artifact in the
specimen from Sta. No. 14. Sasaki (1929) describes the flaps in his pacifica from
the Japanese islands as being a triangular flap. Too much reliance cannot be
placed on this character here.
The spoon-shaped organ on the end of the third arms on the female from
Sta. No. 14 is not found on the other females. This may be due to the animal’s
somewhat larger size. It is not described in Sasaki’s monograph.
Specimens of Pyrgopsis are very common in plankton tows. Most have been
considered to be larval forms but Sasaki believed his large males to be adult
and figured the male genitalia of a specimen of 52:0 mm mantle length. It
corresponds well with the somewhat mangled largest male from Sta. No. 15.
Two of the present females bore rudimentary nidamental glands but there were
no signs of developing eggs.
It has been a commonly held opinion that Pyrgopsis might represent a
larval stage of Leachia. This position seems doubtful. Two adult female Leachia
cyclura listed by me from Bermuda (Voss, 1960) were both smaller than most of
82 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the present material and were markedly different in appearance and general
characters. The final word on Pyrgopsis must await a detailed study of a great
deal of well-preserved material from the major oceans.
Cranchia scabra (Leach, 1817)
Cranchia scabra, Robson, 1924: 624, figs. 14-16.
Material: 1 9, mantle length 70-0mm, in 500m from 32°30’S, 35°08’E, IKMT
No. 31, August 12, 1962, SAM A29726.—1 9?, mantle length 40-0 mm, in 15 m
from 60 miles west of Slangkop, IKMT No. 15, September 8-9, 1961, SAM
A29626.—1 9?, mantle length 35-0 mm, in 100 m from west of Slangkop,
IKMT No. 20, November 12, 1961, SAM A29630.—1 juvenile, length indet.,
in 500 m from 29°50’S, 31°29’E, IKMT No. 48, SAS Natal, February
25, 1963, SAM A29745.—1 9, mantle length 35-0 mm, in 500 m from 27°00'S,
43°39’E, IKMT No. 45, SAS Natal, February 21, 1963, SAM A29752.
Apparently this is only the second record from South African waters
of this very common cranchiid squid. Pfeffer (1912) has considered that the
species may be divisible into several forms or subspecies for which he proposed
names. However, the species appears to exhibit considerable individual varia-
tion and until a large series of specimens is available from all oceans and sub-
jected to searching analysis, it seems preferable to retain all forms in the present
species. It is easily recognized by the presence of numerous tubercles distributed
over the entire surface of the mantle and much of the fins.
The young of this species are often found in the plankton catches from the
epipelagic zone. Larger individuals inhabit the meso- and bathypelagic zones.
Distribution: Worldwide in tropical and temperate regions.
Subfamily Taoniinae
Megalocranchia megalops australis, new subspecies
Pl. VIII, a-e, Pl. IX, a-f
Material: Holotype.—1 9?, mantle length 89-0 mm, in 500 m 38°52’S, 33°10’E,
IKMT No. 40, November 13-14, 1962, SAM A29733. Paratypes.—2 specimens,
mantle lengths 39:0 and 29:0 mm, and damaged, in 500 m from 31°44’S,
44°35'E, from stomach of Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 32, August 15, 1962,
SAM A29714.—1 juvenile, mantle length 24:0 mm, in 500 m from 32°30'S,
35°08’E, IKMT No. 31, August 12, 1962, SAM A29723.
Description: The mantle is oval, truncated anteriorly and tapering to a slender
point posteriorly. It is widest at about the anterior third. It is fused to the head
dorsally in the neck region without a lappet and marked only by a slender oval
clear strip indicating the anterior end of the gladius. The point of fusion on each
side of the funnel is marked by a small three or four pointed tubercle. The mantle
is thin, muscular and liberally covered with large reddish brown separate spots
which are arranged in a narrow but distinct row down the dorsal midline.
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 83
Posteriorly, the gladius widens in a generally slender diamond shape, widest
just posterior to the anterior fin insertion. Posteriorly it tapers to a slender point.
The fins together are oval in outline, broadest in about the posterior third
and border the posterior expanded part of the gladius but anteriorly are
attached to the mantle wall. The fins overreach the end of the mantle only
slightly. :
The funnel is large, prominent, and reaches to the base of the ventral arms
just anterior of the eyes. There is no funnel valve. The dorsal member of the
funnel organ is U-shaped with slightly rounded posterior limbs. There is a long
round papilla at the end of each limb and another in the posterior edge of the
anterior central portion. The paired ventral members are ovoid, directed
transversely with the narrow end pointed laterally.
The head is small with large projecting eyes. In the type, the skin is missing
over the eyes. The olfactory organ is located posterior to the eyes immediately
adjacent to the funnel on either side. It is cylindrical, slightly expanded distally
and supported on a long slender pedicel. The eyes bear at least two large
semicircular light organs ventrally and there are indications of another small
one at the inner end of the small half moon organ. However, both eyes are badly
damaged and the details cannot be discerned.
The arms are rather short, in the order 3.2.4.1, the third arms longer and
stouter. ‘The arms are rounded in cross-section and bear two rows of suckers
bordered on each side by a prominent strongly trabeculate protective membrane
of which the ventral one is usually slightly deeper. The basal arm suckers are
all smooth ringed with no true teeth although under the highest power the
larger distal suckers are toothed on the distal borders. The dorsal arms have
normal suckers along their entire length, the distalmost only slightly larger
than those of the midsection. Beyond the normal suckers the tip of the arm is
slender and has about 3—4 rows of minute suckers visible only under high power.
The dorso-lateral arms bear about 7-8 pairs of small suckers followed by about
3-4 pairs of slightly enlarged suckers. Beyond the distal suckers the tip of the
arm is slender and has about 2—4 rows of minute suckers. The ventro-lateral or
third arms bear about seven pairs of normal suckers increasing gradually in
size distally, followed by about 4 pairs of noticeably enlarged suckers beyond
which the suckers are again small. The tips of the third arms are not slender
and do not have microscopic suckers. All of the suckers on the ventral arms
are small with no differentiation in size.
The buccal membrane is 7-pointed with 7 supports. The supports are
dorsally attached on arms I and II, ventrally attached on III and IV.
The tentacles are short, rather stout, with only slightly expanded clubs.
The oral surface of the stalks are slightly flattened and with a slight median
groove. On each side of'the groove there is a pair of minute suckers arranged so
that a line drawn through both pairs will form an angle to each other. The
club is bordered on each side by a broad trabeculate membrane originating in
the carpal region and extending to the tip of the club ventrally but not dorsally.
84 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
There is a short dorsal swimming keel.
The suckers of the manus are arranged in four rows, those of the hand
large in comparison to the others, and mounted on rather long pedicels. The
suckers bear chitinous rings with about 24-26 slender sharp teeth only slightly
larger on the dorsal border. The suckers of the dactylus are small and have
very small teeth. .
The viscera were partially damaged but the liver is short, thick, cigar-
shaped, supported transversely in the mantle cavity with the intestine attached
to the posterior border and the rectum opening at the ventral tip of the liver.
The radula is as figured. The beaks are also figured.
TABLE 4. Measurements (in mm) of the holotype of Megalocranchia
. megalops australis, new subspecies, from off South Africa
Nex : f : : OF Arm length I : : ; 15°0
Mantle length : : i 89-0 II : ; 4 18°5
Mantle width ; : : 30-0 Tad : : i 25°0
Head width : : ; 26-0 IV : : : 19°5
Fin length . ; : : 2OZE Diameter of tentacular sucker 8
Tentacle length : : : 29°5 Diameter of arm sucker 5 : Le
Club length 3 ; : 9:0
Type: South African Museum No. A29733.
Type locality: 28°52'S, 33°10’E.
Discussion: The entire problem of the affinities of the various species of the
Megalocranchia — Desmoteuthis — Teuthowenia complex is a confusing one. It is not
the purpose of this discussion to contribute further to the problem of the
identity of the genus to which the species megalops belongs. This must wait for a
detailed report upon the question now in preparation by the present writer.
However, it must be stated that the problem really was created by the habit
of numerous authors of creating genera and species on the basis of larval forms
in which, by definition, adult characters are either not present or insufficiently
developed. And despite some efforts to the contrary, it is almost impossible to
trace out developmental sequences from long preserved larvae.
The problem has been considerably compounded in the Antarctic region
by the work of Pfeffer and Chun. Unfortunately, the types and unique material
upon which their specimens were based are now lost, probably due to the
ravages of World War II, and we have only inadequate pictures and texts to
rely upon. It is my opinion that these larval stages should be disregarded and
future work based upon new material attaining at least juvenile stages.
The present specimens have been placed with reservation as a subspecies
of Megalocranchia megalops because, in the stages available, they compare very
favourably with this species. They differ from M. megalops consistently in the
tuberculation of the mantle-funnel fusion area, the structure of the beaks, and
the details of the radula. Since this form is a Southern Ocean form, as presently
known, it seems safer to retain this as a subspecies rather than to identify it
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 85
with megalops or separate it as a new species. It differs from Teuthowenta antarctica
Chun (1910) in a number of ways but, on the basis of the radula, is similar to
Massy’s Teuthowenia antarctica (Massy, 1916)whose identity is unknown. Simi-
larly, it is distinct from Chun’s Desmotheuthis pellucida in numerous characters.
Remarks : The name australis refers to its habitat in the southern hemisphere.
Galiteuthis sp.
Material: 1 juvenile, mantle length ca. 25 mm, in 100 m from west of Cape
Town, IKMT No. 24, November 15, 1961, SAM A29708.
This small specimen is most closely referable to Galiteuthis armata Joubin
but specific identification is not possible. Under high power with the dissecting
microscope a few of the median suckers of the tentacular club appear to be in
the transitional stage between normal toothed suckers and hooks. Galiteuthis
armata has been previously reported from South African waters and it may
prove that this is the young of this species.
Cranchiid
Material: 1 badly damaged specimen from 26°30’S, 33°40’E in 500 m, IKMT
No. 36, August 21, 1962, SAM A2q693.
This specimen is in such a poor condition that identification was not
attempted.
OCTOPODA
Family Bolitaenidae
Eledonella pygmaea Verrill, 1884
Eledonella massyae, Robson, 1924, p. 672.
Eledonella pygmaea, Thore, 1949: 39, figs. 30-41.
Material: 1 head and attached viscera of a male from 26°38’S, 44°28’E in
500 m, IKMT No. 33, August 17, 1962, SAM A2g9702.
The single specimen in the collections is in poor condition and no further
comments can be made concerning its identity or whether Thore (1949) was
correct in synonymizing Robson’s species under the older pygmaea, although the
evidence presented by him is convincing to the present writer. For a detailed
analysis of this species and considerations of its biology and habits see Thore’s
monograph. This is a bathypelagic species.
Distribution: Worldwide in tropical and temperate seas between about 50°N
and 40°S (see Thore, 1949).
Family Amphitretidae
Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, 1885
Amphitretus pelagicus, Thiele, 1914: 532; Thore, 1949: 51, figs. 42-51.
Material: 1 specimen, badly damaged, from 30°30’S, 31°45’E in 200 m, IKMT
No. 37, August 23, 1962, SAM A29700.
86 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
These delicate little octopods have twice before been reported from South
African waters (Thiele, 1914, and Robson, 1930). The species is only known
from the Indo-Pacific region, its closest approach to the Atlantic being the
South African records. Few specimens of the species have been obtained and it
is a pity that the present example is in such poor condition. For further infor-
mation see Thore, 1949.
Distribution: Bathypelagic, known only from the Indo-Pacific region.
Family Octopodidae
Octopus sp.
Material: 10 juveniles, mantle length 10-5-17-0 mm, in 500 m from 31°44’S,
44°35’E from gut of Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 32, August 15, 1962, SAM
A29719.
The ten specimens listed above are very young juveniles of a species of the
genus Octopus. Since, however, the adult characters are lacking it is impossible
at the present stage of our knowledge of the life histories of the southern hemi-
sphere octopods to venture upon an identification.
Family Tremoctopodidae
Tremoctopus violaceus Delle Chiaje, 1830
Tremoctopus violaceus, Robson, 1931: 206.
Material: 1 9, mantle length 24:0 mm, in 500 m from 31°44’S, 44°35’E, from
stomach of Alepisaurus ferox, IKMT No. 32, August 15, 1962, SAM A2gQ712.—1
9, mantle length 16-0 mm, in 500 m from 26°42'S, 40°07’E SAS Natal, February
22, 1962, IKMT No. 46, SAM A29751.
This is apparently the first record of this species from South African waters,
which are probably south of its normal range. The larger specimen is in excel-
lent condition, having suffered little ill effects as a consequence of having been
engulfed by its enemy, but the smaller one is somewhat damaged. This is ~
another species which is sadly in need of a complete revision based upon large
series of specimens. It is probably a tropical species infrequently entering cold
temperate seas. For the only general discussion in the literature see Robson
(1931).
Distribution: Epipelagic in all tropical and temperate seas.
Family Ocythoidae
Ocythoe tuberculata Rafinesque, 1814
Ocythoe tuberculata, Robson, 1931: 201.
Material: 1 2, mantle length 21-0 mm, in 15 m from west of Slangkop, IKMT
No. 15, September 8-9, 1961, SAM A29704.
SOME BATHYPELAGIC CEPHALOPODS FROM S.A. WATERS 87
This is the first record from South African waters of this rather uncommon
species. It is unfortunate that the present example is of such a small size that the
distinctive adult characters are undeveloped. It is easily recognized by the
absence of an interbracial web, presence of ventral water pores only, and the
complicated mantle-funnel locking apparatus unique among the octopods.
The characteristic papillae found on the ventrum of the mantle in the females
are just visible. This is an epipelagic species.
Distribution: Worldwide in tropical and temperate seas (Robson, 1931).
SUMMARY
An account is given of 112 specimens of bathypelagic cephalopods,
belonging to 32 species, taken by midwater trawling in the seas around South
Africa. Thirteen of these species were not previously known from this area. One
new species, Chiroteuthis capensis, and one new subspecies, Megalocranchia megalops
australis, are described.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The writer wishes to express his thanks to the Director of the South African
Museum, Cape Town, for the opportunity to examine the collections and to the
National Science Foundation for a grant-in-aid (NSF G-17940 and GB 1090)
under which this study was partially accomplished. The illustrations were
executed by Constance Stolen to whom grateful thanks are extended.
The Trustees of the South African Museum wish to thank the Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant towards trawling costs.
REFERENCES
Apam, W. 1941. Résultats scientifiques des croisi¢res du navire-école belge ‘Mercator’. III (4).
Cephalopoda. Mém Mus. r. Hist. nat. Belg. 21: 83-161.
BAL, R. 1841. Ona species of Loligo found on the shore of Dublin Bay. Proc. R. lr. Acad. 1: 362-364.
Bruun, A. F. 1943. The biology of Spirula spirula (L.). Dana Rep. 24: 1-42.
Cu14jeE, S. DELLE. 1830. Memorie . . . animali senza vertebre del Regno di Napoli. 4. Naples. °
Cuun, C. 1900. Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres. Jena: Fischer.
Cuun, C. 1910. Die Cephalopoden. 1. Teil: Oegopsida. Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’
18: 1-401.
Cuun, C. 1914. Die Cephalopoden. 2. Teil: Myopsida, Octopoda. Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-
Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 18: 405-552.
Ferussac, A. E. 1835. Note sur des céphalopodes nouveaux. Annls. Sci. nat. 3(2): 339-390.
GoopricH, E. S. 1896. Report on a collection of Cephalopoda from the Calcutta museum.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 7: 1-24.
GRINDLEY, J. R. & PenritH, M. J. 1965. Notes on the bathypelagic fauna of the seas around
South Africa. Zool. afr. 13 275-295.
Hoy e, W. 1885. Diagnoses of new species of Cephalopoda. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 15: 222-236.
Hoy te, W. 1904. Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the tropical Pacific... on
the . . . ‘Albatross’ . . . VI. Reports on the Cephalopoda. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
43: 1-71.
IssEL, R. 1908. Raccolte planctoniche fatte dalla R. Nave ‘Liguria’ . . . Vol. I, fasc. 1V. Mol-
luschi. Parte 1. Cefalopodi planctonici. Pubbl. Ist. Studi sup. prat. Firenze 1908: 201-243.
88 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Jousin, L. 1896. Observations sur divers céphalopodes. Premiére note: Abraliopsis Pfefferi (nov.
gen. et spec.). Bull. Soc. scient. med. Ouest 5: 19-35.
Jousin, L. 1924. Contribution a l’étude des céphalopodes de l’Atlantique nord. Résult. Camp.
scient. Prince Albert I 67: 1-113.
Jousin, L. 1933. Notes préliminaires sur les céphalopodes des croisiéres du ‘Dana’ (1921-1922),
4® partie. Annls. Inst. océanogr., Monaco 13: 1-49.
Lreacu, W. E. 1817. Synopsis of the orders, families, and genera of the class Cephalopoda.
Kool. Misc. 3: 137-141.
Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae. Ed. 10 1.
Massy, A. L. 1916. Mollusca. Part II. Cephalopoda. Nat. Hist. Rep. Br. Antarct. Terra Nova
Exped. 23 141-175.
Massy, A. L. 1927. The Cephalopoda of the South African Museum. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 25:
151-167.
Orsicny, A. d’. 1834/48. In Ferussac & Orbigny. Histoire naturelle générale et particulaire des
céphalopodes acétabuliféres vivants et fossiles. Paris: Bailliére.
PFEFFER, G. 1912. Die Cephalopoden der Plankton Expedition. Ergebn. Atlant. Ozean Plankton-
expd. Humboldt-Stift. 2 (F.a.): 1-815.
Quoy, J. R. & Garmmarp, J. P. 1832. Mollusques. In Voyage de... l’ Astrolabe... 1826-29. Zoologie,
2. Paris.
RAFINESQUE-SCHMALTZ, C. S. 1814. Précis des découvertes et travaux somiologiques . . . Palermo.
Rosson, G. C. 1924a. Preliminary report on the Cephalopoda (Decapoda) procured by the
S.S. ‘Pickle’. Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 3(9): 1-14.
Rosson, G. C. 1924b. On the Cephalopoda obtained in South African waters by Dr. J. D. F.
Gilchrist in 1920-21. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1924: 589-686.
Rogson, G. C. 1925. On a new species of Rossia from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9)
153 450-454.
Rosson, G. C. 1926. The Cephalopoda obtained by the S.S. ‘Pickle’. Supplementary report.
Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 4(8): 1-6.
Rosson, G. C. 1930. Cephalopoda, I. Octopoda. ‘Discovery’ Rep. 2: 373-402.
Rosson, G. C. 1931. A monograph of the recent Cephalopoda. Part II. The Octopoda. London:
British Museum (Nat. Hist.).
RUppPEL, W. P. E. 1844. Intorno ad alcuni cefalopodi del mare di Messina lettera . . . Messina.
SASAKI, M. 1929. A monograph of the dibranchiate cephalopods of the Japanese and adjacent
waters. 7. Coll. Agric. Hokkaido imp. Univ. 20 (suppl.): 1-357.
STEENSTRUP, J. 1875. Hemisepius, en ny slaegt af Sepia—blaeksprutternes familie med bemaerk-
ninger om Sepia—formerne i almindelighed. K. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. (5) 103 465-482
THIELE, J. 1920. Die Cephalopoden der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1905. Dt. Siidpol.
Exped. (16) Zool. 8: 433-465.
THORE, S. 1945. On the Cephalopoda of Professor O. Carlgren’s expedition to South Africa in
1935. K. fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund Férh. 15(7): 49-57.
THORE, S. 1949. Investigations on the ‘Dana’ Octopoda. Dana Rep. 33: 1-85.
VERANY, J. B. 1851. Céphalopodes de la Méditerranée. Génes.
VERRILL, A. E. 1884. Second catalogue of Mollusca recently added to the fauna of the New
England coast, etc. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 6: 139-294.
Voss, G. L. 1955. The Cephalopoda obtained by the Harvard-Havana expedition off the coast
of Cuba in 1938-39. Bull. mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb. 5: 81-115.
Voss, G. L. 1960. Bermudan cephalopods. Fieldiana, Zool. 39: 419-446.
Voss, G. L. 1962. South African cephalopods. Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr. 36: 245-272.
Voss, G. L. 1962a. A monograph of the Cephalopoda of the North Atlantic. I. The family
Lycoteuthidae. Bull. mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb. 12: 264-305.
Plate I
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50
CREE COW
Ss eo PAR ceases sea S
. SSSA SSNS
WAV GG w$+w»§wo ;n a S1FAPDAESEOobNs9
. .
— - 2 *. y
c REIT RTAS 3 + pte tee eae:
oe TRS TPR EM EES Fe on trey eateny 9 Cee Ee He ARTS
Pies ae
oan
er enete 4
eee ah et tet . *
PPLE RS
é
ide of left eye.
de view of head and eye; d. Light organs of ventral s
lew; C. Si
1€W
b. Dorsal v.
>
Abraliopsis gilchristi (Robson, 1924). Male, mantle length 38-9 mm. SAM A29729. a. Ventral
view
Plate II
c. Funnel
b)
e. Radula.
bles;
; b. Large hook from left tentacular club
; d. Mandi
organ
. a. Left tentacular club
ist
Ichi
LOpsis gl
Abral
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50 Plate LI
EES tte co.
8
;
+
Og
PRESS
eo
4
>
e:
tj ©, He Sp Be.
Abraliopsis gilchristi. a. Left fourth arm of male; b. Right fourth arm of male; c. Right second arm
of male; d. Right dorsal arm of male; e. Hooks of fourth left arm; / Hooks of right hectocotylized
arm; g. Hooks of left third arm; h. Hooks of left second arm.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50 Plate IV
Holotype of Chiroteuthis capensis, n. sp. a. Dorsal view; b. Ventral view; c. Left tentacular club;
d. Tip of tentacular club showing light organ; e. Enlargement of suckers and pedicels of tentacular
club; f.—g. Oral and lateral views of sucker from inner row of second pair from base of tentacular
club.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50 Plate V
Chiroteuthis capensis, n. sp. a. Details of oral surface of fourth arm; 5. Papilla, pedicel and sucker
from left third arm; c. Funnel (left) and mantle (right) components of locking apparatus;
d. Mandibles; e. Funnel organ; f. Radula; g. Liver and ink sac of C. capensis; h. Liver, ink sac
and light organs of holotype of Chiroteuthis lacertosa Verrill.
Plate VI
a
SASS SVR
MOA
SSRN
c. Left tentacular
e. Large sucker from left third arm.
b)
b)
Pyrgopsis pacifica (Issel), female, SAM A29705. a. Dorsal view; b. Ventral view
club; d. Large sucker from club;
i
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50
ky
est
SE
*
5 QE
2S
Sass
IWOEASS
——_
SSS
St
©)
A
avy
¥
f
XN
i
A A
or Fe 4 t>
ww me
> * Pes
>>> X
<a> QP MD
A
¥
BS
A
‘“
&
~~
4,
<4
Plate VII
hy
=
a
A o
Say
&
OS ei ce
ee & ae
a
& A
p>
. 48
fr
~~
&
> &
rs
EP &
ee
4 ‘
He POY &
%
h
Pyrgopsis pacifica (Issel). a. Funnel organ of SAM A29705; 6. Tip of left third arm of same;
c. Radula of same; d. Mandibles of same; e. Ventral view of smallest specimen of SAM A29722;
jf: Tubercular row of smallest specimen; g. Tubercular row of intermediate specimen of SAM
A29722;h. Tubercular row of specimen SAM A29705; 7. Ventral arms showing hectocotylization
of right arm of largest male SAM A29722.
Plate VIII
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50
ee
8
oh} :
aN
b. Ventral
e. Large sucker from left
2
third arm.
Megulocranchia megalops australis, n. subsp. Holotype, SAM A29733. a. Dorsal view
view; c. Left tentacular club; d. Large sucker from tentacular club
Plate 1X
Megalocranchia megalops australis. a. Left third arm; 6. Funnel organ; c. Tubercles at fusion of
mantle and funnel; d. Mandibles; e. Radula; f. Ventral view of specimen of 45:0 mm mantle
length; g. Distal sucker of left third arm tip.
INSTRUGTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TaBLE OF CONTENTs and Summary. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4? in. = 7 in. (7 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmiTH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. Jn Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the Iniernational code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, Fuly 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
iri . ich ht ee 4 ott itil Wi Buk
fee | ah io | phi ee 2} vd ie he din 1# 4 i RES, a sie dhs
ne ati pha fe hike xia sy Breer
> u , ‘ 4 ;
; i > rp =
e * ‘ s F pers ¥ ‘ Cc /
, beer Mth See capeereonr, (aay arf git itty: Ais init tedety %. ile
of hes a ; iy gr fred St V4 Sree ame re nS TF- raya) Maced a6
ia anally sii
” psithe : Beko
Aye os"
‘ i ee rag oF Fh : War Abe? ai ra Paty os La a eye}
‘ i i Ail 3 Ars had , ] aw Fewer} ee, h ) aor Sie :
; ue a E? es a‘ RAT tab i EP ao ao aC Tate j i
SETH Pselaive le e
; ee A iy oo ae 2 r me ee £ vn | si id ¥, ong vill =} at
: / | B 4 Oe SUS Rae Pf tigi: ett Sinn ee “gaia
q ma ; aes ST SiN oe las yy
F
u
os |
Ie
- 5
:
\
> ark Bw
7 Lat =
‘ a y) i
ig
AR >» ‘4
* ?
Fox) ¥ ¥ va
a é ‘
a os ‘
; =
= st
, «#
bb i
-
Ss =~ Ke
- y ‘ 7
‘ 3 7s, ~
i ‘ Se 7
a2 Yen
’ r ‘as : *
J a!
A. J. HESSE
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE
PBOMBYLITIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA
December 1967 December
Volume 50 °#Band
Patt... 6, Deel
ANNALS OF THE/SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
— Cape Town Kaapstad
SMITHSON A
8 1968
\ MAR
BRARIES
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 2(1, 3, 5, 7-8), 3(1-2, 5, tpl), 5(2, 5, 7-9);
6(1, tpi), 71 2) 8, g(1-2), 10(1-3),
1i(1—2, 7, t-—p1.), 21, 24(2)) 3r(i—s), 39, 4414).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1.20
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF
SOUTH AFRICA
By
A. J. Hesse
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 8 figures in the text)
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction . ‘ ‘ : 7 OG
Revised key to the coal Wescen “ena ‘ 27 go
Notes on the genera and descriptions of new Bedena and pecans 93
Summary ; : : : : : 3 : 20
Acknowledgement . ; é : . : 4 0
References : : ; , ; : : : 130
INTRODUCTION
Since the publication of my revision of the Cyrtosiinae as a constituent
section of my revision of the Bombyliidae of Southern Africa in 1938, members
of the South African Museum staff have collected some new species of this
subfamily. In addition Mr. and Mrs. B. Stuckenberg of the Natal Museum
have recently submitted certain new forms obtained by them in Natal, Zulu-
land, Lesotho, in the eastern Cape, and in the western Cape. Of more
biological importance is the interesting cyrtosiine predator or parasite in
egg-packets of the brown swarm locust, represented by a remarkable new
genus submitted by Mr. R. J. Mansfield of the Department of Agriculture at
Pretoria, and which probably plays some role in the biological control of this
pest. To this must be added the interesting new genus collected in South West
Africa by Professor Per Brinck of the Zoological Institute of Lund, which I
described as a new genus Euanthobates in South African Animal Life in 1965, and
of which genus another new South African representative was subsequently
discovered in the collections of the South African Museum.
As a supplementary contribution to my original revision of this subfamily a
revised key to the known African genera is given below, the new forms are
described, and the taxonomic position of others is commented upon.
Representatives of this subfamily, of which most of the forms are small,
89
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (6), 1967: 89-130, 8 figs.
go ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
often minute, usually with characteristic dark and yellow markings, and in
most cases adapted to flower feeding, are mainly characterized by a reduction
of the wing-venation; presence of only one submarginal cell; absence or reduc-
tion of the marginal cell in many forms; the quadri-articulate antennae;
the presence of a slight indentation in the inner margin of the eyes opposite
antennae in many of the forms; the markedly convex, humped or arched
thorax; the more or less poorly developed vestiture and the absence of bristly
elements or macrochaetae on the body; absence of spines and distinct spicules
on the legs; the spine-like, or sometimes clasper-like, process on each side of
the last sternite in gg of some genera; and the tendency for the telomeres of
the paramere in the hypopygium to be flattened and to be leaf-shaped in
quite a number of forms.
REVISED KEY TO ALL THE KNOWN AFRICAN GENERA
1. (a) Proboscis well developed, stoutish, often long; ocellar area more triangular, not separated
from frons by a distinct depressed line, and lateral ocelli much nearer together; thorax,
though humped, not so globular, not punctured or sculptured above, usually with a
distinct lateral depression on sides above wing-base; abdomen more normally ovate
or cylindrical, tergite 1 not or only slightly depressed discally, and dorsum of abdomen
not relatively coarsely punctured or sculptured; venter not, or scarcely, depressed;
wings either with a normal marginal cell or, if with a reduced marginal cell, the latter
is smaller or even absent, its posterior vein joining costal cell, not costal margin;
discoidal cell present or absent and, if present, distinctly more elongate; mostly very
small or small forms, not exceeding 3-4 mm., the a not resembling that of acrocerid
genera; flower-feeding forms .. A ae ee nee
(b) Proboscis very much reduced, pidinenians minute, vestigial, or Miia absent;
ocellar area more transverse, broader, distinctly separated from frons by a tera
line, and lateral ocelli very widely separated; thorax more globular, more markedly
humped, punctured or sculptured above, without any distinct lateral depression on
each side above wing-base; abdomen much arched or convex above, very much broader,
at broadest part, than thorax, markedly depressed discally on tergite 1 and dorsum
of abdomen comparatively coarsely punctured or sculptured; venter markedly hollowed
or excavate; wings with a reduced more scalene-triangular or irregularly rhomboidal
marginal cell, its posterior vein ending in costal margin near or a little beyond apex
of costal cell; discoidal cell present, shorter, hexagon-like; slightly larger forms,
2-6-4:4 mm., the body resembling that of the acrocerid genus Psilodera; non-feeding
forms ee eA ce aks ae se se se Psiloderoides n. gen.
2. (a2) Wings with a distinct and normal marginal cell, its bounding vein ending in anterior
margin of wings; hairs on body and legs, even if sparse, usually longer, more con-
spicuous; integument of body, especially of dark or black parts, tending to be more
shining or sometimes even Perea so; slightly larger forms, usually more than
2 mm. in length . ba : af iis aa
(6) Wings either a ree a sateen cell, or sah a ae Beate a! oe and small,
triangular one, of which the bounding vein ends in lower vein of costal cell, not in
anterior margin; hairs on body and legs very short or minute, almost imperceptible;
integument of body usually duller; very small forms, usually not more or much more
than 2 mm.in length .. AY ee a ay a: a Be oe
3. (a) Head usually more elongated, the eyes situated more forwards and postocular part
longer, more convex, not flattened; head below longer, either produced behind to a
variable extent, or it is sulcate, depressed, or grooved below, ending in a process or
spine behind, or on each side behind in a blunt prominence or even subangular
prominence; frons usually depressed to a variable extent; buccal cavity usually much
(b
. (a
(b
= (a
(b
ae?
(b
)
)
)
~
~~
~
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA gI
narrower or smaller; antennal joint 3 broader, more conical, elongate-ovate or leaf-
shaped; body narrower, more laterally compressed, the thorax more conspicuously
roundly convex or humped; first basal cell in wings usually longer than, or at least
subequal in length to, second; anal cell narrowly or broadly open apically; axillary
lobe narrower, not or scarcely much broader than anal cell; hind tarsi in g¢
normal. .... ts 2 axé ¥ si es re oe sa oh, ed
Head more globular, the eyes normally situated, and postocular part short, flattened;
head below broad, shorter, not sulcate, not produced behind below; frons, if slightly
depressed, then so only anteriorly; buccal cavity much broader, more gap-like or
normally broad; antennal joint 3 more cylindrical or rod-like, even if broadened basally;
body more plump, the thorax less roundly and conspicuously humped; first basal cell
distinctly shorter and narrower than second; anal cell acute and stalked apically;
axillary lobe more broadly lobe-like, broader than anal cell; base of basal joint of
hind tarsi in fg sometimes produced into a curved, hook-like process Onchopelma Hesse
Head below broader, not distinctly longitudinally depressed or sulcate, sometimes
even slightly ridged or ending medially behind in a slight or blunt prominence; postocu-
lar part usually shorter or much shorter, the head less elongate; inner margins of eyes
opposite antennal insertions without even an indication of an indentation; thorax
usually more highly convexly humped; wings without a discoidal cell Cyrtosia Perris
Head below, especially anteriorly, very much narrower, distinctly more longitudinally
depressed or sulcate, either slightly heel-like prominent behind (side view), or ending
medially behind in a spine-like process or in a subangular prominence on each side
behind; postocular part usually longer, the head appearing more elongate and the
eyes usually situated more forwards; inner margins of eyes usually with a distinct inden-
tation or an indication of one opposite antennae; thorax slightly less convexly humped;
wings with or without a discoidal cell ie a55 a. are Ae can) ee
Head below more broadly depressed or grooved longitudinally, ending behind in a
heel-like prominence (side view), or in a blunt or subangular prominence on each side
behind; occipital part comparatively shorter, either shorter than, as long as or not
longer than frons, more rounded or convex, less sloping to neck, and there distinctly
broader; wings with a discoidal cell; body usually less, or less extensively, shining;
hypopygium of gg armed with more strongly developed, or at least more visibly
protruding, clasper organs (process on each side of last sternite) .. 3 SA
Head below narrowly sulcate, at least anteriorly, produced posteriorly, ending behind
in a longish, median, spine-like process; occipital part relatively longer, longer than
frons, usually more sloping to neck and there more narrowed; wings without a discoidal
cell; body more extensively shining or polished in appearance; hypopygium of g¢
armed with much feebler, smaller, not so visibly protruding and only shortly spine-like
clasper organs (processes of last sternite) a os ef .. Ceratslaemus Hesse
Head more subglobular, less elongate, the postocular part more convex or rounded,
usually relatively shorter, the distance between hind margin of eye and posterior
angle below head being much shorter, at most only about half, or a little more than
half, length of eye; head below less produced posteriorly, in side view appearing only
heel-like; proboscis comparatively shorter, less stout, usually not much longer, often
shorter, than head; antennal segment 4 comparatively longer relative to length of 3;
vestiture more strongly developed, and microtrichial fringe, and microscopic hairs on
membrane, of wings usually also more developed; wings relatively longer, usually
much longer than head and body; last sternite in 99 distinctly larger, more elongate;
clasper organs of last sternite of gg less strongly developed, only their apices visibly
protruding ae a: Ba ae aly ae we Platypygus Lw.
Head distinctly more elongate, the postocular part less rounded, more sloping to neck,
relatively longer, the distance between hind margin of eye and posterior angle below
head longer, usually more or much more than half length of eye; head below more
conspicuously produced behind, in side view ending in a more conspicuous prominence
on each side posteriorly below; proboscis relatively longer, stouter, usually distinctly
longer than head; antennal joint 4 relatively much shorter relative to length of 3;
vestiture much shorter, sparser, and with much finer or without any microtrichial
10.
11.
(a
(
Nee Nace,
(b
~—
- (2)
(b
—=
S)
(b
~’,
(6)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
fringe and membranal microscopic hairs on wings; wings relatively shorter, not very
much longer than head and body; last sternite in 99 shorter or much shorter; clasper
organs (processes of last sternite) of dd usually more strongly developed, more con-
spicuously visible and protruding e i ahs wf .. Qyrtistopsis Séguy
Marginal cell in wings much reduced, represented as a small triangular cell, the
bounding vein of which ends directly, sometimes at right angles, in costal cell .. 8
Marginal cell entirely absent, its place being occupied by the submarginal cell .. 11
Wings with the veins and cells less reduced, two basal cells normally present, and four
posterior cells normally delimited by longitudinal veins, the fourth vein entire, either
joining directly on to enlarged second basal cell, or its basal half forming the division -
between basal cells; fourth posterior cell very much shorter, its base forming apical
cross vein of second basal cell; coxae sometimes rather strongly developed, stout and
thick ae ‘ 9
Wings with the veins and cells is rcieced onl one Hae cell (first) bane noamnalle
developed, the second being entirely absent or only indicated as a vestige below apex
of first, with the four posterior cells not all normally delimited by continuous longitudinal
veins, the normal fourth vein of other Bombyliidae being only represented in apical
part of wings, the basal parts of normal first and second (or third) posterior cells being
confluent and undivided; fourth posterior cell very much longer, its base forming lower
vein of first basal cell; coxae normally developed .. Doliopteryx Hesse (1956: 936)
Discoidal cell in wings absent; submarginal cell much shorter or very short, ending
much before apex of wing; first posterior cell also very much shorter, very much less
than twice length of first basal cell; third posterior cell longer, not parallelogram-shaped ;
anal cell usually more gradually narrowed apically, either fairly broadly open or
roundly sessile on hind margin; terminal element (joint 4) of antennae much shorter,
not more than $ length of 3 or even minute; head below only shallowly, or scarcely, or
not deeply, grooved below wn ne Hea gah (0)
A distinct discoidal cell present; Sibedateael eal fone eteindine roamed to near apex
of wings; first posterior cell long, nearly or quite twice length of first basal cell; third
posterior cell shorter, quite or very nearly a parallelogram; anal cell sails and
acutangularly narrowed apically, very shortly stalked; terminal element (joint 4) of
antennae much longer, much more than 4 length of 3; head below more distinctly
and very deeply grooved ay a .. Aetheoptilus n. subgen. of Empidideicus
First basal cell in wings shorter or much shorter than second, the latter evidently
formed by the fusion of a discoidal and a second basal cell, and from it radiate 4
longitudinal veins delimiting the four posterior cells; first posterior cell much broader,
opening very broadly on apical margin; thorax distinctly more convexly humped;
face much longer; antennal joint 3 ending in a distinct longish terminal element or
joint ms : a Glabellula Bezzi s. str.
First basal cell ach pane eet eit ne ees not formed by fusion of a discoidal
and. second basal cells, a discoidal cell being entirely absent, and from the second
basal cell radiate only 3 longitudinal veins, the fourth vein forking to form the triangular
second posterior cell; first posterior cell distinctly very much narrower, narrowed and
curving anteriorly apically, and only narrowly opening on anterior margin, not at
apex; thorax distinctly less humped; face markedly short; antennal joint 3 ending
apically in a minute, almost imperceptible, terminal element Pseudoglabellula n. gen.
Face much longer; antennal joint 3 proportionally shorter, ending in a conspicuous, |
longish, slender fourth joint; head below without any downwardly-projecting processes
in the groove; proboscis, if extruded, usually shorter; thorax more convexly humped;
first posterior cell in wings much broader, widely or broadly divergent apically, its
lower or posterior vein ending much behind apex of wings; first basal cell only a little
longer than second; part of fourth vein between first basal and second posterior cells
long; anal cell narrower a me 5 See
Face markedly short; antennal joint 3 Brgborienels rhe more spear Blanes or
leaf-shaped, ending in a minute, scarcely perceptible, fourth joint; head below sometimes
with conspicuous, downwardly-projecting, finger- or caeca-like processes from the
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 93
groove; proboscis, if fully extruded, sometimes very long, or even longer than head
and body; thorax less convex, not so humped; first posterior cell much narrowed,
much narrowed apically, its posterior vein ending before apex of wings; first basal
cell distinctly much longer than second; part of fourth vein between apex of first basal
and the second posterior cells markedly short, very much shorter than latter cell; anal
cell much broader, sometimes very acute apically .. % Euanthobates Hesse
12. (a) Discoidal cell in wings absent; fourth vein forking to form second posterior cell; process
or spine-like process on each side of last sternite in §¢ shorter, less developed.
Empidideicus Beck. s. str.
(b) Discoidal cell present; fifth vein forking, its anterior (upper) branch, together with
basal part of fourth and base of second posterior cells, forming the discoidal cell; process
on each side of last sternite in gg more triangularly spine-like, larger, more
developed Rr af ce Anomaloptilus Hesse subgen. of Empzidideicus Beck.
DESCRIPTIVE
Genus CyrrtosiaA Perr.
Cyrtosia Perris, 1839: 55. Bezzi, 1925: 256. Séguy, 1930: 79. Engel, 1933: 103.
This Palaearctic genus, described by Perris in 1839 and more compre-
hensively redescribed by Engel in 1933, is represented by quite a number of
known species, at least 16, in Europe, the Mediterranean, Asia Minor and
north Africa, but has not been recorded from Africa south of the Sahara.
Two representatives of it, belonging to two distinct species, have now been
collected in South Africa since my revision of the Cyrtosiinae. The discovery of
representatives of this genus in South Africa extends the geographical range
of the genus and, together with representatives of the other Palaearctic genera
Platypygus Lw. and Cyrtistopsis Séguy which have also been found in South Africa
in the interim, completes the list of Palaearctic cyrtosiine genera extending
so far south in the African continent.
The characters distinguishing this genus from nearly related genera have
been listed by Engel in his revision (1933). From Platypygus, which also has a
distinct and normal marginal cell in the wings, representatives of Cyrtosia may
at once be distinguished by the head which is broader below, not distinctly
grooved or sulcate below, not prominently projecting posteriorly below; by
the postocular part which is shorter, the head being less elongate; by the
entire absence of a slight indentation in inner margins of eyes opposite antennal
insertions; by the distinctly more convexly humped thorax; and by the absence
of a discoidal cell in the wings.
From the genus Cyrtisiopsis Séguy, which is very near Platypygus, it differs,
apart from the absence of a discoidal cell, by the more globular or subglobular
head which is not sulcate or grooved below and which is not angularly or
subangularly conspicuously produced on each side of the groove behind and
below; by the absence of indentations in inner margins of eyes; by the shorter
proboscis; and by the usually less prominent, less sharply hook-like clasper
organs (processes on last sternite). The two new South African species are:
94 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Cyriosia namaquensis n.sp.
Unfortunately represented in the collections by a single 9 specimen only
which is characterized as follows:
Body mainly black, the following parts pale yellowish: face, buccal rim,
anterior part of frons, a large humeral spot, extending down anteriorly on
each side to transverse suture between mesonotum and pronotum, and also
includes anterior spiracle and is confluent with the yellow propleural sclerite,
notopleural connection and area just in front of wing-bases, postallar calli
and a broadish fascia extending forwards from it to opposite level of wing-base,
a prosternal spot above front coxae, area below wing-bases, sutura] part between
pteropleuron and sternopleuron, posterior part of hypopleuron, hind margin
of metapleural part, halteres and their knobs, narrow hind margins of tergites,
becoming slightly broader posteriorly and on sides, hind margins of sternites,
a spot at base of hind femora below, apical parts of femora, greater part of
tibiae (excepting a brownish infusion before middle on inner hinder faces of
front and middle ones and the apical parts of hind ones), and basal joint of
tarsi; integument subshining, covered with a faint greyish whitish bloom.
Vestiture with the hairs on body and legs fine, very short, slightly longer
on abdomen posteriorly, entirely pale, gleaming slightly sericeous yellowish,
especially on thorax above.
Head with the frons centrally and longitudinally deeply depressed, as wide
anteriorly at level of antennae as ocellar tubercle on head behind; face shorter
than frons, about as long as wide at level of antennae, narrowed anteriorly;
part of buccal cavity in head in front narrow, vertical, sulcus-like; antennal
joint 1 longer than 2, quite 1-5 times as long; joint 3 elongate, about 1-6 times
as long as joints 1 and 2 combined and about 2:3 times as long as broad and
also about 2-3 times as long as the rather stoutish joint 4 which itself is about
as long as joint 1; proboscis relatively stout, much longer than head, about
0-88 mm. long; palps very short, inconspicuous; head below not produced
posteriorly, medially appearing slightly, but distinctly, ridged, with a distinct,
conspicuous, pore-like puncture on each side of ridge a little beyond middle.
Wings hyaline, but with a very feeble whitish subopacity, more perceptible
basally; veins yellowish brownish, becoming more yellowish at base of wing
and darker brownish in apical half of costal vein and in basal veins of the cells;
veins between basal cells and anal and axillary cells very pale, almost whitish;
second posterior cell a little more than twice as long as distance between it and
first basal cell, and this latter distance distinctly less than twice distance of the
same vein to base of third posterior cell; first basal cell much longer than second;
squamae pallid; halteres yellowish whitish, their knobs relatively large.
The 2 holotype in the South African Museum.
Length of body: about 2:24 mm.
Length of wing: about 2:4 mm.
Locality: Bushmanland: Aggenys between Springbok and Pella (Mus.
Staff, Oct. 1939).
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 95
This species resembles the Palaearctic (Mediterranean) species obscuripes
Lw. in coloration. From the latter it may however at once be distinguished by
the very much longer proboscis which is much longer than the head, the more
extensively yellow tibiae, and the much longer basal part of fourth vein
(between base of third posterior cell and apical cross vein of first basal cell)
relative to the rest of it to base of second posterior cell.
Cyrtosia stuckenbergi n.sp.
Another specimen of Cyrtosia, a single 3, which, though resembling the
2 namaquensis in colour-pattern and notwithstanding the similarity of colour-
patterns among species of Cyrtosia, I think belongs to a different species which
is characterized as follows:
Body mainly black, the integument dulled by fine greyish whitish tomen-
tum; the following parts yellowish whitish: extreme apex of frons, greater
part of face, extending down along upper half of buccal rims on each side,
anterior margin of head below, a narrowish streak on mesonotum anteriorly
on each side from humeral angle down to pronotal part and also extending
spot-like down anterior margin of mesopleuron to include a propleural vertical
streak, a triangular dorso-lateral thoracic spot, just above and in front of wing-
bases, a streak on each side of thorax above to scutellum, the notopleural fold
and area in front of and just below wing-bases, to a certain extent pleural
sutures, an infusion above middle and hind coxae, to a slight extent posterior
metapleural margin, hind margins of tergites and sternites, to a certain extent
apices of coxae, bases and apical parts of femora, to a variable extent inner
faces of front tibiae, the outer exterior faces of middle ones, to a feebler extent
bases and distal halves of hind tibiae, and basal parts or halves of tarsi.
Vestiture with the hairs on body and legs fine, very short, fairly dense,
entirely pale, those on disc of thorax appearing slightly more yellowish, and
those on abdomen slightly longer, more whitish, and longest (tuft-like) on
each side of last tergite above hypopygium; hairs on tibiae very fine, short,
dense and whitish.
Head with the frons slightly depressed, slightly narrowed anteriorly, there
narrower than space between two posterior ocelli; face shorter than frons, also
slightly narrowed anteriorly; part of buccal cavity in head in front vertical
as in namaquensis; antennal joint 1 (as far as can be seen) as long as 2; joint
3 ovate, slightly longer than broad, broadest before middle, about as long as
1 and 2 combined, about a fourth longer than terminal joint; proboscis about
0-56 mm. long; palps not perceptible; head below slightly longitudinally
raised ridge-like, and also with a minute pore on each side posteriorly.
Wings hyaline, with a very feeble whitish subopacity; veins brownish;
costal margin slightly sagging downwards opposite level of base of submarginal
cell; second posterior cell a little more than twice as long (along upper vein)
as distance between it and first basal cell; vein between apex of second basal
cell and base of second posterior cell equal or subequal in length to lower vein
96 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
of second posterior cell; first basal
cell much longer than _ second;
alula narrowish; squamae whitish;
halteres yellowish, their knobs white.
Hypopygium with the claspers or
processes of last sternite (text-fig. 1)
fairly large, broad, rather sharply
bent inwards to apical part, bluntly
pointed.
The ¢ holotype in the Natal Museum.
Length of body: about 1-52 mm.
Length of wing: about 1-6 mm.
Locality: Karoo at junction of Calvinia and Sutherland roads near
Inverdoorn, Ceres Div. (B. and P. Stuckenberg, 2-3 Oct. 1959).
Apart from its smaller size, the ¢ of this species differs from the 2 of
namaquensis in the much smaller and less extensive yellowish whitish markings
on body, presence of a distinct triangular yellowish whitish spot on sides of
thorax above (just above wing-bases) which is absent in namaquensis; narrower
yellowish whitish hind margins of tergites; narrower yellowish apical parts of
femora; more darkened tibiae and basal joints of tarsi; much darker and
entirely dark veins in wings; different proportions of antennal joints 3 and 4,
the former being proportionally distinctly much shorter, more ovate and
only a fourth longer than 4 (in namaquensis it is quite 2:3 times length of 4);
and more slender proboscis, its labella nearly + length of entire proboscis (in
namaquensis proportionally longer, nearly 4 this length).
Fic. 1. Dorso-pos-
terior view of abdo-
men of ¢ Cyrtosia
stuckenbergi mn. sp.
showing the pro-
cesses (one on each
side) of last sternite.
Genus PLatypycus Lw.
Platypygus Loew, 1844: 127. Bezzi, 1925: 259. Paramonow, 1929: 197 (135). Engel, 1933: 120.
At the time of my revision of the Cyrtosiinae of southern Africa in 1938
no species of Platypygus s. str. had been recorded from this part of Africa. The
only representative of what at the time I took to be a Platypygus was the species
xanthogrammus which I then referred to a new subgenus Ceratolaemus of the
latter genus. As stated below there are now sufficient reasons for raising my
subgenus to the status of a distinct and separate genus. Recently Mr. and Mrs.
B. Stuckenberg of the Natal Museum submitted a single 2 specimen from Natal
which obviously belongs to the genus Platypygus s. str. This is apparently the
first record of a true Platypygus species from southern Africa. As in the case
of Cyrtosia, this genus is well represented in southern Europe, the Mediterranean,
North Africa and Asia Minor.
In his revision of the Palaearctic forms Engel has given an adequate
redescription of this genus which is chiefly characterized by the presence of a
distinct discoidal cell in the wings; the rather longish wings, usually much
longer than head and body; a conspicuous groove on head below of which the
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 97
rims posteriorly project backwards rather heel-like; the relatively longish
antennal joint 4; relatively shortish proboscis which is usually not much
longer than the head, often shorter; the rather long and conspicuous, more
scoop-like, last sternite in 99; and the distinctly visible, or slightly protruding,
claspers (processes on sides of last sternite) of the hypopygium of the gg.
The new species from South Africa is:
Platypygus natalensis n.sp.
The @ of this species is characterized as follows:
Body mainly yellowish, the anterior part of frons, the face and legs paler
yellowish; postvertica] and occipital part, antennal joints 3 and 4, apical
halves of tarsi and the claws black; eyes blackish brownish; proboscis darkened
laterally to a variable extent; disc of thorax above with 3 broadish, longitudinal,
brownish streaks, narrowed posteriorly, and with the lateral ones extending
only from just before middle on each side, and the lateral ones also flanked on
each side above level of wing-bases by a roundish brownish spot; dorsum of
abdomen also brownish, especially discally on tergites 1-3, fading out more
posteriorly; hind margins of tergites paler, more pale yellowish, becoming
slightly broader posteriorly and on sides.
Integument of head, especially occiput, body above and to a certain extent
pleurae, especially mesopleural part, more or less shining.
Vestiture rather well developed and dense, though shortish, fairly dense
on abdomen above, mainly dark or blackish brownish; dark hairs on dark
apical halves of tarsi more blackish.
Head subglobular; frons gradually, but slightly, narrowed anteriorly,
medially longitudinally depressed; face above subequal in length to frons;
occipital part rounded, slightly less than half axial length of eyes along sides;
head below broadly grooved, hind margin of the sulcus distinctly projecting
heel-like behind; antennae with joint 1 scarcely longer than 2, with 3 about 1}
longer than 1 and 2 combined, ovate, somewhat flattened, and with 4 rather
long, quite as long as 1 and 2 combined or ? length of 3, cylindrical; proboscis
subequal in length to that of head, about 0-72 mm. long, its labral part about
0-48 mm. long.
Wings much longer than body, very faintly, but distinctly, infuscated;
veins dark brownish; membrane with distinct, microscopic hairs, and hind
margin with a distinct microtrichial fringe, longer along alular and axillary
margins; first posterior cell parallel-sided; middle cross vein a little before
middle of discoidal cell; knobs of halteres yellowish, but darkened above along
base.
The 2 holotype in the Natal Museum.
Length of body: about 2-48 mm.
Length of wing: about 3:28 mm.
Locality: Natal: Lilani, Ahrens Dist. (B. and P. Stuckenberg, Apr. 1962).
98 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Genus Cyrtisiopsis Séguy
Cyrtisiopsis Séguy, 1930: 8o, fig. 1.
Cyrtisiopsis subgen. of Platypygus Lw. Engel, 1933: 120, 125, fig. 58.
This is another Palaearctic genus very near Platypygus which Séguy estab-
lished to accommodate the new species singularis he described from north
west Africa and Spain. Subsequently Engel however maintained that the
species Platypygus melleus, described by Loew from Egypt in 1856, was specifically
identical with szngularis, and at the same time relegated Cyrtiszopsis to the status
of a subgenus only of Platypygus. From the descriptions and illustrations of
species of Platypygus it is however quite evident that the latter genus differs
from Cyrtisiopsis, as defined and figured. by Séguy, in certain important respects.
These distinguishing characters appear to me to be of sufficient importance to
merit the retention of Cyrtiszopsis as a separate and distinct genus as maintained
by Séguy. Moreover a series of both jg and 99 of a South African cyrtosiine
species, collected by me in the Koup Karroo in 1945, agree with Séguy’s
description and figure of Cyrtzstopsis in most of these distinguishing features.
It not only supplements the validity of this genus, but at the same time extends
the geographical distribution of this genus to the far South.
Both the north African and the South African representatives of Cyrtzsiopsis
appear to differ from Platypygus s.str. in the distinctly more elongated head,
with the occipital part relatively longer, less convexly rounded, more sloping
to neck; the deeper, more distinct and longer sulcus below the head, which
ends behind in a distinctly longer, more conspicuous, blunt, subangular pro-
minence on each side; the distinctly longer, stouter or even incrassate proboscis,
which is much longer than the head and longer than in known species of
Platypygus; the relatively shorter antennal joint 4 (relative to length of joint 3);
the much shorter and sparser vestiture on head, body and legs; the apparently
shorter wings, without or with much finer microtrichial fringe and also without
or with very much finer microscopic hairs on the membrane; the comparatively
shorter and smaller last sternite in 9Q; and the distinctly more strongly developed
and more conspicuously protruding clasper organs (or hook-like processes of
last sternite) of the hypopygium of the $g. The new species from South Africa is:
Cyrtisiopsis crasstrostris n.sp.
The series of both $¢ and 99 of this species (text-fig. 2) was collected on
the yellowish flowers of a Composite Tripteris sinuata growing in the Koup
Karoo. This species is characterized as follows:
Body and legs mainly black; the following parts however very pale yel-
lowish, ivory yellowish, or pallid: antennal sockets, narrow notopleural ridge
from shoulder to a broader area surrounding wing-bases, postalar calli, a
small propleural spot below shoulders, a spot above front coxae, another
prosternal one on each side anterior to front coxae, a narrow sutural line
below meso- and pteropleurae, a spot on pleurae just above middle coxae
joining on with a larger spot posterior to it astride hind margin of pteropleuron
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 99
and anterior margin of hypopleuron, a spot just anterior to base of halteres,
narrow hind margin of metapleural part, narrow hind margins of tergites and
usually slightly broader hind margins of sternites, and in 9 often also the visible
integumentary membranes between tergites and sternites on sides below.
Integument of head behind ocellar tubercle, thorax and scutellum above
scarcely or only shining a little, duller, and with very fine microsculpture;
integument of frons, pleurae, and abdomen however smooth, polished in
appearance, brilliantly shining; legs also shining; head below on each side of
sulcus and on sides of head behind eyes finely, transversely striolate and
shining.
Vestiture with the hairs, where present, very minute, not perceptible, the
body and legs being mainly smooth and shining, and only very minute hairs
perceptible on tibiae.
Fic 2. Side view of 3g Cyrtisiopsis crassirostris
n. sp., showing processes of last sternite in side
view and separately below in posterior view.
Head with the sulcus below fairly deep, not produced medially behind as
in next genus Ceratolaemus, but the sides of head bluntly and tumidly produced
posteriorly into a rounded, slightly knob-like prominence, the hind margin
below and posterior to sulcus being fairly deeply emarginate; eyes above
slightly more broadly separated in @ than in @; frons foveately depressed; face
narrow, convex, smooth and shining, about as long as frons from anterior
ocellus to antennae; antennal joint 1 a little longer than 2, even quite 1°5
times length of 2; joint 3 elongate, slightly flattened, about twice (or a little
more) length of 1 and 2 combined, about or nearly, or even a little more than,
3 times as long as broad, its terminal element cylindrical, subequal in length
to, or a little longer than, transverse joint 2; proboscis comparatively stout
and long, stouter in 9, much longer than head, about 1:12-1:68 mm. (to 2:2
mm. when extended); palps not discernible.
Pronotum not much developed, not so prominent and lobe-like as portrayed
in the Palaearctic species.
I0O ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Wings vitreous hyaline, highly iridescent; veins dark reddish brownish;
first basal cell distinctly much longer than second; middle cross vein a little
beyond middle of discoidal cell; latter subspindle-shaped, markedly narrowed
apically, its apical cross vein very much shorter than base of third posterior
cell, usually shorter or much shorter than middle cross vein; anal cell fairly
broadly open apically; knobs of halteres usually entirely pallid or whitish in
both sexes, but sometimes with the outer edge slightly infuscated basally.
Hypopygium of 3 (text-fig. 2) with the inwardly curved forceps-like pro-
cesses of last sternite very conspicuous, markedly and strongly developed, very
stout, entirely black, gripping over each other like the jaws of a pair of pliers.
From 32 gg and 15 Q9, including the types, in the South African Museum.
Length of body: about 1-76-3 mm.
Length of wing: about 2-3 mm.
Locality: Koup Karoo: Prince Albert Road Station (A. J. Hesse, July—Aug.
1945).
Subgenus CERATOLAEMUS Hesse
Ceratolaemus Hesse, subgen. of Platypygus, 1938: 969. Hesse, 1960: 316.
The generic identity of the species xanthogrammus Hesse (1938) has now
become confused. Originally I described it as a subgenus of Plaiypygus. Since
then Mr. and Mrs. Stuckenberg of Pietermaritzburg have submitted 3 other
new species of this same subgenus. A comparison of these species with the
South African representative of what I take to be a true Platypygus and with
the descriptions of the Palaearctic forms referred to the latter genus however
makes it evident that my subgenus differs consistently in certain characters
from Platypygus s.str. and to such an extent that Ceratolaemus can no longer be
retained as a subgenus of Platypygus.
It appears to represent a distinct and separate taxon which differs from
Platypygus s.str. chiefly in the absence of a discoidal cell; rather elongated head
of which the groove or narrow sulcation below ends in a distinct, single, median
spine or spine-like process and not in only a heel-like prominence or, as in
Cyrtisiopsis, in two prominences; the the more brilliantly shining or polished
head and body; the much longer and stouter proboscis; and in the much
smaller, more reduced and hidden claspers of the hypopygium of the gg.
To make matters worse Bowden recently (1965: 203-4) relegated the
subgenus provisionally as a synonym of Cyrtosia Perris, referring it to the
Palaearctic Cyrtosia nitens group, a group which appears to differ much from
the generotypical or marginata group and to which the two South African
representatives, described in this paper, appear to belong.
From the latter and from descriptions of other Palaearctic forms of
Cyrtosia, not belonging to the nitens group, the Ceratolaemus forms differ consis-
tently in certain cephalic characters such as the head below, especially anteriorly,
which is very much narrower, distinctly more longitudinally sulcate, ending
medially behind in a more spine-like or subangular prominence; the distinctly
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA IOI
longer postocular part, the head appearing more elongate and the eyes usually
situated farther forward; the inner margins of the eyes have a distinct indenta-
tion opposite the antennae; and the thorax is less convexly humped.
From all this it appears that the genus Cyrtosia in the Palaearctic region,
as at present constituted, is by no means homogeneous and that a comprehensive
revision would necessitate its subdivision. Until the true generic identity of
Cyrtosia is established I provisionally retain the South African forms of Cerato-
laemus as belonging to a separate genus.
From Cyrtistopsis, as redefined in this paper and which it resembles super-
ficially even more than species of Platypygus, it differs, apart from the single
gular spine on head below already mentioned, in the longer occipital part,
absence of a discoidal cell, more shining body, and the very much smaller,
more reduced telomeres of the ¢¢.
The other species of Ceratolaemus are:
Ceratolaemus longirostris n.sp.
A unique 2 specimen from Natal which resembles 99 of the other Natal
species xanthogrammus Hesse superficially, but agrees and differs from the latter
in the following respects:
Body paler, paler yellowish brownish or more yellowish, the head mainly
very pale yellowish or yellowish brownish, not mainly dark castaneous- or
blackish brownish, the apex of face and buccal rims however not pale yellowish;
thorax above discally, apart from anterior and lateral yellowish markings, not
mainly uniformly very dark or blackish, but more dark reddish brownish,
replaced discally by two submedial yellowish streaks, becoming broader in
hinder half, and anteriorly medially by a faint narrow central yellowish line;
sides of thorax above also more broadly yellowish; scutellum also entirely
yellowish as in typical xanthogrammus; pleurae and legs more extensively and
mainly yellowish, the lower pleural parts not darkened to a variable extent;
abdomen above paler, paler reddish brownish, not dark castaneous or blackish
brownish, and yellowish hind margins of tergites comparatively broader
yellowish, not so contrasting with the darker rest as in xanthogrammus; entire
body similarly shining.
Vestiture with the fine and shortish hairs very similar, as dense, also dark
or brownish, but those towards end of abdomen above also dark, not tending
to be paler, and distinctly slightly shorter.
Head with the antennae very similar, but with joint 4 proportionally
shorter; proboscis distinctly very much longer (even if much extruded in
specimen), its labral part slightly more slender, smoother, quite 1-32 mm. long,
and entire proboscis from theca to apex about 1:88 mm. (in xanthogrammus
only about 0-76-0-8 mm. and o-92-1-008 mm. respectively, and labral part
distinctly finely punctured), the proboscis, unlike that of xanthogrammus, without
any perceptible hairs, especially on sides.
102 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Wings very similar; halteres however more uniformly yellowish, the knobs
not tending to be entirely or mainly whitish.
Holotype in the Natal Museum.
Length of body: about 2-6 mm. (excl. proboscis).
Length of wing: about 2-68 mm.
Locality: Natal: Tugela Valley, Kranskop Dist. (B. and P. Stuckenberg,
May 10960).
Ceratolaemus bilineatus n.sp.
A single 3 specimen from the Cape in the collections before me resembles
both xanthogrammus and longirostris from Natal, more especially the latter, but
may be distinguished as follows:
Body with the head, thorax above and abdomen above mainly very dark
castaneous brownish or blackish brownish as in xanthogrammus; narrow sides
of frons and face yellowish whitish; sides of thorax above broadly yellowish
as in longirostris, but with a more distinct and conspicuous blackish spot above
opposite wing-bases; disc of thorax as in longirostris, with two submedial yellowish
streaks which broaden in posterior half, but without an indication of a narrow
central yellowish line; pleurae with the lower sternal parts also darkened as in
xanthogrammus; scutellum entirely yellowish; hind margins of tergites narrowly
yellowish discally, broadish on sides; legs also mainly yellowish as in the other
two species, but at least apical halves of basitarsi (as in some forms of xantho-
grammus) and rest of tarsal joints darkened.
Vestiture very similar, also darkish; hairs towards apex of abdomen
appearing slightly paler as in xanthogrammus.
Head with the antennae very similar, but joint 4 comparatively longer,
appearing more slender, quite # length of 3 (in the other two forms distinctly
less than this); proboscis about 1-2 mm. long, slightly longer than in xantho-
grammus, but much shorter than in longirostris, without any perceptible hairs
as in the former species, the labral part also dullish due to very fine microscopic
puncturation as in xanthogrammus, about 1 mm. long, shorter than in longzrostris.
Wings as in the other two species, also slightly greyish yellowish, but rela-
tively slightly broader; second posterior cell distinctly much longer, more
parallel-sided than in the other two species, its lower vein nearly twice as long
as part of vein between base of this cell and apex of first basal cell (in the other
two forms these lengths are subequal or lower vein of the cell only a little longer) ;
halteres and knobs yellowish whitish.
Holotype in the Natal Museum.
Length of body: about 2-8 mm. (excl. proboscis).
Length of wing: about 2:88 mm.
Locality: Southern Koup Karoo: Sevenweekspoort, Laingsburg Dist. (B.
and P. Stuckenberg, 19-22 Sept. 1959).
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 103
Ceratolaemus montanus n.sp.
Still another smaller Cape species which resembles xanthogrammus more
than dzlineatus. Apart from being comparatively smaller, it agrees and differs
’ from the three described species in the following respects:
Body with the head, thorax above and abdomen above mainly very dark
or blackish as in xanthogrammus; thorax above with the same pattern of yellowish
markings as in latter species, but with the anterior yellowish shoulder spot
larger; disc of thorax entirely black, without submedial yellowish streaks as in
longirostris and bilineatus; pleurae with more blackish or dark parts than in
even xanthogrammus, not only the sternal parts being dark but also parts of
meso- and pteropleurae, especially in 3, where even the greater parts of these
are sometimes darkened; scutellum mainly yellowish in 9, darkened basally,
in g more extensively so; hind margins of tergites yellowish whitish, broader
posteriorly, discally narrower than in xanthogrammus, broadened on sides,
especially in 9, the hind margins in g narrowish, narrower than in 9; venter
darkened more than in the other species, especially in g, and yellowish hind
margins of sternites more contrastingly evident; legs, excepting yellowish coxae,
bases and apical parts of femora and, in 9, to an obscure extent bases of tibiae,
more darkened, especially in g, than in the other three forms, being either
more infused with brownish, or in 4, almost darker brownish.
Vestiture with the hairs on head and thorax distinctly very much shorter
and sparser than in the other species, scarcely perceptible, also dark; those on
abdomen also sparser, but scarcely shorter, appearing slightly paler, even
towards base; those on legs also palish, but apparently even shorter than in the
other forms.
Head with the antennae similar to those of the other species, but joint 4
relatively longish and slender as in bzlineatus, also quite 2 length of 3, in 3
apparently even a little longer; proboscis comparatively shorter than in any
of the other forms, shorter in ¢ than in Q, the labral part about 0:32-0:68 mm.
and entire proboscis from theca to apex about o-4—0-88 mm., the labral part
also minutely microscopically punctured, and sides of proboscis appearing
hairless, not conspicuously hairy as in xanthogrammus.
Wings as in the other species, also appearing very faintly greyish yellowish;
veins dark brownish; second posterior cell distinctly more divergent and broader
apically than in the other forms, comparatively shorter, its lower vein usually
longer than vein between base of the cell and apex of first basal cell: knobs of
halteres white.
From 2 gg and 2 99 (¢ holotype and 2 paratype in the Natal Museum,
and 9 allotype and § paratype in the South African Museum).
Length of body: about 1-4—2-72 mm.
Length of wing: about 1:72-2:84 mm.
Locality: Southern Koup Karroo: Sevenweekspoort, Laingsburg Dist.
(B. and P. Stuckenberg, 19-22 Sept. 1959).
The four known species of Ceratolaemus may be separated as follows:
104 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1. (a) Disc of thorax above, apart from yellowish markings anteriorly and on sides, entirely
uniformly dark castaneous brownish, blackish brownish or black, and sides less extensively
or not continuously, yellowish; abdomen above darker, more dark castaneous brownish
to blackish brown or even black ae, oF vi ms aD Sr eri hi 6
(6) Disc of thorax above, apart from yellowish markings anteriorly and on sides, with two
submedial yellowish lines or streaks which broaden posteriorly, and sides more
extensively continuously yellowish; abdomen above paler brownish. . Aes 2a) on
2. (a) Proboscis slightly longer, usually 0-88 mm. and more, with longer, more conspicuous
fine hairs perceptible on sides, and with longer labral part, longer than 0-68 mm.;
antennal joint 4, relative to 3, much shorter and stouter, distinctly less than ? length of
3; hairs on head and thorax distinctly longer; second posterior cell in wings relatively
longer, appearing less divergent apically; yellowish spot anteriorly on thorax above
humeral angles smaller, linear or even wanting; pleurae and legs with more yellowish,
the meso- and pteropleurae being usually entirely yellowish or pale, and femora and
tibiae either entirely yellowish or very pale yellowish brownish _¢. 9 xanthogrammus Hesse
(and forms of it)
Sx
nn
Proboscis shorter, only about 0-4-0-88 mm., with only very fine, not very perceptible,
hairs on sides, and with a shorter labral part, only about 0:32-0:68 mm.; antennal joint
4 distinctly longer, more slender, about or scarcely less than 3 length of 3; hairs on
head and thorax minute and sparser; second posterior cell appearing shorter, more
broadly divergent apically; yellowish spot above humeral angles larger, more triangular;
pleurae and legs more darkened, the meso- and pteropleurae also darkened to a variable
extent, and femora and tibiae appearing darker, the paler base and apex of femora and
base of tibiae contrasting more with the darker rest .. os 3 2 montanus n. sp.
Proboscis longer, quite 1:88 mm. long, with longer labral part, quite 1-32 mm., the
latter more shining above, without or with scarcely perceptible microscopic puncturation;
antennal joint 4, relative to 3, much shorter, stouter, distinctly less than 2 length of 3;
second posterior cell in wings broader, more divergent apically; head mainly pale
yellowish brownish; sternal part of pleurae pale like rest of pleurae; abdomen above
paler brownish, and tarsi darkened only from joint 2.. Pe) .. 2 longirostris n. sp.
iS)
is)
ee
(b
4
Proboscis shorter, only about 1-2 mm., with a relative shorter labral part, about 1 mm.
long, the latter duller above, due to minute more perceptible puncturation; antennal
joint 4 distinctly longer, more slender, quite 2 length of 3; second posterior cell more
subparallel-sided, appearing narrower and longer; head mainly dark castaneous or
reddish brownish; sternal parts of pleurae darkened; abdomen above darker brownish,
and tarsi darkened from near or about middle of joint1 .. .. © bilineatus n. sp.
Genus ONCHOPELMA Hesse
Onchopelma Hesse, 1938: 973.
This genus which I described for the first time in 1938, and based on two
South West African species, pulchella and trilineata (pp. 976 and 978), has since
been enriched by still another species, a new one from South Africa, which is
described below. This genus is chiefly characterized and different from the
other South African cyrtosiine genera in having a distinct and normal marginal
cell in the wings, a condition found only in Cyrtosia; the first basal cell distinctly
shorter and narrower than the second; the acute and stalked anal cell; relatively
broad, more lobe-like, axillary lobe which is broader than anal cell; more
globular head, with the eyes more normally situated, and occipital part short
and flattened, and with the head below broad, short, not grooved, or ridged,
or produced posteriorly into a process or processes; more cylindrical or rod-
like antennal joint 3, even if broadened basally; longer and denser vestiture,
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 105
even in 99; and the presence of a hook-like, curved process at base of basal
joint of hind tarsi in some 3.
The new species is:
Onchopelma karooana n.sp.
This species, based on a single 9 spectmen from the Koup Karoo in the
South African Museum, is apparently nearer to pulchella Hesse than trilineaia
Hesse.
From pulchella it differs in having the greater part of pleurae, excepting
only black or dark sternal part and very pale yellowish band above it, yellowish
and sides of thorax (excepting only three black bands on disc and oblique spot
above wing-bases) broadly yellowish, without a notopleural black stripe; entire
pale yellowish scutellum; abdomen above with broad yellowish to ivory
yellowish hind margins, broad black transverse basal bands across tergites 1-6,
narrow on 5 and 6, with central black spots on 7 and 8, and a row of black
segmental spots decreasing in size on sides of 3-8; the entirely yellowish tarsi,
with only claws dark; and the more sericeous yellowish hairs on body, especially
the abdomen above.
From trilineata it may be distinguished by the more extensively darkened
head, the three black streaks on thorax above confluent posteriorly, not entirely
yellowish pleurae, broader frons, longer face, longer antennal joint 3 which is
much longer than 1 and 2 combined, shorter labella of proboscis, longer and
denser hairs on body and legs, etc.
Length of body about 3:4 mm.
Length of wing: about 3:4 mm.
Length of proboscis: about 0-8 mm.
Locality: Koup Karoo: Laingsburg Div. (Mus. Staff, Feb. 1938).
Genus GLABELLULA Bezz.
Glabellula Bezzi, 1902: 191. Bezzi, 1925: 255. Engel, 1933: 116.
The genus Glabellula Bezzi s.str., as redescribed and defined by Engel
(1933), has up to now apparently never been recorded from South Africa.
One specimen from Natal, in a collection of Cyrtosiinae submitted by Mr. B.
Stuckenberg and described below, is however referable to this genus and
constitutes the first authentic record of this genus from southern Africa.
The species Glabellula mellea, described by Bezzi (1908: 180) from Nama-
qualand and referred to by me (1938: 985), is not a Glabellula but an Empidideicus
(see Bezzi, 1925: 254).
Representatives of this genus cannot be confused with other cyrtosiines
and may be easily recognized by the presence of a distinct, small, rudimentary,
triangular, marginal cell in the wings; by the relatively large second basal cell
which suggests the fusion of a discoidal and a normal second basal cell, and
from which there radiate 4 longitudinal veins to demarcate the four posterior
cells; and by the rather narrowish, almost parallel-sided anal cell. Other dis-
106 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
tinguishing features are the rather convexly humped thorax, the relatively
long face, absence of a projecting pronotal lobe, and the longish antennal joint 4.
The only other South African genera which may be confused with it are
the two new ones Euanthobates and Pseudoglabellula, described below. They
however differ in the markedly narrow first posterior cell which is much
narrowed apically and which opens before apex of wings, by the much longer
first basal cell, the much broader anal cell, the markedly short face, and the
very minute, scarcely perceptible joint 4 or terminal element of antennal joint 3.
Glabellula natalensis n.sp.
As stated above a single 2 specimen submitted by Mr. Stuckenberg is
referable to the genus Glabellula and it is characterized as follows:
Body mainly dark blackish brownish, with the following parts pale yellowish
or yellowish: rim of buccal cavity, a spot on humeral angles of thorax, a streak
on each side above wing-base, extending to and including postalar calli, sides
and narrow hind margin of scutellum, narrow upper margin of mesopleuron
along notopleural suture, a subtriangular spot on posterior half of mesopleuron,
propleurae above front coxae, upper margin of sternopleuron, a spot above
middle coxae and to a certain extent posterior part of metapleurae, narrow
hind margin of tergite 1 discally, narrow hind margin of tergite 2 (broader on
sides), hind margins of 3 and 4 (broader on sides below), broader hind margins
of 5 and 7 (broader on sides below), sides of 8, upper parts of genital segments,
hind margins of sternites, apical margins of coxae, greater basal part of tro-
chanters, extreme base of femora, quite apical third of femora, greater part
of tibiae (though the middle part along outer and inner faces slightly darkened),
and greater part of tarsi, excepting their blackish or dark apical segments and
claws; thorax above with 2 faint, palish, submedial streaks.
Integument of entire head and body dull, only that of venter slightly shining.
Vestiture very short and rather dense, especially on thorax above, greyish
yellowish; hairs across hind margins of tergites, especially posteriorly, longer;
face and frons and to a certain extent thorax above, especially along the
slightly paler submedial discal streaks and to a certain extent pleurae with
slight greyish tomentum; hairs on legs also very short, minute, appearing more
whitish or sericeous in certain lights.
Head subglobular; eyes large, distinctly, though slightly, indented on
inner margin opposite antennae; face about as long as frons, narrower than
latter and slightly narrower apically than basally; frons also narrowed apically,
medially depressed; buccal cavity longer than face; antennae with the two
basal joints together about subequal in length to terminal joint, the first being
very short, small, not distinctly perceptible, the second much longer, more
cup-shaped, quite as broad as joint 3, the latter oval, the terminal element or
joint 4 slender, rod-like, very much narrower than 3, nearly half (about 2)
length of 3 (the proportions of 1+ 2, 3 and 4 being about 3:8:3); proboscis
relatively stoutish, slightly upcurved, about 0:24 mm. long.
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 107
Wings distinctly longer than body, greyish hyaline, the costal cell and
triangular marginal cell appearing slightly darker, the extreme base yellowish;
veins with the more thickened ones in anterior part and upper one of anal cell
dark reddish brownish, the rest paler; first posterior cell subequal in width
across apical margin to that of third; alula almost wanting, narrow, linear;
knobs of halteres yellowish whitish, the upper basal two-thirds and inner face
however brownish.
Abdomen (in this specimen) depressed above up to apical margin of tergite
3; tergites 1-3 each longer than posterior ones and 3 the longest, about as long
as 4-6 together.
Legs rather stoutish, the front and middle tibiae slightly longer than femora,
but hind ones subequal in length to hind femora.
From 1 @ (holotype) in the Natal Museum.
Length of body: about 1-6 mm.
Length of wing: about 1-48 mm.
Locality: Natal: From grassland (1,500 m. alt.), Royal Natal National
Park, Drakensberg Mts. (B. and P. Stuckenberg, 15/9/1963).
Genus EmpipiIpEiIcus Bezz.
Empidideicus Becker, 1907: 97. Bezzi, 1908: 180. Bezzi, 1925: 254. Engel, 1933: 100. Hesse,
1938: 979.
Glabellula Bezzi (nec Becker) in part (mellea), 1908: 180. Bezzi, 1925: 254.
This is one of the genera of the subfamily which, according to the various
authors, is chiefly characterized and distinguished by the entire absence of a
marginal cell in the wings, its place being occupied by the submarginal cell.
Much confusion however appears to exist as to the true identity of the genus,
which is probably due to the paucity of material on which to base a proper
comparison of the various species referred to it. At present the genus seems
to be very unstable, not only in other wing-characters, but in certain cephalic
and body peculiarities. As pointed out by Engel (1933), who revised the genus,
some Palaerctic species placed in it belong to Cyrtosia, a genus which however
has a distinct normal and unreduced marginal cell in the wings, non-grooved
head below, and a rather prominent pronotal lobe. Engel referred only three
Palaearctic forms to Empidideicus and one (efflatouni) he placed in a distinct
subgenus Cyrtoides which has a distinct indentation in the inner eye margins
opposite the antennae.
The South African species which constitute this genus appear to have a
similar generic instability. The single species beckert assigned to it by Bezzi
(1908: 180) is not represented in the collections before me, but judging from
the description it is doubtfully an Empidideicus; in fact Engel himself maintained
that it does not belong to Empidideicus s.str. The other species mellea which
Bezzi described at the same time and in the same publication he at first referred
to Glabellula, but subsequently (1925: 254) transferred it to Empidideicus. This
latter species too I have not seen and can only attempt to deduce its generic
108 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
identity from the description. The short terminal element of antennal joint 3,
the markedly long palps, and certain wing characters however appear to
exclude it from Empidideicus s.str. Of the other two South African species
turnert and celluliferus, described by me (1938: 982, 983), the second one, which
has a distinct discoidal cell present in the wings and the last sternite in the ¢
produced on each side into a larger spine-like process (directed inwards behind
and slightly below the telomeres), is also anomalous. To accommodate it I
erected the subgenus Anomaloptilus, to which the Egyptian species completus
Bezzi (1925: 254), of which I was unaware at the time, should probably also
be assigned.
The number of South African representatives of Empzdideicus s.str. is thus
reduced to two species, melleus (Bezzi) and turnert Hesse, if the doubtful former
be included in the genus. In the interim three other new species of the subgenus
Anomaloptilus have however been collected in the Republic and Lesotho. In
addition another specimen from Zululand has been discovered which agrees
with both Empidideicus s.str. and the subgenus Anomaloptilus in essential generic
characters, but differs from both in having a distinct, though much reduced,
marginal cell. In this respect it upsets the definition of Empidideicus as based
on wing-venation. To accommodate it a new subgenus Aetheoptilus is proposed.
This new subgenus as well as the three new forms of Anomaloptilus are described
below.
Empidideicus turnert Hesse
Empidideicus turneri Hesse, 1938, p. 982.
This species which was described from Mossel Bay is apparently more
widely distributed. A 9 specimen from Ndumu Reserve in the Ingwavuma
District of Zululand, collected by B. and P. Stuckenberg (1-10 Dec. 1963),
obviously belongs to it even though the pale or yellowish whitish hind margins
of the tergites are comparatively narrower. No other specific differences are
apparent.
Empidideicus (Anomaloptilus) notatus n.sp.
A species very similar if not merely an aberrant variety of celluliferus and
from the same locality, but as it appears to show certain consistent differences
and in view of the fact that species of Cyrtosiinae show a remarkable similarity
in colour-patterns, it is considered to be a separate and distinct species which
is characterized as follows:
Body, apart from the dark, dark reddish brownish or dark blackish brown
on body above, distinctly very much paler than in celluliferus, more pale yel-
lowish whitish; facial and buccal parts anteriorly and groove below head
distinctly more extensively pale yellowish whitish; thorax discally above dark
reddish brownish or blackish brown, in ¢ almost black, this dark in both sexes,
but more so in 3, however resolved more in three broadish longitudinal streaks
of which the lateral ones have a more conspicuous spot-like extension above
wing-bases, and the pale yellowish on sides of the thorax above broader than
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 109
in celluliferus; anterior humeral yellowish spots comparatively larger (in
celluliferus the disc of thorax is more uniformly dark reddish- or blackish brownish
and in addition with 5 more conspicuous dark longitudinal lines); pleurae
paler, more extensively very pale yellowish or even yellowish whitish (not
mainly reddish yellowish or reddish brownish), the dark along lower part of
sclerites and sternal parts less extensive; hind margins of tergites paler, more
yellowish whitish, distinctly more broadened on sides and, in g, more so in
posterior half of abdomen, with a distinct and rather conspicuous shining
blackish spiracle-like spot on each side of the tergites (not evident in celluliferus) ;
legs on the whole paler, more yellowish whitish or very pale yellowish, the
femora not with much reddish brownish or reddish, and, if slightly darkened
along middle, this is much less than in celluliferus, and more blackish than
reddish.
Vestiture very similar, also pale, but apparently slightly less dense, especially
on abdomen above.
Head very similar; terminal
element of antennal joint 3 also
longish and slender, but com-
paratively a little longer, distinctly
much more than half length of
joint 3.
Wings very similar, but fourth
posterior cell distinctly much NE
broader apically than third, as 7:5
(in. celluliferus as 6:5).
Last sternite in g witha larger Fic. 3. Left: Posterior view of left process on
spine-like inwardly-directed process left side of last sternite of 3 Empidideicus
f (Anomaloptilus) notatus n. sp. Right (same pro-
on each side (cf. text-fig. 3, left). portions): Posterior view of left process on left
From 1g and 5 99, including side of last aye é Empidideicus (Anomalop-
types, in the South African Museum. Sri eM
Length of body: about 1-08—1-6 mm.
Length of wing: about 1:08-1:56 mm.
Locality: Southern Cape: Mossel Bay (R. Turner, Nov. 1938).
“e.
Empidideicus (Anomaloptilus) basutoensis n.sp.
This is a highland species which is characterized as follows:
Body mainly blackish; eyes dark reddish brownish; anterior part of frons,
face, buccal part to a variable extent, and to a variable extent also groove
below head and base of proboscis below pallid or pale yellowish whitish;
following parts pale yellowish to yellowish whitish: large triangular humeral
spot and down anterior thoracic declivity, a triangular spot on each side of
thorax anteriorly, mainly down declivity (slightly larger in g and in 2 more
linear down the declivity), a broadish streak on each side of thorax above
notopleural groove, interrupted just above wing-base and extending posteriorly
I1IO ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
to occupy postalar calli and to a duller (more variable and more brownish
yellowish) extent apex or hind margin of scutellum, propleural tubercles,
anterior, upper and greater hinder part of mesopleuron, upper half or greater
part of pteropleuron, upper parts of sterno- and hypopleurae, metapleurae,
apical half or greater part of front coxae, narrow anterior margin of tergite 1,
hind margins of tergites, becoming broader posteriorly and very much so on
sides (the entire extreme sides beyond a blackish shining longitudinal linear
impression being yellowish whitish and tergites 5-7 in g and 6 and 7 in 9
being also very broadly or almost entirely yellowish), processes of last sternite
in g, broad hind margins of sternites or even greater part of venter, trochanters
of legs, and greater part of latter, excepting variable dark or blackish infusions
on femora above and a smaller infusion on their anterior basal part and across
the middle, to a fainter extent across basal part of tibiae and more than
blackened apical half of tarsi; telomeres of ¢ blackish.
Integument mainly dull, the extreme base of tergites (under the overlapping
hind margin of the preceding one) and some scattered smallish spots sometimes
visible across some of the tergites however shining; telomeres of ¢ also shining
black.
Vestiture very short, though slightly longer in 3, fairly dense on thorax
above and on abdomen, being longest across hind margin of tergites, appearing
darker on thorax above (though paler in 3), paler, more sericeous yellowish
on abdomen and legs and even paler or more whitish in g; face in front in g
with some relatively longish whitish hairs; head, thorax above, pleurae and
abdomen above also with slight, dull, but not very dense, greyish tomentum.
Head with the face shorter and narrower than frons; latter distinctly
depressed, more so towards anterior part, the margins appearing almost rim-
like, especially in 2; antennae with the combined joints 1 and 2 short, joint
3 oval and its terminal element (or joint 4) slender, rod-like, longish, only a
little shorter than 3 and tending to be slightly curved; head below rather
deeply grooved; proboscis relatively stoutish, more slender in 3, narrowed
apically, about 0-36-0-6 mm. (extruded about 0-48-0-72 mm.), ending in the
two rather pointed labellar lobes.
Wings longer than the head and body, greyish hyaline, appearing very
slightly darker in 9 than in ¢; veins dark reddish brownish, the lower one of
anal cell and vein between basal cells transparent (in 3 holotype the upper
vein of discal cell also transparent); microtrichial fringe along hind margin
distinct, appearing dark; first basal cell slightly, but distinctly, longer than
second; upper vein of second posterior cell distinctly longer than part of it
above discal cell; fourth posterior cell apically much broader than any of the
other cells; apex of discal cell either truncate (with cross vein) or sharply
acutangular (without a cross vein) ; halteres, including knobs, yellowish whitish
to almost white.
Abdomen with the process on each side of last sternite in 3, as shown in
posterior view in text-fig. 3 (right), relatively broadish, directed inwardly and
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA td
in its apical part bent anteriorly (or towards apex of abdomen).
From 2 gg and 7 99 (¢ holotype, 2 allotype and 5 2 paratypes in Natal
Museum, and a § and 9 paratype in the South African Museum).
Length of body about 0-92—1:56 mm. (in natural humped condition).
Length of wing: about 1-1-8 mm.
Locality: Lesotho (Basutoland): Roma Mission, Maseru Dist., upper Cave
Sandstone level (6,000 ft.) (B. and P. Stuckenberg, 4-13 Jan. 1913).
This species resembles notatus superficially, but differs in not having a
yellowish infusion basally on thorax above, only the apex discally of the
scutellum yellowish or yellowish brownish, the pleurae less extensively and
not so uniformly yellowish, with more dark infusions on femora, darker wing-
veins, and in the ¢ the much larger, broader, less sharply spine-like processes
of last sternite (cf. text-fig. 3, right and left).
Empidideicus (Anomaloptilus) brevistilus n.sp.
This species from Zululand, with relatively shortish terminal element of
third antennal joint, is characterized as follows:
Body mainly dark above; head above, proboscis and abdomen above
blackish; basal colour of thorax above dull yellowish brownish, with 4 blackish
longitudinal lines, the lateral ones broader; the following parts pale yellowish
to yellowish whitish: face anteriorly and to a certain extent its sides, to a variable
extent sides of head below and rims of gular groove, rim of buccal cavity below,
anterior part of thorax in declivity, extending upwards on each side to include
humeral angles and an anterior, submedial, triangular spot on each side,
contiguous with humeral spot, sides of thorax above, continuous to include
postalar calli and broken only in notopleural part in front of wing-base, greater
part of scutellum (excepting a variable, medial, basal, dark infusion), greater
upper part or half of pleurae (lower part being very dark or almost black),
basal and hind margins of tergite 1 and hind margins and sides of rest of tergites
(the sides more extensively so in Q, isolating the lateral shining black spot on
each from tergites 2-5, which in 4 is still in the blackish part), hind margins of
sternites, more broadly so in 9 or even entire venter in 9, apical parts of upper
and lower parts of genitalia in 9, lower part of process of last sternite in 3,
halteres (excepting the dark brownish upper surface of knobs), anterior and
antero-lateral parts of front coxae and sides of rest of coxae, and greater part
of legs (excepting the obscure darkish or brownish infusions along upper surface
and across base and a little beyond middle of femora, to a feebler extent upper
surface and subbasal part of tibiae and the little less than apical half of the
blackish tarsi). |
Integument of body mainly dull, only the dark spots on sides of tergites 2-6
and the less distinct ones (more evident in 9) in a row across the tergites shining
graphite-like; hypopygial parts of § also more shining.
Vestiture with the hairs very short as in the two preceding species, fairly
dense on thorax above and on abdomen above, being longest across hind
I12 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
margins of tergites, appearing pale or pale sericeous yellowish in certain lights,
though appearing dark on thorax above, without any longish ones discernible
on face in front in 3; hairs on legs pale, minute, scarcely perceptible, less so
than in the preceding two forms.
Head with the frons and face relatively narrow, even allowing for post-
mortal shrinkage, slightly depressed, subequal in length; antennae with joint
3 rather longish, distinctly longer than in preceding two species, more elongate-
conical, relatively narrower, more gradually narrowed apically, its terminal
element (or joint 4), relative to 3, distinctly very much shorter than in other
two species, scarcely $ length of 3; head below shallowly grooved; proboscis
relatively short, stoutish, shorter than, or as long as, head, about 0-24—0-4 mm.
long, pointed apically.
Wings much longer than head and body, greyish hyaline; veins brownish
to dark brownish or slightly reddish brownish; microtrichial fringe along hind
margin minute, but distinct, appearing dark; first basal cell distinctly longer
than second and vein between them transparent; anterior vein of second pos-
terior cell longer than anterior vein of discoidal cell; fourth posterior cell
broader apically than any of the others.
Abdomen in g with the hypopygial structures withdrawn in both ¢ speci-
mens and difficult to make out without dissecting and damaging the abdomen,
but last sternite apparently like that of notatus, but the projecting process
shorter and blunter.
From 2 gg and 2 99 (¢g holotype and @ allotype in the Natal Museum
and a g and Q paratypes in the South African Museum).
Length of body: about 0-92—1:32 mm.
Length of wing: about 1:12-1:48 mm.
Locality: Zululand: Ndumu Reserve, Ingwavuma Dist. (B. and P.
Stuckenberg, 1-10 Dec. 1963).
This species may at once be distinguished from the other three known
South African species of the subgenus Anomaloptilus by the distinctly’ more
elongate-conical antennal joint 3 and, relative to length of latter, the propor-
tionally much shorter terminal element (which in this case is about 4 length
of 3, whereas in the others it is quite, or nearly, half length of 3); the relatively
narrower frons and face; proportionally shorter proboscis, which is not longer
than head; and the knobs of halteres which are dark or blackish above.
AETHEOPTILUS n.subgen. of EmpiprpEicus Becker
The deviation from the normal wing-venation of Empidideicus s.str., as
described by Becker (1907) and Engel (1933) and as is present in the South
African species Empidideicus turneri Hesse, has gone a step further in a single
© specimen from Zululand in which, in addition to the presence of a discoidal
cell as in the subgen. Anomaloptilus Hesse there is also present a reduced or
vestigial marginal cell (cf. text-fig. 4) as in species of Glabellula Bezzi, Doliopteryx
Hesse and the new genus Pseudoglabellula described below.
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA Il3
To accommodate it a new subgenus Aetheoptilus of Empidideicus is proposed
provisionally, pending the discovery of more material of both sexes.
This new subgenus, as typified by this single 2 specimen, agrees with
Empidideicus s.str. in most of its generic characters, but differs, apart from the
presence of a distinct discoidal cell and a narrowish reduced marginal cell, in
having the anal cell angularly acute apically and very shortly stalked, and in
its broader frons, face and groove in head below.
From the subgenus Anomaloptilus, which also has a discoidal cell, it differs
in the presence of a vestigial marginal cell, the apically acute and very shortly
stalked anal cell, the more S-curved anterior vein of second posterior cell,
more parallelogram-shaped third posterior cell, and in the cephalic characters
mentioned above. As far as the wing-venation is concerned this subgenus
appears to be even more primitive than Anomaloptilus. If the type of wing-
venation of Empidideicus s.str. be considered as a specialization on an ancestral
type in which reduction has taken place, a step nearer this ancestral condition
is represented by Anomaloptilus where a discoidal cell still persists. On this
assumption Aetheoplilus represents an even more primitive condition in which
not only the discoidal cell is still found, but in addition there is also a vestige
of the normal marginal cell of the ancestral type.
The type-species of this new subgenus is the new species zuluensis described
below.
Empidideicus (Aetheoptilus) zuluensis n.sp.
This species is characterized as follows:
Body, including legs, mainly
yellowish; medial occipital part
blackish, the sides of occiput
behind eyes more reddish yellowish
than yellow; proboscis and eyes
blackish; antennae dark reddish
brownish; the following — spots
and markings on body _ very
dark reddish brownish or dark
chocolate brownish: a broad central Fic 4. Wing of Empidideicus (n. subgen. Aetheop-
streak on thorax above, not tilus) zuluensis n. sp.
reaching base, a large submedial
subquadrate spot on each side almost midway between shoulder and wing-base,
extending laterally as a narrow line to notopleural fold, an ovate spot on each
side above wing-base and of which the inner anterior part is continuous (or in
juxta-position) with a broadish, shortish, submedial, outwardly dilated streak,
not reaching base, but extending more posteriorly than broad middle streak,
a narrow central streak on scutellum, broadening posteriorly, an elongated
vertical spot or streak on sternopleuron and above middle and hind coxae
respectively, a broadish subbasal transverse band across tergite 1, indented
It4 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
medially and slightly less so submedially along its hind margin, a large [—-
shaped mark submedially on each side basally of rest of visible tergites 2-6
(the inner limb of each mark being broader than outer one and the mark on
tergite 2 basally also extending down to sides), a small shiny spot on each side
of tergites 2-4, greater part of venter, front and hinder parts of middle and
hind coxae, trochanters to a variable extent, a variable infusion subapically
and subbasally on front and middle femora (more distinct on hind surface),
a more distinct and less faint, subbasal and subapical infusion on hind femora
and also to a certain extent along upper and lower surfaces of the same femora,
a faintish subbasal infusion on tibiae, and apex and claws of tarsi (which are
more blackish).
Integument of head and body dull, only the dark spots on sides of tergites
shining graphite-like.
Vestiture very short, fairly dense, especially on thorax above, longer across
hind margins of tergites and posterior sternites, pale yellowish, appearing dark
on disc of thorax in certain lights, and gleaming yellowish on abdomen, with
some distinct longish dark hairs in a row on each side of thorax above wing-base
and shorter ones anteriorly above notopleural fold; hairs on legs very short,
gleaming yellowish whitish to yellowish in certain lights.
_Head subglobular; occiput somewhat flattened; frons rather broad,
quadrate, about as broad as long, deeply depressed, its sides and base raised
rim-like, not longer than face; the latter also relatively broad, but narrower
than frons, depressed at base, but more convex apically where the apical
margin is even raised; buccal cavity vertical; head below rather broadly and
deeply grooved, with relatively sharp edges; proboscis as long as head, about
o-8 mm. long, stoutish at base (labral part), more slender in apical 2, the labrum
itself rather short, not longer than frons; palps minute; antennae with joints
1 and 2 very short, joint 3 somewhat conical, narrowed apically, more so
below, its terminal element (or joint 4) comparatively long, only } shorter
than 3 (proportions being 3:4), slender, rod-like.
Wings (text-fig. 4) longer than head and body, faintly tinted smoky greyish,
the base of submarginal cel] distinctly infuscated brownish and the posterior
veins with very faint fuscous borders; veins dark reddish brownish, but lower
vein of anal cell and vein between basal cells transparent; microtrichial fringe
along hind margin very short and scarcely perceptible; reduced marginal
cell represented at base of submarginal cell as a narrowish, elongated, tri-
angular, clearish area; first basal cell slightly longer than second; anterior
vein of second posterior cell slightly S-curved; third posterior cell parallelo-
gram-shaped; anal cell acutely angular and very shortly stalked apically;
axillary lobe broadish, about as broad as broadest part of anal cell; halteres
dirty yellowish, the knobs slightly brownish on sides basally, extreme base
above and on base below.
From a single 9 in the Natal Museum.
Length of body: about 1-2 mm. (in natural humped condition).
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 115
Length of wing: about 1-72 mm.
Locality: Zululand: Ndumu Reserve, Ingwavuma Dist. (B. and P. Stucken-
berg, 1-10 Dec. 1963).
The known South African species of Empidideicus may be separated as
follows:
1. (a) First basal cell in wings only a little or scarcely longer than second, and vein between
()
2. (a)
(5)
3. (a)
(0)
4 (a)
(0)
4
it and second posterior cell much longer or very long, the base of third posterior cell or
discoidal cell (if present) not deeply and sharply angularly projecting in between basal
cells, and anal cell narrower, more gradually narrowed apically and more broadly
open (if acutely angular and stalked or sessile the other venational characters conform) ;
terminal element of antennal joint 3 usually much longer, slender, rod-like, conspicuous,
quite half as long as 3; palps inconspicuous, very short, minute or not perceptible; body
not mainly yellowish, the thorax above and abdomen above extensively dark or with
dark markings... a ae at we i is ass iy METS.
First basal cell distinctly or much longer than second and vein between it and second
posterior cell markedly short, the base of third posterior cell distinctly deeply and sharply
angularly projecting in between basal cells, and anal cell relatively broad, rapidly
angularly narrowed apically, almost sessile on hind margin; terminal element of antennal
joint 3 much shorter, much less than half length of 3; palps very long, conspicuous, as
long as proboscis; body mainly yellow, only 3 obscure darkish lines on thorax above
and abdomen mainly yellow ex descr. 3 melleus (Bezzi), Namaqualand
Wings without a discoidal cell .. ae a3 Es ie 3 (Empidideicus s.str.)
Wings with a distinct discoidal cell ae a) re oo oy a Enos! ah AE
Terminal element of antennal joint 3 long, slender, rod-like, quite or more than half
length of 3; thorax above black and yellow, the black in form of more or less three
broadish, conspicuous, longitudinal bands and an oblique black spot above wing-base;
yellowish whitish to yellowish hind margins of tergites broader; wings, relative to body,
shorter, 1:2-1'6 mm. .. oa ia .. 6 & turneri Hesse, E. Cape, Zululand
Terminal element short and thick; thorax above mainly black, with only a triangular
yellowish spot anteriorly on each side, confluent with the yellow humeral angle, and
an oblique yellow spot posteriorly near posterior angles, without a conspicuous black
spot above wing-base; whitish hind margins of tergites apparently narrower; wings,
relative to body, longer, quite 2 mm. . ex descr. 2 beckeri Bezzi, Namaqualand
A marginal cell in wings entirely absent; base of submarginal cell without any infuscation;
anterior vein of second posterior cell not S-curved; anal cell more gradually and only
slightly narrowed apically, opening on hind margin, not acutely angular apically and
shortly stalked; frons and face narrower, the former longer than broad; labral part of
proboscis longer, longer than frons; thorax above, if with dark streaks, these not in
form of a broadish middle one and three spots submedially more or less in line; scutellum
without a central dark streak; abdomen with only the hind margins yellowish, without
dark -_-q -shaped markings 5 (Empidideicus subgen. Anomaloptilus)
A distinct, narrow, triangular, reduced marginal cell present above base of submarginal
cell; base of submarginal cell distinctly infuscated spot-like; anterior vein of second
posterior cell S-curved; anal cell sharply acute apically, very shortly stalked; frons and
face relatively broader, the former about, or nearly, as broad as long; labral part of
proboscis shorter, not much longer than frons; thorax above with a broad central dark
band and three broadish spots on each side arranged longitudinally, the second more
to the side; scutellum with a central dark band; abdomen above with conspicuous dark
[_] -Shaped markings submedially on each side
Q Empidideicus (n. subgen. Aetheoptilus) zuluensis n. sp., Zululand
Antennal joint 3 more oval or ovate, its terminal element distinctly longer, quite or
nearly half, or even slightly more than half, length of 3; proboscis longer, usually distinctly
longer than head; frons and face relatively broader; knobs of halteres paler or entirely
pale above and below iv uf in if oe o Ri 3 KG
116 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
(6) Antennal joint 3 more elongate, more elongate-conical, its terminal element distinctly
shorter, distinctly less than half, or only about 4 length of 3; proboscis relatively shorter,
less than, or as long as or scarcely longer than head; frons and face more compressed,
relatively narrower; knobs of halteres conspicuously darkened or blackened above
3 @ brevistilus n.sp., Zululand
6. (a) Scutellum entirely and extensively yellowish; base of thorax also distinctly extensively
yellowish; disc of thorax paler, more reddish brownish to dark reddish brownish, with
the pale and dark submedial longitudinal lines more distinct, in 99 at least; dark infusions
on femora scarcely evident or less distinct; veins in wings paler, more yellowish brownish
or paler reddish brownish; process on each side of last sternite in ¢g narrower, more
spine-like .. ee ss =e ae a _ as Bs ae 2 ug
Scutellum pale, yellowish, or yellowish reddish only at apex medially; base of thorax
dark like rest of disc; disc of thorax much darker, very dark blackish brownish to black,
without, or with scarcely evident, dark longitudinal lines; dark infusions on femora
darker, distinctly more conspicuous; veins in wings darker, blackish brown; process on
each side of last sternite in ¢ distinctly broader, larger, less spine-like
3 & basutoensis n.sp., Lesotho
=—
=>
~S
7. (a) Facial part anteriorly less extensively yellowish; thorax above darker, more dark reddish
brownish, with four narrowish dark lines and even a fifth central one, its sides above
less extensively yellowish; pleurae darker, the yellowish less extensive; tergites with the
yellowish hind margins less broadened on sides, without conspicuous spiracle-like marks;
middle parts of femora or even greater part of latter darker, more reddish brownish;
fourth posterior cell in wings only a little or scarcely much broader apically than third
(as 6:5); halteres more reddish or yellowish reddish, with more yellowish knobs; hairs
on body, especially on abdomen, slightly denser, longer ¢ @ celluliferus Hesse, S. Cape
(b) Facial and buccal parts, as well as groove on head below, more extensively pale yellowish;
thorax above mainly reddish brownish to dark reddish brownish (¢), this dark however
more resolved into 3 broadish, longitudinal streaks, the lateral ones extending more
spot-like above wing-base, the sides of thorax above more broadly yellowish; pleurae
more extensively very pale yellowish whitish, the dark sternal parts less extensive;
tergites with the very pale yellowish whitish hind margins more broadened on sides
and there with conspicuous shiny black spiracle-like markings; legs much paler, the
femora less extensively darkened medially; fourth posterior cell distinctly much broader
apically than third (as 7:5); halteres very pale yellowish whitish, their whitish knobs
only slightly darkened above across base; hairs, especially on abdomen, apparently
slightly less dense and shorter .. Hes i ae 3d & notatus n.sp., S. Cape
Genus EUANTHOBATES Hesse
Euanthobates Hesse, 1965: 482.
This genus was erected to accommodate a new species of a peculiar
flower-feeding cyrtosiine collected by the Swedish Expedition in the arid
western part of South West Africa in 1951.
It resembles the genera Empzidideicus and Cyrtosia, especially the former,
differing from it in the markedly short face; the more elongate, leaf-shaped
third antennal joint which ends in a minute, scarcely perceptible, terminal
element or joint; more protrusible proboscis; the presence (in the type-species
at least) of remarkable, downwardly-projecting, finger-like or strap-like pro-
cesses arranged irregularly comb-like along the sulcus on head below (cf.
text-fig. 5, top); the longer first basal cell (longer than second) in wings (cf.
text-fig. 5, bottom); the markedly narrow first posterior cell which is also
narrowed apically and which opens on apical margin of wing (not posterior
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA Li7
to it); the markedly short part of vein between first basal and second posterior
cells and which is considerably shorter than in Empidideicus; comparatively
broader anal cell; and the apparently denser and shorter vestiture, especially
on abdomen.
Since the description of this new genus and its type-species peclinigulus
(1965: 483) two 2 specimens of still another species, obviously belonging to
the same genus, but without the gular structures, have been discovered among
some other insects in the South African Museum caught on flowers in the
Koup Karoo. This Cape species is described below.
Fic. 5. Top: Composite drawing of the head of Euanthobates pectinigulus Hesse. (Head of 2
paratype + extruded proboscis of 2 holotype.)
Bottom: Left wing of 2 of Euanthobates mellivorus n. sp.
Euanthobates mellivorus n.sp.
This other, rather larger, species from the Koup Karoo, also represented
by the 2 only, and which may at once be distinguished from pectinigulus by
the entire absence of any processes in the gular groove, is characterized as
follows:
Body mainly black above; narrow sides of frons, face, lower half of broadish
occipital part behind eyes, a broadish humeral spot confluent with anterior
spiracular area just below it, notopleural ridge and sides of thorax along it,
sides of abdomen from tergite 2, upper parts of pleurae to a variable extent,
prosternal part above front coxae, front coxae, apical parts and narrowish
sides of middle and hind coxae to a variable extent, front femora (or their
anterior lower parts), bases and apices of middle and hind femora, front and
118 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
middle tibiae, basal halves of front and middle tarsi, and to a variable extent
venter reddish brownish to reddish yellowish, sometimes inclining to more
yellowish; more distinctly yellowish to pale yellowish are: a small spot on each
side of frons basally at level of front ocellus, buccal rim, upper anterior part
of mesopleuron, area in front of and below wing-bases, ridge on sides of thorax
above wing-bases and postalar calli, scutellum, a large subelongate spot on
each side at base of thorax (sometimes more whitish or lemon yellowish), a
propleural spot, a streak along middle of pleurae, metapleural part below and
around base of halteres, hind margin of metapleural part, hind margins of
tergites (broader on sides where they merge into the yellowish reddish or
sometimes also yellowish sides and on last two or three segments), broad con-
necting part between tergites and sternites below, broadish hind margins of
latter, front and middle tibiae (if not pale reddish yellowish), hind tibiae,
and basal halves of front and middle tarsi; integument of body dull, with
slight greyish whitish bloom on head and thorax above.
Vestiture with the hairs on body and legs very fine, minute, gleaming
slightly sericeous yellowish to golden on abdomen above, more whitish on legs.
Head with the face narrowish, short, only about a third length of frons;
antennal joints 1 and 2 subequal in length; joint 3 leaf- or subspindle-shaped,
narrowed and pointed apically, about twice as long as broad, proportionally
broader than in fectinigulus; proboscis about 0-44. mm., its labral part about
0:32 mm.; sulcus or groove on head below without any trace of downwardly-
projecting processes.
Wings (text-fig. 5, bottom) slightly dusky, tinted slightly greyish brownish,
iridescent; veins dark brownish; first posterior cell also characteristically
narrow, narrowed apically, but slightly more broadly open than in pectinigulus ;
anal cell also very broad, more rapidly narrowed and more sharply acute
apically than in fectinigulus, and almost sessile on hind margin; knobs of halteres
entirely pale yellowish.
From 2 99 in the South African Museum (the paratype with the head
unfortunately missing).
Length of body: about 2-32—2°5 mm.
Length of wing: about 1:56-1:68 mm.
Locality: Koup Karoo: Laingsburg Div. (Mus. Staff, Feb. 1938). Collected
together with other insects by sweeping flowering shrubs.
PsEUDOGLABELLULA n.gen.
A 9 specimen from the Koup Karoo in the collections before me and which
was obtained together with other insects by sweeping flowering shrubs, cannot
be allocated to any of the known genera of Cyrtosiinae. It appears to represent
a new and as yet undescribed genus. Certain wing-characters seem to suggest
a relationship to the genus Glabellula, but in most of the other venational
characters it shows even closer affinity with the preceding genus Euanthobates.
If the presence of a distinct, though much reduced, marginal cell be taken as
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 119g
a group character, it is referable to the group of cyrtosiine genera, such as
Cyrtosia, Platypygus, Cyrtistopsis, Ceratolaemus and Glabellula, in which a marginal
cell is present in the wings, even though sometimes much reduced. On the
other hand the rest of its wing-characters, as well as certain antennal and
cephalic characters, place it in close proximity to Euanthobates.
By comparing it with the descriptions*‘and illustrations of species of the
Palaearctic Glabellula, which also has a similarly reduced marginal cell, its
wings (text-fig. 6), like those of Ewanthobates, differ in having the first basal cell
distinctly very much longer than the second, and this second basal cell is
apparently not formed by the fusion of a discoidal and a second basal cell
as is suggested in the case of Glabellula; only 3 longitudinal veins, not 4, radiate
out from this second basal cell; the 4 posterior cells not formed directly by
these delimiting longitudinal veins, but the fourth vein bifurcates into two
branches, forming the elongate triangular second posterior cell; first posterior
cell, unlike that of Glabellula, distinctly very much and markedly narrower and
narrowed apically, as in Ewanthobates, to open on anterior or costal margin and
not on apical part of it or very near apex of wing as in Glabellula; triangular
marginal cell comparatively larger than in Glabellula.
Other characters which also distinguish it from Glabellula are the markedly
short face, the great reduction of antennal joint 4, which is minute, scarcely
perceptible as in Euanthobates, and not elongate, slender or even rod-like, and
the distinctly less convexly humped thorax.
From Euanthobates, to which it is generically very closely related and with
which it shares such wing-characters as the much narrowed first posterior cell,
the very short part of fourth vein before base of second posterior cell, and
cephalic characters such as the very short face, and much reduced antennal
joint 4, it however differs in having a distinct, reduced, triangular marginal
cell present, a very much shorter first posterior cell which curves anteriorly,
opening on anterior costal margin at a much longer distance before apex of
wings, thus reducing the length of the combined marginal and submarginal
cells; a much narrower, more parallel-sided anal cell, more like that of Glabel-
lula; a very much broader frons, and even shorter face; much larger antennal
sockets; comparatively shorter and broader, truncated, vertical, anterior part
of head, with the buccal cavity directed more obliquely forwards; and the head
below broadly hollowed out or excavated, without a well-defined or delimited,
central sulcus.
In other characters, such as the
absence of a projecting pronotal lobe,
it agrees with Glabellula, Empidideicus
and Euanthobates, and differs from
Cyrtosia, Platypygus, and Ceratolaemus
where this lobe is present. The type-
species of the genus is Pseud
P ry : ace a : SeLNE Fic. 6. Wing of Pseudoglabellula meridionalis
meridionalis n.sp. described below. n. gen. et n. sp.
120 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Pseudoglabellula meridionalis n.sp.
The @ of this species is characterized as follows:
Body mainly black above and on venter; antennae, proboscis, dark parts
of pleurae, coxae, femora, apical halves of front tarsi, entire middle and hind
tarsi, and more or less apical parts of hind tibiae dark castaneous brownish;
the following parts yellowish or pale yellowish: a broadish streak on each side
of frons from level of front ocellus to antennal sockets, narrow rims of these
sockets, a quadrate spot behind each eye at level of humeral tubercles, humeral
tubercles and anterior spiracular prominences, notopleural ridge and
less definitely sides of thorax above it, area anterior to wing-bases
and that just below these bases, postalar calli and faint streak extending from
them forwards above wing-base, discal part and central hind border of scutel-
lum, connection between squamae and posterior basal part of scutellum,
infusions on upper parts of meso- and pteropleurae, propleural spot above
front coxae, prosternal part in front of front coxae, a broadish streak across
upper part of sternopleuron, metapleural part below halteres, hind margin of
metapleural part, narrowish hind margins of tergites, passing into the broader
sides of abdomen, becoming broader across tergites 6 and 7, hind margins of
sternites obscurely, apical margins of front coxae, to a fainter extent those of
middle and hind coxae, and also anterior trochanters, extreme bases of hind
femora, apices of all the femora, the tibiae (excl. the slightly darkened apical
parts of hind ones), and bases of front tarsi; integument of body mainly dull.
Vestiture with the hairs on body and legs very fine, sparse, almost impercep-
tible, and, where perceptible, apparently dark on dark parts above and pale
on yellowish parts.
Head about as long as broad, but distinctly longer than high; frons slightly
longitudinally and centrally depressed, slightly narrower anteriorly than basally
at level of front ocellus; face perpendicular in front, much shorter than frons;
antennal sockets rather conspicuous, relatively large; antennal joints 1 and 2
very short, transverse, subequal in length, the first sunk in the socket; joint 3
almost ovate, but more pointed apically, about 2 of its length at broadest part
(at about middle), its apical or terminal joint minute; proboscis short, markedly
stoutish, about 0-4 mm. long; palps not detectable.
Wings (text-fig. 6) distinctly somewhat dusky, infused brownish; veins
dark brownish in costal region, more yellowish in rest of wings; triangular
marginal cell rather large; long first basal cell about as long as narrow first
posterior cell; knobs of halteres entirely pallid.
Holotype in the South African Museum.
Length of body: about 1-8 mm.
Length of wing: about 1:68 mm.
Locality: Koup Karoo: Laingsburg Dist. (Mus. Staff, Feb. 1938).
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA I2I
PsILODEROIDES n.gen.
This new genus, of which the known representatives have a striking
resemblance to species of the genus Pszlodera of the spider parasites (dipterous
family Acroceridae), is established to accommodate a remarkable bombyliid
submitted by Mr. R. J. Mansfield and of which the adults were reared in a
laboratory of the Department of Agriculture in Pretoria from a batch of
bombyliid larvae found both in egg-packets of the brown trek locust (Locustana
pardalina) and in loose soil in association with such egg-packets.
This bombyliid cannot be referred to any other subfamily of the Bom-
byliidae but to the Cyrtosiinae. With the latter it agrees in certain characters,
such as the reduction of the wing-venation, the presence of only one submarginal
cell, the peculiar reduced and somewhat triangular marginal cell, the charac-
teristic quadri-articulate antennae, the slight indentation in the inner margin
of the eyes opposite the antennae, the absence of distinct spines and spicules
on the legs, absence of macrochaetae on body, the arched or humped and
convex thorax, broad and arched abdomen, and rows of small shiny depressed
black spots on abdomen (present in some cyrtosiines).
In certain other characters, such as the very much reduced, rudimentary
or vestigial proboscis, the widely separated ocelli of which the middle, slightly
anterior, one is remarkably large, the less developed occiput, the sculptured or
punctured thorax and abdomen, the excavate venter, and even more convexly
humped or arched thorax and abdomen, it however differs from other known
genera of the Cyrtosiinae to such an extent that at least a distinct section or
tribe of the latter is indicated to include it.
As the life histories of all the other known South African cyrtosiine
bombyliids (if not of the world) are unknown, the discovery of this genus and
its host is of great importance.
The genus is characterized as follows:
Body (text-fig. 7) arched and humped, with a striking and marked resem-
blance to that of the genera Pszlodera, Terphis and Thyllis of the spider parasites
(fam. Acroceridae), its widest part across between tergites 2 and 3.
Head (text-fig. 7, upper left) almost spherical; occiput more flattened, not
very prominent, more like that of Onchopelma, medially not depressed behind
ocellar prominence; eyes large, not tending to be situated far forwards, separated
on vertex in both sexes, apparently more widely so in 99, their inner margin
slightly indented opposite antennae, in 92 somewhat uneven, not uniformly
convex, but slightly shallowly depressed groove-like from ocellar corner
obliquely down to near middle; ocellar prominence relatively broad, slightly
more raised in gg, transverse, delimited from frons by a distinct, forwardly-
curved, depressed line or suture, not evident in other cyrtosiine genera, the
lateral ocellar part higher than middle, the ocelli widely separated, more so
than in the other genera, in a slightly forwardly-curved line, the lateral ones
very near or at upper corner of eyes and thus very broadly separated, the ocelli
relatively large, especially the middle one which is also more elongated trans-
122 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
versely; frons with a slight central depressed line, slightly raised on each side
basally in front of each lateral ocellus, broader in 99, broader basally than at
antennae, and slightly broader than long; face in side view curving down to
buccal cavity to the same extent as eyes, longer and narrower than frons,
basally separated from antennal insertions by a transverse depression or
depressed line, slightly narrowing from base to apex (beginning of buccal
cavity) ; buccal cavity gradually widening to head below, the interocular space
on head below being as wide as, or slightly wider than, base of face, the buccal
depression not very deep, as long as, or slightly longer than, face; proboscis
much reduced, minute or vestigial, represented by a small finger-like lobe or
minute nipple; antennae (cf. text-fig. 7, extreme left) situated close together,
quadri-articulate, joint 4 elongate, slender, rod-like, narrower than rest, armed
with a terminal style or short bristle, joint 2 cup-shaped; head below and
behind broadish, slightly depressed, not sulcate.
Thorax almost globular, very convex above, in side view semicircularly
arched or humped above and high above level of vertex, almost or about as
high above latter as depth of head itself; anterior sloping part behind head
very steep, slightly hollowed and prothoracic part not distinctly separately
discernible or prominent as in genus Cyrtosia; prothoracic humeral lobes
broad, rounded, reminiscent of those of the Acroceridae; sides of thorax above
notopleural fold a little anterior to wings not distinctly transversely depressed
as in the other genera; postalar calli, owing to convexity of thorax, not so
prominently ridge-like; dorsum or discal part of thorax above areolately
punctured, more rugulose posteriorly; scutellum relatively broad, with a slight,
but distinct, arcuate depression across basal part; pleurae slightly more convex
or bulging than in the other genera, the mesopleuron more triangular and with
some setiferous puncturation.
Wings (text-fig. 7, left) either clear as in g¢ or slightly infuscated as in
22; marginal cell reduced, the posterior vein of which joins the costal margin
much before apex of wing; one submarginal, a discoidal and four posterior
cells present; first basal cell longer than second; anal cell open apically;
axillary lobe narrowish, not lobe-like; alula much reduced, narrowish and
linear; knobs of halteres tetrahedral in shape.
Abdomen (text-fig. 7, left and right) broad, ovate, at broadest part (between
tergites 2 and 3), much broader than thorax, arched or humped in appearance;
discal part of tergite 1 flattened, slightly depressed, areolately punctured;
rest of tergites above in 99 also areolately punctured or sculptured, but only
discal basal three-quarters of tergite 2 and to a certain extent narrow discal
basal part of 3 (under apical margin of 2) in gg, in addition to flattened discal
part of 1, areolately sculptured; rest of tergites in gg very finely transversely
rugulosely sculptured; dorsum of abdomen in both sexes with two rows of
segmental, slightly depressed, shiny, dark or blackish spots on each side from
tergite 2 to apex as in some other Cyrtosiinae, each spot nearer base of the tergite,
and in some g¢ often also with an extra central pair on tergite 2; venter
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 123
markedly and characteristically hollowed or excavated, the sides of tergites
and plate-like hinder part of metapleurae much inflexed and overhanging
venter, and middle of venter with two longitudinal ridge-like elevations.
Legs relatively stoutish and shortish, without any spines on hind femora
and without distinct spicules on tibiae; apex of tibiae without distinct spurs,
but apparently ending in a minute spine-like point on each side of tarsal
insertion.
Vestiture without any macrochaetal elements, the hairs distinctly more
developed than in other genera, excepting Onchopelma, even the hairs in 99,
though much shorter than in gQ, still denser and more evident than in most
cyrtosiine genera; hairs on thorax above, scutellum and mesopleuron situated
_in the areolar crater-like punctures, comparatively dense, longer in g¢ than
in 99, in latter however apparently equally dense; those on abdomen, sides of
tergite 1, greater part of 2 and on rest of tergites in gg, though shorter than
on thorax, markedly dense, shining silvery whitish, arranged transversely and
directed towards centre along the middorsal line of which they form a sort of
ridge composed of hairs; hairs on abdomen above in 99 situated in the crater-
like punctures, very much shorter than in $j, minute, but also directed towards
midline; posterior and lower parts of pleurae bare; hairs on legs relatively
longer and denser than in the other genera, slightly longer and finer in gd
than in 99.
Hypopygium of 33 (text-fig. 8, right, drawn upside down, the upper part
being ventral in position in the specimens) with the last sternite (LS) not
spined or very sharply produced at its posterior apical angle as in most other
cyrtosiine genera; the basimere (B) of the paramere rather broadish, more
saddle-shaped, not shell-like as in the other genera; the telomeres (T) of
paramere leaf-shaped, flattened, without any hook or hook-like structure;
aedeagal apparatus with the aedeagus proper (Ae) appearing double at its
Fic. 7. Side view (left) and dorsal view (right) of 2 Psiloderoides mansfieldi n. gen. et n. sp., and
also front view of head and enlarged left antenna.
124 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
end, reversed in position, bending towards dorsum instead of towards venter
or downwards as in most bombyliids; posterior end of the apodeme of the
aedeagal apparatus bulb-like or vesicular, not flattened as in most bombyliid
genera; and the paraphyses of the apparatus in form of a ventral hood-like
extension of which the hind margin is slightly emarginate medially.
Biology: According to Mr. Mansfield of the Agricultural Department,
bombyliid larvae were collected by field staff at a farm ‘Sidi Berani in the
Kenhardt District during May 1964 (10th—15th instant). The larvae were
already in an advanced state of development and some were found in the
egg-packets of the brown trek locust. Others however were collected in loose
soil in association with egg-packets. Representatives of such bombyliid larvae,
from this batch collected at Kenhardt, were however also submitted to me;
at first some preserved in spirit by Mr. J. E. van Someren Gréve and subse-
quently some other dead and live specimens by Mr. Mansfield.
From all these specimens it is quite obvious that at least three different
species of Bombyliidae are represented. It is therefore impossible to state
which of these three kinds of larvae represent those of this new genus. The
specimens forwarded by Mr. Mansfield and stated by him to have been found
in loose soil in association with egg-packets of the locust and from representa-
tives of which adults of the new genus were supposed to have been bred, how-
ever appear to me to represent those of some other bombyliid genus, possibly
those of some Systoechus species. Pending the result of a breeding experiment
conducted at the South African Museum with the three live larvae among those
submitted by Mr. Mansfield, the supposition that they represent larvae of
this new genus cannot be corroborated*. It is however quite evident that the
larvae of this new genus are in fact parasites or predators in egg-packets of the
brown trek locust even if they were represented among those found loose in
egg-packet infested soil samples.
In support of this the investigations of Potgieter (1929: 32-3) may be
mentioned during which he also found larvae of another bombyliid parasite,
Systoechus xerophilus Hesse (syn. albidus Munro nec Loew), both in the egg-
packets of the brown trek locust and in loose soil in association with these.
The larvae of such bombyliid predators apparently crawl away from destroyed
egg-packets to change into pupae somewhere else in the same environment.
Pupa: The empty pupal skins from which the adult specimens of the new
genus were hatched, and which have been pinned under the specimens by Mr.
Mansfield, are therefore the only stage in the life history which could be
reliably described and figured. The pupal skin shows some external structures
typical of bombyliid pupae and it is characterized as follows:
Body (cf. text-fig. 8, left) semicircularly curved or humped, composed of
a cephalic part with cephalic armature, thoracic part with wing and leg
sheaths, a scutellar part and an arched abdomen with 8 segments, the last
with caudal armature.
* These have since died without developing any further.
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 125
Cephalic part with anterior armature (see also separate drawing below)
on each side consisting of a slightly obliquely situated basal part, ending
apically in a forwardly-projecting, slightly dorso-ventrally flattened, slightly
upcurved, blunt, chitinous spine, the inner basal part of which is carinately
prominent step-like; outer part of the spine-bearing basal part ending in a
chitinous half cup-like or scoop-like process; ventral part of head showing
sheath knob of vestigial proboscis.
Thorax with sheath lobes of wings and sheaths of legs below, but without
any bristles or spines; scutellar part with 3 long, flagellar bristles on each side.
Abdomen humped or arched in side view, with segment 1 the shortest
dorsally, its hind margin medially dorsally slightly emarginate, with 2 bristles
on extreme side below, one above and the other below ridge-like side below;
segment 2 with a row of 3 bristles on each side in upper half across more or
less the middle and 2 on extreme side (above and below lateral ridge) ; segments
3-6 each with a row of 3 bristles in upper half and 2 below on each side of
lateral ridge, but beyond the middle, the bristles decreasing in size posterior y
and those across segment 6 the shortest; segment 7 with a row of 6 (3 on each
side of midline) posteriorly-directed, curved, embedded, chitinous hooks on
upper part beyond middle (see separate drawing of caudal part) as well as
the usual 2 bristles below on each side of lateral ridge; segment 8 larger in 99
than in gg, armed on each side of middle with a strong, upwardly-curved,
chitinous hook which arises from a vertically-embedded sole- or slipper-shaped
basal part, the dorsal part of which projects freely as a flattened, lobe- or
Fic. 8. Left: Side view of empty pupal skin of a $ Psiloderoides mansfieldi n. gen. et n. sp., also
showing separately ventral view of cephalic armature and posterior view of caudal armature.
Right: Side and posterior (dorsal) views (drawn upside down) of hypopygium of ¢ of the same
species. Ae = aedeagus proper; B = basimere; LS = last sternite; and T = Telomeres.
126 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
congue-shaped, chitinous process on each side of midline; sides of segments
above the lateral ridge each also with a small semicircular, backwardly-
projecting lobe; venter with sternites 1-5 without any bristles, but 6 and 7
each with a row of 6 slender, whip-like bristles (3 on each side of midline)
beyond middle, with sternite 6 narrow, almost ridge-like medially, the part
between it and 5 being deeply sunk in, causing the posterior part of abdomen
to be characteristically bent or curved downwards and which, in conjunction
with the strong upwardly-curved caudal hooks, probably acts as a strong
fulcrum in the living pupa with which to facilitate forward and upward
progression through soil or sand to enable the adult to escape.
The duration of both the larval and pupal stages has not been recorded.
Length of pupal skin in the natural humped state: about 4—5-75 mm.
Deepest part in side view, between tergite 3 (or part of 3) and venter:
47-74 mm. (53-74 mm. in case of 99). ;
Only one, and apparently slightly variable, species of this new genus is
represented in the material submitted by Mr. Mansfield which I wish to name
Psiloderoides mansfieldi in appreciation of this investigator’s contribution, and
which is to be considered as the type-species of this new genus.
Psiloderoides mansfieldt n.sp.
This type-species is represented by 4 gg and 2 99 of which 2 ¢ paratypes
and the 9 allotype are in the South African Museum and the ¢ holotype, and
a g and Q paratypes in the Department of Agriculture in Pretoria.
The ¢ differs markedly from the 9 in size, colour, integumental sculpture
and in vestiture. It is characterized as follows:
Body and legs mainly ivory whitish or ivory yellowish, with the following
parts black: occipital part, vertex including basal part or half of frons, to a
certain extent middle of buccal depression, hollowed anterior declivous part
of thorax, extending slightly laterally on to pronotal or shoulder lobes and
continued medially along anterior part of thorax as a broad central band
confluent with the greater discal black part of thorax which extends slightly
peninsula-like on each side towards shoulder and leaving only a very narrow
part above wing-base and the lateral and hinder part of postalar calli pale,
greater part of scutellum (excepting the pale central part in hinder half or
sometimes most of pale hinder border), greater depressed discal part of tergite
1, discal basal part or half of tergite 2, extending centrally to near its apex,
extreme base of tergite 3, two rows of slightly depressed segmental spots on
each side of abdomen above (the spots at base of tergites) from 2—6, a spot on
extreme sides of tergite 1 and basally on extreme sides of 2-6 as well as two
spots on mesopleuron, greater part of pteropleuron, excepting its posterior
border, a large spot on sternopleuron, excepting its upper and anterior borders,
a spot on hypopleuron, two spots on metapleural parts, hinder part of front
coxae, rest of coxae, a subbasal infusion and spot beyond middle on anterior
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 227
lower aspect of front femora as well as their posterior face from near base,
upper surface, upper anterior surface and a streak from near base to middle
on anterior face of middle femora, upper and posterior surfaces from near
base, a lateral anterior streak from near base to beyond middle and a subapical
spot on hind femora, sometimes inner lower face of tibiae to a variable extent,
and apices of claws; antennae reddish brownish; eyes reddish brownish to
blackish brown; front ocellus yellowish or brownish, the lateral ones darker,
more brownish.
Integument of head dull; that of thorax above punctured in anterior and
antero-discal part, more rugulosely so discally and posteriorly, more or less
shining anteriorly, especially on ivory yellowish parts, but dull discally and
posteriorly; scutellum more distinctly punctured across base, somewhat shiny
there; mesopleuron punctured and somewhat shining; pteropleuron and
sternopleuron sometimes duller on black parts and former finely longitudinally
striate, the pale borders more shining; metapleural part also somewhat shining;
abdomen mainly dull, the discal depressed part of tergite 1 and blackened discal
basal part of 2 areolarly punctured; integument of rest of abdomen above very
finely, more or less transversely, rugulosely sculptured.
Vestiture with the hairs on head, the dense and longish ones on thorax
above, scutellum and mesopleurae gleaming sericeous snow whitish, those on
thorax above directed towards the middorsal part and those on sides of scutellum
also directed upwards and forwards; hairs in crater-like areolar puncturation
on depressed discal part of tergite 1 and on basal sculptured discal part of 2
minute, scarcely perceptible, appearing yellowish or yellowish brownish in
certain lights; those on sides of latter tergites silvery whitish; those on rest of
abdomen above longer, very much denser than discally on 1 and 2, but much
shorter and denser than those on thorax, shining silvery whitish, brilliant in
certain lights, decumbent, fur-like, directed towards midline where they form
a carina-like raised central line or mane; those on genital segment also whitish;
venter without any discernible hairs; hairs on legs gleaming sericeous or
silvery whitish, those on coxae and femora longer than on abdomen, but
shorter than on thorax above.
Head with the two more posterior ocelli separated by a space about 3
times distance between each of them and the more anterior central ocellus;
frons broader basally than long, anteriorly with a slight pit-like central depres-
sion just behind antennae, the length of frons to face about as 5:9 (or 8);
proboscis entirely vestigial, minute, nipple-like, sometimes scarcely detectable,
its position evident by some shortish hairs; antennae with segments 1 and 2
almost subequal in length, segment 2 however a little longer, but much broader,
more cup-shaped, with 3 subequal to or scarcely longer than 2, slightly narrower
apically than basally and basally narrower than 2, with segment 4 slender,
rod-shaped, about as long as or only very little longer than 3, ending in a
short more or less clear seta-like style.
Wings transparent, tinted slightly milky whitish; veins brownish or
128 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
yellowish brownish, but greater part of costal vein to beyond level of base of
triangular marginal cell, greater part of vein between basal cells and entire
posterior vein of anal cell whitish transparent; microtrichial fringe minute,
more evident along axillary lobe and alula; marginal cell rather elongate,
scalene-triangular; first posterior cell rather rapidly broadened divergently
near apex; discoidal cell more or less 2 times as long as broad, the middle
cross vein at about, or a little beyond, middle of the cell; squamae opaquely
whitish ; knobs of halteres white.
Hypopygium as shown in text-fig. 8 (right) and as described for genus.
The 2 (text-fig. 7) differs considerably from the g and, apart from being
distinctly much larger, it differs in the following respects:
Body and legs mainly yellowish; occipital part, including ocellar part,
blackish or black; entire frons yellowish like face and buccal part, head below
and behind eyes; antennae reddish brownish; thorax mainly yellowish, with
the following parts brownish or reddish brownish (cf. text-fig. 7, right): a
broad longitudinal, central streak (separated by a yellowish line) extending to
near base (darker in last part), an irregular quadrate spot on each side discally
near middle, an oblique oblong spot on each side just above wing-base, extend-
ing towards quadrate spot, a large oblong and darker (more blackish brownish)
spot on each side beyond middle, beginning at (or narrowly confluent with)
posterior narrow part of quadrate spot and extending to near postalar calli
and separated from broad central streak on each side by a yellowish longitudinal
line; prescutellar basal part in one @ also tending to be slightly darkened;
scutellum mainly yellowish, its transverse depression across base partly
brownish; pleurae mainly yellowish, the margins of the sclerites more yellowish
whitish, the anterior part of mesopleuron infused slightly yellowish brownish
and pteropleuron, sternopleuron and hypopleuron infused with reddish
brownish to a variable extent, especially towards anterior part; abdomen,
unlike the almost entirely yellowish white abdomen of g, more or less dirty
yellowish to greyish yellowish brownish, variegated with irregular dark infusions
or streaks more or less across middle of tergites and on extreme sides, the depres-
sed discal part of tergite 1 and some basal discal parts of 2 blackish brown and,
as in 4, with two rows of blackish shiny depressed spots on each side above
and a row of fainter, more indistinct, ones on extreme sides; venter mainly
yellowish, the two medial ridge-like elevations more yellowish whitish and
space between them more pale yellowish brownish like the genital parts; legs
mainly yellowish, with more or less the same parts as in g darkened, but much
fainter, more yellowish brownish than black, the entire tibiae however yel-
lowish, not darkened along inner lower face as in some 9.
Integument also mainly dull, only the apex of shoulder lobes, pleurae,
especially darkened parts, metapleural parts and legs, especially coxae, and
apical part of femora somewhat shining; integument of thorax above, scutellum
and mesopleuron sculptured as in g, but more coarsely so; that of entire
abdomen above, unlike that of 3, fairly coarsely areolarly punctured (crater-
ADDITIONS TO THE CYRTOSIINAE (BOMBYLIIDAE) OF SOUTH AFRICA 129
like punctures) throughout, only slightly more coarsely so in depressed discal
part of tergite 1, the suture between tergites 1 and 2 rather deep, furrow-like,
especially across middle part.
Vestiture, unlike that of 3, very much shorter ; hairs on ocellar part appearing
dark, those on pale parts (frons and face) more yellowish or golden yellowish,
not whitish as in g, though apparently not much shorter and sparser; those
on thorax above, though arranged in same way and more or less equally dense,
distinctly very much shorter, gleaming more yellowish or golden yellowish
discally, not silvery whitish; hairs on abdomen above, located in the crater-like
punctures, minute, appearing less dense, yellowish, not silvery, but also directed
obliquely towards the midline; those on legs longer than on body, but relatively
shorter than in @, distinctly gleaming more golden yellowish.
Head (text-fig. 7, left and upper left) with the fronto-facial part distinctly
much broader than in J, the frons across base also much broader than long,
length of frons to face about as 6 : 8; face about as broad across base as long (to
beginning of buccal cavity) which in ¢ is distinctly much narrower across
base than long; proboscis, though also vestigial or rudimentary, very slightly
longer than in 4, slightly more finger- or lobe-like; posterior ocelli separated
by a space a little more than 3 times distance between them than between each
and middle ocellus, the latter distinctly larger than in 3; eyes in the two speci-
mens not equally convex as in g, but uneven as described under the genus;
antennae with segments 1-3 proportionally similar to those of 3, but slender
segment 4 distinctly longer than 3.
Wings (text-fig. 7, left) distinctly infuscated, somewhat opaquely brownish;
veins darker than in g; middle cross vein distinctly beyond middle of discoidal
cell; knobs of halteres yellowish brownish, not whitish as in 3.
Length of body: about 2-6-3-2 mm. (gg) and 4:2-4-4 mm. (29) (in
natural condition).
Length of wing: about 3-2-3:88 mm. (g¢) and 4:36-4:96 mm. (99).
Width of widest part of abdomen: about 1:92-2:52 mm. (99), 3:2-3°6
mm. (99).
Locality: North-western Cape: Farm ‘Sidi Berani’ in Kenhardt District
(Dept. of Agriculture, Pretoria, from larvae collected 10-15 May 1964 and
hatched out during Sept.—Oct. 1964).
SUMMARY
Following an introductory note a revised key to all the known African
genera, both old and new, of the Cyrtosiinae is given. Six genera not previously
recorded from South Africa, of which two are new, are dealt with, a new
subgenus and 16 new species are described. Keys to the known species of
genera, which contain several species, are also given. To supplement the
descriptions 8 text-figures are given.
130 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Apart from the various collectors mentioned in the introduction and to
whom I am indebted for material, it should be recorded that the Trustees of
the South African Museum are grateful to the Council for Scientific and
Industrial Research of South Africa for the award of a grant towards the cost
of publishing this paper.
REFERENCES
BECKER, T. 1907. Die Ergebnisse meiner dipterologischen Friihjahrsreise nach Algier und Tunis,
1906. Z. syst. Hym. Dipt. 7: 97-128.
Brezz1, M. 1902. Neue Namen ftir einige Dipteren-Gattungen. <. syst. Hym. Dipt. 2: 191.
Bezz1, M. 1908. Simuliidae, Bombyliidae, . . . Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 13: 179-201.
Brzzi, M. 1925. Notes additionelles sur les bombyliides (Dipt.) d’Egypte. Bull. Soc. ent. Egypte
9? 244-273.
BowbDEN, J. 1965. Diptera of Nepal: Bombyliidae. Bull. Brit. Mus. (nat. Hist.) Entom. 17: 203-208.
ENGEL, E. O. 1933. Bombyliidae. Flieg. pal. Reg. 69: 97-192.
Hesse, A. J. 1938. A revision of the Bombyliidae (Diptera) of southern Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
34: I-1053.
Hesse, A. J. 1955. Diptera: Bombylidae. Jn Hanstrém, B., Brinck, P. & Rudebeck, G., eds.
South African animal life. 2: 382-401. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.
Hesse, A. J. 1956. A revision of the Bombyliidae (Diptera) of southern Africa. Part III. Ann.
S. Afr. Mus. 35: 465-972.
Hesse, A. J. 1960. Diptera, Bombyliidae. Mission zoologique de l’I.R.S.A.C. en Afrique centrale
(P. Basilewsky et N. Leloup, 1957). Ann. Mus. Congo belge 8vo (Sci. zool.) 88: 315-317.
Hesse, A. J. 1965. Diptera (Brachycera): Bombyliidae, Cyrtosiinae, Ewanthobates, a remarkable
new genus. Jn Hanstrém, B., Brinck, P. & Rudebeck, G., eds. South African animal life. 11:
482-484. Stockholm: Swedish natural science research council.
Lozew, H. 1844. Beschreibung einiger neuen Gattungen der europaischen Dipterenfauna.
Stettin. ent. Ktg. 5t 114-130.
PARAMONOW, S. J. 1929. Beitrage zur Monographie einiger Bombyliiden-Gattungen. Trav.
Mus. zool. Acad. Sci. Ukr. 6: 1-161, I-V.
Perris, E. 1839. Notice sur quelques diptéres nouveaux. Ann. Soc. eni. Fr. 73 45-57.
PotcIETER, J. T. 1929. A contribution to the biology of the brown swarm locust Locustana
pardalina (Wlk.) and its natural enemies. Sci. Bull. Dep. Agric. S. Afr. 82: 1-48.
SEcuy, E. 1930. Risultati zoologici della missione inviata dalla R. Societa geografica italiana
per lesplorazione dell’oasi di Giarabub (1926-1927). Insectes diptéres. Ann. Mus. Stor.
nat. Genova 55: 75-93.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TasLE OF CONTENTs and Summary. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4} in. = 7 in. (7} in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmiTH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. In Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. and ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
, ag
T. H. BARRY
THE GRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE
PERMO-TRIASSIC ANOMODONT PRISTERODON
BUFFALOENSIS WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO
THE NEURAL ENDOCRANIUM AND
VISCERAL ARCH SKELETON
December 1967 December
Volume 50 Band
Pati so, 7. Deel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN: MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 2(1, 3, 5, 7-8), 3(1-2, 5, tp), 5(2, 5, 7-9),
6(1, is=]D29))5 71 3) 8, o(a=2)5 10(1-3),
(2, 7> t.—p.1.), 2I, 24(2), 31(1-3), 38, 44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1.50
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
THE CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE PERMO-TRIASSIC
ANOMODONT PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE:TO THE NEURAL
ENDOCRANIUM AND VISCERAL ARCH SKELETON
By
T, Fy BaRRy
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With Plates X—XI and 14 figures in the text)
CONTENTS
Summary. ; : ‘ : : ees T
Introduction . : : : : ; 7 32
Material and technique. , : : v7 Pe 4032
Cranial morphology . ; : : : P = 1835
Dermal bones
The Maxillary . é é i : fae TES
The Septomaxillary . : é “ed ih eaoamen © {0
Thess Nasal 2) ©. : ; eaee & Setar
AERC AERO imme > Te > es See ee TAT
The Squamosal . : : fee eer LAT
The neurocranium
The Occiput : ‘ ‘ : Ea cits lant any 10
The Internal Ear : , : : Cree AA.
The Stapes . rae La mee anh ee k e
The visceral arch skeleton
Whe Palatoguadraige £20 ee jo Ce ee re ERO
Meckel’s Cartilage . . ; boa ey rng 159
ieiyobranchial, Skeletow i... EG
Dermal bones ofthe lower jaw + -° YE. Y. 55F7
Acknowledgements... ; : ey 192) EO
INGIeKEM CES, apnoea ee LE ee |) RO
Abbreviations ee ee ee ee ee eee 58)
SUMMARY
The skull of the fossil mammal-like reptile Pristerodon buffaloensis has been
sectioned and reconstructed to show the external and internal features of the
skull. The skull is compared with the type and other specimens as well as with
a sectioned specimen of Dicynodon grimbeekt.
Special emphasis has been laid on the structure of the neurocranium and
visceral arch skeleton. It is suggested that ossified trabeculae are definable in
the basicrania] axis and that the quadrate and epipterygoid were synchondro-
tically attached in life to form a palato-quadrate complex.
131
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (7), 1967: 131-161, 2 plates, 14 figs.
132 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The stapes is suturally attached to the quadrate, ruling out any movement
of the stapes without movement of the quadrate. It is maintained that con-
ditions in Pristerodon do not support the theory that anomodonts possessed a
tympanum.
Deductions are also made regarding the neck musculature and processes
developed on the occiput. :
INTRODUCTION
Comparative anatomists and palaeontologists have been studying the
origin of mammals for more than a hundred years now. At this stage of our
knowledge it seems reasonably established that mammals arose from the
Therapsids, which in turn arose from the Captorhinomorpha via the Pelyco-
sauria. Most of the research has, quite naturally, been directed at finding the
structural links between the mammal-like reptile and the primitive mammal
and the tendency has been to study those animals falling within the accepted
lines which lead to the mammal.
Side branches are not thought to hold the same fascination as those leading
towards the mammals and are often neglected, in spite of the fact that they too
can supply a wealth of information regarding evolutionary processes. The Sub-
order Anomodontia (Class Reptilia; Sub-class Synapsida; Order Therapsida)
is of especial interest not only because it shows a marked degree of parallel
evolution of certain mammalian characteristics, but also because the abundance
of its species and the availability of specimens make this group ideal for com-
parative anatomical studies.
According to Haughton and Brink (1954) the characteristics of the genus
Pristerodon are the following:
‘Small. Molars situated in a row on the alveolar ridge on the maxilla,
postero-medial to the canine or caniniform process. Palatine not in contact
with the premaxilla. Parietal bar broad’ (p. 65).
The genus is divided into the following species: Pristerodon agilis, P. bra-
chiops, P. buffaloensis, P. mackayi, P. raniceps and P. whaitsi.
MATERIAL AND TECHNIQUE
The specimen sectioned, No. B.P.I. 339, was found in 1956 by Mr. J. W.
Kitching of the Bernard Price Institute for Palaeontological Research, Johan-
nesburg, on the farm Kirkvors, (today known as De Hoop) approximately
2 miles north-north-west of Murraysburg, South Africa. The horizon is
Cistecephalus.
The type specimen, No. B.P.I. 241, used in this investigation, is a well-
preserved skull (pl. X a, B, c, and XI a, p). It belongs to the Bernard Price
Institute for Palaeontologica] Research. It was found onthe farm Swartbos,
in the Murraysburg district. The horizon was Lower Cistecephalus.
Three other specimens, Nos. B.P.I. 242, B.P.I. 243 and B.P.I. 244, were
also used for comparison.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 133
Skull No. B.P.I. 339 was serially sectioned by means of the parallel
grinding method, leaving exposed transverse sections at intervals of 200 micron.
As it was possible to determine the general outline of the skull the specimen
could be orientated for sectioning without removal of the matrix. This had the
advantage that clear definition was obtained between matrix and bones and
obviated the possibility of accidental grooving or pitting of the bones through
mechanical cleaning. Three thin metal rods, fixed parallel to the cranial axis,
served as base-lines for the transverse orientation of the skull before imbedding
in ‘Callistone’ plaster of Paris.
In this investigation use was made of a Croft Parallel Grinder. Under
normal circumstances the grinding method offers an accurate and satisfactory
picture of the relationships of the bones, and supplies information about the
internal structures which are not readily available from other methods of
O.OT.
Fig. 1. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Dorsal view of skull reconstructed from serial sections. Abbrevia-
tions on p. 160.
134 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
preparation. The disadvantage of the serial grinding method is the complete
loss of the specimen, thus necessitating the use of the more common species in
this type of investigation. However, specimens of less common species are some-
times sectioned when the additional information procurable warrants it. Less
common specimens are known, however, to have been sectioned in error, in
the belief, resulting from the superficial method of fossil identification often
employed, that a more common species is being investigated.
To counteract the loss of the fossil, photographs are taken and enlarged
drawings made of each exposed surface and these are used later in making the
reconstructions. The method used in making the reconstructions is that des-
cribed by Pusey (1939) for drawings made from microtome sections. |
Fig. 2. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Ventral view of skull with lower jaw removed. Reconstructed
from serial sections. Abbreviations on p. 160.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 135
REF.LAM.
RET. ART. PR-
Fig. 3. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Lateral view of skull with lower jaw in original position. Recon-
structed from serial sections. Abbreviations on p. 160.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY
Toerien (1953) selected fifteen measurements and indices for a comparative
study of skull variation in Dicynodon grimbeeki and D. sollast. The same method
has been adopted for Pristerodon buffaloensis.
The following is a table of the measurements and indices of the sectioned
skull and includes a comparison with the type specimen of P. buffaloensis.
Value in mm.
Measurement or index No. 339 Type
iokulldencth \.: io i As - ie 64°8 83
2. Basallength .. ae a se ne ¥ 58-4 76
oy okull width =. . +: as a ‘as me 44:8 60
4. Interorbital width i he os bys a 9°8 13
5. Intertemporal width .. a yA Ba vA 16-2 20
Guonout length.” =. Phe me Ne im am: 16-6 20
7. Snout length plus orbital length ih ae be 26-6 40
8. ‘Tip of snout to pineal length age hes ve 36-2 49
Skull width x 100
9: Skull length Eng ie
ae Interorbital width xX 100 . ier 6
Intertemporal width sh Be a
au; Interorbital width <x 100 one eee
Skull width ia ae a} a
Intertemporal width x 100
SS af ae Bs 86-2 oo
Skull width
136 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Value in mm.
Measurement or index No. 339- Type
Snout length X I00
€ -Skall levee 23 ee Re ae a 18-4 24
Snout length plus orbital x 100
Skull length Hiya ete, eee oe
Tip of snout to pineal length < 100
Skull length Poe 39
In Fig. 4 these measurements and indices are plotted against the corre-
sponding ranges of five specimens of Pristerodon buffaloensis.
iofe)
w w uo a ~
fe) fe) {e) (e) ie)
MEASUREMENT IN MM.OR INDEX VALUE
t'
{e)
10
{| W20Se4 5) U6) =7), SE LOF IO Ul) 2enls) siaaliS
MEASUREMENT OR INDEX NUMBER
Fig. 4. Range in measurements and index values for five specimens of Pristerodon buffaloensis.
Ranges indicated by shaded blocks. Values for sectioned specimen by black lines.
DERMAL BONES
A feature of the snout region of the sectioned skull is the absence of sutures
between the premaxillary, nasal and the frontal bones (see figs. 1 and 3).
Transverse sutures are often difficult to distinguish in transverse sections but
none of the sutures here should have presented this problem. Of the three
specimens of Pristerodon buffaloensis figured by Toerien (1953), two do not show
sutures between these bones, while in the type specimen the outline of the
prefrontal, internasal and nasopremaxillary sutures only are visible. It is
possible that the variability of sutures in this region could be the result of suture
closure which develops with age, a phenomenon which is not unknown in
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 137
extant mammals where various degrees of suture closure have been recorded
in older animals. The size of the canine tusks seem to underline the fact that
the skull is that of an adult.
The facial portion of the premaxillo-maxillary border is indistinguishable.
The palatal portion of the premaxillary is concave and extends to the point in
line with the second post-canine tooth, where it forms the anterior border of
the internal choanae. Peripherally the bone terminates in a sharp cutting edge.
A median ridge developed on the posterior third of the premaxillary projects
into the oral cavity. The contact posteriorly between the premaxillary and the
median vomer is a deep one involving not only the ventral ridge but also the
dorsal ridge which projects into the snout (fig. 5). There is no indication of the
pair of shallow palatal ridges found at the anterior end of the premaxillary of
Dicynodon grimbeeki and many other dicynodonts. Near the midline, in this area
the bone is pierced by a small foramen which leads into the nasal passage.
Sollas & Sollas (1914) found two pairs of foramina in this vicinity and suggested
that these naso-palatine foramina served for the passage of blood-vessels. From
the dorsal surface of the palatal portion of the bone, a median plate-like inter-
nasal process extends upwards for about one-third of the distance to the roof of
the snout. The height of the plate increases posteriorly with the increase in
height of the dome of the snout. A shallow groove in the dorsal edge of the
posterior half of the plate probably accommodated a cartilaginous nasal septum
(see fig. 7A).
No evidence was found that the premaxillaries were paired as reported for
Venjukovia by Watson (1948). In its front half the bone is pierced by a small
foramen.
The degree of progress towards the development of a secondary palate in
Pristerodon is probably indicated by the increase in relative length of the palatal
portion of the premaxillary and the fact that it overlaps a third of the vomer
ot y i]
TD
: Wior a
All LM a
<<.
Fig. 5. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Medial view of skull of sectioned specimen. Median bones hatched.
Abbreviations on p. 160.
138 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
behind it. As the median ridge of the premaxillary occupies a position corre-
sponding to that of the anterior part of the vomer in lizards, it is not unreason-
able to assume that the ridge on the premaxillary has taken over whatever
function was previously performed by the vomer in this area.
The Maxillary
The maxillary forms the major portion of the side wall of the snout pro-
jecting ventrally to well below the level of the palate. The sharp peripheral
ridge of the premaxillary is continued on to the anterior third of the maxillary
before it flattens out on reaching the canine tusk (fig. 2).
Posteromedially the palatal portion of the maxillary participates in the
formation of the lateral walls of the choanae through the formation of a wedge
which inserts between the premaxillary and the palatine. 'Toerien (1953) used
the relationships between these three bones as basis for the classification of the
Anomodontia but this has not been generally accepted.
In addition to the large canine, the maxillary has three small post-canine
teeth situated in a row, posteromedially to the canine, and at a slight angle to
the longitudinal axis of the skull (fig. 2). The teeth show a slight variation in
size, the anterior one being slightly bigger than the other two. The sections do
not show whether the teeth were serrated, a feature regarded by Broom as being
significant in classification and identification. Toerien (1953), however, claims
that serrations only occur on erupting or newly erupted teeth and that the older
teeth were completely devoid of denticulations. Nor can the number of post-
canine teeth be used as a basis for generic or specific distinction as the number
can vary not only within the same species but also on the two sides of the upper
jaw. Specimen No. B.P.I. 243, like the sectioned skull, has three post-canine
teeth in each half of the upper jaw. The type, however, has four. There are no
replacement teeth in the upper jaw of the sectioned skull but the type and
B.P.I. 243 show at least one each.
The maxillary antrum is not an intra-osseal maxillary space, as Broom
claimed for Oudenodon, but inter-osseal, with the maxillary, jugal and lachrymal
participating in its formation (fig. 7A). This is also the case in Daptocephalus
(Sollas & Sollas, 1914), but in this form the transpalatine also contributes to the
walls of the cavity.
The median vomer is attached to the premaxillary in front of it over a
narrow but extremely deep, posteriorly slanting vertical area. Transverse sec-
tions show that the premaxillary is actually continued further posteriorly than
is seen from the outside because a thin postero-ventrally directed sliver of the
premaxillary is wedged into the vertical vomer so that the latter virtually clasps
the posterior part of the premaxillary between two thin laminae. At approxi-
mately two-thirds of its length measured from the front, the vomer splits into
two flanges, each of which attaches laterally to the palatine and posteriorly to
the pterygoid. The flanges demarcate the anterior part of the interpterygoidal
vacuity. In median section the vomer shows as a triangular bone with the apex
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 139
of the triangle pointing ventrally (fig. 5). From the apex to the point where the
vomer splits, the ventral surface is deeply grooved as if it housed a cartilaginous
structure (fig. 7¢).
The dorsal surface of the plate-like median portion of the vomer is also
grooved, housing the anterior portion of the parasphenoid rostrum in a close fit.
Fig. 6. Pristerodon buffaloensis. A—D: transverse sections through the snout of the sectioned
specimen. Abbreviations on p. 160.
The Septomaxillary
The septomaxillary, a typically reptilian membrane bone represented in
only two orders of mammals, the Monotremata and the Edentata (De Beer,
1937), occupies the postero-ventral border of the external nostril in Pristerodon.
It is roughly triangular in cross-section with the base resting mainly on the
palatal process of the maxillary. As in Dicynodon grimbeeki, an obliquely running
longitudinal canal pierces the bone. In Dimetrodon, the only pelycosaurian
species in which the septomaxillary is fully known, a foramen of moderate size
pierces the base of the bone near its external border (Romer and Price,
1940). It is possible that the canal served to transmit blood-vessels and
140 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
nerves into the nostril, as it still does in the lizards Cordylus polyzonus (Van
Pletzen, 1946) and Monopeltis capensis (Kritzinger, 1946). In these two species
the ramus medialis nasi V, accompanied by a small artery, passes through a
foramen in the anterior tip of the septomaxillary. In Anniella pulchra, however,
the blood-vessel and nerve are accommodated in a deep groove on the dorsal
surface of the bone (Toerien, 1950).
Williston (1925) claims that the primitive position of the septomaxillary is
on the postero-lateral rim of the external naris, a position corresponding to that
occupied by the bone in Pristerodon buffaloensis. In Sphenodon where the septo-
maxillary occupies a corresponding position, it is solely concerned with the
support of the floor of the Organ of Jacobson and with the formation of the
side wall of the vestibule (Fuchs, 1911). According to Fuchs the same conditions
obtain in Dasypus. Whether Pristerodon possessed a vomero-nasal organ, which,
as in Sphenodon, opened into the choana, or whether like adult Chelonians,
crocodilians and birds, it lacked one (Romer, 1949) is difficult to say, but
there are no separate openings in the palate anterior to the choanae which
could be associated with their ducts.
Fig. 7. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Transverse sections through A: the maxillary antrum; B: anterior
part, and C: posterior part of the orbit of the sectioned specimen. Abbreviations on p. 160.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS I4I
The Nasal
The anterolateral tip of the nasal contributes to the formation of the rim of
the external naris. The nasal also forms the major portion of the internal dome-
shaped nasal cavity, contributing the lateral and dorsal walls. One-third to
one-half of the lateral surface of the bone is overlapped by the facial portion
of the maxillary (figs. 6c & pb). .
Cross-sections show a shallow, rounded ridge, high up on the inner sur-
face of the nasal cavity, which extends from the external naris to a point in line
with the naso-lachrymal foramen (figs. 5,6c & bp). The ridge is mostly evenly
rounded but it may also jut out in the form of a ledge. It is possible that the
ridge represents the area of a lateral attachment of a membranous or cartila-
ginous structure which extended across the dorsal part of the nostril and
probably formed the floor of the olfactory lobes. A seemingly comparable ridge
on the inner surface of the snout in the lizards Scelotes and Anniella (Malan,
1946) albeit on the frontal, serves as attachment for the mémbrane supporting
the anterior part of the olfactory lobes.
The Lachrymal
The lachrymal forms the major portion of the anterior rim and floor of
the orbit. Anteriorly it expands into the side of the face (fig. 3) but it ends well
behind the naris.
Individually, the frontal, postfrontal, preparietal, parietal, interparietal
and postorbital show little structural deviation from conditions as seen in
Dicynodon grimbeeki, but collectively they form a pattern which distinguishes
Pristerodon from other small-skull anomodonts. Here the relative widths of the
interorbital and intertemporal bars, seen within the outline of the skull, are of
importance especially as they simplify superficial identification.
A feature which has possibly more significance than would normally be
attributed to it, is the rounded depression in the fronto-parietal region. A
similar type of depression is seen in the type specimen (pl. Xa & c). Although
such a condition would normally be attributed to post-mortem damage, the
fact that the depression occurs in a small specific area and that it is so neatly
excavated makes it difficult to accept, without reservation, that it was caused
by pressure from above. It is believed that this area of the skull in Pristerodon
was either normally depressed or otherwise the flatness of the skull makes it less
resistant to pressure than the slightly convex skull of many Dicynodon species.
The Squamosal
The squamosal is tetraradiate. Its antero-ventrally directed flange, which
with the jugal on its inside, forms the temporal arch, extends forward to contact
the maxillary, ventral to the anterior rim of the orbit. Its antero-dorsal process
is short and runs medially to the postorbital. The third prong is extended
ventrally and gains contact with the quadrato-jugal, quadrate, tabular,
exoccipital and opisthotic, while the fourth process is posteriorly directed. It is
142 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
probable that the shallowly grooved dorsal surface of this flange, as well as the
dorso-medially flattened surface of the squamosal in the temporal arch, are
associated with the attachment of the adductor muscles.
THE NEUROCRANIUM
The Occiput
The interparietal and tabular, both of which are dermal roofing bones,
and the squamosal appear on the hind wall of the skull. For the rest the occiput
is formed by cartilage bones.
The posterior surface of the supraoccipital is in contact laterally with the
tabular and ventro-laterally with the exoccipital. It is the roofing bone of the
foramen magnum, and the posterior portion of the brain (pl. XIa & c). The body
of the supraoccipital extends forward along the midline to a point in line with
the pro-otic incisure. Its ridge-like ventro-lateral border forms a sutural contact
with the dorsal portions of the exoccipital and pro-otic.
The exoccipital extends plate-like across the posterior surface of the skull
to form the lateral border of the foramen magnum, the medial and ventral
borders of the post-temporal fossa and the dorsal half of the rim of the jugular
foramen (for nerves [X, X and XI). Dorso-laterally it is bordered by the
tabular, laterally by the squamosal, ventro-laterally by the opisthotic and
ventro-medially by the basioccipital. Exoccipital participation in the formation
of the occipital condyle seems restricted to the lateral bulges of the condyle
although the sutures are not very well defined. The exoccipitals do not exclude
the basioccipital from the foramen magnum as in Daptocephalus (Ewer, 1961)
and Lystrosaurus (Van Hoepen, 1913).
The post-temporal fossa is small. According to Versluijs (1936) the fossa
tends to become smaller in those groups where the surrounding bones become
more robust. In Pristerodon the dorsal expansion of the opisthotic and the
enlargement of the tabular have narrowed the size of the opening and con-
sequently the area of attachment of the temporalis muscle on the occiput
has also been decreased. Versluijs (1936) has found that the neck muscles play
an important part in the determination of the shape of the hind wall of the
skull, while Pointner (1931) maintains that traction not only exerts its influence
on the construction of a bone but that the relative length of the functionally
important neck muscles can be ascertained from the bones forming the hind
part of the skull.
The occiput in Pristerodon indicates the origin of at least three groups of
neck muscles and two jaw muscles. The rectus capitis posterior group shows
signs of subdivision into a Jarge dorsal muscle, the rectus capitis posterior major,
having an area of origin occupying the supraoccipital, tabular and the dorsal
half of the exoccipital, and the rectus capitis posterior lateralis et medialis
occupying most of the ventral and lateral portions of the exoccipital and the
dorsal half of the opisthotic (pl. XIc). Contraction of the r.c.p. lateralis et
medialis would pull the skull back while the lateralis portion would have some
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 143
influence in swinging the snout sideways. The r.c.p. major would also pull the
skull back but the forward slant of the hind wall of the skull dorsal to the fora-
men magnum suggests that its contraction would also lever the snout upwards.
This action would allow the animal to tear off portions from its food source
which are small enough to be handled by the jaws.
The ventral half of the distal portion of the opisthotic served as origin for
the obliquus capitis. Contraction of this muscle which in living reptiles is
inserted on the neural arch of the axis and atlas, would cause a lateral swing of
the skull. Between this muscle and the lateral portion of the one above it
(r.c.p. lateralis et medialis) the opisthotic is drawn out into a pointed posteriorly
projecting process, which may be called the opisthotic process for lack of a
more suitable name.
Stresses caused by the contraction of these two functionally important but
differently directed muscles would seem to be the main reason for the develop-
ment of the opisthotic process. Cox (1959) contends that this process, which he
called the ‘tympanic process’, was not concerned with the occipital musculature.
Comparison of Pristerodon with living chelonians gives strong indications that
the two muscle groups mentioned not only flanked the process dorso-medially
and ventro-medially respectively, but were also attached along part of the
process. It is of interest to note that some of the recent turtles show an analagous
FR £3
Fig. 8. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Sectioned specimen. Reconstructions of A: medial view of
posterior third of the skull; B: lateral view of impression of left membranous labyrinth; C:
medial view of stapes footplate; D: dorsal view of right stapes; E: lateral view of quadrate face
of the right stapes; F: ventral view of right stapes; G: posterior view of right stapes. Abbre-
viations on p. 160.
144 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
process on the opisthotic, more prominently developed in some than in others
(pl. XIs). The muscle attachments on one of them, Pelomedusa subrufa show the
muscles extending along nearly the entire length of the process.
A scar on the inside of the basioccipital-basisphenoid tuber probably
indicates the area of attachment of the rectus capitis anterior. In living reptiles
this muscle is inserted on the ventral surface of the axis and atlas. Contraction
in Pristerodon would, therefore, pull the snout down.
The depressor mandibulae is the more prominent of the two jaw muscles
associated with the hind wall of the skull in Pristerodon and covers the entire
surface of the occipital face of the squamosal. A transverse ridge half-way down,
similar to that found in most recent turtles, probably demarcates the border
between the area of origin of a dorsal longer group, from a ventral, shorter,
group of muscle fibres. The depressor is inserted on the ventral posterior part of
the lower jaw.
The small post-temporal fossa allows only a small portion of the second
jaw muscle, the temporal, to enter the hind wall.
The internal ear
The features of the internal ear are distinct except for small portions of the
semi-circular canals which have become obliterated (fig. 8B). The structure
of the ear does not seem to differ radically from the anomodonts described by
Sollas & Sollas (1914) and Olson (1944). There is no sign of an endolymphatic
duct, and only one ampulla, that of the posterior vertical semicircular canal, can
be made out. The sacculus ends distally in the fenestra ovalis. The perilymphatic
duct would seem to have entered directly into the jugular cana] at the level of
the sacculo-utricular junction.
The Stapes
In most anomodonts the prominent postero-ventral tubers, which form
the bony casing for the fenestra ovalis, are described as being formed by the
basioccipitals, but this could not be confirmed in Pristerodon because of the lack
of well-defined sutures in this area. Between the tuber, proximally and the
quadrate, distally the stapes lies at right angles to the cranial axis with a slight
ventral inclination laterally. Viewed from the ventral side it is broad and
dumbell-shaped; in posterior view it is flat and L-shaped with the footplate
forming the dorsal expansion (see figs. 8c-c). The diameter of the footplate is
greater than that of the fenestra ovalis with the result that it overlaps it con-
siderably, especially ventrally. The plate presses against the rim of the tuber
but is nowhere fused to it. Halfway along the length of the stapes the shank
exhibits a slightly raised dorsal edge which might have been the point of
attachment of a ligament. There is no stapedial foramen.
The anterior one-fifth of the quadrate facet of the stapes is free from the
quadrate but the rest of the bone is suturally attached to the quadrate. This
facet is compressed dorso-ventrally to give it a slightly raised, semicircular out-
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 145
line. The postero-lateral part of the facet is extended backward as a process and
lies against the downwardly directed paroccipital process. The extent of the
fusion of the distal end of the stapes and the quadrate rules out lateral movement
of the stapes without concomitant movement of the quadrate. This is a point
worth considering for, as will be seen later, the quadrate lies free in the groove
between the quadratojugal and paroccipital-.process except for its attachment
to the stapes and a short sutural attachment to the base of the quadratojugal.
The presence or absence of a tympanum in Anomodonts is still a subject of
controversy with Camp and Welles (1956), Cox (1959) and Ewer (1961) dis-
claiming Watson’s (1953) view that the Anomodonts did not possess a tym-
panum. The arguments in favour of a tympanum largely hinge around facets
and processes on the stapes and grooves on the quadrate which, according to
these authors, could indicate the presence in life of an extrastapedial process
and, therefore, also a tympanum.
Camp and Welles (1956) believe that a cartilaginous extrastapes was
present in the Anomodont Placerias and that it extended from the ventro-lateral
extremity of the stapes along a groove sometimes found at the back of the
quadrate. Suffice it to say here that Pristerodon shows no such groove.
In support of his view that Kingoria possessed an extrastapes, a tympanum
and an external auditory meatus, Cox (1959) points to the presence of a small
facet on the postero-lateral corner of the stapes as possibly marking the point of
attachment of an extra-stapedial cartilage, and a backwardly directed process
on the opisthotic (his ‘tympanic process’) which according to him could have
served as dorsal attachment for the tympanum.
Cox’s argument that the opisthotic process (which also occurs in Pristerodon
and has been described earlier in this paper) was associated with a tympanum
and not with muscle attachments must be rejected on the ground that a process
similar to it occurs in Phrynops and several other recent turtles, where it is
surrounded by neck muscles and where its sides are utilized for the attachment
of these muscles. The significance of the postero-laterally directed facet on the
distal end of the stapes, which he suggests might be for the base of a cartilagin-
ous extrastapes can be discussed in conjunction with Ewer’s (1961) claim.
Ewer found a small shaft-like bone lying loose against the right ramus of
the lower jaw of Daptocephalus of which she states: ‘At one end it expands to
form a little facet slightly inclined to the axis of the shaft. If this facet is placed
against the facet on the distal end of the stapes a good fit is obtained and I
believe the little bone to be an ossified extrastapes. If this is correct then its only
possible function is to connect the stapes with the tympanum’ (p. 391).
Personal examination of Ewer’s material provides conclusive evidence that
the shaft-like bone she identified as the extrastapes is, in fact, the posterior part
of the shorter of the two hyoid bones she found in the same skull. The shaft-like
bone and the hyoid fit perfectly and even the colour variations which occur
within the core of the two broken ends match perfectly. When the two bones are
joined in this way they form a structure which, if placed in the position sug-
146 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
gested by Ewer, would extend well past the lateral limits of the quadrate. This
feature and the fact that the joined structure is a mirror image of the longer
bone which she identified as a hyoid bone, and with which I am in agreement,
disclaim her suggestion that the small shaft-like bone represents an extrastapes.
If the hyoid bone is fitted to the facet on the stapedial process it shows that it
curved backward and downward, resembling to some degree the curvature of
the ceratohyal in Sphenodon. The claim that the shaft-like bone represents part
of a hyoid cornu is strengthened by the discovery that in two species of Lystro-
saurus the ends of the hyoid bones (identified as the ceratohyals) are fused to the
postero-ventro-lateral border of the stapes (Barry, 1967). In an Oudenodon
investigated by Mr. M. A. Cluver of the South African Museum the posterior
process is developed as a medio-laterally compressed process which shows indi-
cations of a shallow facet. However in Pristerodon and most of the smaller
dicynodonts investigated, the facet is only weakly developed. It is clear, there-
fore, that the different degrees of development of the posterior process on the
stapes in Anomodonts are associated, not with an extrastapedial process, but
must be credited to a variable association with the hyoid apparatus.
EPT. ORB. SPH.
PT.
Reoibhis
PL.SPH
QR.EPT.
Q.R.P.T.
A.O aos \ it
oa
Fig. 9. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Reconstruction of dorsal view of neurocranium of sectioned
specimen with insets of transverse sections through the areas indicated. Abbreviations on p. 160.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 147
The tubera also form a bony casing for part of the cochlear recess of the
internal ear. Two converging ridges extend anteriorly from the tubera to form
a deeply excavated area between them. In the type specimen the art.® carotis
internae pierce the skull at the confluence of these ridges (pl. XB) but in the
sectioned specimen they pierce the ridges much further back. Within the bone
each artery gives off a branch possibly representing the art. ophthalmica
(fig. 9).
Immediately in front of the confluence, the floor of the brain case widens to
form a flat, roughly rectangular structure (figs. 9, 10). Near its posterior border
the sides of this rectangle are notched, thereby separating it from the two
posterior processes. It is suggested that the rectangular base represents the lateral
wings of the parasphenoid and the two processes, the pterygoid processes. The
identification of the latter are based on the fact that the antero-ventral borders
of the epipterygoids are in sutural contact with the processes.
On top of the parasphenoid wings there is a dorsally rounded to flattened
triangular raised area which, it is suggested, represents the ossified trabeculae.
The apex of the triangle, which points anteriorly, represents the trabeculae
communis, the posteriorly widening area of the triangle representing the
diverging trabeculae cranii (fig. 9). Between the separated trabeculae there
is a shallow depression which probably represents the hypophysial plate. The
depression is terminated posteriorly by a rounded transverse ridge which
probably represents the ossified dorsum sellae. Behind the latter the base is
again depressed. This area probably represents the filled in fenestra basi-
cranialis posterior. A median basicranial fontanella is found further back.
Anterior to the parasphenoid wings, the parabasisphenoid complex is con-
tinued as a narrow, relatively high, rostrum which gradually curves upwards
towards the interorbital septum where it becomes shallower and straightens out
horizontally. It is probable that the trabecula communis extends anteriorly
beyond the apex of the triangle and forms at least the dorsal part of this rostrum.
There are questionable indications of a suture dividing the rostrum horizontally
along its length and the shape of the posterior part of the rostrum lends support
to the conclusion that it consists of two fused elements; the rostrum para-
sphenoidale ventrally and either a rostrum basisphenoidale or a rostrum prae-
sphenoidale dorsally (see fig. 5). The latter depends upon whether the
ossification in the travecula communis represents an extension anteriorly into
the trabeculae of the ossification of the basisphenoid or whether it is a separate
ossification in the trabecula communis.
Among recent reptiles, lizards display a rostrum parasphenoidale while
Chelone has a rostrum basisphenoidale (Fuchs, 1910; Nick, 1912: quoted
Versluijs 1936). In crocodiles the basisphenoid ossification extends forward into
the travecula communis to just behind the optic chiasma (Bellairs, 1949).
At the point where the upwardly curved rostrum straightens horizontally,
there is a short break in the bone and it is assumed that participation of the
148 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ORB.SPH.
me 0.0T.
— § JUG. O.OTPR.
Fig. 10. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Reconstruction of ventral view of neurocranium of sectioned
specimen. Abbreviations on p. 160.
presphenoid in the formation of the rostrum must have ended in this region,
as the structure of the rostrum anterior to the break is distinctly different. It is
reduced to about half its previous height and a longitudinal dorsal groove
now runs along its length (fig. 5). This section of the rostrum is probably of
parasphenoid origin, an extension anteriorly of the ventral portion of the
parasphenoid-presphenoid rostrum. The front half of the rostrum lies in a
shallow groove in the dorsal edge of the vomer. Anterior to the front end of the
rostrum the dorsal groove is continued forward in the vomer and premaxilla.
As this portion of the groove and that in the rostrum parasphenoidale behind it
lie in a straight line and on a horizontal plane, it would seem to indicate a
sliding action which was either used by the living animal or merely represents
the retention of an ancestrally functional apparatus. Contact between the
rostroparasphenoid and vomer is such that movement between these bones
would not be possible—a point of importance in the evaluation of kinetism in
Pristerodon.
The anterior part of the neurocranium is of especial interest in anomodonts
as the *. . . principal problems of evolution of the sphenethmoid complex are to
be found in the transition from therapsids to mammals’. (Olson, 1944: 77.)
Unfortunately the derivation of the structures forming the bony complex in
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 149
anomodonts has not been fully agreed upon with the result that a terminology
has arisen which instead of clarifying the position, has complicated it. Seeley
(1898) considered the entire complex to be the orbitosphenoid; Sollas &
Sollas (1914, 1916) called it the mesethmoid; Broom (1926) stated that it was
the presphenoid; Olson (1944) subdivided the complex into a dorsal orbito-
sphenoid with a possible mesethmoid component, and a ventral presphenoid,
while Camp (1956) used the term septosphenoid and frontosphenoids where
separate lateral wings occur.
In Pristerodon the complex consists of a median bony interorbital plate
roughly rectangular in shape and extending from the anterior rim of the orbit
to the postorbital bar; paired, trough-shaped projections from the dorsal ridge
of this plate and paired rod-shaped projections on the antero-ventral borders of
the pro-otics. A study of the sections shows a break in the interorbital plate
which runs from antero-dorsal to postero-postero-ventral. The two triangular
bones thus formed may well represent anterior and posterior ossifications within
the cartilaginous septum of the living animal.
As the posterior ossification includes the dorso-lateral expansions of the
interorbital septum, representing the planum supraseptale of recent reptiles,
and the planum and most of the interorbital septum in gnathostomes develop
from the orbital cartilages (De Beer, 1926; Shaner, 1926), it is reasonable to
assume that the posterior triangle represents an orbitosphenoid. In Lacertzlia
the orbitosphenoid is normally limited to the pila metoptica but in Iguana
Bellairs (1949b) and Monopeltis (Malan, 1946) the orbitosphenoid ossification
extends into the planum supraseptale and the dorsal part of the interorbital
septum. In Monofeltis it invades even the posterodorsal part of the nasal septum.
The anterior ossification is definitely a separate ossification but it is difficult
to ascertain to what extent the trabeculae contributed to its formation. If the
ventral rim of the anterior ossification is divided into quarters it will be seen
that the anterior quarter shows no thickening of the rim, the second quarter
shows a concave ventral rim, while the third and fourth quarters display a
ridge which becomes progressively thicker and even round in cross-section.
There would, therefore, seem to be some justification for the assumption that
the trabeculae are incorporated into the posterior half of the ventral periphery
but that it remained cartilaginous farther forward and fitted into the concave
ventral groove mentioned earlier. The gap between the interorbital plate and
the rostrum parasphenoidale below it, is probably due to a displacement
dorsally of the former. In the older literature any ossification in the inter-
orbital septum of lizards was called a presphenoid (Huxley, 1863; Parker,
1880, etc.) but as Camp (1942) and Bellairs (1949a) have pointed out this is
undesirable since the term has been more generally used for the trabecular
ossification which develops in contact with the basisphenoid. The term septo-
sphenoid, suggested by Camp (1942) would, therefore, be more suitable. The
anterior portion of the septosphenoid reaches the roof of the orbit where it
expands laterally to form two narrow, slightly convex, wings (figs. 5, 9, 10).
150 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
These projections probably covered the olfactory lobes from above and could
conceivably represent the commissurae sphenethmoidalis of recent reptiles.
Slightly farther back the wings of the orbitosphenoid project outward and
upward from the dorsal rim of the septum. They occupy the position of the
planum supraseptale of recent reptiles and should probably be regarded as
such. The continuation of the parasphenoidal groove beyond the anterior limit
of the septosphenoid indicates that the interorbital septum was probably
extended farther forward in cartilage. It would also seem probable that the
nasal cavity had some form of median division, as the floor of the premaxillary
in this region displays a remarkably well-developed dorsally directed longi-
tudinal ridge, which occupies a position in line with the parasphenoid rostrum
behind it (figs. 6B, c, D & E). The grooved dorsal aspect of this ridge, shown in
many sections, and the low, longitudinal ridges high up on the inner surface
of the nasal cavity, described earlier as possibly representing dorso-lateral
projections of a median nasal septum would seem to strengthen this view.
The pleurosphenoid forms the hindmost element of the side wall. It is an
antero-dorsally directed, rod-shaped process, internally attached to the basi-
sphenoid (figs. 5, 8, 9 & 12).
THE VISCERAL ARCH SKELETON
The Palatoquadrate
The palatoquadrate of Pristerodon is represented by two separated bones,
the epipterygoid and the quadrate. Viewed laterally the epipterygoid is
L-shaped with both the vertical limb and the posteriorly directed horizontal
limb well developed. The vertical limb is relatively thin and extends upwards
and slightly forwards towards a ventrally directed lamina extending from the
ventral surface of the parietal.
The epipterygoid is widest near the angle of the bone and here it is con-
nected to the basisphenoid by a short basipterygoid process (figs. 11, 124 & B).
The entire base is applied to the dorsal and/or dorso-lateral surface of the
quadrate ramus of the pterygoid which is directed towards the inner surface of
the quadrate.
The quadrate lies in a deep concave groove between the squamosal and
the paroccipital. Except for short sutural attachments to the base of the quad-
ratojugal postero-laterally and the distal head of the stapes medially, the quad-
rate lies free in the groove. In life it probably had a cartilaginous head.
In cross-section the quadrate is shaped like an inverted Y, the two ventrally
directed limbs representing the medial and lateral condyles. These are sep-
arated by a deep groove, which is also utilized as an articular surface. The
condyles, which extend the entire length of the ventral face of the quadrates,
show that only very limited sideways movement of the lower jaw is possible,
a feature also borne out by the close fit of the lower jaw between the upper jaw
canines when the jaws are closed. In Pristerodon, as in all known Anomodonts,
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS I51
the lower jaw slides forwards and backwards during mastication. During
maximum gape the posterior portion of the articular surface of the articular is
involved, but with the close of the mouth and backward traction by the jaw-
closing muscles, the jaw slides backwards so that the anterior portion of the
articulatory surface is involved when the jaw is closed. This action allows the
animal to chop the food. It is interesting to note that in Endothiodon, a genus
characterized by the loss of canine teeth, Watson (1948) found ‘. . . the very
remarkable condition of a convex articular surface of the quadrate articulating
with a convex surface of the articular’ (p. 848). Watson maintains that this
arrangement permits very free movements as the lower jaw cannot only move
forwards and backwards but it is even probable that the jaw can be slewed
round on the palate.
"ORB. SPH.
ities eae
Q.REPT
QR-PT.
QU.
Fig. 11. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Reconstruction of lateral view of skull with squamosal cut away
to show palatoquadrate complex. Abbreviations on p. 160.
The inner condyle bears a short medially projecting ridge, the stapedial
process of the quadrate, to which the distal portion of the stapes is suturally
attached. Dorso-medially to this ridge there is a shallow longitudinal groove in
the vertical face of the quadrate, extending from the anterior border backwards
for approximately one-third of the length of the vertical plate (fig. 128).
Throughout its length this groove is seen to follow remarkably closely a course
dorso-laterally and parallel to that of the posterior portion of the quadrate
ramus of the pterygoid, the latter bone terminating close to, but free from the
inner surface of the quadrate (fig. 12c-E). As the groove follows what could
have been the course of a posterior extension of the base of the epipterygoid,
it would seem reasonable to assume that the groove contained a rod-like
cartilaginous structure connecting the quadrate with the epipterygoid. In the
left quadrate a distinct rounded bulge terminates the groove.
As thus reconstructed the palatoquadrate complex of Pristerodon, not only
shows a remarkable resemblance to the palatoquadrate complex of a 15.2 mm
152 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
developmental stage of the Egyptian lizard Tropzocolotes tripolitanus, described
by Kamal (1960), but the possible occurrence of a solid link between the
quadrate and epipterygoid in what is most definitely an adult Pristerodon, recalls
conditions found in the developmental stages of most recent reptiles and also
in the adult Sphenodon. The relationship of the base of the complex and the
quadrate ramus of the pterygoid in Pristerodon and Sphenodon fully support these
conclusions as the base of the palatoquadrate cartilage always seems to occupy
a position on the dorsal and dorso-lateral surface of the quadrate ramus of the
pterygoid. The retention of a palatoquadrate complex displaying a link between
the epipterygoid and quadrate portions of the complex must then, according
to the foregoing remarks, reflect a primary condition. This view is contrary to
that expressed by Olson (1944).
POO.
A\\ Ii { EPT.
AS.R.EPT.
Fig. 12. Pristerodon buffaloensis. A: reconstruction of anterior view of palatoquadrate complex;
B: reconstruction of medial view of left palatoquadrate complex; C—E: transverse sections
through palatoquadrate complex. Abbreviations on p. 160.
In his discussion of the principal changes undergone by the epipterygoid
from the primitive reptilian condition to that of mammals, Olson states: ‘In
primitive reptiles the bone is composed of a restricted basal portion and a
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 153
slender ascending ramus, the columella cranii. In somewhat more advanced
forms, the basal portion is expanded into a posterior quadrate ramus and an
anterior pterygoid process. At this stage the ascending ramus remains a thin
rod. In the advanced mammal-like reptiles the ascending ramus is much
expanded and has attained intimate association with the periotic behind and
the parietal above. The quadrate and pterygoid processes are somewhat
elongated’ (p. 110).
Phylogenetic and ontogenetic evidence do not lend support to the view
that the epipterygoid in the primitive forms possessed a restricted base and the
adult forms of recent reptiles bear this out.
As has been shown previously (Barry, 1965) conditions found in recent and
fossil forms indicate that the palatoquadrate undergoes divergence in the
development of its component parts after the early crossopterygian stage. Those
groups leading to or showing affinities with recent reptiles show progressive
reduction of that part of the palatoquadrate anterior to the quadrate, while
groups with mammalian affinities show reduction of the quadrate. In recent
reptiles the quadrate has remained as a fairly strong element but anterior to it
only a thin rod-like epipterygoid is left of this part of the palatoquadrate. This
is the position in adult forms of many lizards. In others such as Agama,
Lyriocephalus and Calotes (Ramiswami, 1966). Ophioceps and Anniella (Jollie,
1960) further reduction of the epipterygoid has taken place resulting in an
epipterygoid which is very short. The epipterygoid is still present but very
small in Chelonia (Parker, 1880) while it is much reduced or vestigial in
Ophidia and Crocodilia. In Chamaeleontidae, Dibamidae (Boulenger, 1887)
and most Amphisbaenidae (known only in Trogonophis, Bellairs, 1950)
reduction has been taken further and the epipterygoid has disappeared.
In groups showing mammalian affinities the vertical limb and the base
were retained and the former probably expanded while the quadrate has been
much reduced and is generally believed to have developed into the incus of the
middle ear.
Although the therapsids, as a group, show a marked degree of variability
in the structure of the epipterygoid we find that those species which show
mammalian affinities invariably show that certain basic features of the complex,
represented already in the early gnathostomes and tetrapods, have been
retained, with but slight changes, right through to the mammal stage. The most
noticeable of these features is the retention of an extensive base to the epip-
terygoid.
Meckel’s Cartilage
In recent reptiles the articular is the only ossification in Meckel’s cartilage.
Gaupp (1906) mentions that he found a calcification in the anterior end of
Meckel’s cartilage in an adult Lacerta vivipara and that because of this it could
not be excluded ‘dasz auch bei Sauriern das vorderste Ende des M. Knorpels
verknéchern kann’ (p. 775). The articular is, however, also the only ossification
154 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
in Meckel’s cartilage in Pristerodon. It displays an articular area which covers
more than half of its dorsal length and shows three distinct articular surfaces;
a high central articular ridge flanked on each side by a more ventrally situated
articular groove (fig. 13A). The medial groove is deeper and shorter than the
lateral groove and is situated in a dorso-medially directed flange extending
from the centre of the medial surface of the posterior portion of the articular.
This flange flares out anteriorly, simultaneously becoming thinner to form a
concave plate-like bone. The lateral groove lies in a well-developed lateral
projection of the dorsal portion of the articular. This projection extends vir-
tually the entire length of the articular. Anteriorly it is fused to the lateral
surface of the surangular, just below the dorsal ridge of the latter. The medial
and lateral quadrate condyles fit into these grooves while the articular ridge
fits into a corresponding but shorter groove in the quadrate. Among recent
reptiles conditions approximating these are only found in the Chelonia.
Fig. 13. Pristerodon buffaloensis. Sectioned specimen. A: reconstruction of dorsal view of lower
jaw with protruding teeth cut off; B: reconstruction of section through right half of lower jaw
to show teeth. Abbreviations on p. 160.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 155
The ventral portion of the articular is continued forward as a blunt pro-
cess covered laterally and ventrally by the angular and medially by the pre-
articular (fig. 144). The blunt front end is directed into the meckelian groove.
For virtually its entire Jength Meckel’s cartilage lay in a U-shaped groove
formed by the prearticular, angular, splenial and dentary (fig. 148). At the
symphysis of the dentaries the groove is continued forward as a canal which
pierces the dentary for a short distance before turning medially to meet its
mate of the other side. In all recent reptiles investigated Meckel’s cartilage lie
ventral and ventromedial to the dentary and never pierces it.
There is only a short retroarticular process in Pristerodon which is formed as
a posterior extension of the central stem of the articular and not, as in Kingoria,
by the lateral condyle (Cox, 1959). It is not curved ventrally to the
same extent as in Kannemeyeria, Stahleckeria (Camp & Welles, 1956), Kingoria
(Cox, 1959) or Emydochampsa (Broili & Schreuder, 1936, after Jannensch).
In Stahleckeria and Emydochampsa the process actually points downwards and
forwards.
Jannensch (1952) states that a horizontally directed retroarticular process
is never developed in the anomodonts and that the ventrally directed
process found in this group is not morphologically identical with a true retro-
articular process. He states, furthermore, that the two processes do not have the
same function for, whereas the horizontally directed retroarticular serves for
the insertion of the M. depressor mandibulae, the anomodont process could not
have had this function, ‘. . . da von ihm aus eine einigermaszed geradlinige,
fir Hinterhauptflache, an der Gelenkkapsel des Kiefergelenks vorbei nicht
mdéglich war’ (p. 238).
In reptiles the retroarticular process is absent or only weakly developed in
certain Cotylosauria (Labidosaurus Versluijs, 1936) some Chelonia (Emydura,
Chalydra, Versluijs, 1936) some Chamaeleontidae (Peltosaurus, Ophioseps
McDowell & Bogert, 1954) and Amphisbaena (Versluijs, 1936; Jollie, 1962)
but in the majority it is a strong, horizontally developed process serving mainly
for the insertion of the M. depressor mandibulae, the main jaw opener in
reptiles. The development, or reduction, of the retroarticular process could,
therefore, have an effect not only on the insertion of the muscle but possibly
also on its development and relationship to neighbouring structures.
In Pristerodon structural conditions in the jaws and occiput strongly suggest
that the feeding mechanism of this animal resembled that of some recent
chelonians. As function plays an important role in muscle arrangement and
expression, it would seem logical, therefore, to compare the muscle impressions
in the Pristerodon skull with the muscular arrangements in those Chelonia
which show similarities in the structure of the jaws and occiput. In the latter
the M. depressor mandibulae arises from the occipital region of the skull and
passes downward to insert on the retroarticular process. The fact that the
M. depressor mandibulae is present and functions effectively whether the
retroarticular process is large, small or stunted, leaves little doubt that Pristero-
156 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
don possessed a well-developed and functional depressor mandibulae in spite of
the weak development of its retroarticular process (see fig. 144 & B). It is also
significant that in spite of the strong development of the M. depressor mandibu-
lae in Phrynops and some other Chelonians, the retroarticular process is hardly
developed at all. This would seem to weaken Jannensch’s (1952) theory.
Hyobranchial Skeleton
In the sectioned skull an independent bone was found lying in the angle
of the jaw. Viewed from dorsally the bone is roughly triangular, the apex
pointing towards the symphysis of the lower jaw (fig. 13A). There is a
shallow medial groove on the dorsal surface which widens posteriorly and then
splits when two short rod-like extensions develop.
It is probable that the median element represents the basihyal. If this is
so the two short posterior extensions could represent processes for the attach-
ment of cartilaginous ceratogranchials II and the apex, the processus lingualis.
In Sphenodon ceratobranchials II are fused to the cartilaginous processus
lingualis while perichondral ossification can apparently occur in the processus
lingualis (De Beer, 1937).
The only known records of ossified parts of the hyoid skeleton in Anomo-
donts are Ondenodon, in which Owen (1859) found a ‘uro-hyal’, a “basibranchial’
and two ‘hypobranchials’; in Kingortia where Cox (1959) found a pair of slender
rods lying between the rami of the lower jaw and which he believes to be pre-
served portions of the hyoid skeleton; in Daptocephalus in which Ewer (1961)
found two branchial horns and a median plate; and in three specimens of
Lystrosaurus in which the author (Barry, 1967) found ossified ceratohyals.
M.FS.ANG.
ANG:
ART. FAC. Loo
PART. REF. LAM. SPL.
RET.ART.PR A
Fig. 14. Pristerodon buffaloensis. A: reconstruction of medial view of left half of lower jaw; B: same
with bones cut away to show groove for Meckel’s cartilage. Abbreviations on p. 160.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 157
DERMAL Bones OF THE LOWER JAW
The lower jaw consists of one cartilage bone, the articular, and five dermal
bones, the dentary, angular, surangular, splenial and prearticular. The pre-
articular, which is indistinguishably fused with the articular, and the splenial
form the inner surface of the jaw, while the others are primarily associated
with the outer surface (see fig. 14A).
The dentary forms more than half of the lower jaw. The mandibular teeth
are arranged in a groove in the dentary which shows indentations corresponding
to the roots of the teeth. Viewed superficially the sectioned specimen shows two
functional teeth and two empty sockets in each mandibular tooth row (see
fig. 13A). In addition two teeth are not in line with the others, but occupy
separate sockets medial and lateral to the tooth row in the area of the second
and third tooth. In the right half of the jaw both these teeth are missing; in
the left half the small lateral tooth is in position. However, as will be seen in
figure 13B representing a longitudinal section through the tooth row of the
right half, there are unreputed teeth in the groove.
The first tooth is thin and relatively long and in time would have probably
replaced the tooth behind it. The latter, which is the first functional tooth but
second in the row, is extremely large for the Jower jaw. In fact, both functional
teeth in the lower jaw are more like lower jaw tusks, being nearly half the size
of upper jaw tusks (fig. 3). The third tooth in the right half of the lower jaw is
again an unerupted replacement tooth and pushes against the second functional
tooth (no. 4 in the row) behind. The fifth tooth in the row is appreciably smaller
than any of the preceding ones and it is difficult, therefore, to say whether it
will develop into a tusk-sized tooth or whether it will be smaller as is often found
in anomodont tooth rows. The medial and lateral teeth behind tooth no. 2 must
of necessity remain small and insignificant as there is no room for development.
In the left half of the jaw the socket for tooth no. 4 is empty and tooth no. 3
has attained the size of no. 2 in that row and has become functional. There is
no tooth bud in the empty socket of no. 4 and we do not, therefore, know if the
teeth were replaced more than once.
In the type skull, of which only the left lower jaw was available for study,
it was not possible to see the small lateral and medial teeth but the tooth row,
apart from showing two additional teeth well back in the row, resembles that
of the sectioned specimen. Here, nos. 2 and 4 are long and stout, while
nos. I, 3 and 5 are still developing. Behind tooth no. 5, which is appreciably
longer than nos. 1 and 3, there is an empty socket where tooth no. 6 has
probably been replaced. Behind position 6 there are three further tooth buds in
the row lying in an upward sweep of the jaw. These teeth point forward at an
angle of approximately 45° to the horizontal instead of upwards. These teeth
probably move forward and rotate upward during life otherwise they would
be of little use to the animal. Judging by the size and positioning of the replace-
ment teeth in Pristerodon it is almost certain that the teeth were replaced alter-
nately, nos. 1, 3 and 5 replacing 2, 4 and 6.
I 58 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
It is generally accepted that Anomodonts possessed a horny beak. From
a functional point of view it would seem reasonable, therefore, to assume that
functional teeth would be a limiting factor in the extent to which the boney
beak is allowed to overgrow the jaws. If this is the case the horny beak of the
upper jaw could not have progressed beyond the canine tusk as the latter as
well as the four post-canine teeth situated postero-medially to it would have
been the limiting factors. The same considerations would limit the horny beak
of the lower jaw to the area anterior to the tooth row. There is a possibility
that horn could have progressed farther backwards laterally to the tooth row
and on to a shallow longitudinal groove situated here, but this is uncertain.
The longitudinal groove is terminated laterally to the 4th tooth when the
dentary arches upward in the form of a crest (see fig. 3). Lateral to this crest
the dentary is expanded into a flat-topped ledge probably associated with the
insertion of the M. adductor mandibulae externus (possibly the M.add.mand.
ext.superficialis). Gontraction of this muscle would probably result in retraction
of the jaw as the muscle most likely originated on the postero-dorsal flange of
the squamosal.
Posteriorly the dentary is bifurcate. The dorsal process overlaps and covers
the dorsal and lateral surfaces of most of the anterior half of the surangular
while the ventral process overlaps the anterior portion of the angular laterally.
The dorsal and ventral arms of the dentary and the angular and the surangular
form between them the borders of a relatively large fossa in the lower jaw. This
fossa seems to be confined to the anomodonts within the Therapsida but even
in this group its development is varied. In Pristerodon (see figs. 3, 144 & B) as in
Synostocephalus (Watson, 1948) the fossa is extremely long, being approxi-
mately one-quarter of the length of the lower jaw, while in Lystrosaurus it is
much smaller. This suggests that soft tissue filling the cavity restricted the dorso-
ventral expansion of the dentary flanges but allowed them to continue
posteriorly above and below it. If this is the case, it would seem probable that
the structure has its origin on the inside of the lower jaw and expanded out-
wards to a varying degree, depending on its size.
Viewed laterally, the surangular is seen to follow the dorsal arm of the
dentary, dipping ventrally towards its end. However, when viewed medially,
it is seen that the bone also has a long anterior projection lying in a notch on
the medial surface of the dorsal arm of the dentary, while a wide, flat flange
lying against and on the inside of the dorsal projection of the angular projects
ventrally from the dorsal ridge. Immediately posterior to the dentary the dorsal
ridge of the surangular displays two flat ledges, one projecting from the medial
(figs. 13A, 144 & B) and the other from the lateral side of the bone (figs. 3, 134).
Both ledges are directed postero-dorsally, the ledge on the inside of the surangu-
lar being longer and extending upwards nearly to the top of the surangular.
The ledges seem either to have protected some underlying structure in the
posterior portion of the mandibular fossa or to have separated it from overlying
structures, or both.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 159
The angular which forms a continuation of the ventral arm of the dentary
is trough-shaped forming the medial and lateral wall of the groove which
housed Meckel’s cartilage. The reflected lamina of the angular is funnel-
shaped with the opening facing posteriorly (fig. 3).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to record my indebtedness to the South African Council for Scien-
tific and Industria] Research for the allocation of research and capital grants to
conduct this investigation. My thanks are also due to Dr. A. S. Brink of the
Bernard Price Institute for Palaeontological Research, Johannesburg, for per-
mission to section the specimen used in this investigation, and for the loan of
the type and other specimens. To Dr. M. E. Malan of the Zoology Department
of the University of Stellenbosch my thanks for her critica] reading of the
manuscript of this paper.
The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research for a grant to publish this paper.
REFERENCES
Barry, T. H. 1965. On the epipterygoid-alisphenoid transition in Therapsida. Ann. S. Afr.
Mus. 48: 399-426.
Barry, T. H. 1967. Sound conduction in the fossil anomodont Lystrosaurus. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
(In press.)
BELLAIRS, A. D’A. 1949a. Orbital cartilages in snakes. Nature, Lond. 163: 106-107.
BELtarrs, A. D’A. 1949b. Observations on the snout of Varanus and a comparison with that of
other lizards and snakes. 7. Anat. Lond. 83: 116-146.
Betiarrs, A. D’A. 1950. Observations on the cranial anatomy of Anniella, and a comparison
with that of other burrowing lizards. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 119: 887-904.
BouLEncER, G. A. 1887. Catalogue of the lizards in the British Museum (Natural History). 2nd ed. 3.
London: British Museum.
Broiui, F. & ScHRODER, J. 1936. Beobachtungen an Wirbeltieren der Karrooformation. XVI.
Beobachtungen am Schadel von Emydochampsa Broom. Sher. bayer. Akad. Wiss. 1936: 21-44.
Broom, R. 1926. On the mammalian presphenoid and mesethmoid bones. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.
1926: 257-264.
Camp, C. L. & WELLEs, S. P. 1956. Triassic dicynodont reptiles. Part 1. The North American
genus Placerias. Mem. Univ. Calif. 13: 255-304.
Cox, C. B. 1959. On the anatomy of a new dicynodont genus with evidence of the position
of the tympanum. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 132: 321-367.
De BerEr, G. R. 1926. Studies on the vertebrate head. Pt. II. The orbito-temporal region of
the skull. Q. Jl. microsc. Sci. 70: 263-370.
De Beer, G. R. 1937. The development of the vertebrate skull. London: Oxford University Press.
Fucus, H. 1910. Uber das Pterygoid, Palatinum und Parasphenoid der Quadrupeden, insbe-
sondere der Reptilien und Saugetiere, nebst einigen Betrachtungen iiber die Beziehungen
zwischen Nerven und Skeletteilen. Anat. Anz. 36: 33-95.
Fucus, H. 1911a. Bemerkungen tiber das Munddach der Amnioten, insbesondere der Schild-
kroten und Schlangen. Anat. Anz. Jena 38: 609-637.
Fucus, H. 1911b. Uber die Beziehungen zwischen den Theromorphen Cope’s, bezw. den
Therapsiden Broom’s und den Saugetieren, erértert auf Grund der Schadelverh4ltnisse
(nebst einem weiteren Beitrag zur Frage der Homologie des Kiefergelenkes und der Mor-
phologischen Bedeutung des Squamosums). Z. Morph. Anthrop. 14: 367-438.
Fucus, H. rg11c. Uber das Septomaxillare eines rezenten Saugethieres (Dasypus) nebst einigen
vergleichendanatomischen Bemerkungen . . . Anat. Anz. 38: 33-55.
160 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Gaupp, E. 1906. Die Entwicklung des Kopfskelettes. Jn Hertrwic, W. A. O., ed. Handbuch der
vergleichenden und experimentellen Entwicklungslehre der Wirbeltiere. 3: 573. Jena.
Haucuton, S. H. & Brink, A. S. 1954. A bibliographical list of Reptilia from the Karroo
Beds of Africa. Palaeont. afr. 2: 1-187.
Huxtey, T. H. 1863. Lectures on the elements of comparative anatomy. London: Churchill.
JANENSCH, W. 1952. Uber den Unterkiefer der Therapsiden Paldont. Z. 26: 229-247.
Jou, M. T. 1960. The head skeleton of the lizard. Acta. zool., Stockh. 41: 1-64.
Kamat, A. M. 1960. The chondrocranium of Tvopiocolotes tripolitanus. Acta zool. Stockh. 41:
297-312.
KRITZINGER, C. C. 1945. The cranial anatomy and kinesis of the South African amphisbaenid
Monopeltis capensis Smith. S. Afr. F. Sci. 42: 175-204.
Matan, M. E. 1946. Contributions to the comparative anatomy of the nasal capsule and the
organ of Jacobson of the Lacertilia. Univ. Stellenbosch Annale (A) 24: 69-137.
McDowa.t, S. B. & Bocert, C. M. 1954. The systematic position of Lanthanotus and the
affinities of the anguinomorphan lizards. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 105: 1-142.
Nick, L. 1912. Das Kopfskelet von Dermochelys coriocea L. Kool. Fb. 33: 1-238.
Otson, E. C. 1944. Origin of mammals based upon cranial morphology of the therapsid sub-
orders. Spec. Pap. geol. Soc. Am. 55: i-xi, 1-136.
PARKER, W. K. 1880. Development of the green turtle (Chelone viridis, Schneider). Rep. Voy.
Challenger 1873-76 Zool. 4 (5): 1-58.
PoInTER, R. 1931. Nackenmuskulatur des Reptilien. Dis. Wien. (Quoted from Versluys, 1936.)
RamaAswami, L. S. 1946. The chondrocranium of Calotes versicolor (Daud.) with a description of
the osteocranium of a just hatched young. Q. Jl. microsc. Sci. 87: 237-297.
Romer, A. S. 1949. The vertebrate body. Philadelphia & London: Saunders Co.
Romer, A. S. & Price, L. W. 1940. Review of the Pelycosauris. Spec. Pap. geol. Soc. Am. 28:
i-x, 1-538.
SEELEY, H. G. 1898. On the skull of Mochlorhinus platceps from Bethulie, Orange Free State,
preserved in the Albany Museum, Grahamstown. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 1: 164-176.
SEELEY, H. G. 1898. On Oudenodon (Aulacocephalus) pithecops from the Dicynodon beds of East
London, Cape Colony. Geol. mag. (4) 5: 107-110.
SHANER, R. F. 1926. The development of the skull of the turtle with remarks on fossil reptile
skulls. Anat. Rec. 32: 343-367.
Sottas, I. B. J. & Sotias, W. J. 1914. A study of the skull of Dicynodon by means of serial sec-
tions. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. (B) 204: 201-225.
Sottas, I. B. J. & Sottas, W. J. 1916. On the structure of the dicynodont skull. Phil. Trans.
R. Soc. (B) 207: 531-5309.
ToerigEn, M. J. 1950. The cranial morphology of the Californian lizard— Anniella pulchra Gray.
S. Afr. J. Sci. 46: 321-342.
TorERIEN, M. J. 1953. The evoluticn of the palate in South African Anomcdontia and its classi-
ficatory significance. Palaeont. afr. 4: 49-177.
Van Hoepen, E. C. R. 1913. Bijdragen tot kennis der reptielen van Karrooformatie. I. De
schedel van Lystrosaurus latirostris Owen sp. Ann. Transv. Mus. 4: 1-46.
VAN PLETZEN, R. 1946. The cranial morphology of Cordylus with special reference to the cranial
kinesis. Univ. Stellenbosch Annale (A) 24: 41-68.
VERsLuys, J. 1936. Kranium und Visceralskelett der Sauropsiden. I. Reptilien. Jn Boik, L.
et al. Handbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbeltiere. 4: 699-805. Berlin & Vienna.
Watson, D. M. S. 1948. Dicynodon and its allies. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 118: 823-877.
Wiulston, S. W. 1925. The osteology of the reptiles. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
ABBREVIATIONS
A.C.I. Arteria carotis interna. A.V.S.C. Antero-ventral semicircu-
ANG. Angular. lar canal.
ART. Articular. B. Bulge.
ART. FAC. Arteria facialis. B.HY. Basihyal.
A OPHMG EH. Arteria ophthalmica. B. OC. Basioccipital.
AS. R. EPT. Ascending ramus of the’ B. PT. PR. Basipterygoid process.
epipterygoid. B. SPH. Basisphenoid.
hie Te
Opisthotic process.
Orbitosphenoid.
Ossified trabeculae.
Prearticular.
Palatine.
Parietal.
Paroccipital process of the
opisthotic.
Parabasisphenoid.
Pineal foramen.
Pleurosphenoid.
Premaxillary.
Postcanines.
Postfrontal.
Postorbital.
Prefrontal.
Prootic.
Preparietal.
Parasphenoid.
Pterygoid.
Posttemporal fossa.
Postero-ventral semicircu-
lar canal.
Quadratojugal.
Quadrate ramus of the
epipterygoid.
Quadrate ramus of the
pterygoid.
Quadrate.
Reflected lamina of the
angular.
Retro-articular process.
Surangular.
Sacculo-cochlear recess.
Sinus utricularis.
Septomaxillary.
Supra-occipital.
Splenial.
Squamosal.
Septosphenoid.
Stapes.
Stapes attachment.
Tabular.
Trabeculae.
CRANIAL MORPHOLOGY OF PRISTERODON BUFFALOENSIS 161
OF Canine tusk. OO. OR in:
CAL. C Calcified cartilage. ORB. SPH.
iC. Crus commune. OS. TRAB.
CR. SEL Crista sellaris.
BARE,
DEN. Dentary. PAL.
: PAR.
EC. PT. Ectopterygoid. é
E.N. External naris. vain c
ee joy) eee PB, SPH
j P. FOR
F.BA.P Fenestra basicranialis pos- PL. SPH
terior. P. MX
M. HLY. Fenestra hypophyseos. PO. C
F. JUG. Foramen jugulare. PO. FR
FL. FO Floccular fossa. PO::'O;
PLOY. Fenestra ovalis. PR. ER.
Ps PL Footplate of the stapes. PR. OT.
PR. PAR
G.R.M.C Groove for Meckel’s carti- p. SPH
lage. PT.
LA.M. Internal auditory meatus. eee
IN. PRO Incisura prootica. 5 RAG
I. PAR. Interparietal.
DP Interpterygoidal vacuity. :
JUG. Jugular. Q.R. EPT
LAC. Lachrymal. OR PL
LAT. FL. ANG. Lateral flange of the sur-
angular. OU.
L.C.QU. Lateral condyle of the
quadrate. REF. LAM.
L.G. Longitudinal groove on the -
quadrate. RET. ART. PR.
Ee j-L. Lower jaw teeth.
L.W. PARA. Lateral wing of the para- eG
sphenoid. eo Tee
SIN. UT
M.C.QU. Median condyle of the S.MX
quadrate. S. OC.
M.F.S. ANG. Medial flange of the sur- SPL.
angular. S.Q.
MX. Maxillary. S. SPH
MX. ANT. Maxillary antrum. oid
Sis Aca
NAS. Nasal.
N. LAC. F. Naso-lachrymal foramen. TAB.
TRAB.
O.C. Occipital condyle.
O.OT: Opisthotic. VO.
Vomer.
ix ah Hille
OR ru a ik
7 ivgtt - Abpea TRACT
735 Matt) sate 3 F lek ST, sinidosinlh
Ai Rsegr 2 i Mie SAAS
: iia
wis, | gs Snr S = lead RRSP Bub ees
Ro ts Spyiee: Na Bie A ere ini A
: A fl te E * ) ? ; A
as iu win tt a7) as rtes ee a hc : : :
. pales: aly 9 tg Sg Cm e's sate “sila aff
4 b rr a et Ot iyo he few sii o ' ; “th met Teh f the Bhan
3 y PINE y ae vm, NG aay ; iat, soe ¢ ms wae ‘
hi es tit sae i) oo al ¥
Mag Mer bby; Vase Cos, NE as “ios ae a
P é. *
= \ ae ny | te y 7 ri
ry a fi 3 Kobi Hane df ‘ FSi ae
4 aA J PRON Rs its " ‘ ? b thee tei | eyu'a i
at : p Ath sen i nae Ho fal re typ ee fe ly ue aeey ihren) s
Sal Pa Cu 2f.4.. 0 a ae
Thee We Ay aes AA: Cae vetoes
: Men. Vit, ere ee i Tec + le
ee tee Cee Bae
ail
Kay) at mig
§ eae
| i
~ CG od = é
| = q 2 Warr 2
; a
;
are
~ aS: ~
We SES
/
.
] - —
j
.
hk:
r : i
|
& \
|
a, | “4 3 i
J
i i
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50 Plate X
Pristerodon buffaloensis. Type specimen. A: dorsal; B: ventral, and C: lateral view of skull.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50 Plate XI
he ae: B
Qu.
JUG,
G PAROC.PR.
A: occipital view of type specimen of Pristerodon buffaloensis; B: occipital view of Phrynops sp.;
C: occipital view of sectioned specimen of Pristerodon buffaloensis; D: medial view of left half of
lower jaw of type specimen of Pristerodon buffaloensis. Abbreviations on p. 160.
Ive TRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE OF CONTENTs and SumMARY. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
x
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4? in. = 7 in. (73 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmitH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. Jn Brown. X. Y. Worn faunas. 2nd ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
| ae
HANS JOHN
NEUE SPEZIES VON NOTIOPHYGUS GORY
NEBST ERGANZUNGEN
(DISCOLOMIDAE COL.)
December 1967 December
Volume 50 Band
Pate, noo y.cWeel
ANNALS OF .THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
F ITHSON
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof ’
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, 2(1, 35 oy 7-8), 3 (USB. 5> t.—p.1.), 5(2, 5> 7-9)
6(1, t-pi), 7(1, 3), 8, 9(1-2), 10(1-3),
11(1—2, 7, t-—p-1-),020, 24 (2) /or(t—3)p 30a.
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
60c
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
NEVE SPEZIES VON NOTIOPHYGUS GORY
NEBST ERGANZUNGEN
(DISGOLOMIDAE COL.)
Von
Hans JOHN
Bad Nauheim
(Mit 3 Tafeln)
Aus dem South African Museum, Cape Town, erhielt ich einige Exemplare
von WNotiophygus, die zum Teil von Dr. H. Andreae determiniert waren. Meine
erste zusammenfassende Arbeit uber diese Gattung ist in den Suppl. Ent.
Berlin-Dahlem, 17, 1929 erschienen. Sie berichtete iiber 69 Spezies (Gory 5,
Fairm. 1, Grouv. 20, John 43) und 3 Subspezies. Da fast jeder neu besammelte
Ort auch eine neue Spezies bringt, ist die Zahl der bis jetzt publizierten Spezies
auf iiber 200 angewachsen. Die nach Grouvelles Vorschlag Notiophygidae
benannte Familie musste spdter in Discolomidae umbenannt werden. Ein
Uberblick tiber die inzwischen auf 16 Gattungen angewachsene Familie
erschien in den Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 213", 1959. Der Versuch eine
Bestimmungstabelle zu geben (Grouvelle-Lesne: Encycl. Ent. B, 97, 1927) und
mein eigener Versuch (I. c., 1929) konnten nicht befriedigen, da bei der wach-
senden Zahl der einander sehr 4hnlichen Spezies sich diese durch derartige
kurze Angaben nicht sicher trennen liessen. Ich habe daher bereits damals
(Il. c., 1929) jede Spezies nebst Details gezeichnet, und dieses Verfahren in
Verbindung mit der Beschreibung auch fiir alle 16 Gattungen angewendet.
Neben 5 neuen Spezies bringt die vorliegende Arbeit Erganzungen zu einingen
bisher nur als 2 bekannten Spezies.
Notiophygus acutus spec.n.
Die Spezies zeichnet sich durch ein breites Pronotum und einen spitz
zusammenlaufenden Umriss der Elytren aus. Die Farbe ist diister grau, sie
entsteht durch das dunkle Chitin und eine fast gleichmAssig verstreute helle
Behaarung. Die Haare gehéren zum Typ 4 (Gen. Ins. Taf. 3). In wagerechter
Lage hat das Pronotum einen breiten Kopfausschnitt und gut abgesetzte breite
Randstiicke, welche die Kriimmung des Discus zum Rand hin fortsetzen. Die
gerade geschnittene Basis dieser Randstiicke bildet einen scharfen Winkel zu
der stark konvexen Basis des Discus. Die am Rande befindlichen Poren sind
etwas erhéht und ihre Umgebung ist teilweise mit schwarzen Haaren fleckartig
163
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (8), 1967: 163-168, 3 pls.
164 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
besetzt. Die Oberflache ist dicht gerunzelt und die leicht eingedriickten Haar-
punkte tragen in ihrer Mitte ein Kornchen, aus dem das Haar der 2. Form
entspringt. Die kleinen Haare 1. Form sind nur sparlich dazwischen gestreut.
Bei den Elytren schmiegt sich die Basis dem Pronotum an, die Basaltuberkel
sitzen dicht am Winkel, den die Basis des Pronotums bildet. Von dort aus fallt
die Schulter schrag nach aussen ab und ist ein wenig breiter als die grésste
Breite des Pronotums. Zur Mitte erweitert sich der Umriss nur wenig, um dann
mit deutlicher Spitze zusammen zu fliessen. Von der Schulter her ist eine
schmale Randpartie etwas aufgebogen, die sich zur Spitze hin verliert. Auf
ihrem Rand sind jederseits 5 erhéhte Poren, zwischen denen der Umriss
jedesmal fast gerade verlauft (Dies ist bei Notiophygus der 2. Fall, dass die
Porenzahl der Elytren geringer ist als die Familien- und Gattungsgebundene
Zahl 6). Auch diese Poren sitzen in kleinen schwarzen Flecken. Leider ist die
Behaarung des Tieres nicht unverletzt, daher sind schwarze Stellen vorhanden,
bei denen nicht festzustellen ist welche Farbe die dort stehenden Haare hatten.
Bei genauer Priifung sind aber schwarze Flecke hinter den Basaltuberkeln und
jederseits der Spitze sowie neben den Randtuberkeln 3 und 4 festzustellen.
Weitere schwarze Haare stehen vereinzelt neben dem Scutellum und auf dem
Discus ohne Flecke zu bilden (in der Zeichnung sind die verletzten Stellen durch
feine Punktierung angegeben). Die Farbe der Unterseite gleicht der Oberseite,
doch ist die Behaarung der Sternite etwas langer haarformig, nur an den Seiten
der Sternite verbreitert. Die Sternite sind analseitig gegeneinander abgesetzt,
das “*1”’. Sternit ist median etwas gewOlbt, das 5. Sternit zeigt eine halbrunde
Erhebung, deren Mitte etwas eingedriickt ist. Die Tibien der 3 Beinpaare haben
kurz hinter ihrer Einlenkung in den Femur einen schwarzen Fleck. Die Fihler
sind schlank, schwarz, ihr Basalglied ist dick behaart, die Geissel und die
schlanke Keule sind diinn, transparent behaart.
Grosse: 4-2 X 3:3 mm.
Material: 1 9 Expl. (Holotypus) im South African Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Doringbaai, Nov. 1956.
Abbildung: Taf. xm, fig. 1a—f.
Notiophygus fungivorus spec.n.
(parvulus-Gruppe) Als parvulus determiniert, ist die Spezies etwas robuster
im Ko6rper und unterscheidet sich zuerst durch dunklere Farbe, die hervorgeru-
fen wird durch kleinere nicht ganz so dicht stehende Behaarung der Oberflache.
Die Haare sind glasig-transparent im Gegensatz zu den hellgrauen Haaren bei
parvulus. Daher sind die eingedriickten Punkte der Oberflache des Prono-
tums deutlich zu sehen. Bei parvulus miissen diese Punkte erst unter den Haaren
gesucht werden (bei beiden Spezies entspringt die 2. Haarform aus kleinen
Ké6rnchen innerhalb der Punkte). Die breiten Randstiicke sind gut gegen den
Discus abgesetzt und haben entlang ihrer Innenseite eine Schwellung, die sich
zu den beiden Poren verlangert. Das Pronotum ist im ganzen etwas grosser
NEUE SPEZIES VON NOTIOPHYGUS GORY NEBST ERGANZUNGEN 165
zum K orper und die Randstiicke liegen mit ihren Randern etwas flacher als bei
paroulus. Bei den Elytren ist der Umriss, seitlich gesehen, vor der abfallenden
Spitze etwas riicklaufig, bei parvulus fallt er senkrecht ab. Die Basaltuberkel
sind nach innen kraftig abgesetzt, die Pseudoporen sind so gross wie die Punkte
des Pronotums aber viel tiefer eingedriickt und gegeniiber pfarvulus vermehrt.
Am Rande sitzen jederseits 6 aufgesetzte Poren. Das Scutellum beriihrt das
Pronotum nicht und ist rundlich aufgeblasen. Die Sternite des 9 gleichen
denen von parvulus.
Grosse: 3:05 X 2°3 mm.
Material: 1 9 Expl. (Holotypus) im South African Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Somerset West, on mushrooms, 2.6.1953, A. J. Hesse.
Abbildung: Taf. xu, fig, 2a—g.
Notiophygus tritus spec.n.
(parvulus-Gruppe) Die Spezies besitzt im Vergleich mit parvulus und
fungiworus spec.n. das kleinste Pronotum im Verhdltnis zur K6rpergrésse.
Haartyp 1b. Die Randstiicke sind gegen den Discus nur schwach abgesetzt und
ihre Flache liegt im Verlauf der Abflachung des Discus. Die vorderen Ecken
erscheinen durch die dicht daneben stehenden Tuberkel der 1. Pore etwas
stumpf, die Basalecken sind manchmal zu einer nach unten gerichteten Spitze
ausgezogen. Die Oberflache ist mit kleinen eingedriickten Punkten besetzt, aus
denen die gekriimmten Haare 2. Form aufsteigen. In wagerechter Lage ist der
Kopfausschnitt gerade, die vorderen Abschnitte der Randstiicke erheben sich
daraus in leichter Kriimmung. Die Flache zwischen den Haarpunkten ist
runzelig und in ihr sind die Ansatze der kleinen 1. Haarform zu finden. Die
Elytren tiberragen mit ihrer abgerundeten Schulter die Breite des Pronotums
starker als bei den anderen Mitgliedern der Gruppe. Die Seiten sind bis iiber
die Mitte parallel und runden sich zur Spitze halbkreisformig. An der Schulter
ist die Randpartie verlaufend etwas aufgebogen. Die Basaltuberkel sind etwas
kleiner als bei parvulus und fungivorus. Die Oberflache des Discus ist durch die
empor quellende F'lacnhe zwischen den weich und tief eingelassenen Pseudoporen
etwas gewellt. Ihre Zahl ist etwas geringer als bei fungivorus. Die Randleiste
tragt jederseits 7 Tuberkel, zwischen denen der Rand gelegentlich etwas
eingezogen ist. Bei den ¢¢ zeigt das “1’’. Sternit die urspriingliche 3—Teilung
sehr deutlich, bei den 99 ist sie nur angedeutet, aber das 5. Sternit hat einen
rundlichen Zapfen mit einer scharfen Spitze. Leider waren beide Exemplare so
stark und fest verschmutzt mit festgeklebten Faden und kleinem Abfall, dass es
nur mit Miihe gelang, zur Oberflache vorzudringen. Auch der Penis wurde
nicht gefunden.
Grosse: 3 x 2°39 mm.
Material: 2 Expl. (Typus $@) im South African Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Jonkershoek, 13.7.1965, H. Geertsema.
Abbildung: Taf. xrv, fig. 3a-f.
166 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Notiophygus globulus spec.n.
Die Spezies gehért zur parvulus-Gruppe und wurde als crassipilus J. deter-
miniert. Die Schwierigkeit die Kafer dieser Gruppe richtig zu trennen beruht
z.Teil auf den Zeichnungen in den Suppl. Ent. 17, 1929, wo ich die
unterschiedliche Grésse der Tiere wiedergegeben hatte, wobei die kleinen
Spezies zu kurz kamen. Herr Dr. Andreae hatte mich brieflich bereits darauf
hingewiesen. Leider sind diese Spezies bisher nur vereinzelt wieder gefunden
worden aber neue Spezies sind hinzugekommen. Ich habe daher nach den
Typen im Deutschen Entomologischen Institut, Eberswalde, DDR, neue
Zeichnungen angefertigt welche die wiinschenswerte Klarheit bringen. Die
Publikation dieser Erganzungen erfolgt in den Opusc. Zool., Miinchen, in
Verbindung mit einer Neubeschreibung.
Globulus ist stark konvex und hat breite aber spitzoval zusammen laufende
Elytren. Haartyp 1b. Seitlich gesehen fallt der Discus schrag zur Elytrenspitze
hin ab (crassipilus: der Discus hangt vor der Spitze etwas itiber). In wagerechter
Lage hat das Pronotum einen breiten Kopfausschnitt, die Vorderecke der
Randstiicke ist etwas stumpf, die Basalecken sind verschwunden, da der Seiten- —
rand ohne Unterbrechung rund in die Basis hinein lauft. (crasszpilus: Basalecken
vorhanden, basaler Abschnitt der Randstiicke geht in die Richtung der kon-
vexen Basis tiber). Die Oberflache des Discus ist stumpf, fein genarbt und die
Punkte liegen z.Teil offen, z.Teil sind sie mit Haaren 2. Form besetzt, die nicht
sehr dicht stehen und undurchsichtig weiss sind (crassipilus: die Oberflache ist
rauh genarbt, glitzernd, die Punkte sind verschwommen eingesetzt. Die Haare
sind in der Form wie bei globulus, sind aber transparent). Bei beiden Spezies
ist der Kiel dieser Haare kraftig, bei globulus oft verlangert. Die Unterseite ist
mit Beinen und Mundteilen schwarz, beim ¢ hat das 5 Sternit einen basalen
Eindruck, vordem 2 kleine Erhohungen liegen die miteinander verbunden sind.
Beim @ ist das 5. Sternit leicht gezipfelt. Die Fihlerkeule hat eine distale
Abschniirung.
Grosse: 3-1 <2 Fina.
Material: 2 Expl. (Typus g@) im South African Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Leipoldtville C.P., XI. 1956, Museum Expedition.
Abbildung: Taf. xi, fig. 1a—g, Penis Taf. x1v, fig. 5.
Notiophygus inops spec.n.
Parvulus-Gruppe, Haartyp 1b. Die kleine Spezies unterscheidet sich von
den anderen durch den Besitz von 7-9 Tuberkelporen an den Randern der
Elytren und ist—seitlich betrachtet—niedriger im Ké6rper als globulus sp. n.
Das Pronotum hat in wagerechter Lage einen geraden Kopfausschnitt, die
Vorderecke der Randstiicke ist nicht sehr scharf, hinter dem 2. Randtuberkel
ist der Umriss bis zur Basalecke konkav. Die Oberflache glanzt matt, die
Punktierung ist gut sichtbar, aus ihr entspringen die Haare 2. Form, welche
Kiel und Randadern haben. Die Basis der Elytren schmiegt sich dem Pronotum
we
NEUE SPEZIES VON NOTIOPHYGUS GORY NEBST ERGANZUNGEN 167
an, sie ist zwischen den Basaltuberkeln konkav und lauft von der Schwellung
um die Tuberkel zur abgerundeten Schulterecke. Zur Mitte ist der Umriss
sanft erweitert und lauft halbkreisformig zur Spitze zusammen. Eine Rand-
partie oder Leiste fehlt, die Tuberkel titberragen den Rand. Auf dem Discus
sind die Pseudoporen groésser als die Punkte des Pronotums, sie sind weich
eingelassen und iiber den ganzen Discus verteilt. Auf der Unterseite sind die
Hiiften braun die Tibien distal und die Tarsen sind braun behaart. Beim ¢ ist
das 5. Sternit analseitig gerade, das Ventralstiick des 7. Tergits tragt einen
schwachen Knopf. Der Penis wurde nicht gefunden. Beim 9 ist das 5. Sternit
leicht gezipfelt.
Groésse: 3°15 X 2°5 mm.
Material: 2 Expl. (Typhus ¢@) im South African Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Papiesfontein, Gamtoos River, E. Cape, VII. 1960, F. W. Gess.
Abbildung: Taf. xm, fig. 2a—g.
BEREITS BEKANNTE SPEZIES
Notiphygus fulvipes John
(South Afr. An. Life II, 1955, p. 313)
Typen in Lunds Entom. Inst. Lund, Schweden, 1 Expl. im South African
Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Matroosberg, Hex River Mts. 6500 ft. ix. 1923, K. H. Barnard.
Abbildung: Penis Taf. x1v, fig. 4.
Notiophygus cuspidatus John
(Suppl. Ent. 17, 1929, p. 55)
Holotypus 2 im South African Museum, Cape Town, 2 Expl. ebenda.
Fundort: Oudebosch, Riviersonderend, x. 1933, Museum Staff; Montagu,
x1. 1919, R. Lightfoot.
Notiophygus dentipennis Gory
(Suppl. Ent. 17, 1929, p. 53)
Typen im South African Museum, Cape Town, 1 Expl. ebenda.
Fundort: Kapstadt, 2.11.41.
Notiophygus funestus Grouv.
(Suppl. Ent. 17, 1929, p. 57)
Typus im Museum Paris, 2 Expl. im South African Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Potchefstroom, Transvaal, i. 1930, J. Joubert, und Bothaville,
Oranje Fr. St., ii. 1938, Dr. Brauns.
Notiophygus humeralis stmulatus John
(Arb. morph. tax. Ent. 2, 1, 1935, p. 23)
Typus in Museum Paris, 1 Expl. im South African Museum, Cape Town.
Fundort: Montagu Pass, i. 1940, Museum Staff.
168 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
SUMMARY
Descriptions are given of 5 new species of Notiophygus (Discolomidae) :
N. acutus, N. fungivorus, N. tritus, N. globulus and N. inops. A list of 5 other species,
described previously, but also represented among the material submitted, is
appended. Three plates illustrating the new species and important structures,
such as shape of the pronotum, the antennae, ventral sternites, hairs and the
male genitalia of one species, are also given. ;
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research of South Africa for the award of a grant
towards the cost of publishing this paper.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50 Plate XII
‘Paty xix
Fic. 1. Notiofh) gus actus spec.n. a, Ansicht von oben. 6, Seitenansicht. c, Haartyp 4 (2. Form
gegittert) dazu die Grésse der Pseudoporen. d, Sternite des 2. e, Fiihler. f, Pronotum wagerecht.
Fic. 2. Notiophygus fungivorus spec.n. a, Ansicht von oben. 5, Pronotum wagerecht, daneben
Basalecke vergrossert. c, Seitenansicht. d, Haartyp 1, dazu die Pseudoporen. e, Haare seitlich.
J, Sternite 2. g, Fihler.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50
Ord
Ur
CNS same
Taf. x1
Fic. 1. Notiophygus globulus spec.n. a, Ansicht von oben. 6, Pronotum wagerecht. c, Fuhlerkeule
(punktiert) mit Riechkegel. d, Seitenansicht. e, Haare (Typ 1b) und Pseudoporen. /, Sternite g.
g, Sternite 9.
Fic. 2. Notiophygus inops spec.n. a, Ansicht von oben. 6, Pronotum wagerecht. c, Seitenansicht.
d, Fiihlerkeule. e, Haare (Typ 1b) und Pseudoporen. /, Sternite 9. g, Sternite g.
Sp tp ea ee
Plate XIV
Soa
S25355
~ ty
rena iG
“A 7
SI 2
\
RBexy
2;
q tva« on To e
EAT eres
2€ care.
as:
WOaweness
5
eat xiv.
Fic. 3. Notiophygus tritus spec.n. a, Ansicht von oben. 6. Pronotum wagerecht. c, Haare (Typ 1b)
und Pseudoporen. d, links Sternite 9, rechts Sternite ¢. e, Fiihlerkeule. /, Seitenansicht.
. Fic. 4. Notiophy gus julvipes John, Penis, ventral und lateral.
Fic. 5. Notiophy) gus globulus spec.n., Penis, lateral, von oben, ventral.
Mies 7 , en
aay, So es oe
a ae th
ae oy See Se eine a er he
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE oF CONTENTs and SumMAry. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4? in. = 7 in. (7 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
Situ, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. In Brown. X. Y. Marine faunas. and ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
he 4
y
Tred Faget 1 -
ce
N. A. H. MILLARD
HYDROIDS FROM THE
SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN
December 1967 December
Volume 50 Band
Party? 9. . Weel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
ne apatite
cateage
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, 2(1, 3> D> 7-8), Bes 5> t.p.i.), 5(2, 5> 7-9);
6(1, EDL) 70; 2) 8, 9(1-2), 10(I-3),
11(1-2, 7, t.-p.1.), 21, 24(2), 31(1-3), 38, 44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1.00
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN
By
N. A. H. MiLiarp
Koology Department, University of Cape Town
(With 6 figures in the text)
CONTENTS
PAGE
imtroductiony 2) ¥ <5... « aee t69
Station list sf ee Siu) xa} Ce Mee eT eg
List of species . ; : : ‘ - 7a
Systematic account : he hae 7 P3
Discussion : . 5 : ‘ Aap
Summary : ; : : : ae 82
Acknowledgements. . td ae BL y date
References ML Rete fae A. OS
INTRODUCTION
This paper deals with an assortment of Indian Ocean hydroids from the
area east of South Africa and south of Madagascar. With the exception of a
small collection from Walter’s Shoal all are from depths greater than 300 m. and
are thus over the edge of the Continental Shelf, the margin of which is located
at 150-300 m. Thus, although some of the stations are situated less than 30
nautical miles off the coast where it shelves steeply, the fauna cannot strictly be
included in that of South Africa.
The material from Walter’s Shoal is a shallow-water fauna dredged from
38 to 46 m., but, since Walter’s Shoal is situated over 420 nautical miles from
Madagascar and over 600 nautical miles from Africa, its fauna cannot be
included in that of either country.
It was felt that the material from the whole of this area might conveniently
be described together.
The material comes from two sources. Those samples bearing the prefixes
ABD and WSS were collected by the R/V Anion Bruun during her seventh
cruise in the International Indian Ocean Expedition in 1964. A final cruise
report of the expedition was published by the U.S. Program in Biology, I.I.0.E.,
in 1965, to which body I am indebted for the opportunity of examining the
material.
169
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (9): 169-194, 6 figs.
170 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material bearing the prefix AFR is part of a collection in the Zoology
Department, University of Cape Town, and was collected in 1961 by the
government research vessel Africana II belonging to the Division of Sea Fisheries,
Department of Commerce and Industries.
The position of the collecting stations is roughly indicated on the accom-
panying sketch-map (fig. 1), and the complete data given in the station list
which follows.
25°
E UNION
BASIN
35° 40° 45° 50°
Big
Sketch-map of the area under consideration showing the approximate positions of the different
collecting stations. The reference numbers are the same as those used in the station list. Depths
in metres.
In the systematic section the full synonymy is not quoted in every case,
but instead a number of references from which such can be obtained.
Filellum serratum (Clarke)
Lafoea fruticosa (M. Sars)
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN
Date
31/7/64
18/8/64
7/9/64
7/9/64
8/9/64
8/9/64
8/9/64
17/8/64.
17/8/64
30/8/64
22/6/61
9/7/61
11/7/61
STATION LIST
Position
28°43'5/32°38'E
24.°40'S/35°28'E
30°12'S/32°01'E
30°09'S/31°37'E
29°57'S/31°31'E
29°45'5/31°40 E
29°42'S/31°38'E
23°48'S/37°45 E
24.°04'S/36°15'E
33°13 '5/43°51'E
27°48'S/47°19'E
36°48'S/52°08’E
35°03'5/44°12'E
Depth
(m.)
1207
* 347
1360
930
700
440
350
2200
1610
38-46
875
400
600
LisT OF SPECIES
. Family Campanulinidae
Stegopoma fastigiatum (Alder)
Family Lafoeidae
Acryptolaria conferta australis (Ritchie)
Acryptolaria crassicaulis (Allman)
Acryptolaria rectangularis (Jarvis)
Kygophylax armata (Ritchie)
Family Syntheciidae
Hincksella echinocarpa (Allman)
Hincksella indiana n.sp.
Family Sertulariidae
Salacia ?desmoides (Torrey)
Sertularella arbuscula (Lamouroux)
Sertularella mediterranea Hartlaub
Sertularella megista Stechow
Sertularella polyzonias (Linnaeus)
Sertularella xantha Stechow
Symplectoscyphus ?amphoriferus (Allman)
Symplectoscyphus paulensis Stechow
Bottom
h. 8.
s. M.
Gr O7:
Gi Ox.
171
Anton Bruun
stat. no.
359C
370G
389C
389E
389G
390C
390K
369C
360F
Calc. Algae 381A—C
72 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Family Plumulariidae
Kirchenpaueria triangulata Totton
Nemertesia ramosa Lamouroux
Plumularia antonbruuni n.sp.
Plumularia setacea (Linnaeus)
Cladocarpus distomus Clarke ©
Halicornaria gracilicaulis (Jaderholm)
SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT
Family Campanulinidae
Stegopoma fastigiatum (Alder, 1860)
Stegopoma fastigiata: Millard, 1958: 175.
Stegopoma fastigiatum: Ralph, 1957: 850, fig. 8 n—o. Vervoort, 1959: 234, fig. 10.
Records. ABD oF (epizootic on <ygophylax armata).
Remarks. ‘This species has already been reported from the area, from 333 m.
off the coast of Natal (Millard, 1958).
Family Lafoeidae
Acryptolaria conferta australis (Ritchie, 1911)
Cryptolaria conferta var. australis Ritchie, 1911: 826, pl. 84 (fig. 2), pl. 87 (fig. 1).
Acryptolaria conferta var. australis: Totton, 1930: 163, fig. 19 c-e. Ralph, 1958: 315, fig. 4 a-g.
Acryptolaria conferta australis: Millard, 1964: 9, fig. 1 D, F, G.
Records. ABD 9G, 15B.
Description. One colony (ABD 9G) reaching a height of 3-7 cm. and fairly regu-
larly branched, a branch arising next to every third hydrotheca. Hydrothecae
with a rather greater proportion of their height adnate than usual (0-59 to
0:88), especially on the thicker parts of the stem and branches. Margins
practically parallel to axis of stem.
The other colony (ABD 15B) a single, little-branched stem 5-3 cm. high,
with hydrothecae similar to those previously described (Millard, 1964).
Acryptolaria crassicaulis (Allman, 1888)
Fig. 2A
Cryptolaria crassicaulis Allman, 1888: 41, pl. 19 (figs. 3, 3a). Ritchie, 1911: 828-830, pl. 87 (fig. 4).
Stechow, 1913: 113, figs. 86, 87.
Cryptolaria crassicaulis, var. dimorpha Ritchie, 1911: 830, pl. 87 (figs. 5, 6). Jarvis, 1922: 335.
Records. AFR 1248A.
Description. A single fascicled stem 4:7 cm. in height, giving off a number of
branches in a roughly alternate manner.
Hydrotheca adnate for about half height, with base very slightly above
top of adnate part of preceding one, with diameter at margin approximately
three times that at base. Margin very slightly everted.
Coppiniae absent.
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN
173
Fig. 2. Lafoeidae.
Acryptolaria crassicaulis (Allman).
Acryptolaria rectangularis (Jarvis) from ABD 15P (left) and AFR 1251D (right).
Various hydrothecae of Lafoea fruticosa (M. Sars).
. Filellum serratum (Clarke) from ABD gE.
207 >
174. ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Measurements (mm.)
Hydrotheca, length of adnate part . eR ME form
length of free part a en i CMMI HOR. OSE D=L~ Ie
adnate part/total length. yar he ; mM we Ws Oooo = 3)
diameter at base . ; . 0°09—0°13
diameter at margin. Bir na ioe . 9 O'S Tae G
base/margin 0°29-0°38
Remarks. As the ability to produce sehen Hoanehecae 4 is a isavaee common. to
many, and possibly all, Lafoeidae, it is not necessary to retain Ritchie’s variety
dimorpha.
Acryptolaria rectangularis (Jarvis, 1922)
Fig. 2B
Cryptolaria rectangularis Jarvis, 1922: 335, pl. 24 (fig. 3).
Records. ABD 15P. AFR 1251D.
Description. Two small and probably young colonies reaching a maximum height of
I-t_ cm. Stems unbranched or giving off a few irregular branches. Proximal
parts of stem and branches fascicled.
Hydrotheca tubular, adnate for about 4 to 2 height, then free and directed
sharply outwards. Free part forming an anal ‘i 70—-75° with stem, with free
part of adcauline wall straight, or slightly concave and recurved towards distal
end of stem, with a distinct notch on abcauline wall at point of divergence from
stem. Diaphragm present or absent. Margin even and often regenerated. No
nematophores.
Gonophores absent.
Measurements (mm.)
AFR 1251D = ABD 15P
Hydrotheca, adnate part (adcauline) . 0°24—0°40 0°52—0°59
free part (adcauline) Ge RRL EIR RITE (08 0°15—0°29 0°52-0°72
adnate part/total length ee ere 0:48-0:71 0°43—0°52
diameter alimarcialy, Be i401, (is we ate 0°10—0°12 0:18-0:23
Remarks. This material strongly resembles Cryptolaria angulata Bale, 1914, except
for the absence of a ‘boss’ or perisarcal thickening on the adcauline wall of
the hydrotheca just below the bend. It was mainly on the absence of this boss
that Jarvis established the species rectangularis.
The two samples have hydrothecae of very different sizes, though the
proportions are similar.
In the nature of the diaphragm the species is intermediate between the
genera Acryptolaria and Cryptolaria. In the youngest parts of the colony the
diaphragm is either completely absent or is represented by a ring of raised
tubercles where the base of the hydranth is attached, but in older parts the
tubercles become thickened processes which are attached to one another around
the circumference by a thin chitinous shelf, thus forming a definite diaphragm.
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 175
This is not visible as a joint on the outer surface of the hydrotheca. The species
has been included in the genus Acryptolaria mainly on the absence of nema-
tophores.
Filellum serratum (Clarke, 1879)
Fig. 2D-.
Lafoéa serrata Clarke, 1879: 242, pl. 4 (fig. 25).
Reticularia serrata: Ralph, 1958: 312, fig. 2j, 3a.
Records. ABD gE. WSS iR.
Description. ‘Two colonies differing in dimensions and proportions, though
both with the adherent part of the hydrotheca sculptured externally by 30-40
delicate perisarcal ridges.
ABD oF (from 347 m.) epizootic on Nemertesia ramosa; hydrothecae large,
adnate for about 4—4 length, free part bent out at right sails,
WSS 1R ca Milleues water: 38-46 m.) epizootic on Plumularia setacea;
hydrotheca small, adnate for }—? length, free part bent out at angle of 60—70°.
Measurements (mm.)
ABD oF WSS 1R
Hydrotheca, length of adnate part 0:48-0:67 0°22-0°47
length of free part (without Nedulbagens). . 0-60—1-32 0-12—0:26
adnate part/total length : 0°29-0°50 0°52—-0°76
diameter at margin . 0°22—0°30 O-1I-O-14.
Remarks. Although these two Piatt differ greatly in dimensions, they have
been included in the same species. The measurements of the smaller form agree
with those given by Ralph from New Zealand.
Lafoea fruticosa (M. Sars, 1851)
Fig. 2C
Lafoea fruticosa: Stechow, 1925: 456, fig. 24B. Totton, 1930: 157, fig. 13. Naumov, 1960: 275,
fig. 164. Millard, 1964: 14, fig. 3.
Records. ABD gH.
Description. A young colony with solitary hydrothecae and unbranched stems
reaching 0-8 cm. Stems weakly fascicled in basal region.
Hydrothecae long and slender, forming an angle of 40—60° with stem,
with adcauline wall very slightly convex. Pedicel with double twist.
Coppinia absent.
Measurements (mm.)
Hydrotheca + pedicel, height : OE 0°52—-0'91
Hydrotheca, diameter at margin . =. O-II-O'17
Hydrotheca + pedicel/diameter . ; 3:71-6:07
Remarks. In general appearance this material differs from that recorded from
South Africa (Millard, 1964) in its longer and more slender hydrothecae which
176 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
show no sign of a double curvature. In most cases the total length of the hydro-
theca plus pedicel is over five times the diameter at the margin. Yet on the
same stem are shorter hydrothecae resembling some of those figured in 1964.
The colony strongly resembles Alder’s figure of Lafoea gracillima (1856,
pl. 14, fig. 6), except that the pedicels are not quite so long. However, from the
literature I can find no satisfactory means of distinguishing L. gracillima from
L. fruticosa. Totton, who figures both, is himself in doubt and Naumov has
united the two species.
AK ygophylax armata (Ritchie, 1907)
Brucella armata Ritchie, 1907: 533, pl. 2 (fig. 2-2c).
Kygophylax armata: Millard, 1964: 18, fig. 4G.
Records. ABD 8D, 14V.
Description. Two rather straggling, sterile colonies reaching 4:2 and 3:1 cm. in
height respectively.
Family Syntheciidae
Hincksella echinocarpa (Allman, 1888)
Fig. 3 A-C
Sertularia echinocarpa Allman, 1888: 57, pl. 28 (figs. 1, 1a).
Records. ABD 16A, 17A.
Description. Altogether six rooted stems, of which the longest is 9:0 cm., and
many incomplete stems and fragments.
Rootstock in the form of a branching system for penetration of a soft
substratum; consisting of a number of fascicled ‘roots’ arising at the same level
from the base of the stem, these subdividing a number of times and finally
producing very delicate unfascicled ‘rootlets’.
Stem comparatively flexuous and unable to support itself out of fluid;
slightly geniculate; unsegmented; fascicled for most of its length but unfascicled
in distal region; the central axial tube giving rise to alternate hydrothecae and
alternate hydrocladia. Hydrocladia normally arising immediately below every
third hydrotheca; long (reaching 4 cm.) ; flexuous; the two rows in one plane at
origin, but due to flexibility producing an irregular effect; rarely rebranching.
Each hydrocladium separated from stem by a distinct oblique joint and there-
after unsegmented except for an occasional transverse node immediately above
a hydrotheca; bearing alternate hydrothecae.
Hydrotheca tubular, adnate for less than half adcauline height; then
straight or curved very slightly outwards. Free part of adcauline wall straight or
slightly convex. Margin untoothed, not everted, facing outwards and upwards, ~
forming an angle of 30—40° with hydrocladium. Two distinct oval areas closed
over by thin perisarc present in the perisarc immediately below the base of
each hydrotheca.
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN E77
0
g
7)
9 D0
By 3
Fig. 3. Hincksella.
A-C. Hincksella echinocarpa (Allman) from ABD 16A. A, a whole stem; B, a portion of a fascicled
stem showing origin of hydrocladium; C, two hydrothecae from different stems.
D-G. Hincksella indiana, n.sp., from the holotype. D, two portions of the stem; E and F, old
and young portions of hydrocladia respectively; G, a hydrotheca.
178 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Gonophores absent, but presumably emerging through the oval areas
mentioned above.
Measurements (mm.)
Hydrotheca, length abcauline (approximate nee Wiese | 0:85-1:05
length adcauline, adnate part Bl SF er. 0-36—0°57
leneth adcaulinesiree part’ <2) 3.0 ee, ee 0.60-0°83
adnate part/adcauline length ; 0°30-0°48
diameter at mouth >); 7) "Na se ee 0-31-0°45
Remarks. This species is known only from Allman’s original material from
Kerguelen Island in the southern Indian Ocean. Unfortunately it was not
redescribed by Billard in his revision of the British Museum hydroids in 1g1to.
The form of the colony in the present material bears a striking resemblance to
Allman’s diagram though the individual dimensions are a little less. Other
resemblances include the absence of regular segmentation, the shape of the
hydrotheca and the presence of the oval areas below the hydrothecae. Allman
did not mention nodes at the origins of the hydrocladia, nor did he describe
the rootstock. Gonothecae are necessary for final confirmation of the identi-
fication.
Closely related is H. cylindrica (Bale, 1888), which is a smaller species with
an unfascicled stem and without the characteristic oval areas. Possible synonyms
of the latter are H. aliernans (Allman, 1888) and H. halecina (Torrey, 1902), both
of which bear gonophores from within the hydrothecae. H. formosa (Fewkes,
1881) is unfascicled and has hydrothecae of quite different proportions.
Hincksella indiana n. sp.
Fig. 3 D-G
Types and records. Holotype: AFR 1235A (South African Museum registered
number SAMH 1646). Other records: AFR 1248C.
Description of holotype. A stiff fascicled stem in three separate portions, together
reaching about 13:5 cm., and a number of separated hydrocladia. Rootstock
disc-shaped and flattened below, presumably attached to a hard substratum.
Stem unsegmented; strongly fascicled at base and consisting of a central
hydrotheca- and hydrocladia-bearing tube covered by 8-9 peripheral tubes, ~
the latter gradually decreasing in number towards the distal end, which is
unfascicled.
Hydrocladia stiff, alternate, with thet two rows in one plane (though most are
detached) ; arising below every third hydrotheca; reaching a maximum length
of 4-8 cm.; unfascicled; separated from stem by a partial or complete oblique
joint and thereafter unsegmented; with only very rarely a faint oblique or
transverse node (probably the result of regeneration).
Hydrothecae alternate on stem and hydrocladia, with the two rows in one
plane; large; adnate for over half adcauline length; tubular, with the free part
curved towards the adcauline side and with concave adcauline wall. Margin
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 179
circular and untoothed, often regenerated. Two distinct oval windows present
in the perisarc below the base of each hydrotheca; these are closed by thin
membrane only and not by perisarc as in H. echinocarpa.
Gonophores absent, but presumably emerging through the oval windows
mentioned above.
Measurements (mm., without regenerations) ~
Hydrotheca, length abcauline (approximate only) . 0:66-0:80
length adcauline, adnate part : 0:60-0:73
length adcauline, free part . ; 0°30—0°48
adnate part/adcauline length , 0°56—-0-70
diameter at margin LOPS LAL) Se eaten Vk SON PERE ITED «TR 0°48—-0°57
Remarks. This species has certain resemblances to H. echinocarpa (Allman, 1888)
and H. formosa (Fewkes, 1881). It differs from the former in its thicker perisarc
and more rigid hydrocladia, in the greater length of the adnate part of the
hydrotheca and in the concave adcauline wall; from the latter it differs in
the absence of segmentation and in the plane of the hydropore, which is at
right angles to the stem or hydrocladia] axis rather than approximately parallel
to it (cp. Vervoort, 1959, fig. 29).
Family Sertulartidae
Salacia ?desmoides (Torrey, 1902)
Fig. 4 A-C
Sertularia desmoides: Nutting, 1904: 56, pl. 3 (figs. 1-3). Fraser, 1937: 161, pl. 37 (fig. 194).
Salacia desmoides: Billard, 1924: 66. Billard, 1925: 207.
Records. WSS 1S.
Description. A small colony of ten unbranched stems reaching a maximum
height of 0-6 cm. Hydrorhiza creeping, unsegmented. Stem bearing up to nine
pairs of hydrothecae, which are generally, but not always, separated by
strongly oblique nodes resembling hinge-joints. Thecal pairs well spaced and
always separated by a distance greater than their length. Members of a pair
of hydrothecae in contact with one another on anterior surface of stem, free
behind.
Hydrotheca adnate to stem for over half adcauline length, widening from
base to top of adnate part, then curved outwards and narrowing again to
margin. Margin facing outwards and downwards, untoothed. Orifice roughly
in the shape of an inverted triangle. Operculum of one large abcauline valve.
Gonophores absent.
Measurements (mm.)
Internode Jength (where nodes are present) : 0°55-0°75
diameter oY FY dah sg , 0:06-0:08
Hydrotheca, length abcauline eH Saleh 0-17-0°21
length adcauline, contiguous part aoe ROPERS 0-14-0°18
180 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
length adcauline, adnate part SAPIENS ge Ca ate 0:22-0°26
lensthvadcaulinepfreeipartiy ik) Spach eae haan ene 0-13-0°18
adnate part/total lenethisin 2 an an eae) e omen 0:56-0:65
diameter (vertical) at margin sb ARR eR rNat WE LANES TURNER me 0-10—-0°12
Remarks. There is nothing in the published descriptions to exclude this material
from being a young colony of S. desmoides, a species known from the Pacific
coast of North America. Fraser’s material, reported from a number of localities,
appears to have somewhat larger dimensions. A greater variety of material
and gonophores are necessary for final identification.
Sertularella arbuscula (Lamouroux, 1816)
Sertularella arbuscula: Millard, 1957: 208, fig. 10B, 11C. Millard, 1958: 188. Millard, 1964: 37.
Records. WSS IN.
Description. A richly branched colony with a strongly fascicled stem 4:8 cm. in
length. Hydrothecae closely set and smaller than is normal for the species
(abcauline length 0:34-0:40 mm.), but typical in shape. Internal teeth five in
number: one large abcauline, two slightly smaller latero-adcauline and two
minute latero-abcauline.
Gonothecae abundant, male, smaller than normal (length, mature,
1°54-1-90 mm.), annulated in distal half.
Remarks. This material resembles the common form of S$. arbuscula, as it is
known from South Africa, in the form of the colony and shape of the hydro-
theca, but differs in the smaller dimensions of the hydrotheca and gonotheca
and in the annulations present on the latter. However, since annulated gono-
thecae are known to occur in the species (Millard, 1958 and 1964) it is not
possible to differentiate the material on these grounds. The gonotheca is similar
in appearance to that illustrated by Warren (1908, fig. 6B).
Sertularella mediterranea Hartlaub, 1901
Sertularella mediterranea: Millard, 1957: 215, figs. 10K, 11B.
Records. WSS 1Q.
Description. A small infertile colony reaching a maximum height of 1-6 cm.
Sertularella megista Stechow, 1923
Fig. 4D
Sertularella megista: Millard, 1957: 217, figs. 10L, 11J. Millard, 1964: 45 (synonymy).
Sertularella sp.: Millard, 1958: 192 (PF 12456E).
Records. ABD 8B.
Description. A single unfascicled, unbranched stem 9°8 cm. in height.
Hydrotheca similar to that previously described for this common species,
except that the free part is much elongated and exceeds the adnate part in
length. Free part of both adcauline and abcauline walls straight or nearly so.
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 181
B
| A
- c
; 3
r A,D.E,G
Lit |
Imm.
Fig. 4. Sertulariidae.
A-C. Salacia ?desmoides (Torrey).
D. _ Sertularella megista Stechow.
E-F. Symplectoscyphus ?amphoriferus (Allman).
G-H. Symplectoscyphus paulensis Stechow, from ABD 8C.
182 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Measurements (mm.)
Internode length. Cpt TRE AN Aa ane BR 0! Wey - 1-21-1°61
diameter across node wes. Pe) Be ee i ee eee 0°42—0°50
Hydrotheca, length abcauline : MRR eMart Bites ce ) 1°39-1°58
length adcauline, adnate part : ; 0°65-0°75
length adcauline, free part . : 1-03—1°28
adnate part/adcauline length ! 0-34—0°42
diameter at mouth ._.. MMMM TN CIR TK SHIR © 2 : 0-48—0°56
Remarks. This material cannot be considered as epoch one distinct from
S. megista since intermediate colonies have been found (chiefly from the Natal
coast) with all intergradations in measurements. It should rather be regarded
as a form with especially produced hydrothecae. It is similar to the material
recorded as Sertularella sp. (Millard, 1958), which is now included as a synonym.
The specimen bears a superficial resemblance to S. polyzonias var. gigantea
Hincks, 1874, reported by Stechow (1925, fig. 6) from Plettenberg Bay, which
may eventually prove to be a synonym. At present S. megista can be readily
distinguished by the marked angle in the adcauline thecal wall and the less
turgid hydrothecae.
Sertularella polyzonias (Linnaeus, 1758)
Sertularella polyzonias: Millard, 1957: 217, figs. 10J, 11H. Millard, 1958: 191.
Records. WSS 1P.
Description. Colony bearing sonatas and reaching a maximum height of
1-6 cm.
Sertularella xantha Stechow, 1923
Sertularella xantha: Stechow, 1925: 472, fig. 32. Millard, 1957: 218, figs. 1oK, 111.
Records. ABD 15A.
Description. A typical, though sterile, stem 8-5 cm. in length. Rootstock branch-
ing and fibrous for penetration of a soft substratum.
Symplectoscyphus ?amphoriferus (Allman, 1877)
fie. 4 By
Sertularella amphorifera Allman, 1877: 22, pl. 15 (figs. 8-10). Nutting, 1904: 88, pl. 20 (figs. 1-2).
Billard, 1906: 183.
Records. AFR 1248 IIQ.
Description. A small colony of about ten unbranched and unfascicled stems
reaching a maximum height of 1-1 cm. Stem distinctly geniculate in distal
part, more or less straight in proximal part, with very slender internodes and
indistinct nodes.
Hydrotheca deep and slender, standing well away from stem, adnate for
about + adcauline length, then curved gently outwards and narrowing very
slightly to margin. Margin with three teeth (one adcauline and two lateral),
often regenerated.
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 183
Gonotheca arising below hydrotheca, pear-shaped, tapering evenly to
base, with a terminal aperture at the end of a slender neck, with 13 well-
marked, crested, transverse annulations. One gonotheca present (sex not
determinable) and scars of two others.
Measurements (mm., without regenerations)
Matermoce length . . . PS me (ie. En DOM ENES 0:60-0:84
Hydrotheca, length abcauline Gp greaimat ee ty. 0°35-0°45
length adcauline, adnate part AA) p's pi tite AR ae O-12-0°14
length adcauline, free part... BeRAT es LPP ENR at + VP DHE 0°34—0°46
adnate part/adcauline length : ; : 0°21—0:28
diameter at margin pees Siew atte Me ale O°12—-0'15
Gonotheca, length ah fh seeker taht hoc MN Wes A 11g
maximum diameter ; ; ' 0°65
Remarks. This material is assigned to S. eee mainly on the gonotheca,
which Billard states may be less elongated and with a shorter neck than that
figured by Allman. However, since the species is known only from the North
Atlantic, there is some doubt as to the identification. There are also some minor
differences in the trophosome, namely
(i) The lack of any sign of branching, though this may be a juvenile character.
(i1) A smaller proportion of the hydrotheca adnate to the stem than generally
indicated.
(iii) ‘The detailed measurements, which are all less than those given by Billard.
The shape of the hydrotheca is most like that figured by Nutting, though
the internodes are longer and more slender.
The material also shows resemblances to S. plectilis (Hickson and Gravely,
1907) from the Antarctic, but the gonothecae are very different.
Symplectoscyphus paulensis Stechow, 1923
Fig. 4 G, H
Symplectoscyphus paulensis: Stechow, 1925: 467, fig. 28.
Records. ABD 8C, 14B. AFR 1248 IIN.
Description. Small, and probably young, colonies reaching a maximum height
of 4:7 cm. Hydrorhiza creeping. Most stems unfascicled and unbranched,
though two are lightly fascicled at base and several have one or two branches
or stumps thereof. Branches arising below hydrothecae and forming a wide
angle with stem. The two rows of hydrothecae and branches in one plane.
Stem and branches markedly geniculate in younger parts, practically straight
in older parts. Nodes only faintly indicated. Internodes slender.
Hydrotheca large, tubular and not narrowing towards margin, curved
slightly outwards, adnate for a third or less of adcauline length. Margin some-
times with thickened rim, with three well-marked teeth, one adcauline and
two lateral. Consecutive hydrothecae separated by a distance approximately
equal to abcauline thecal length. Below each hydrotheca a pair of oval fenestrae
184 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
closed by thin perisarc, through which the gonophores emerge and through
which the tubes of the fascicled stem communicate.
A single gonotheca present (on ABD 8C), with about five light corrugations
around distal half, with a slender terminal neck which is slightly everted at
margin.
Measuremenis (mim.)
ABD 8C AFR 1248 IIN
internode lenoth ~> 2: : : 0-96—1-48 1-16—1°36
Hydrotheca, length abcauline (approximate) 0-71-0°91 0:64-0:87
length adcauline, adnate part 0:34-0:39 0:22-0:28
length adcauline, free part 0:76-0:92 0*72—1°00
adnate part/adcauline length 0°27—-0°34 O-19—0°27
diameter at margin 0°38-0-44 0°34—0°42
Gonotheca, length . ; 1°47
maximum diameter : 1°05
Remarks. S. paulensis has been reported only once, by Stechow from St. Paul
in the southern Indian Ocean. His material was sterile.
Stechow states that the discovery of intermediate forms may prove that
S. paulensis is a form of S. columnarius (Briggs, 1914). However, instead of
bridging the gap, the present material emphasizes the differences between the
two. S. paulensis differs from S. columnarius in the following features:
(i) The well-separated hydrothecae.
(ii) The narrower hydrothecae (diameter at margin in present material
0°34-0'44 mm., Stechow’s material 0-46, S. columnarius (from Ralph,
1961a) 0:40-0:60 mm.).
(111) The smaller proportion of the adnate part of the adcauline thecal wall
(adnate part/adcauline length 0-19—-0-34 in present material, 0-34—0-40
in Stechow’s material, 0-43-0:5-++ in S. columnarius).
(iv) The smaller gonotheca with less definite annulations.
This material is also very close to S. tropica (Hartlaub, 1900) from the
Pacific.
S'. paulensis differs from S. amphoriferus in the larger size, different appearance
of the gonotheca and different shape of the hydrotheca.
Family Plumulariidae
Kirchenpaueria triangulata (Totton, 1930)
Plumularia triangulata Totton, 1930: 225, fig. 61. Ralph, 19610: 41, fig. 5 fg.
Kirchenpaueria triangulata: Millard, 1962: 292, fig. 6 E-J.
Records. ABD 2C, 15S.
Description. The first sample with pinnate stems without rootstock, reaching a
maximum height of 1-6 cm. Male gonophores present.
The second sample epizootic on Halicornaria gracilicaulis and including
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 185
both simple and pinnate stems, the latter reaching a maximum height of 2-2 cm.
No gonophores present.
Structural details as in previous descriptions. In the second sample
(ABD 15S) stem nodes visible only in the extreme distal region and in many
hydrocladia the node between the apophysis and the first thecate internode
missing. :
Nemertesia ramosa Lamouroux, 1816
Nemertesia ramosa: Millard, 1962: 299, fig. 7 A-D.
Records. ABD 8A, 13F, 15Q.
Description. Colonies provided with branching rootstock for penetration of a
soft substratum. Stems reaching a maximum height of 21-7 cm., some with
gonophores.
Plumularia antonbruuni n. sp.
Fig. 5
Holotype. ABD 14C (South African Museum registered number: SAMH 1647).
Description. Four stems, reaching a maximum height of 5:1 cm. Hydrorhiza of
branching, filamentous rootlets for penetration of a soft substratum.
Stem unfascicled, unbranched, bearing alternate hydrocladia, the two
rows in one plane. Segmentation not present in lower region, indistinct in
upper region. Where demarcated each internode bears one hydrocladium from
an apophysis at the distal end. No internodal septa. Apophysis with a distinct
mamelon on upper surface. Cauline nematothecae: one on each internode,
midway along its length, on opposite side to apophysis; two on each apophysis,
one on each side of, and slightly proximal to, the mamelon.
Hydrocladium with one athecate internode, sometimes followed by long
thecate internodes only, but often with intermediate athecate internodes
present, especially towards the distal end. First internode very short, without
nematotheca, with one internodal septum in central region. Thecate internode
with two internodal septa, one near proximal end and one near distal end, with
o-3 median inferior nematothecae, one pair of laterals overtopping the thecal
margin and sometimes one median superior. Athecate intermediate internode,
when present, with two internodal septa, one proximal and one distal, and o—2
median nematothecae. When no athecate internodes occur the hydrotheca is
seated in the distal half of the thecate internode and there are generally two
median inferior nematothecae. Athecate internodes, when they occur, appear
to be formed by cutting off the proximal end of a thecate internode together
with one or more of the median inferior nematothecae. The following thecate
internode is shorter, with the hydrotheca seated more or less in the centre and
and there is generally only one median inferior nematotheca. However, many
variations occur.
Hydrotheca completely adnate, with more or less straight abcauline wall
and distinctly convex adcauline wal]. Width at margin slightly exceeding depth.
186 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 5. Plumularia antonbruuni n.sp.
A whole stem.
A portion of the stem showing cauline nematothecae and gonothecae.
Portions of hydrocladia with hydrothecae.
The origin of a hydrocladium.
A single complete hydrocladium.
BOOM >
l \
D
G
CD
a a Ose maim:
bettie’ O'5MM
.
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 187
Nematothecae all two-chambered and movable, laterals slightly shorter
than hydrothecae.
Gonothecae (male) borne on hydrocladial apophyses, one or two to each,
smooth, elongated, with terminal aperture, held at a small angle (10-15°) to
stem.
Measurements (mm.)
Stem internode, length . ; 0:63-0:70
diameter at node. , , O-13-0°17
Hydrocladium, first athecate internode, length . ; 0:06-0'11
normal thecate internode, length . 0°85-0°95
diameter near centre ' 0:06-0:08
athecate internode, other than first, length. _.. 0-38—0-66
Hydrotheca, depth abcauline : aN tO NLL te 11a ab Be 0:08—0'10
diameter at margin ' ; O-11I-O'12
Gonotheca, length . ke eel WK are 0-82—0-92
maximum diameter : 0°20—0°27
Lateral nematotheca, length oh ae atin iL 0:07-0:09
Remarks. Although I am reluctant to create a new species in a genus which is
already so richly represented there is no other species with quite the same
assortment of characters. P. antonbruuni is close to P. diploptera Totton, 1930,
differing from it in the fact that athecate intermediate internodes are normally
absent, in its much longer internodes and in the absence of a subthecal inter-
nodal septum.
It is also close to P. ventriculiformis Marktanner, 1890, differing from it in
the presence of a short athecate internode at the base of the hydrocladium and
in the presence of only one hydrocladium to a stem internode. It resembles it
in the sporadic occurrence of athecate intermediate internodes in the distal
parts of the hydrocladium, but in P. ventriculiformis these seem to be cut off from
the distal ends of the internodes. The two species differ in the shape of the
gonotheca.
It is closest of all to P. ortentalis Billard, 1913, differing only in its larger
size, in the usual absence of intermediate athecate internodes and in the
presence of cauline nematothecae on the main axis of the stem. The hydro-
thecae are also a little deeper. The gonothecae of P. orientalis are unknown.
Closely related to P. orientalis are P. delicata Nutting, 1905, and P. miller
Nutting, 1905. In these the gonothecae of the former are relatively short and
fat while those of the latter are held at right angles to the stem.
Plumularia setacea (Linnaeus, 1758)
Plumularia setacea: Hincks, 1868: 296, pl. 66 (fig. 1). Millard, 1962: gor.
Records. WSS 1L.
Description. A rich colony of numerous fertile stems reaching a maximum
height of 6-8 cm.
188 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Cladocarpus distomus Clarke, 1907
Fig. 6
Cladocarpus distomus Clarke, 1907: 17, pl. 14. Stechow, 1925: 506, fig. 47.
Cladocarpus sibogae: Billard, 1913: 71, fig. 57, 58, pl. 4 (fig. 39). Billard, 1918: 25.
Cladocarpella multiseptata Bale, 1915: 304, pl. 47 (figs. 1-5). Bale, 1919: 356.
?Cladocarpus bathyzonatus Ritchie, 1911: 861, pl. 89 (figs. 2, 6-11).
?Cladocarpus multiapertus: Billard, 1913: 73, fig. 59.
?Cladocarpus alatus Jarvis, 1922: 351, fig. 2, pl. 26 (fig. 25).
?Cladocarpus plumularioides Jarvis, 1922: 352, fig. 3.
Records. ABD 11A, 12F, 13K, 16B, 17B.
Description of typical form. Hydrorhiza forming a branching and filamentous
rootstock penetrating up to 2-5 cm. into the bottom ooze. The first rootlets
arise from the peripheral tubes of what would normally be considered stem and
from here on the tubes continue to separate and subdivide until the final
ramifications are only 0-15 mm. in diameter.
Stem reaching a maximum height of 9:7 cm., weakly fascicled in basal region ;
the principal tube always exposed on anterior surface and divided very irregu-
larly by distinct oblique nodes, sometimes with a group of three or four of the
latter close together below the level of the first hydrocladium and thereafter
isolated ones at more distant, but irregular, intervals. Principal tube giving
rise to alternate hydrocladia in its distal part and bearing a row of fairly
regularly spaced cauline nematothecae on anterior surface. Of the latter there
are 2-12 between the origins of two consecutive hydrocladia, of which one is
always axillary.
Hydrocladium bearing up to 23 thecate internodes separated by oblique
nodes. Internodal septa variable in number: one below level of median inferior
nematotheca, 1-11 behind the hydrotheca and o—7 above it. Each internode
bearing, in addition to the hydrotheca, one median inferior nematotheca which
is quite free from the hydrotheca, one pair of lateraJs and one to three (usually
one) median superior nematothecae.
Hydrotheca deep, expanding towards margin, which is perpendicular to
hydrocladium. Those hydrothecae at distal end of hydrocladium deeper than
those at proximal end. A delicate shelf arising from adcauline side near base
and overarching the hydropore. Margin with one median abcauline tooth.
Median nematotheca with a terminal aperture in the form of a narrow
transverse slit, which may be subdivided into two parts, and a rounded opening
on upper surface near base.
Lateral nematotheca applied to margin of hydrotheca and extending
round it usually as far as the median tooth, though sometimes terminating
before this; with numerous distal apertures, of which the first is generally
raised slightly above the level of the others. ?
Phylactocarps arising from bases of thecate internodes, as many as six to
a hydrocladium, each consisting of 3-6 internodes bearing two nematothecae
each. Gonotheca borne on basal phylactocarpal internode, elongate, with a
broad distal aperture.
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 189
A-D F=G
es eee a a SE a 9 FT calaae
Ny
od a |
: E: G
Fig. 6. Cladocarpus distomus Clarke.
A-D. Hydrothecae from different colonies. A and B from ABD 13E, C from ABD 16B, D from
ABD 11A.
E. ‘Part of a hydrotheca showing the lateral nematotheca from ABD 13E.
F-G. Diagrams from Stechow’s slides from Valdivia stations 258 and 264 respectively.
(A and F show portions of phylactocarps)
‘e
1Gele) ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Measurements (mm.)
Stechow’s material
ABD 16B | ABD (rest) --—————_,____
Vald. 258 | Vald. 264
| eS
Distance between 2 consecu-
tive hydrocladia- . . . | 1-69-2:87 | 0-G1—1-19
Hydrocladium, internode
KS OKT OS are 15a Le cee 1°55—-1°60 | 1-14-1°52 | 1°11-1°38 | 1-08-1-17
Hydrotheca, depth including
median tooth . . ._ . | 0:83-1:01 | 0-51—0-92 | 0°53-0-83 | 0:65-0:79
diameter at margin. . 0:26 0:21-0:29 | 0:20-0:27 | 0:24-0:26
Gonotheca, heicht . =. 1°40-1°50 | I1:08—1°12
maximum diameter. . 0°32—0°36 | 0:34-0:38
Remarks. One of the samples, ABD 16B, shows certain divergences from the
above description. It consists of a single stem 3°5 cm. in height, with rootstock,
but with only two imperfect hydrocladia remaining. The stem has no oblique
joints, but a few irregular and indistinct transverse nodes in the distal region.
The hydrocladial internodes are long, especially in their proximal regions, so
that the median inferior nematotheca is well separated from the hydrotheca.
The superior median nematotheca is missing on those hydrocladia which
remain and the lateral nematothecae have only one terminal aperture eachand
do not extend round the lateral margin of the hydrotheca.
The remaining samples are identical with Stechow’s material from East
Africa described in 1925 and attributed to C. distomus. This was established by
comparison with Stechow’s slides from Valdivia stations 258 and 264 kindly
loaned to me by the Munich Museum. The ‘Verdoppelung des Thekenrandes’
described and figured by Stechow is none other than the extension of the
lateral nematotheca as in the present material. Measurements of Stechow’s
specimens, taken by myself, are included above for comparison.
Stechow has included two other species under the synonymy of C. distomus,
namely C. sibogae Billard, 1911, and C. multiseptatus (Bale, 1915). Also closely
related are C. bathyzonatus Ritchie, 1911, C. multiapertus Billard, 1911, C. alatus
Jarvis, 1922 and C. plumularioides Jarvis, 1922. These species appear to differ
in certain features such as the number of internodal septa, number of cauline
nematothecae, presence or absence of superior median nematothecae, the
structure of the lateral nematothecae, etc.
The number of internodal septa has been recognised as being of little
systematic value and has been shown to be variable in C. multiseptatus by Bale
in 1919, in C. stbogae by Billard in 1913 and in the Valdivia material by Stechow
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN IOI
in 1925. The number of cauline nematothecae between two consecutive hydro-
cladia is equally unreliable as it can vary within a single colony.
A superior median nematotheca is present in the type material of C.
distomus, in Stechow’s Valdivia material and in C. plumularioides, but absent in
all other species. In this collection it is absent in ABD 16B but present in the
other samples. In Stechow’s material the number varies from one to three
depending on the length of the internode. It is probable that this also is a
variable character.
The nematothecae of all the species listed are similar in that they possess
a circular lateral aperture and a narrow slit-like terminal aperture which has
a tendency for subdivision. The latter tendency is particularly marked in the
lateral nematothecae where, of the species listed above, one terminal aperture
is described for C. distomus (type material), C. sibogae, C. multiseptatus and C.
plumularioides, two for C’. multiapertus, one to three in C.. bathyzonatus and many in
C. alatus. Stechow’s Valdivia material was shown by examination to have many,
as does the present material, excepting ABD 16B where there is only one. In
the most extreme examples the lateral nematotheca extends right round the
margin of the hydrotheca to the median abcauline tooth. Ritchie has shown
that the number of terminal apertures may vary from one to three in C. bathy-
zonatus, and Jarvis has remarked on variation in the number in C. alatus. In
the present material and in Stechow’s material a similar variation occurs within
a colony, so that some nematothecae are like those of C. bathyzonaius and some
like those of C. alatus.
Apparently the number of terminal apertures in the median nemato-
thecae is also variable in C. bathyzonatus where Ritchie describes one or two,
and in C. multiapertus where Billard describes one, two, or three.
It is probable, therefore, that all these records should be included in one
very variable species, namely C’. distomus Clarke, occurring in deepish tropical
or subtropical waters all round the globe. As such, the recorded distribution
would include the Eastern Pacific, East Africa, the East Indies and Australia.
The rootstock appears to be similar in those records where it is described and is
adapted for obtaining a foothold in a muddy or sandy bottom.
Halicornaria gracilicaulis (Jaderholm, 1903)
Lytocarpus gracilicaulis Jaderholm, 1903: 299, pl. 14 (figs. 3-4).
Halicornaria gracilicaulis: Billard, 1907: 364, fig. 12, pl. 25 (fig. 7). Billard, 1913: 63. Millard,
1950: 210, fig. 15 I, J.
Records. ABD 15R.
Description. A single young stem, 3°9 cm. in total height. About 1-5 cm. of this
represents a rootstock and apparently penetrates into mud. It consists of numer-
ous and sometimes branching rootlets arising from the central fascicled axis at
irregular levels. Stem fascicled except for the distal region, unbranched,
bearing no pinnae but alternate hydrocladia with a maximum of six hydro-
thecae each.
192 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Hydrocladia with internodal septa poorly developed and internodes rather
long and slender.
Hydrothecae very similar to those illustrated by Billard, 1907, and
differing from those previously illustrated (Millard, 1958) in their greater
length.
Gonophores absent.
DIscussION
The hydroid fauna of the deeper waters of the Indian Ocean is at present
very poorly known. A total of 18 species is recorded here from depths of over
300 m., of which two are new: Hincksella indiana and Plumularia antonbruuni.
Of the remainder, 6 are cosmopolitan (Stegopoma fastigiatum, Acryptolaria con-
feria, A. crassicaulis, Filellum serratum, Lafoea fruticosa and Nemertesia ramosa),
6 have affinities in the southern oceans (< ygophylax armata: Gough Island,
South Africa; Hincksella echinocarpa: Kergeulen Island; Sertularella megista:
South Africa, possibly Antarctic; S. xantha: South Africa; Symplectoscyphus
paulensis: St. Paul; Kirchenpauerta triangulata: New Zealand, South Africa), 3
have tropical or subtropical affinities (Acryptolaria rectangularis: tropical East
Africa; Cladocarpus distomus: Eastern Pacific, East Indies, North Australia,
East Africa; Halicornaria gracilicaulis: Eastern Pacific, East Indies, Indian
Ocean, Natal) and one is known only from the North Atlantic (Symplectoscyphus
amphoriferus).
Seven species are recorded from the shallower water of Walter’s Shoal, of
which four are cosmopolitan (Filellum serratum, Sertularella mediterranea, S.
polyzonias and Plumularia setacea), one occurs in South Africa (Sertularella
megista), one in the southern oceans extending into the tropics (Sertularella
arbuscula: Australia, tropical East Africa, South Africa, South Atlantic) and
one is known only from the North Pacific (Salacia desmoides).
It is interesting that a number of species can adapt themselves to life in
deeper waters by the development of a fibrous, branching rootstock suitable
for penetrating and supporting the colony in the soft substratum which is
normally encountered. Six species show this characteristic, namely Hincksella
echinocarpa, Sertularella xantha, Nemertesia ramosa, Plumularia antonbruunt, Clado-
carpus distomus and Halicornaria gracilicaulis. Some of these at least can also
produce the normal flattened hydrorhiza on a hard substratum.
SUMMARY
A total of 23 species of hydroids is recorded from the Indian Ocean in the
area east of South Africa and south of Madagascar. Some of these were col-
lected by the R/V Anton Bruun during the International Indian Ocean Expedi-
tion in 1964 and some by the R/V Africana II in 1961. Descriptions and dia-
grams are included for the lesser known species. Two new species are described
HYDROIDS FROM THE SOUTH-WEST INDIAN OCEAN 193
and illustrated, namely Hincksella indiana and Plumularia antonbruum. The geo-
graphical distribution of the species is briefly discussed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The Author wishes to acknowledge with thanks the loan of Stechow’s
slides of Cladocarpus distomus from the Zoologische Sammlung des bayerischen
Staates, Munich. Acknowledgements are also due to the Editorial Board of
the University of Cape Town and to the Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research for financial aid in publication. The holotypes of the new species
will be deposited in the South African Museum.
REFERENCES
ALDER, J. 1856. A notice of some new genera and species of British hydroid zoophytes. Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist. (2) 18: 353-362.
Atuman, G. J. 1877. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf
Stream by L. F. de Pourtaleés, assistant United States Coast Survey. Mem. Mus. comp. ool.
Harv. 5: 1-66.
ALLMAN, G. J. 1888. Report on the Hydroida dredged by H.M.S. Challenger during the years
1873-76. Part II. The Tubularinae, Corymorphinae, Campanularinae, Sertularinae and
Thalamophora. Rep. Voy. Challenger 1873-76 23 (70): 1-90.
Bate, W. M. 1888. On some new and rare Hydroida in the Australian Museum collection.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) 3: 745-799.
Bate, W. M. 1914. Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great Australian Bight and other
localities. Part II. Zool. Res. Fish. Exp. ‘Endeavour’ 2: 166-188.
BALE, W. M. 1915. Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great Australian Bight and other
localities. III. Zool. Res. Fish. Exp. ‘Endeavour’ 3: 241-336.
Bate, W. M. 1919. Further notes on Australian hydroids. IV. Proc. roy. Soc. Vict. 31: 327-361.
BILLARD, A. 1906. Hydroides. Expéd. sci. ‘Travailleur’ et du ‘Talisman’ 8: 153-244.
BILLARD, A. 1907. Hydroides de Madagascar et du Sud-Est de l’Afrique. Arch. Zool. exp. gén. (4)
7: 335-396.
BILLARD, A. 1910. Revision d’une partie de la collection des Hydroides du British Museum.
Ann. Sci. nat. zool. (9) 11: 1-67.
BILLARD, A. 1913. Les Hydroides de l’expédition du Siboga. I. Plumulariidae. Siboga Exped.,
no. VIIa: 1-115.
BILLARD, A. 1918. Notes sur quelques espéces d’hydroides de l’expédition du ‘Siboga’. Arch.
Kool. exp. gén. 57: 21-27.
BILLARD, A. 1924. Note critique sue divers genres et espéces d’Hydroides avec la description de
trois espéces nouvelles. Rev. suisse Zool., 34: 53-74.
BILLARD, A. 1925. Les Hydroides de lexpédition du Siboga. II. Synthecidae et Sertularidae.
Stboga Exped., no. VIIb: 117-232.
Cuarke, S. F. 1879. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf
Stream and Gulf of Mexico by Alexander Agassiz, 1877-78. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 5:
239-252.
CLARKE, 8S. F. 1907.: The Hydroids. In: Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to
the Eastern Tropical Pacific, etc. Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 35: 1-18.
Fraser, C. McL. 1937. Hydroids of the pacific coast of Canada and the United States. Toronto.
JADERHOLM, E. 1903. Aussereuropaische Hydroiden im schwedischen Reichsmuseum. Ark. Zool.
I: 259-312.
Jarvis, F. E. 1922. The hydroids from the Chagos, Seychelles and other islands and from the
coasts of British East Africa and Zanzibar. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. 18: 331-360.
MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, G. 1890. Die Hydroiden des k. k. naturhistorischen Hof-
museums. Ann. naturh. Mus. Wien 5: 195-286.
194 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Miiiarp, N. A. H. 1957. The Hydrozoa of False Bay, South Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 43:
173-243.
Mitiarp, N. A. H. 1958. Hydrozoa from the coasts of Natal and Portuguese East Africa.
Part I. Calyptoblastea. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 44: 165-226.
Mixiarp, N. A. H. 1962. The Hydrozoa of the south and west coasts of South Africa. Part I.
The Plumulariidae. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 46: 261-319.
Muiuiarp, N. A. H. 1964. The Hydrozoa of the south and west coasts of South Africa. Part II.
The Lafoeidae, Syntheciidae and Sertulariidae. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 48: 1-56.
Naumov, D. V. 1960. Hydroids and hydromedusae of the marine, brackish and freshwater
basins of the U.S.S.R. (In Russian). Opred. Faune SSSR 70: 1-585.
Nouttinc, C. C. 1904. American hydroids. Part II. The Sertularidae. Spec. Bull. U.S. nat. Mus.
4 (2): I-151.
Nuttine, C. C. 1905. Hydroids of the Hawaiian islands collected by the steamer ‘Albatross’
in 1902. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 23: 931-959.
Ravpu, P. M. 1957. New Zealand thecate hydroids. Part I. Campanulariidae and Campanu-
linidae. Trans. roy. Soc. N.Z. 84: 811-854.
Racpu, P. M. 1958. New Zealand thecate hydroids. Part II. Families Lafoeidae, Lineolariidae,
Haleciidae and Syntheciidae. Trans. roy. Soc. N.Z. 85: 301-356.
Ratpyu, P. M. 1t961a. New Zealand thecate hydroids. Part III. Family Sertulariidae. Trans.
roy. Soc. N.&. 88: 749-838.
Rautpy, P. M. 1961b. New Zealand thecate hydroids. Part IV. The family Plumulartidae.
Trans. roy. Soc. N.&. Kool. 1: 19-74.
RitcHiE, J. 1907. The hydroids of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans. roy. Soc.
Edinb. 45: 519-545-
Rircuigz, J. 1911. Hydrozoa (hydroid zoophytes and Stylasterina). In: Scientific results of the
trawling expedition of H.M.C.S. ‘Thetis’. Mem. Aust. Mus. (4) 2: 807-869.
STECHOW, E. 1913. Hydroidpolypen der japanischen Ostktiste. II. Campanularidae, Haleci-
dae, Lafoeidae, Campanulinidae und Sertularidae, nebst Erganzungen zu den Athecata
und Plumularidae. Abh. bayer. Akad. Wiss. math.-phys. 3 (2): 1-162.
StEcHOow, E. 1925. Hydroiden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. ‘Valdivia’ 17:
383-546.
Totton, A. K. 1930. Coelenterata. Part V. Hydroida. Nat. Hist. Rep. Terra Nova Exped. 5:
131-252.
U.S. Program in Biology, International Indian Ocean Expedition. 1965. Final Cruise Report,
Anton Bruun Cruises 7, 8, 9, 1: Woods Hole Oceanographic Inst.
VERVooRT, W. 1959. The Hydroida of the tropical west coast of Africa. Allantide Rep. 5:
211-325.
WarrREN, E. 1908. On a collection of hydroids, mostly from the Natal coast. Ann. Natal Mus.
I: 269-355.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including Taste oF CONTENTs and Summary. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4? in. = 7 in. (74 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmitH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmitH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. In Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, Fuly 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
‘ ' ~ Re ed
ar mi ;
y 7 1
i?
’ ¥
4 “
&
‘ ae
eee ae
ts f
“.
1
z x
iS =
4 ‘
ts
' =
aM = cle
_ 7 .
Te
Vf rhe
; aT, at
; $c! |
‘ f wt
\
' :
j
ey ! 1M
1
.
+
- j
na wf
" i
- 5;
H :
F >
t “
CELE ta) OUCH eam, Yaad YS
iS
\
re a =
{
, iG
f f at
ag
af
\
i
-
a ie i
©
" i 4
4.4 4 P
5
1, 6% ‘3
L.. DD, BOONST RA
THE BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS AND
MEDIAN: SEP EUM.1IN.. THE
DINOCEPHALIA
May 1968 Mei
Volume 50 Band
Part 10 #Deel
iTHSO Ns
oM Nig y>
JUN2Z6 1968
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, 2(1, 3, 5, 7-8), 3(1-2, 5, t-p-l), 5(2, 5, 7-9),
GU, tp); 70Le 13), 18) = O12) otis):
1M 12,0971) EDA), 21,0 24(2)), 2 7man (i —2) aga:
44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R3.00
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape ‘ Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
THE BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS AND MEDIAN SEPTUM
IN THE DINOCEPHALIA
By
L. D. BoonsTRA
(With 58 figures) -
CONTENTS
MEFOMUCLION wh, | crt rs lige) fier Ss LOG
Material 4 ple. WO SS APTOS
TMRECUMIGUe? \o5s bus iCh. sAten tt "Licst ! Eeen, | Tieng OG
Descriptions of specimens systematically . 199
Tapinocephalia ; , g : . 199
Anteosauria : : . : : eae
Titanosuchia SLED | Ge, Sees
The Dinocephalian Braincase . . . 255
Contemporary Therapsids . é . 3 P2259
DICyMOGOMUAT ia isthe, <o« a | 200
‘erocephalial “Onn oft ah, 1 0) “eGa
Comparative 01. 4 byi910 el yt Pee ey 266
References cee Eien VO rail) sana i iin mae
INTRODUCTION
During the past few years I have been able to collect some interesting
cranial material of three of the infra-orders of the suborder Dinocephalia. Part
of this material has been collected with financial aid from the South African
Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. To this Council I am moreover
indebted for funds which made the acquisition of diamond-studded circular
saws for cutting serial sections possible. This method has revealed important
points of structure which would have been wellnigh impossible to ascertain at
all accurately by the hammer-and-chisel technique on which I have had to rely
hitherto.
MATERIAL
All previously described specimens have been re-examined and the follow-
ing new material has been studied:
TAPINOCEPHALIA
S.A.M. 5584 Struthiocephalus sp., Abrahamskraal, Prince Albert. Pres. W. van
der Byl 1919. y |
This specimen consists of a partially disarticulated skull. Through the
posterior part of the skull a number of longitudinal sections have been cut to
show the posterior part of the braincase and the parietal tube in sagittal section.
75
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (10), 1968: 195-273, 58 figs.
196 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
S.A.M. 9129 Struthiocephalus sp., Voélfontein, Prince Albert. Collected L. D.
Boonstra 1929.
This consists of an isolated lower half of an occiput beautifully preserved.
It has been cut through sagittally and the left half of the posterior part of the
braincase has been exposed internally.
S.A.M. 12294 Keratocephalus moloch, Boesmansrivier, Beaufort West. Collected
L. D. Boonstra 1937.
This specimen consists of the posterior half of a skull. Both sides of the
braincase have been well exposed and a sagittal cut has enabled me to clear the
left half of the endocranial cavity.
S.A.M. 11701 Criocephalus sp., Elandsberg, Sutherland. Collected L. D. Boonstra
1946.
This specimen consists mainly of an incomplete occiput and skull-cap
through which a sagittal cut has been made to show the parietal tube and
adjacent bones.
S.A.M. 11972 Moschops capensis, Kruisvlei, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra 1929.
The specimen consists of a good posterior half of a skull figured in 1957.
A block has now been cut out of the middle portion and this has been serially
sectioned in the transverse plane to study the internal structure of the brain-
case and adjacent structures.
S.A.M. 11985 Moschops sp., Dikbome, Laingsburg. Collected L. D. Boonstra
1951.
This is a beautifully preserved lower half of an occiput in which the
posterior part of the braincase has been exposed internally.
S.A.M. 12046 Criocephalus sp., Skoppelmaaikraal, Laingsburg. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and H. Zinn 1956.
A skull-cap in which most of the surface bone has been weathered away,
but a longitudinal cut has exposed the parietal tube in sagittal section.
S.A.M. 12049 Struthiocephalus whaitsi, Dwarsrivier, Laingsburg. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and A. Bothma 1957.
This is a good skull, which on exposure has fortuitously cracked through
in a more or less longitudinal plane, so that I have been able to clean the whole
of the braincase internally and take a direct cast of the endocranial cavity.
S.A.M. 12060 Mormosaurus sp., Aasvoélbos, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and G. S, Victor 1957.
This specimen located by Mr. Victor consists of a very good skull fractured
longitudinally, so that I could study the left half in the conventional manner
and of the right half I have cut a consecutive series of 76 transverse sections. _
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 197
S.A.M. 12062 Struthiocephalus sp., Skoenmaker, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and H. Zinn 1957.
A skull-cap through which some longitudinal sections have exposed the
parietal tube in sagittal section.
S.A.M. 12066 Criocephalus sp., Skoenmaker; Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra 1957.
This is a well preserved skull cap showing much of the outer surface and a
sagittal cut has exposed the whole parietal tube.
S.A.M. 12091 Struthiocephalus sp., Kalkkraai, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and H. Zinn 1957.
A skull-cap in which a number of transverse sections have shown the nature
of the olfactory tracts and the pineal tube.
S.A.M. 12092 Struthiocephalus sp., Kalkkraal, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and H. Zinn 1957.
A fair skull in which a series of longitudinal sections have revealed much of
the structure of the braincase.
S.A.M. 12093 and 12094 Keratocephalus sp., Kalkkraal, Beaufort West. Collected
L. D. Boonstra and H. Zinn 1957.
These two skulls have by natural weathering exposed much of the internal
structure of the braincase.
S.A.M. K268. Criocephalus gunyankaensis, Gunyankas Kraal, Busi Valley,
Southern Rhodesia. Pres. A. M. MacGregor 1945.
Posterior parts of crania showing little of the structure but with most
interesting evidence of the parietal organ.
TITANOSUCHIA
S.A.M. 11486 Jonkeria sp., Mynhardtskraal, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra 1940.
A good snout of which the one half has been serially sectioned transversely
to show the structure of the anterior part of the median septum.
S.A.M. 11556 Jonkeria sp., Mynhardtskraal, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and C. J. Avenant 1940.
A skull of which the outer surface has mostly been weathered away. I have
cut a block out of the middle part of the back of the skull and this has been
serially sectioned in the transverse plane to study the braincase.
S.A.M. 11574 Jonkeria sp., Klein-Koedoeskop, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and C. J. Avenant 1940.
A fairly good skull of which 144 consecutive transverse sections have been
cut and from which much of the internal cranial structure can be determined.
198 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
S.A.M. 11575 Jonkeria sp., Klein-Koedoeskop, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and C. J. Avenant 1940.
A snout serially sectioned in the transverse plane.
S.A.M. 11884 Jonkeria vanderbyli, Skroefpaal, Prince Albert. Collected L. D.
Boonstra and P. J. Rossouw 1948.
A good skull in which the braincase has been exposed laterally by con-
ventional preparation.
ANTEOSAURIA
S.A.M. 9085 Anteosaurus sp., Boesmansrivier, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra 19209.
A snout from which a number of transverse slabs have been cut.
S.A.M. 12082 Anteosaurus sp., Boesmanskop, Beaufort West. Collected L. D.
Boonstra, H. Zinn and A. Viviers 1957.
An imperfect skull contained in blocks of sandstone. Serial transverse
sections have revealed some interesting internal structures.
ANOMODONTIA
S.A.M. 12217 Dicynodon sp., Buffelsvlei, Beaufort West, Collected L. D. Boonstra
and J. Marais 1959.
Serially sectioned.
THEROCEPHALIA
S.A.M. K210 Maraisaurus parvus, Lammerkraal, Prince Albert. Collected L. D.
Boonstra 1959.
Serially sectioned.
S.A.M. K253 Pristerognathoides sp., Rietfontein, Prince Albert. Collected L. D.
Boonstra 1960.
Serially sectioned.
TECHNIQUE
A number of specimens have been prepared conventionally by mechanical
means to expose the surface features of the cranial base from the ventral side
and the braincase and interorbital, septum and anterior dermal septum in
lateral view using hammer and chisel, vibro-needles and abrasive burrs.
In a few cases fortuitous natural fractures have enabled me to expose the
internal faces of the endocranial cavity mechanically. In some others I have cut
posterior parts of skulls longitudinally and was thus enabled to remove the
infilling matrix in the endocranial cavity mechanically.
Certain pieces of the posterior parts of fragmentary skulls were cut by
circular diamond-studded saws into slabs longitudinally. If luckily cut in the
right plane quick results were obtained especially for sections in the sagittal
plane. But in general longitudinal serial sectioning is unsatisfactory.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 199
The best results were obtained when cutting thin slabs serially in a trans-
verse plane. Although the thickness of the blade caused some loss, the fact that
neither the skulls themselves were symmetrical nor the cut truly transverse
usually resulted in a loss on one side only. I first used a large diameter saw to
cut through the whole skull, but later got better results by first cutting a rect-
angular block out of the middle of the skull and then serially sectioning the
smaller block with a smaller and thinner blade.
The sections were lightly etched with hydrochloric acid, which also caused a
differential bleaching action in many cases.
By making sure that one always has a base line, it is easy to obtain graphical
reconstructions in planes at right angles to the sections.
Although I have not done so it will be quite easy to prepare reconstructions
in three dimensions in wax or any other suitable material.
In those cases where the endocranial cavity was cleaned mechanically I
have made casts in a pliable material (Minimould and Revultex).
I may add here that when contemplating cutting serial sections with a
diamond-studded circular saw only suitable material should be selected. In any
case, only saws which polish as well as cut should be used.
Sound skulls, unweathered and with little fracturing or cracks, should be
selected.
Specimens in an arenaceous matrix are better than those in a more
argillaceous matrix because in the latter the differentiation between bone and
matrix is difficult to obtain by the etching process I have used.
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIMENS SYSTEMATICALLY
TAPINOCEPHALIA
S.A.M. 5584 Struthiocephalus sp. (Fig. 1)
A number of longitudinal sections have been cut through the posterior
third of a skull and the posterior part of the braincase and the parietal tube is
Fic. 1. Struthiocephalus sp. S.A.M. 5584 x 4.
Sagittal section of the posterior part of the skull.
See overleaf for key to
this and the other figures in this paper
200 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
KEY TO THE FIGURES
abnp — anterior border of the nasal passage PBS — parabasisphenoid
ac — accessory carotid foramen pe — postcanine
bol — olfactory bulb pin — pineal (parietal) foramen or tube
BS — basisphenoid PM — premaxilla
bpp — basipterygoid process POC — paroccipital
C — canine PO — postorbital
ch — choana PF — postfrontal
ds_ — dorsum sellae PP W— postparietal
E.O. — exocipital — PRF — prefrontal
E.P. — epipterygoid POT — prodtic
8 — frontal PRS — presphenoid
fj — jugular foramen PS — parasphenoid
fi — flocculus PT — pterygoid
fo — fenestra ovalis ptf — posttemporal fossa
fob — foramen for opthalmic branches of pts — septum of the pterygoid
V and VII qr — quadrate ramus of the pterygoid
FS — frontosphenoid S — sphenoid-complex
fve — foramen entering vomerine canal seo — sutural face for the exoccipital
for the branch of the naso-palatine sep — sutural face for the epipterygoid
nerve sip — sutural face for the interparietal
hy — hypophysis _ sp _— sutural face for the parietal
iam — internal auditory meatus spbs — sutural face for the parabasisphenoid
1C — internal carotid foramen spt — sutural face for the pterygoid
I.P. — interparietal (postparietal, dermo- sq — sutural face for the quadrate
; supraoccipital) : ssq. — sutural face for the squamosal
ipy — interpterygoid vacuity st — sutural face for the tabular
L — lacrimal SM — septomaxilla
lob — lobus olfactorius smf — septomaxillary foramen
Irp — lateral ramus of the pterygoid sml — ledge of septomaxillary
mcv — medial cerebral] vein sms — spur of septomaxilla
med — medulla SO — supraoccipital
N — nasal : SS — septosphenoid
nob — notch for the opthalmic branch of sT — stapes
VandVIL AL Oe © stu. — sella turcica
np — notochordal pit in the basioccipital tol — tractus olfactorius
obg — groove for the olfactory bulb uz — unossified zone
OO — opisthotic Vv — vomer
OS — orbitosphenoid VC — vomer canal for naso-palatine nerve
Ee — parietal VS — median septum of the vomer
PA — palatine
here figured in sagittal section. Noteworthy features ascertained are: the prodtics
meet in the median line to form the upper part of the dorsurn sellae; the lower
half of the sella turcica lies in the basisphenoid and the internal carotids enter
at the bottom of the sella; the frontals form part of the roof of the braincase
above the olfactory lobes. This specimen also shows that the ascending process
of the prodétic meets a descending process of the supraoccipital in the lateral wall
of the braincase so that the pro6tic incisure is closed anteriorly to form a large
trigeminal fenestra. The parasphenoid and the sphenoidal complex form a
median septum.
The constituent parts of the sphenoidal complex are not recognizable as
separate ossifications.
S.A.M. 9129 Struthiocephalus sp. (Figs 2-4)
This beautifully preserved disarticulated piece of the occiput found as an
isolated piece shows a number of features very clearly. In occipital view (fig. 2)
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 201
Fic. 2. Struthiocephalus sp.
S.A.M. g129 X 4.
A. Posterior view of an isolated
occiput. Bb. Anterior view of an
isolated occiput.
Sft
o* ¢ SN weer rr rm ee
ee ewe eee” hous
\ se
F \ ie
-
N Nis
\ ~
\ alee
\ ~
aS
mt) wean \ Tine
ewoerrr” re he x. “
me x
eN tae foN a
A XN os .
‘ a SZ
~
: SS ar
S ) . ae
‘ s ~~
‘ ~ Se
s er
’ = -
~
, + AS
Ls ey rok I “ .
nY
ene, co . Fe oS ee a SiS ST PM .
\ ~-_
=< 4
. \ “ .
a
PS \ ) . *
.
» j aa é
?. “ ,
-" ET Vv a *
o / > S —<
Ce ’ my et
OT ¢ ae
e s] Y ert e et ewe eo?
. 5 ¢ ote
Yas 7
Oa ee ) ia a”,
Pes “tere ee a
Na ae
oe
mare Se NG) . he
‘ e
Vy a
. oor7
<) oe
“"
Fic. 3. Struthiocephalus sp. S.A.M. 9129 X }.
Parasagittal view of occipital segment in relation to the rest of the skull (shown in broken lines).
202 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
on . oss ac
a a A 2 Bie een a ee Toros
oo" A \ l \ SS!
er Pp A \ “ia
e \ \ Y Pi \ a
SS
‘ _ \ \ R oe , > hewn
f \ 1 Saar NS SS Sa
- ‘ ’ t 4 .. \ ~
! iP » { ae eek aks i rns Lap Se re aan NS ~
1 Q { nee = ~ ~
‘ \ q \ \ orm” =e Se =<
aS \) Ne: SY = ~
x “ \ aan s Se TT se Sa
\ ——=——— . se 65 ’ ‘ Se
\ See: ‘ N ry ~
\ so Ff 4 Ss \ SS pe
’ =
s LN =.
ee Wa ’ Ny a
.* = fe = i
Orn eA Ee Ber Noe eS Best pie on em
S oF N S225 eee PM
. ee PS \ =e
- \ «
.
Q ~
; feof Bit 4
Sng BODOG ‘ PT a eae
re ke x poe en ===
4 a
t . Ce Ae
Sass 1 he
4 1 so
Pes A \ ENG,
ee mt Os \ pe
\ ¢
Lo”
Fic. 4. Struthiocephalus sp. S.A.M.9129 X }.
2
Sagittal view of the occiput cut through in this plane in relation to the rest of the skull shown in broken
lines.
the exoccipitals are seen as well-developed bones forming the upper and dorso-
lateral part of the condyle, the lower and most of the lateral rim of the pinched-
in oval foramen magnum.
The hypoglossal foramen is separate from the jugular foramen; the latter
is bounded by the basioccipital, exoccipital and opisthotic. The supraoccipital
and opisthotic are fused except laterally where they are separated by the slit-like
posttemporal fenestra.
The anterior aspect of the occiput is interesting (fig. 2B). The para-
basisphenoid is not preserved, having become disarticulated at the suture with
the basioccipital to leave the sutural face perfectly preserved. Two rounded
knobs of basioccipital fit into depressions in the basisphenoid medial to the
fenestra ovalis. The rim of the fenestra ovalis is formed by basioccipital, basi-_
sphenoid, opisthotic and prodtic. The prodtic is clearly shown to be ankylosed to
the anterior faces of the supraoccipital and opisthotic. The prodtics have a
median anterior face forming the upper part of the dorsum sellae. Laterally a
process of the prodtic ascends to meet a descending process of the supra-
occipital to form a pillar, which closes the proétic incisure anteriorly. On the
left side there is a large trigeminal fenestra but on the right there are two
separate foramina—the upper for the median cerebral vein and the lower for
the trigeminalis.
In figure 3 the occiput is shown in lateral view. The extremity of the par-
occipital process shows the sutural face with which it abuts against the quadrate.
The greatest part of the outer lateral surface of the posterior part of the brain-
case is seen to be formed by the supraoccipital. Its lateral ends bear sutural
faces for the squamosal and the tabular and its dorsal edge sutural faces for the
parietal and interparietal. The prodtic shows a small lateral face with a closed
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 203
prootic incisure divided into two separate foramina of which the lower one is
for the Vth nerve and the upper for the median cerebral vein. The foramen for
the VIIth nerve has not been located with certainty but may emerge lateral to
the dorsum sellae through the ascending pro6tic pillar.
In figure 4 the occiput is shown cut through sagittally and with the inner
face of the braincase exposed by mechanical removal of the infilling matrix.
The rounded boss on the anterior sutural face of the basioccipital fitting
into the basisphenoid is clearly shown.
Dorsally the basioccipital is separated from both the exoccipital and the
prootic in the median line by an unossified zone. Between the exoccipital and
the prodtic a hump of the basioccipital enters the floor of the braincase.
The hypoglossal nerve leaves the braincase by a large foramen passing
through the exoccipital well above the level of the medullary floor. But both the
jugular foramen and the internal auditory meatus leave the braincase through
openings situated at floor level and both passages are directed downwards and
outwards. A sharp ridge separates these two openings. The jugular foramen
itself is of moderate size but lies in a deep recess in the sidewall.
The vestibule has a large opening through the sidewall.
A shallow depression in the inner face of the prodtic dorso-anteriorly of the
vestibule is for the flocculus.
The foramen for the facialis lies anterior to the vestibule and enters the
prootic pillar lateral to the dorsum sellae.
S.A.M. 12049 Struthtocephalus whaitst (Figs 5-8)
The outer surface of the braincase (fig. 5) has been prepared by hammer
and chisel. Lateral to the braincase proper the supraoccipital and the paroccipi-
tal process are seen in section. The posterior part of the sidewall of the braincase
is seen to be formed by the supraoccipital, exoccipital and opisthotic. No fora-
men for the hypoglossal opens externally and there is evidence pointing to its
confluence with the jugular tube. The jugular foramen opens at the point where
the ex-, basi- and paroccipital meets. The jugular passage has been cleared and
is seen to form a long roomy tube 25 mm in length with diameters 4 x 6 mm.
Dorsally the supraoccipital sends a flange anteriorly to form the middle
dorsal part of the sidewall. A process descends anteriorly to the trigeminal
fenestra and this meets the ascending process from the prodtic. Anteriorly the
supraoccipital flange meets the posterior edge of the orbitosphenoid.
The prodtic is ankylosed to the anterior face of the opisthotic and has in
lateral view a small outer face. An ascending process meets the supraoccipital to
enclose a dumbbell-shaped trigeminal fenestra. Ventrally it rests on the ascend-
ing part of the basisphenoid to form the anterolateral edge of the dorsum sellae.
No external opening for the facialis has been seen.
The opisthotic sends a process towards the fenestra ovalis of which it forms
the posterior edge. The rest of the rim is formed by the basisphenoid.
The sphenoid complex rests with its ventral edge on the median septum
204 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 5. Struthiocephalus whaitst S.A.M. 12049 X }.
Parasagittal view of the skull. Drawn directly from the exposed surface of the internal
bones. The occiput, roof-bones and quadrate and lateral ramus of the pterygoid seen
in section.
formed by the parasphenoidal rostrum. A step is formed at this contact and a
little higher up there is another step running nearly parallel. This recessed
strip of bone may represent a distinct ossification—a presphenoid ?—and it
continues the median septum ventrally composed of the parasphenoid. Higher
up the sphenoid complex begins an outward convexity but this still forms part
of the median septum. Still further up the convexity curves round the olfactory
tract. Anteriorly this outward bulge forms a sharp edge which dorsally bounds
the opening from which the olfactory tract emerges and ventrally forms the
limit of the recess in which the posterior part of the olfactory bulb is housed.
Here a median septum separates the two olfactory bulbs. ,
In the posterior half of the sphenoid complex there appears to be a suture.
Posterior to this suture the sphenoidal complex is pierced by two foramina. The
lower one I believe to be for the optic nerve (II) and the upper one for the
trochlearis (IV). This part of the complex I have labelled as the orbitosphenoid
and the rest is a septosphenoid.
Above the opening from which the olfactory tract emerges there is a small
recess in the frontal bone which may have housed an accessory olfactory bulb.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 205
The parasphenoid is fused to the basisphenoid, but the lower part of the
sella turcica apparently lies in the basisphenoid, which also appears to form the
anterior and dorsal rim of the fenestra ovalis. The anterior rim of the sella
appears to be formed by the parasphenoid but as remarked above the ossifica-
tion here may represent a separate presphenoid. The parasphenoidal rostrum
forms a strong but not greatly thickened median septum, which is anteriorly
clasped by the ascending septum formed by the pair of pterygoids.
The epipterygord
Lateral to the braincase and covering much of the open lateral sella lies
the epipterygoid. The footplate of the epipterygoid rests on the quadrate ramus
of the pterygoid and appears to enter the now immovable basipterygoid joint.
The epiterygoid extends obliquely dorsally as a pillar of bone flattened from
side to side with fairly straight anterior and posterior edges. Dorsally it has a
free rounded edge which does not reach the parietal.
The pterygoid and vomer
Of the palatal complex only the pterygoid and vomer need to be considered
here. The pterygoids develop a high and strong septum lying in the median line.
Posteriorly they clasp the anterior extremity of the median septum formed by
the parasphenoid. Anteriorly the pterygoids are in turn clasped by the well-
developed median septal sheets developed by the vomers. On the lateral surface
of the vomer at the transition between the vomerine interchoanal bar and the
vomerine septum there is a foramen entering the vomer from behind and tra-
versing the bone in anterior direction as a roomy canal or tube, which probably
housed the naso-palatine nerve.
The inner surface of the braincase (Fig. 6)
A fortuitous natural longitudinal fracture through the skull has enabled
me to clear the endocranium of the infilling matrix. This was accomplished by a
laborious process of grinding with corrundum burrs. If used with care a good
surface can be obtained with a grinding tool, notwithstanding the contrary
opinion expressed by a well-known colleague. When nearing the surface of the
bone a flicking action with the burr causes the remaining film of matrix to
flick cleanly away leaving an unground face less marked than when a metal
point is used as a chisel even in the form of a vibro-needle.
Posterior to the plane of the dorsum sellae the floor of the braincase is
formed by the prodtics, basioccipital and exoccipital and the sidewall by the
exoccipital, supraoccipital, opisthotic and the proétic. The hypoglossal nerve
leaves through a small foramen through the exoccipital just above the floor level.
The foramen jugulare is large and bounded by the opisthotic, and exoccipital
and lies at floor level. Its canal is directed latero-ventrally. The vestibule is
widely open and extends to below floor level. The opening is bounded by the
opisthotic, basioccipital and prodtic. Anterior to the vestibule lies the transverse
ridge formed by the prodtics whose anterior faces form the upper part of the.
206 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 6. Struthiocephalus whaitst S.A.M. 12049 X 4.
Sagittal view of the skull. Drawn partly from a fractured face and the exposed endo-
cranial cavity, but otherwise reconstructed.
dorsum sellae which is pierced by a foramen for the VIth cranial nerve. Dor-
sally the sidewall is pierced by a large dumbbell-shaped trigeminal fenestra
whose opening is directed much anteriorly. It is anteriorly bounded by pro-
cesses of the proétic and the supraoccipital.
Anteriorly the posterior flange of the sphenoidal complex meets the supra-
occipital and prodétic above the sella turcica. This sheet of bone is pierced by
three foramina, the upper one near the suture with the parietal is for the [Vth
nerve; the middle one, just anterior to the prodtic suture, is for the IIIrd nerve;
the third, situated on the floor is for the exit of the optic nerve. This part of the
complex represents an orbitosphenoid.
Anteriorly as well as ventrally the sphenoid complex forms a median sep-
tum. The posterior part is the presphenoid. The anterior part which separates
the olfactory tracts and rests on the parasphenoid may be called a septosphenoid.
The parietal canal is wholly enclosed by the parietals. In median section
it is a roomy tube with a posterior bulge in its lower part. Its length is 105 mm ~
and in its upper part the diameters are 25 x 25 mm. Where it enters the
braincase proper it is constricted.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 207
The endocranial cast (Fig. 7)
From the cleaned endocranial cavity I have made an endocranial cast
using a pliable rubber compound (revultex). Of this cast I am including here
outline drawings as projected from the side and from above.
It is obvious that such a cast is of the endocranial cavity and not of the
brain, which did not fill the cavity, with the result that the various divisions of
the brain are but vaguely indicated.
Of the forebrain (prosencephalon) the shape of the olfactory bulbs cannot
_be determined as they were for the greater part not enclosed in bone. The
olfactory tracts, lying as they do in tubes formed by the septosphenoid, can be
distinguished. The tract was short and oval in cross-section. The olfactory lobe is
indicated by a small laterally directed bulge. The position of the thalamus is
indicated by the position of the optic stalk and the pituitary cavity. The hypo-
physial or pituitary cavity is enormous. How much of the cavity was filled by
infundibulum, pituitary and accessory structures cannot be determined, but the
tendency to gigantism and the pachyostosis would indicate the presence of a
large pituitary gland.
Above the thalamus lies the truly enormous parietal canal or tube. If the
soft structures completely fill this space their mass would be considerable. The
volume in this specimen is +- 65 cc and the total volume of the endocranial cast
(with allowance made for the olfactory bulbs) is -- 270 cc.
In vertebrates a number of structures are known arising from the brain
Fic, 7. Struthiocephalus whaitsi
S.A.M. 12049 x }.
A plastic cast taken from the
cleaned endocranial cavity drawn
in: A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal
view with the root of the pineal
mass seen in section.
208 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
near the junction of the fore- and mid-brain. From fossil material it is impossible
to say which of these structures—epiphysis, paraphysis, pineal organ or parietal
organ—were present in life or what part of the parietal canal was occupied by
each component part of what we have to call the ‘parietal’ organ.
The large volume of the parietal organ in the Dinocephalia is unique. Part
of the material may have been glandular as is the pineal gland of mammals
which secretes internally.
Part of the mass was certainly nervous with a receptor function either visual
or thermal or both. By analogy with living forms a thermo-regulatory function
is probable.
The optic lobe of the midbrain would lie posterior to the emergence of
the IInd nerve. |
The flocculus can be determined as a slight bulge just posterior to the
trigeminal fenestra and above the vestibule.
The IXth, Xth, and XIth nerves leave the medulla low down, but the
XIIth emerges somewhat higher up from the lateral face of the medulla.
The basicranial axis (Fig. 8)
In figure 8A the bones of the basicranial axis are shown in relation to the
occipital and the otic bones and the pterygoid of the palatoquadrate as exposed
in ventral view. It is thus evident that the parasphenoidal rostrum is directed
obliquely upwards so that the pterygoids meet below it, but its tip can be seen
through the interpterygoid vacuity. The pterygoid has a long suture with the
parabasisphenoid reducing the original joint between the palatoquadrate and
Fic. 8. Struthiocephalus whaitsi S.A.M. 12049 x }.
The basicranial axis as reconstructed. A. Ventral view in relation to supporting bones. B. Ventral
view. C. Lateral view.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 209
the braincase to immobility.
In figure 8B the basioccipital-parabasisphenoidal complex is shown dis-
articulated. In figure 8C the disarticulated complex is shown in lateral view.
Points of interest are: the large sella turcica is a pit in the basisphenoid, with the
anterior face probably formed by the presphenoid; the parasphenoidal rostrum
forms a septum directed antero-dorsally; thé original basipterygoid process is
indicated in broken lines forming an immovable sutural face for both the epi-
pterygoid and the pterygoid.
The position of the fenestra ovalis is shown in black. This fenestra leads
into the opisthotic in which the inner ear lies.
S.A.M. 12062 Struthiocephalus sp. (Fig. 9)
From a number of longitudinal sections cut through the posterior part of a
poor skull I have reconstructed a section in a plane just lateral of the median
plane to show, in particular, the olfactory tract in longitudinal section and the
canal for the internal carotid. An unossified zone is present in the anterior part
of the basioccipital.
The parietal tube is 97 mm in length with average diameters 23 « 26 mm.
S.A.M. 12091 Struthiocephalus sp. (Fig. 10)
Cross-sections of the olfactory and pineal regions
1. The anterior end of the sphenoidal
complex consisting of a _ septo-
sphenoid is seen to be wedged in
between the frontals. Laterally
there is a deep groove in the under
surface of the frontal which appa-
rently housed a large olfactory bulb.
2. Asharp wedge of the septosphenoid
is dorsally intercalated between the
frontals. Laterally the septosphenoid
develops a lateral flange forming a
groove to hold the olfactory bulb. a ms HA aot
3. Further back the wings composed A longitudinal section of the
of the orbitosphenoids enclose the posterior part of the skull just
y lateral to the median line.
olfactory tracts which are dumbbell-
shaped in cross-section.
4. Still further back the upper part of the median septum is lost and the
two separate olfactory tracts fuse and house the unpaired olfactory
lobes.
5. This section shows the parietal tube in cross-section in the plane of the
emergence of the IVth cranial nerve. Note the irregular outline of the
tube. |
6. Further back the parietal canal presents an elongated pear-shaped out-
210 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 10. Struthiocephalus sp.
S.A.M. 12091 X 3.
Cross-sections through the
olfactory and pineal regions.
line in cross-section.
7. And a cross-section through the posterior bulge of the parietal tube
presents a squat pear-shaped outline.
S.A.M. 12092 Struthiocephalus sp. (Fig. 11)
From a longitudinal fracture and a number of longitudinal sections I have
been able to reconstruct and figure the braincase in sagittal section and in
lateral view. The structural relations determined corroborates the findings
arrived at from other specimens of Struthiocephalus. In addition this specimen
shows that anterior to the sella turcica the bone fibres in the parasphenoidal
part of the median septum diverge and this I take to indicate that the lower
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 2ri
Ns
7}
Fic. 11. Struthiocephalus
sp. S.A.M. 12092 x 4.
Two reconstructed
views of the posterior
part of the skull. A.
Sagittal view. B.
Parasagittal view.
‘Sl
EE
WH
-—T Ba
SZ
a LE
Y
part is composed of the parasphenoid, and that the upper part, forming most
of the anterior border of the sella turcica, may represent a distinct presphenoid.
S.A.M. 12060 Mormosaurus sp. (Figs 12-16)
This specimen consists of a good skull of which the snout has been
weathered away. A longitudinal fracture has made it possible to study the left
half of the skull conventionally and to make a series of cross-sections of the
posterior part of the right half of the skull. I have combined the results so
obtained to produce reconstructed figures showing the skull in sagittal and in
parasagittal view.
A serwes of cross-sections (Fig. 12)
To show the nature of the endocranial cavity and the structure of the bony
braincase I am reproducing here a series of cross-sections. This series of sixteen
sections consists of the consecutive odd numbers, commencing anteriorly in
the plane of the olfactory bulbs. The sections are at intervals of 9 mm.
55. This section passes through the anterior end of the sphenoidal complex
and shows this complex forming a median septum with its upper end
intercalated between the two frontals and its lower end resting on the
rostral part of the parasphenoid. In the upper part of its lateral face the
recess for housing the olfactory bulb is well developed. Below this recess
the bone forms a stout septum whose inner part consists of cancellous
bone, lateral of which is an unossified zone which in turn is flanked by
a strip of compact bone. The septum then abruptly narrows and rests
on the fairly thin upper edge of the parasphenoid. The section passes
through the parabasisphenoid just posterior to the original basi-
pterygoidal joint.
The pair of foramina for the internal carotids are seen in their
passage through the bone. The parasphenoid is completely fused with
ho
ho
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
‘JUOIJ 0} HOR WOT] BsvIUTVIG SY} YSNOIY) SUONIAS-SsOID JO SOTIIS DATINIISUOD Y
‘EX Ogosl "JN" Y'S “ds snunvsousopy *G1 “OT
213
loq
€S
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA
53:
49-
47-
45:
43-
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the basisphenoid with no indication of their relative contribution.
Lateral to the recess in the septosphenoid the under surface of the
roof-bones is also excavated to house the olfactory bulb.
The olfactory recess in the septosphenoid is deeper, the septosphenoidal
part of the septum is thickened as is also the parasphenoidal part on
which it rests. The lateral compact face of the septosphenoid is still
separated from the internal cancellous part by a strip of matrix. It
would appear that this separation is a postmortem feature and that it
does not indicate the presence of two separate bones.
. The olfactory recess develops a deeper pocket which is nearly closed off
laterally. The septum becomes greatly thickened and rests on the wide
upper edge of the stout parasphenoid. In the upper part there is a wide
median suture in the septosphenoid.
The olfactory tracts are enclosed in tubes formed by the orbitosphenoid.
The septosphenoid no longer rests on the parasphenoid, because of the
presence of the sella turcica developed in the parabasisphenoid. Dorsally
there is a median suture which bifurcates ventrally.
The pair of separate tubes for the olfactory tracts have in this plane
coalesced to form a single kidney-shaped tube which now houses the
olfactory lobes. Ventrally the septosphenoid is forked to form a domed
root to the sella turcica.
Laterally the anterior edge of the proétic begins to form a lateral
wall to the sella turcica in its lower part. Above the olfactory lobes there
is a persistent open median suture, and below the brain this suture
bifurcates.
The forebrain is housed in a single tube bounded by the orbitosphenoids.
Below the forebrain a median suture in the ventral part of the septum
bifurcates dorsally to form a pair of widely open spaces. Lateral to these
fissures there is a suture separating the upper orbitosphenoidal part
from the lower paired septum. This septal part is formed by a septo-
sphenoid.
Ventrally the parabasisphenoid still forms the floor and part of the
dorsum sellae. The prodtic is extending dorsally into the sidewall.
The proétic and parabasisphenoid are seen to form an irregular
rim of the fenestra ovalis.
The forebrain is still enclosed in the orbitosphenoid, which is dorsally
deeply intercalated between the frontals in the median plane, except
for the floor which is now formed by the septosphenoid. The median
septum is now low but broad. |
A spur of the protic is seen to extend well dorsally and is extending
medially to enter the dorsum sellae which is, however, still mainly
formed by the basisphenoid. The prodétic is separated from the para-
basisphenoid by an unossified zone.
Within the fenestra ovalis the prodtic is connected to the stapes by
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 215
a neck of bone, with no indication of any suture in between.
41. The median septum below the brain ends in this plane. The ventral
edge of the orbitosphenoid nearly meets the ascending prodtic to close
up the sidewall.
The prootics nearly meet in the middle line, where the basioccipital
still forms the middle part of the dorsum sellae. A notch in the prootic is
for the VIth nerve.
39. The orbitosphenoid has met the ascending prodtic to close off the side-
wall of the braincase which has been open laterally of the sella turcica.
The prodtics meet in the median line to form the upper part of the
dorsum sellae. The foramen for the VIth nerve passes through the
prootic part of the dorsum sellae.
37. In this plane the anterior end of the supraoccipital flange has taken over
the formation of the sidewall of the braincase from the orbitosphenoid.
The anterior border of the parietal canal is formed by the parietals
and the floor of the braincase by the prodtics. Note the unossified zone
between the prootics and the basioccipital.
There is an opening in the sidewall through the prootic for the Vth
nerve.
35. The sidewall is here formed by the supraoccipital, prodtic and the
opisthotic.
The vestibule lies in the opisthotic and basioccipital.
33. An opening laterally between the supraoccipital and the opisthotic is
for the exit of the middle cerebral vein. Just posterior to the vestibule
there is a foramen low down at floor level for the exit of the [Xth, Xth,
and XIth nerves.
31. Here the exoccipital forms the floor on which the medulla rests.
29. The medulla is encased in the supraoccipital and the exoccipital.
27 & 25. Shows sections through the parietal canal and the medulla.
Lateral view of the braincase (Fig. 13)
Laterally the brain is seen to be enclosed in bone, except for the absenc
of a lateral wall to the sella turcica and the olfactory bulbs.
The anterior part of the braincase is formed by the sphenoid complex
composed of orbito- and septosphenoid.
The posterior part is enclosed by the bones of the otic capsule—prodtic
and opisthotic—and the occipital bones—supraoccipital and exoccipital.
The sphenoidal septum rests on the parasphenoid.
The anterior median septum is formed by septal upgrowths of the ptery-
goid flanked by sheets from the vomers.
The pterygoidal septum clasps the anterior end of the parasphenoidal
septum.
Epipterygoid
The epipterygoid has a short footplate without posterior process, standing
216 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 13. Mormosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12060 X }.
A parasagittal view of the skull drawn partly from cross-sections and partly directly from
a fracture surface 25—25, 55-55 indicates location of cross-sections.
on the quadrate ramus of the pterygoid. From here it rises obliquely in the skull
as a fairly slender rod to reach the anterior lateral flange of the supraoccipital
just below the ventral surface of the parietal.
Sagittal view (Fig. 14)
In sagittal section it is seen that the floor of the braincase is formed by the
exoccipitals, basioccipital, prodtics, basisphenoid, orbito- and septosphenoids.
The inner lateral face of the endocranial cavity is formed by the exoccipi-
tal, supraoccipital, opisthotic, prodtic and orbitosphenoid.
The vestibule, and the foramina for the vagus complex and the XIIth
nerve lie low down at floor level.
The trigeminal fenestra lies half-way up and is bounded by the supra-
occipital and prodtic.
The optic nerve leaves the endocranium low down through the
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 217
Fic. 14. Mormosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12060 x }.
A sagittal view of the skull reconstructed from a series of cross-sections and a longitudinal fracture.
orbitosphenoid.
The IVth nerve has its foramen bounded by the supraoccipital and the
parietal high up in the sidewall.
The median part of the anterior septum is seen to be formed by the ptery-
goid with the septosphenoid and parasphenoid and presphenoid forming the
interorbital part of the septum.
The basicranium (Fig. 15)
In ventral view it can be clearly seen that the basicranium has a long
sutural contact with the pterygoid and epiterygoid, with no movement between
these two segments.
A lateral process of the parabasisphenoid bounds the fenestra ovalis
anteriorly and a similar process of the basioccipital bounds it postero-ventrally,
218 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
oP
c ror
stu
stco “we 7 ee
/\ *ic
fo
Fic. 15. Mormosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12060 xX 4. a
The basicranial axis reconstructed from cross-sections and direct observation. A. Ventral view in ;
relation to the supporting bones. B. Ventral view. (C. Lateral view. y
Fic. 16. Mormosaurus sp. S.A.M.
12060 x }.
Outline drawings of the endocra-
nial cavity reconstructed from
sections. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal
view with the root of the pineal
mass seen in section.
XW 1X.X.X1 N 1
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 219
and a process of the paroccipital forms the postero-lateral border and the
prootic the upper border.
The rostrum is short and low.
The endocranial cavity (Fig. 16)
From the cross-sections I have graphically reconstructed two outline
drawings of the endocranial cavity in lateral and dorsal views and on them
indicated the exits of the cranial nerves.
The parietal canal is 125 mm in length and the antero-posterior diameter
averages 15 mm. Due to its pear-shape the lateral diameter varies greatly —
16-55 mm.
The sella turcica is deep, extending downwards for half the height of the
parabasisphenoid.
The brain is long, narrow and fairly high.
S.A.M. 11294 Keratocephalus moloch (Figs 17-20)
This weathered and incomplete posterior part of a skull was described by
me in 1956. My interpretation of the nature of the epipterygoid and prodtic
have proved to be at fault and will now be corrected. In addition I have now
cut a median sagittal section through the specimen which has enabled me to
clean the left half of the braincase of matrix and to take an endocranial cast.
Outer view of the braincase (Fig. 17)
Both the left and right sides of the braincase have been adequately exposed.
The occipital, otic and sphenoidal regions are fully ossified so that the only
opening, in addition to the nerve foramina, is in the lateral wall of the sella
turcica. As usual the olfactory bulbs have no ossified lateral wall.
The bones forming the lateral wall are: opisthotic, supraoccipital, prodtic
and the two sphenoidal bones (orbitosphenoid and septosphenoid). The
sphenoidal region rests on a median septum formed by the parasphenoid to
which a presphenoid is probably indistinguishably fused.
The supraoccipital has dorsally a well-developed flange extending well
anteriorly to meet the orbitosphenoid in a plane well anterior of the trigeminal
fenestra. Curving down to form the anterior border of the trigeminal fenestra
the supraoccipital meets the ascending pillar of the prodtic so that the prodtic
incisure is closed anteriorly.
In lateral view the prodtic is seen to be intimately fused to the anterior
face of the paroccipital and supraoccipital. Ventrally the prodtic enters the
margin of the fenestra ovalis and meets the ascending process of the basisphenoid
and together they form the dorsum of the sella turcica. Above the pituitary
fossa the prodtic meets the orbitosphenoid and here we find the outer opening
for the facial nerve (VII). Further dorsally the ascending pillar of the prootic
meets the descending process of the supraoccipital.
220 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
‘ ‘ - ean ar ~ ‘
1 eS eee ed ea Tas F a a
“esse ”
Fic. 17. Keratocephalus moloch S.A.M. 11294 X +.
Lateral view of the braincase based on the exposed surfaces of both sides, with the occipital and roof-
bones shown in reconstructed section.
Orbitosphenoid
The orbitosphenoid has a large lateral face. Its lower part forms a median
septum resting on the septosphenoid. Its upper part encloses the diencephalon.
Above the pituitary fossa there is a depression to house the Gasserian ganglion.
In the upper part of this hollow lies a large rounded foramen for the optic
nerve (II).
The orbitosphenoid is applied to the under surface of the frontal. Here lie
two fairly small foramina. At the junction of orbitosphenoid, supraoccipital,
frontal and parietal there is another foramen. This is probably for the trochle-
aris (IV) and one of the anterior foramina for the oculomotorius (III).
Septosphenoid
The septosphenoid forming the upper part of the median unpaired inter-
orbital septum rests on the presphenoidal and ?parasphenoidal part of the
interorbital septum. |
Dorsally it meets the lower edges of the orbitosphenoidal wings and is
applied to and intercalated between the frontals.
Its lateral face carries a longitudinal groove in which the olfactory bulb is
housed.
Further back it also forms the floor of the tubes housing the olfactory tracts.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 221
Fic. 18. Keratocephalus moloch S.A.M. 11294 X }.
The sagittal view of the braincase drawn directly from a sagittal section and the left half of the cleaned
endocranial cavity.
Inner view of braincase (Fig. 18)
After cutting through the skull in the sagittal plane I have removed the
matrix filling the left half of the endocranial cavity.
The floor of the braincase is formed by the exoccipital, basioccipital,
proétic, basisphenoid, presphenoid, orbitosphenoid and septosphenoid.
The lateral wall is formed by the exoccipital, supraoccipital, opisthotic,
prodtic, orbitosphenoid and septosphenoid. The parietal organ lies wholly in
the parietals.
The roof is formed by the supraoccipital, orbitosphenoid and septosphe-
noid. The hypoglossal foramen through the exoccipital, the jugular foramen
bounded by the exoccipital and opisthotic, the internal auditory meatus into
the opisthotic, the facialis foramen through the pro6dtic and the optic foramen
through the orbitosphenoid all lie low down, mostly at floor level. The trigeminal
fenestra bounded by the prodtic and supraoccipital lies well up in the side wall
and the trochlear foramen bounded by the supraoccipital, parietal and orbito-
sphenoid lies near the root of the parietal organ.
The dorsum sellae has its lower half formed by the basisphenoid and its
upper half by the prodtic. The frons sellae is formed by the presphenoid and
septosphenoid.
The parietal tube is 108 mm high, with maximum diameters 30 x 60 mm.
222 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 19. Keratocephalus moloch S.A.M. 11294 X i.
A cast taken of the left half of the cleaned endo-
cranial cavity. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view.
Cast of the endocranial cavity (Fig. 19)
The cavity is short and as high as it is wide. The exits for nerves II, VII,
VIII, IX, X and XI and XII are at floor level. The trigeminal fenestra lies well
up the side and that of the trochlearis very high up. |
The olfactory tract was short, the olfactory lobes and cerebral hemispheres
were small: the chiasma is faintly indicated as a cross swelling at the level of
the emergence of the optic nerves.
The presence of a flocculus is faintly indicated.
S.A.M. 12093 Keratocephalus sp. (Fig. 20)
This skull lacks the basicranial axis, but dorsally of this it is quite well
preserved. After cutting it through in the sagittal plane I have been able to
clean both halves of the endocranial cavity of matrix.
Fic. 20. Keratocephalus sp. S.A.M. 12093 X i.
Sagittal view of the dorso-posterior part of a skull sectioned in the median plane
and after cleaning the endocranial cavity.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 223
The sutures between the constituent bones of the braincase as shown in
the accompanying figure are clearly shown. It is quite definite that the septo-
sphenoid forms a median septum lying dorsally between the olfactory tracts
and the olfactory bulbs.
The orbitosphenoid forms the roof and sides of that part of the braincase
enclosing the thalamus and cerebral hemispHeres.
The parietal canal is curiously curved; its height is 100 mm: the greatest
antero-posterior diameter is 32 mm but it is greatly expanded from side to side
with the greatest diameter 48 mm.
S.A.M. 11972 Moschops capensis (Figs 21-26)
This specimen, consisting of a good posterior two-thirds of a skull, was
described and figured by me in 1957.
I have now cut out the median part of the skull as a rectangular block and
of this block I have cut a series of 120 cross-sections in order to study the detailed
structure of the braincase and the supporting bones.
I am publishing here some of the cross-sections and a number of figures
reconstructed from these serial sections.
Outer view of braincase (Fig. 21)
In the figure the right side of the braincase is seen in lateral view and the
bones of the occipital plate and the dermal bones of the skull-cap are seen in
ee aie ead St” PM
=
Fic. 21. Moschops capensis S.A.M. 11972 X 4.
Parasagittal view of the braincase reconstructed graphically from a
series of cross-sections.
224 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
parasagittal section.
It is clear that the lateral wall is well ossified; anteriorly the olfactory
region has no lateral bony wall; in the middle the metoptic fissure is still widely
patent, except dorsally where it is closed through the junction of the ossifications
of the otic and sphenoidal regions. Noteworthy is the great anterior extent of the
lateral flange of the supraoccipital. This, together with the great forward
growth of the prodtic, closes the trigeminal incisure with a wide sheet of bone
ossified in the pila antotica, but the trigeminal fenestra, through which passes
the median cerebral vein and the trigeminal nerve is still large.
Laterally to the persistent metoptic fissure lies the slender upper part of the
epipterygoid, forming above a roomy cavum epiptericum. There is no posterior
process to the footplate of the epipterygoid. When fully developed the epipterygoid
would dorsally extend to meet the downwardly directed flange of the parietal.
The median septum of the pterygoid is not fully developed in this specimen;
but in the American Museum of Natural History there is a specimen figured by
me in which the pterygoid septum makes contact with the tip of the para-
sphenoidal rostrum.
The fenestra ovalis lies low down in the skull with its rim formed by the
basioccipital, parabasisphenoid, opisthotic and prodtic.
The braincase in sagitial view (Fig. 22)
In sagittal section it is evident that the brain rests on the exoccipitals,
basioccipital, prodtics, basisphenoid and the sphenoids. Laterally the brain is
ox
Fic. 22. Moschops capensis
S.A.M. 11972 X }.
Sagittal view of the braincase
reconstructed graphically from a series
of cross-sections.
| wy
\
<4
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 225
bounded by the following bones: exoccipital, supraoccipital, opistothotic,
proodtic and orbitosphenoid. The roof to the brain is formed by the supraoccipi-
tal, frontal, and orbitosphenoid.
Internally the openings for the hypoglossal, the foramen jugulare and the
internal auditory meatus lie low down on the sidewall at floor level.
The upper part of the dorsum sellae is formed by the prodtics meeting each
other in the median line. The lower part of the dorsum sellae is formed by the
basisphenoid.
The [Vth nerve lies high—at the root of the parietal organ.
The orbitosphenoid is a small bone intercalated between the frontals in
the median line and forms part of the roof of the rhienecphalon.
In its upper part the orbitosphenoid posteriorly encloses the olfactory lobes,
and further forward forms a pair of tubes to house the tracti olfactorii and
anteriorly the septosphenoid forms grooves opening laterally to house the olfac-
tory bulbs.
The lower part of the sphenoid complex forms a median septum and this
part would appear to be composed of a septosphenoid and a presphenoid resting
on the upper edge of the parasphenoidal rostrum.
The parietal tube is large with a height of 130 mm. Its sides are irregular
with diameters varying from 16 to 34 mm.
The basicranial axis (Fig. 23)
The basicranial axis is formed by the firmly united exoccipitals, basioccipi-
tal and the fused parabasisphenoid.
In ventral view it is evident that the fenestrae ovales lie very close to the
median line. Only the posterior part of the interpterygoid vacuity is patent with
the result that the parasphenoidal rostrum is obscured by the pterygoids meeting
in the median line. The parabasisphenoid is firmly joined to the epipterygoid
and the footplate of the epipterygoid but, though immovable, the old basiptery-
Fic. 23. Moschops capensis S.A.M. 11972 X 4.
The basicranial axis reconstructed from cross-sections. A. Ventral view in relation to sup-
porting bones. B. Vental view. C. Lateral view.
226
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
goidal process of the basisphenoid is still defined.
In lateral view it is seen that the parasphenoidal rostrum is directed
upwards at an angle of 45° to the cranial base.
The endocranial cavity (Fig. 24)
From the series of cross-sections I have graphically reconstructed outline
drawings of the endocranial cavity in lateral and dorsal views.
The parietal organ is enormous, but the large size indicated for the hypo-
physis
is due to the fact that the ossification of both the dorsum and frons of the
sella turcica is incomplete.
The telencephalon appears to have been weakly developed.
Xi
Fic. 24. Moschops capensis S.A.M. 11972 X #.
The endocranial cavity as graphically recon-
structed from cross-sections. A. Lateral view.
B. Dorsal view.
The sphenoidal complex (Fig. 25)
In the accompanying figure some cross-sections through the sphenoidal
region show the relations of the constituent elements.
70.
74:
80.
82.
88.
At the level of the olfactory lobe the orbitosphenoids in section present
a Y enclosing the brain from below, above and from the sides. Dorsally
they abut against the lower face of the frontals.
10 mm anteriorly the septosphenoid is Y-shaped and dorsally abuts
against the orbitosphenoid, which is a small elongated median bone
intercalated between the two frontals.
14mm anteriorly the brain forms a pair of olfactory tracts separated by
a median pillar formed of the septosphenoid. Above this there is still an
orbitosphenoid which has become narrower and shallower.
5 mm further forward there is still a narrow orbitosphenoid and the
olfactory bulbs are exposed laterally. The septum formed by the septo-
sphenoid is greatly thickened.
The obitosphenoid has terminated and the upper part of the septum is
still wide, whereas the lower part is narrow and may represent a pre-
sphenoid. This rests on the parasphenoidal rostrum.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 227
Q9 bol
Fic. 25. Moschops capensis S.A.M. 11972 X 4
A series of sections through the sphenoidal region from back to front.
S.A.M. 11985 Moschops sp. (Fig. 26)
This specimen consists of a very well-preserved isolated occipital plate.
In posterior view (A) the tripartite nature of the condyle is well shown,
with the basioccipital lower third forming the articular face so that the skull
228 -t ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
je)
SE LA co)
BO pbs
Fic. 26. Moschops sp. S.A.M. 11985 x 4.
An isolated occipital plate. A. Posterior view. B. Anterior view. C. Sagittal view.
drawn after the endocranial cavity had been cleaned. D. Parasagittal view.
would hang down at a sharp angle. The exoccipitals meet in the median line
to form the floor for the medulla. Anterior to the exoccipitals a hump in the
floor is formed by the basioccipital lying between the internal auditory meati.
In anterior view (B) the prodtics are seen lying intimately applied to the
anterior face of both supraoccipital and opisthotic. They meet in the median
line, where they are hollowed out and form the upper part of the dorsum
sellae. Dorsally the proétic has an ascending pillar, which meets a descending
process of the supraoccipital. These are ossifications in the pila antotica and
enclose the trigeminal fenestra anteriorly. Lateral to the trigeminal fenestra
lies the foramen for the VIth cranial nerve.
Below each prootic lies the circular fenestra ovalis, which forms a cup-
shaped depression in the opisthotic pierced by two foramina leading into the
internal auditory meatus.
The hollow is bounded by a sharp raised rim formed by the opisthotic.
The parabasisphenoid has fallen away, but when present the basisphenoid
together with the basioccipital and proétic form an outer rim to the fenestra
ovalis which partly obscures the inner rim formed solely by the opisthotic.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 229
Between the lower edge of the prodtic and the fenestra ovalis lies the opening
of the VIIth cranial nerve.
In sagittal section (C) it can be seen that the braincase floor is formed by
the exoccipital, basioccipital and prodétic, with the foramen for the XIIth, the
jugular foramen and the internal auditory meatus lying at floor level.
Piercing the ascending process of the prodtic is the foramen for the VIth
nerve. Behind the prodtic-supraoccipital bar lies the slit-like trigeminal fenestra.
Behind this the sidewall of the braincase, here formed by the prodtic, is hollowed
out and in this hollow the flocculus was housed.
In (D) the occipital plate is seen in lateral view and shows the slit-like
trigeminal fenestra bounded anteriorly by the prodétic and supraoccipital and
the fenestra ovalis bounded by a rim formed by the opisthotic.
S.A.M. 11701 Criocephalus sp. (Fig. 27)
A sagittal cut through this skull-cap
shows the constituent bones to be of
cancellous nature and the fusion of
these spongy bones has obliterated
nearly all traces of the original sutures
between them.
The parietal tube is curved and lies
parallel to the midline of the occiput
and the curvature of the dorsal surface
of parietal and frontal. It is very long —
a ae 185 mm, the antero-posterior diameter
fA.JVL. TITOI . F
Sagittal section through the skull cap varies from g to 14 mm.
showing the pineal tube.
S.A.M. 12046 Criocephalus sp. (Fig. 28)
A sagittal section cut through a badly weathered skull-cap shows the great
thickness of the parietal bone with the parietal tube penetrating this bone. The
tube measures 240 mm in height and the diameters vary from 15 to 20 mm.
S.A.M. 12066 Criocephalus sp. (Fig. 29)
A sagittal section through this skull-cap shows the limits of the constituent
bones, although they are spongy.
The parietal tube runs nearly parallel to the midline of the occiput. Its
length is 198 mm and the antero posterior diameter varies from 16 to 23 mm.
S.A.M. K268 Criocephalus gunyankaensis (Fig. 30)
Four of the skull-caps, described in 1946, are here figured.
A. In this specimen most of a natural cast of the parietal tube is preserved
as well as the tube itself. The length of the tube is 310 mm. At its dorsal
ae
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
-
-
-=
ee ten en
ene we °
my N
Fic. 28. Criocephalus sp. ss >
S.A.M. 12046 x 4}
Sagittal section through the pineal tube.
Pr
Fic. 29. Criocephalus sp.
S.A.M. 12066 x 4.
Sagittal section through the skull cap.
extremity the cast is oval in cross-section with diameters 22 x 27 mm
The skull bones are very spongy, but the face of the tube is very smooth
and is formed of dense and compact tissue.
B. I have cut a frontal section through the parietal tube of this specimen.
The tube is 306 mm in length and the side to side diameter varies from
17 to 26 mm. No sutures in the surrounding cancellous bone can be
determined.
E.
A natural longitudinal fracture passes through the parietal tube, whose
length as reconstructed is 308 mm with antero-posterior diameters
varying from 16 to 25 mm.
F. A longitudinal cut has been made through the skull to give a sagittal
section of the parietal tube which has a length as reconstructed of 170
mm and antero-posterior diameters varying from 17 to 26 mm.
ANTEOSAURIA
S.A.M. 9085 |
SAM. Boos ee sp. (Figs 31-37)
As S.A.M. 12082 lacks the anterior end of the snout I have sectioned a
snout S.A.M. 9085 and from these combined I have graphically reconstructed
the skull from two views.
S.A.M. 12082 was contained in a sandstone bed of about 24 inches. Much
of the upper surface of the skull was weathered away and the rest contained ina
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 231
ES ey a
A eens
ert re
PF
PO
BRAIN
Fic. 30. Criocephalus gunyankaensis x 4. S.A.M. K268.
A. A cast of the pineal tube lying loosely in its tube shown in sagittal view. B. A frontal section
through the skull showing the pineal tube. C. A sagittal section through the pineal tube. F. Sagittal
section through another skull-cap.
232 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
number of blocks weathered at the fracture faces. Unfortunately these fractures —
have passed through vital regions of the skull. So that, although the well-
preserved parts have given excellent sections, a number of structural features are
indeterminable and some doubtful. However, the reconstructions give a fair
picture of the internal structures of the anteosaur skull and profitable compari-
sons can be made with the other Dinocephalia.
Parasagittal view (Fig. 31)
The outer surface of the braincase is formed by the bones found here in all
Dinocephalia. Posteriorly the bones of the occipital plate are seen in section.
The exoccipital has a large outer face and is pierced by a large jugular foramen.
The supraoccipital sends the usual flange anteriorly to meet the sphenoid
complex and a downwardly directed process curving down in front of the
Fic. 31. Anteosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12082 X 4.
Parasagittal view reconstructed from cross-sections. The snout is from S.A.M. 9085.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 233
trigeminal fossa.
The prootic, as ossified, is of small postero-anterior extent. Its anterior
margin carries a trigeminal notch. In maturity, I believe, that the antotic
pila, here cartilaginous, would be ossified.
Of the foramina for the cranial nerves I have only been able to determine
the position of the trigeminal nerve and the jugular foramen.
The fenestra ovalis is large and lies low down, with its borders formed by the
opisthotic, basisphenoid and the prodtic.
The sphenoid complex is of the usual dinocephalian nature, but the limits
of the orbitosphenoid and septosphenoid cannot be wholly determined. The
open groove in the septosphenoid for the olfactory bulb is small.
Below the sphenoid complex lies the median septum formed chiefly by the
parasphenoid. A distinct presphenoid cannot be determined but would form the
postero dorsal corner above the parasphenoid.
As preserved the lateral wall has a large fenestra due to the fact that the
trigeminal fenestra is not closed anteriorly and is thus confluent with the hypo-
physeal fenestra.
Lying lateral to this is the very well-developed epipterygoid. The footplate
resting on and wedged in the pterygoid and the basisphenoid is very well
developed and of great antero-posterior extent, but without a posterior process.
The ascending process is only moderately expanded, but is very strong. Its upper
part and the upper anterior border are greatly thickened. In section this thicken-
ing presents a strong bulbous knob (fig. 36).
The median septum of the snout is strongly developed but the ossification
fails to reach the interorbital septum dorso-posteriorly.
It is mainly composed of well-developed sheets of the pterygoids and only
anteriorly is the pterygoidal septum flanked by sheets from the vomers.
Posteriorly the pterygoids, in the region of the inter-pterygoidal vacuity,
have the septal sheets widely separated to enclose a roomy trough. Further
anteriorly the pair of sheets approach one another and finally coalesce (fig. 35).
Where the interchoanal vomerine bar curves inwards to the median septum
there is the usual groove leading into the vomerine tunnel which carries a
branch of the naso-palatine nerve.
Sagittal view (Fig. 32)
Due to poor preservation the details of the internal structure of the endo-
cranial cavity could not be determined. The general structure is, however, in
essentials very similar to that of the other Dinocephalia. The endocranial cavity
is relatively small and short. The prodtic is not ossified anterior to the trigeminal
notch; it, however, meets its fellow in the median line and forms the upper part
of the dorsum sellae. |
Above the interpterygoid vacuity the two pterygoidal median sheets arise
well lateral to the median line and form a deep trough.
The parasphenoidal septum is fairly weak.
al
Except that it is rather broad the axis has the same structural plan as the
other Dinocephalia. The fenestra ovalis is situated very low down and the para-
sphenoidal septum stands practically vertically to the long axis, with its postero-
dorsal corner probably formed by the presphenoid.
234 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The basicranial axis (Fig. 33)
Fic. 32. Anteosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12082 and 8.A.M. 9085 x }.
Sagittal view reconstructed from cross-sections.
Cross-sections through septum of the snout (Fig. 34)
1. This section across the anterior end of the choanae shows the premaxillary
processes overlying the anterior end of the vomers. The tunnel for the
naso-palatine nerve branch lies between the vomer and premaxillary
process. The pterygoid does not meet the premaxilla.
2. Shows the groove on the lateral surface of the vomer for the entry of a
branch of the naso-palatine nerve.
3. Near the posterior end of the choanae the fused pterygoidal septum is
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 235
Fic. 33. Anteosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12082 x ¥.
The basicranial axis graphically recon-
_ structed from cross-sections. A. Ventral
view in relation to supporting bones.
B. Ventral view. C. Lateral view.
seen flanked by the vomerine septa. A cavity separates the middle por-
tions of the pterygoidal and vomerine septa.
4. Just posterior to the choanae the postero-dorsal part of the vomerine
septa still flank the pterygoidal septum. The palatine is seen to overlie
the vomer.
5. The fused pterygoids form a high median septum with the posterior
ends of the vomerine septa still flanking it dorsally.
Cross-section through the footplate of the epipterygoid (Figs 35-36).
Part of the ventral region has been destroyed by weathering but enough
is preserved to show most of the relations of the epipterygoid to the pterygoid
and parabasisphenoid.
42. Near the posterior end of the interpterygoidal vacuity the pterygoids
are seen to carry two dorsally directed sheets of bone lying well lateral
of the median line.
43. Immediately posteriorly a tongue of the epiterygoid is seen lying in the
substance of the pterygoid.
236 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
4
APs)" IX
Fic. 34. Anteosaurus sp. X 4.
1 and 2 from S.A.M. 9085; 3 to 5 from S.A.M. 12082. Sections across the snout
to show the median septum.
45 & 47. Just posterior to the interpterygoidal vacuity the epiterygoid is
seen to extend medially and also ventrally.
49, 50 & 51. The epipterygoid forms part of the floor of the median trough
and apparently also enters the ventral surface.
52. The epiterygoid apparently overlies the anterior part of the basiptery-
goid process against which the pterygoid is also applied.
53, 54 & 55. The footplate has moved laterally and is applied to the basi-
pterygoid process together with the pterygoid.
65. The footplate of the epipterygoid lies on and over the dorsal edge of the
ls
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 237
Ae 53
Above: Fic. 35. Anteosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12082 X 3.
A series of sections to show the relations of the footplate
of the epipterygoid.
Left: Fic. 36. Anteosaurus sp. S.A.M. 12082 x 3.
Sections showing bulbous thickening of the upper edge
de, Na of the epipterygoid from front to back.
PT
238 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
quadrate ramus of the pterygoid. Note the thickening of the upper edge
of the epipterygoid.
67 & 69. The footplate ends without reaching the quadrate.
The endocranial cavity (Fig. 37)
From the cross-sections in this area which has suffered much from weather-
ing along fracture faces I have attempted graphically to reconstruct the endo- |
cranial cavity.
Fic. 37. Anmteosaurus sp.
S.A.M. 12082 x 4.
Lateral view of the endocranial cavity
in outline.
Few details can be determined but we get some idea of the proportions.
The parietal tube was long—11o mm. The brain could have only been
fairly short and low with a small cerebral region.
TITANOSUCHIA
S.A.M. 11486 Jonkeria sp. (Figs 38-52)
From a snout a series of 64 cross-sections have been cut and from these
reconstructions have been made to show the anterior part of the median septum
in sagittal and parasagittal view.
Lateral view (Fig. 38)
The median septum is seen to be formed by the pterygoids rising fairly
high in the skull and extending very far anteriorly. The vomer has no dorsal
septal development but flanks the pterygoid as a stout interchoanal bar.
The vomerine bar is pierced by a long tunnel. This enters the bone by a
foramen froma groove situated fairly high up in the side of the vomer in a plane
at the level of the posterior choanal border. It opens anteriorly at the junction
of the vomer and the premaxilla.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 239
This tunnel is connected with a shorter tunnel with a separate dorsal entry
and a ventral exit foramen. These probably housed branches of the naso-
palatine nerve.
Median view (Fig. 38)
The median pterygoid septum is seen to be deeply intercalated between
the two vomera and meets the premaxilla.
Fic. 38. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M. 11486 x 4.
A. Parasagittal view of the snout reconstructed from cross-
sections. B. Sagittal view. 13-13 and 31-31. Region through
which the sections, given in the following figure, pass.
Sections (Fig. 39)
Seven sections from front to back show the interesting relations of the
component bones.
240
ie
27.
23.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 39. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M. 11486 x 3.
A series of sections through the median septum of the snout from front to back.
Shows the pterygoids as a thin sheet of bone deeply intercalated between
the vomers. The tunnel (vc) for the naso-palatine nerve is seen in
section.
The tunnel opens into a lateral groove. A notch (nob) in the palatine
is where the ophthalmic branches of V and VII emerge.
Shows the vertical connection between the two tunnels in the vomer.
The tunnel for the branches of V and VII is seen penetrating the
palatine.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA —_. 241
19. The palatine caps the vomer.
17. The palatine overlies the vomer.
15. The palatine meets the pterygoid.
13. The palatine commences to underlie the vomer.
S.A.M. 11556 Jonkeria sp. (Figs 40-44)
A poorly preserved skull with most of the outer bones missing has been used
to cut a series of cross-sections to reveal the internal structure. The braincase
was cut out of the skull in the form of a rectangular block which was then cut
across in a consecutive series of 100 sections.
Drawings of some of the sections are here reproduced as also graphically
reconstructed sagittal and parasagittal views of the posterior part of the skull
and the two outline figures of the endocranial cavity.
The lower surface of the parabasisphenoidal and pterygoidal region has
unfortunately suffered from weathering.
Parasagittal view (Fig. 40)
_ The occiput and dorsal roof-bones are seen in section and the braincase
and related bones in lateral aspect.
The trigeminal foramen is anteriorly not closed as the anterior process of
the supraoccipital and prodotic fail to meet each other. Dorsally it has no border
and anteriorly lies the posterior edge of the orbitosphenoid.
Otherwise the prodtic is well developed with the foramen for the VIth and
VIIth cranial nerves well back from its anterior border.
The sphenoid complex is well developed in its anterior part which is formed
)
=
i/
Fic. 40. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M.
11556 X 4.
Lateral view of the braincase
graphically reconstructed from a
series of cross-sections.
a=
-
== o?
e®eosr”
242 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
by the septosphenoid; its posterior part is less well ossified and it does not meet
the supraoccipital and ventrally the orbitosphenoid does not extend so far as to
include the optic foramen which therefore pierces cartilage. ,
Ventrally the septosphenoid has its posterior part supported by the
presphenoid. With fuller ossification it would also rest on the parasphenoidal
rostum.
The parasphenoid is directed sharply upwards and forwards making with
its anterior edge an angle of + 70° with the basis cranii.
The postero-dorsal part of the parasphenoidal septum is formed by the
presphenoid indistinguishably fused to it.
_ The epipterygoid has a well-developed footplate, but the ascending process,
although nearly reaching the parietal, is slender so that the large lateral fenestra
is well exposed.
Sagittal view (Fig. 41)
A sagittal section clearly shows that the present specimen is of an immature
reptile. Incomplete ossification is seen in the exoccipital, which only forms part
of the posterior floor of the braincase, the incompletely formed dorsum sellae
and the large unossified zone in the parabasisphenoid and thirdly the unossified
lower part of the orbitosphenoid which does not enclose the optic foramen.
In addition the internal auditory meatus is widely open and the orbito-
sphenoid is not met by the supraoccipital.
This is the only specimen where there is some indication of the line of
Fic. 41. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M.
11556 X 4.
Sagittal view of the braincase as
reconstructed. Numbered lines
show the plane of the cross-section
ho of the correspondingly numbered
: sections.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 243
fusion of the basisphenoid to the underlying parasphenoid; but there is no line
of junction indicated between the presphenoid and the parasphenoid.
Sections through the posterior part of the braincase (Fig. 42)
25. A section through the plane in which the vestibules lie shows the roof
and sides of the braincase formed by the supraoccipital and the floor
by the basioccipital.
31. A section through the plane in which the trigeminal foramina lie shows
the pair of prodtics meeting in the floor of the braincase. Note the
imperfect ossification in the parabasisphenoid.
25 3! 35 37 4
Fic. 42. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M. 11556 X }.
A selected series of cross-sections through the posterior part of the braincase. Each section bears its
number in the consecutive series.
35. This section shows the imperfectly ossified dorsum sellae and an unossi-
fied zone between the basisphenoid and the parasphenoid.
37. Here the sidewalls of the braincase are seen to be formed by the orbito-
sphenoids and the prodtics.
41. Lateral to the root of the pineal tube lies the foramen from the IVth
cranial nerve and below the orbitosphenoid the sidewall.is membranous.
Sections through the sphenoid-complex (Fig. 43)
These cross-sections are from front to back and the line of sections is indi-
cated in figure 41 under the section numbers.
71. In the anterior part of the sphenoid complex the septosphenoid is seen
to carry lateral of a median septum grooves which house the paired
244 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
7 67 63 59
Ay
Fic. 43. Fonkeria sp. S.A.M. 11556 X 4.
Sections numbered from front to back through the sphenoidal region.
olfactory bulbs. The forked upper edge of the parasphenoid does not
extend to the thickened lower edge of the septosphenoid.
67 & 63. The wings of the septosphenoid curve round the olfactory grooves.
59. The unpaired olfactory tract is enclosed by bone, which may be orbito-
sphenoid but no break between the wings and the lower septal part can
be determined. :
55. The lower thickened edge of the sphenoidal septum is forked and meets
the upwardly directed fork of the parasphenoid (?presphenoid) to
enclose a canal (trabecular canal). The wings enclosing the olfactory
lobes appear to be orbitosphenoid.
53. The sphenoidal fork is well developed.
51. In the plane of the perforations for the internal carotids the sphenoidal
septum becomes reduced.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 245
47. The sphenoidal septum ends and laterally lie the wings of the orbito-
sphenoids.
The endocranial cavity (Fig. 44)
In lateral and dorsal outline views of the endocranial cavity the exit points
of the various openings and foramina in the braincase are indicated. Of the sub-
divisions of the brain only the olfactory bulbs, tracts and lobes are clearly
demarcated.
Fic. 44. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M. 11556 x 3.
Outline figures of the endocranial cavity:
a. Lateral view; 5. Dorsal view.
S.A.M. 11574 Jonkeria
Of this fairly good skull I have cut 144 cross-sections. From these I have
graphically reconstructed the skull in parasagittal and sagittal section, the
basicranial axis in two views and made outline drawings of the endocranial
cavity in lateral and dorsal views.
Parasagittal view (Fig. 45)
The lateral wall of the braincase is well ossified and is closed except for a
large fenestra in the hypophyseal area and small openings for some of the cranial
nerves, Lateral to the olfactory bulbs there is also no bony wall.
Below the anterior part of the braincase there is a fairly well-ossified inter-
orbital septum.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
"SUOT}IIS-SSOID JO SOTIIS B WILY UMLAP [[NYS dy} JO MOIA [e}USesereg
Fx L911 -wew's “ds vuayuof *SP -o1g
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 24]
In the snout there is a fairly well-developed septum formed by the
pterygoids.
Lateral to the hypophyseal fenestra lies an epipterygoid of small dorsal
extent.
The large hypophyseal fenestra, the moderately developed interorbital
septum, the posteriorly truncated pterygoidal septum and the weakly developed
epipterygoid, all indicate that the skull is in all probability not fully mature.
The constituent bones of the lateral wall of the braincase are: exoccipital,
supraoccipital, opisthotic, prodtic, orbitosphenoid and septosphenoid.
The prodtic is well developed; posteriorly firmly applied to the opisthotic,
dorsally meeting the anteriorly directed flange of the supraoccipital, ventrally
resting on the basisphenoid, anteriorly, its lower half has a free edge forming the
posterior border of the hypophyseal fenestra, whereas its upper half abuts against
the orbitosphenoid. Near its anterior edge there are two foramina; the upper is
a relatively small trigeminal foramen and the lower the small foramen for the
facialis (VII).
The orbitosphenoid is an elongated bone dorsally, applied to the under
surface of the parietal and frontal; ventrally it has a free edge which forms the
upper border of the large hypophyseal fenestra; antero-ventrally it rests on the
septosphenoid along an oblique suture.
At the junction of orbitosphenoid, proétic and supraoccipital lies a slit-like
foramen probably for the [Vth nerve.
The septosphenoid presents a large lateral surface. Dorsally it meets the
orbitosphenoid and the under surface of the frontal. Ventrally it rests on the
parasphenoidal and presphenoidal median septum.
Dorso-anteriorly the outer face of the septosphenoid is hollowed out and in
this groove the olfactory tract opens and in it lies the olfactory bulb. Behind the
groove the septosphenoid meeting the orbitosphenoid forms the lateral wall of
the olfactory tract. Below this level the septosphenoid forms a median septum
which ventrally fits into a groove of the parasphenoid and ?presphenoid.
The parasphenoid indistinguishably fused with the presphenoid forms a
rather weak median septum which is dorsally forked to receive the
septosphenoid.
The median septum of the snout is mainly formed by the pterygoids but
anteriorly it is flanked by weak septal flanges of the vomers.
The epipterygoid is weakly developed in this specimen which appears to be
immature. The footplate is elongated and quite strong but the ascending
columella is but feebly developed. In the mature skull the epipterygoid probably
meets the parietal and would thus largely cover the fenestra laterally of the
cavum epiptericum.
Sagitial view (Fig. 46)
It is apparent that the floor of the braincase is incompletely ossified. Dorso-
anteriorly of the basioccipital the two pro6tics have not met in the median line
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
248
"SUOT}DIS-SSOID UOJ] UMBIP MOIA [eISeS
‘tx PLS11 -W'y's ‘ds vusayuol ‘gb ‘org
S
x
XG,
=/
}
ee ¢
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 249
so that the upper part of the dorsum sellae is unossified.
The presphenoid cannot be identified as a separate element, but is probably
represented by the weakly and incompletely ossified area lying postero-dorsally
of the parasphenoidal septum.
The orbitosphenoid has its ventral part unossified. The exit of the optic
nerve (II) is thus through the upper part of the large lateral fenestra.
The septosphenoid is seen to form a well-developed median septum which
in its dorsal part separates the paired olfactory tracts and the olfactory bulbs.
The median septum of the snout is seen to be formed of an extensive vertical
sheet formed by the pterygoids extending right up to the premaxilla
Cross-sections through the sphenoidal region (Fig. 47)
This series of sections, from front to back, show the relations of the orbito-
and septosphenoids.
49. The septosphenoid is a simple median septum with a ridge indicating
the ventral limit of the groove housing the olfactory bulb. Dorsally there
is a pocket in the frontal and prefrontal for the posterior end of the
nasal sac.
51. The olfactory groove becomes deeper and the tip of the parasphenoid
is seen. bifurcating.
53. The groove becomes pinched in before entering the tube for the olfactory
tract.
54. The olfactory tracts lie in tubes enclosed above by the orbitosphenoids
and below by the septosphenoid.
55. The pair of olfactory tracts coalesce to house the olfactory lobes in a
kidney-shaped tube.
57. The parasphenoid diverging dorsally clasps the septosphenoidal
septum.
59 & 61. Show the orbitosphenoids only forming the lateral walls and no
longer roofing the cerebral hemispheres. The parasphenoid forms a thin
septum.
The basicranial axis (Fig. 48)
The accompanying figure shows the basicranial axis and its relations to the
adjacent bones.
The primitive basipterygoidal processes are not distinguishable. Their
original situation is indicated by the sutural faces for the epipterygoid and
pterygoid.
The parabasisphenoidal tubera are quite prominent and the outer borders
of the fenestra ovalis is seen to be formed by the basioccipital, parabasisphenoid,
prootic and opisthotic.
Two pairs of foramina pierce the parabasisphenoid, the posterior are the
internal carotid foramina and the anterior pair the accessory carotid foramina.
The parasphenoidal rostrum is weak and is directed sharply upwards at an
250 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
49 57
\ Se AYPRF
‘ / F
ne Os
ss
5I
59
vos
= 53 ig
al) PRF F
ee s
OSs OS lol
° SS
Ps
as
6!
Os
ss
SS Yh
Vos
Fic. 47. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M. 15574 X 4.
A series of sections, from front to back, through the sphenoidal region.
angle of about 100° to the lower edge of the axis.
The postero-dorsal bulge in the septum may be formed by a presphenoid.
The endocranial cavity (Fig. 49)
The incomplete ossification in the proétic and sphenoidal regions of the
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 251
ipy
Fic. 48. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M. 11574 X f.
The basicranial axis reconstructed from serial cross-sections. A. Ventral view, with contiguous bones.
B. Ventral view. C. Lateral view.
Fic. 49. Jonkeria sp. S.A.M. 11574 x 4.
22. 20 The endocranial cavity reconstructed from
E lol t EN serial sections. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal
: » view.
252 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
endocranial floor prevents us from determining the lower border of the mid-
brain.
The roots of the posterior cranial nerves lie near the ventral edge; the
trigeminal exit lies well up the side and the [Vth nerve emerged high up.
The olfactory lobes must have been very poorly developed. The tractus
olfactorius was short.
The parietal canal is of moderate height— about 90 mm and the maximum
antero-posterior and side to side diameter 40 mm.
The parietal foramen is much smaller than the diameters of the parietal
tube, due to a forward growth of the upper part of the posterior wall.
S.A.M. 11575 jonkeria sp.
I have cut a series of cross-sections of this specimen, which consisted of a
snout found in association with S.A.M. 11574. From these I have prepared three
graphic reconstructions.
The snout in parasagittal view (Fig. 50)
The interchoanal bar formed by the vomers is pierced by a pair of tunnels
running through the vomers from back to front.
Each tunnel enters the bone from a longitudinal groove high up the side
of the bar and has its exit between the anterior end of the vomer and the
premaxilla. They housed a branch of the naso-palatine nerve.
Dorsally the vomer is pinched in and here forms a sheet of bone flanking
the sagittal septum composed of the pterygoid. The pinched-in hollow in the
vomer housed the lower part of the nasal capsule. Anterior to this lies the direct
air passage (abnp) between external and internal nares.
In this figure the inner surface of the septomaxilla is shown. At the posterior
Fic. 50. Jonkerta sp. S.A.M. 11575 X 4.
Parasagittal view of the snout reconstructed from sections.
rt,
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA
253
ight half cut away.
. S.ALM. 11575 X 4.
iew of snout with the roof-bones of the r
‘IG. 51. Jonkeria sp
A. Ventral view of snout with right vomer removed. B. Dorsal v
254 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
edge of the septomaxilla lies the inner opening
of the septomaxillary foramen. In its anterior
half it carries a horizontal ledge which forms
the floor of the naris.
The interior border of the air passage
leading from the external naris to the choana
is shown by a thick broken line (abnp).
Ventral view (Fig. 51)
A reconstructed ventral view shows the
choanae in relation to the nares. From the
anteriorly situated naris the direct air passage
to the choana runs backwards below the
horizontal ledge of the septomaxilla, whereas
the passage to the olfactory sac runs above this
ledge.
Dorsal view (Fig. 51B)
On the right side part of the premaxilla
and maxilla and the whole nasal bone are
shown cut away to expose the floor of the naris,
the choana and the dorsal surface of the inter-
choanal bar.
The anterior and lateral part of the floor
of the nostril is formed by the premaxilla and
the septomaxilla.
Medially lies the direct air passage passing
below the ledge of the septomaxilla to the
choana. The passage above the ledge leads to
the olfactory sac.
The course of the septomaxillary tunnel
from the internal to the external opening is
shown in broken lines.
In the median line the median septum
formed by the pterygoids and vomers is shown
to form a partial wall between the two olfactory
cavities.
Fic. 52. jonkeria sp.
SAM. 11575 4:
A series of sections from front
to back, through the septo-
maxilla.
. ~~
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 255
The foramen (fvc) leading into the longitudinal tunnel through the vomer
lies lateral to the choana in the dorso-lateral surface of the vomer.
Sections (Fig. 52)
Five cross-sections are here reproduced to show the relations of the
septomaxilla. .
25. A section through the anterior part of the nostril which shows the
nostril floor to be formed chiefly by the premaxilla. Note the forward
extension of the nasal cavity into the premaxilla.
33. The septomaxilla now forms the outer part of the floor, whereas the
premaxilla forms the median part of the floor over which passes the
direct air passage to the choana.
35. The median and lower direct air passage is seen connecting with the
choana; whereas the septomaxilla forms the floor for the higher olfactory
passage.
41 & 45. Show the median septum formed by the pterygoids and vomers.
The Dinocephalian Braincase
From the foregoing detailed descriptions of the specimens studied it has
become clear that the three groups of the Dinocephalia studied (unfortunately I
have no suitable specimen of the Styracocephalia), viz. the Anteosauria, Tapi-
nocephalia and the Titanosuchia, have much in common as far as the structures
here examined are concerned. A general account for the Dinocephalia as a
group can now be presented and this can be followed by a comparative con-
sideration of the constituent sub-groups.
In lateral view very little of the ossifications of the original chondrocranium
can be seen. Ventrally only the lower face of the basioccipital and of the exocci-
pitals and opisthotic are exposed —the rest being sheathed by the parasphenoid.
Posteriorly the basioccipital, exoccipitals and the supraoccipital are seen enclos-
ing the foramen magnum, with the opisthotic extending laterally to form the
stout paroccipital process. Laterally the stout postorbital bar obscures most of
the lateral face of the braincase and through the orbit little of the interorbital
septum can be seen.
Dorsally of course the dermal bones of the roof overlie the endochondral
bones. A parasagittal cut removes the lateral dermal bones and the bones of
the palatoquadrate so that the braincase can be seen in lateral view with the
opisthotic and supraoccipital showing a sectioned lateral face.
In contrast to their pelycosaur ancestors and also to all contemporary
therapsids of the Tapinocephalus zone, the dinocephalian brain is well enclosed
in a practically complete bony box of strongly ossified bones. Except for the
openings for the cranial nerves, blood vessels and otic ducts (endo- and peri-
lymphatic) there is one large lateral opening representing the original metoptic
fissure situated between the pila antotica and the pila metoptica. Anteriorly
the nasal capsule is of course unossified so that the bulbus olfactorius is not
2 56 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
covered laterally by bone.
The closure of the lateral wall above the pituitary fossa is effected by the
meeting of the ossifications of the otic and sphenoidal regions. This is in part
due to the posterior location of the sphenoidal ossifications, but also to the well-
developed condition of the otic ossifications which have extended well forwards.
The prodtic and supraoccipital both extend well anterior to the plane of the
original prodtic incisure.
The bones enclosing the brain are: the exoccipitals, basioccipital, basi-
sphenoid, supraoccipital, opisthotics, prodtics and the sphenoids with the
parasphenoid sheathing the basisphenoid ventrally and the sphenoid complex
clasped and supported ventrally by the presphenoid and the parasphenoidal
rostrum.
The exoccipital
In posterior view the exoccipitals form the upper and latero-dorsal part
of the stout condyle. Laterally they overlap on to the posterior face of the
opisthotic and dorsally on to the posterior face of the supraoccipital.
The two exoccipitals meet each other in the median line and thus form the
surface on which the medulla and hindbrain rest. The exoccipital part of the
floor ends just posterior to the plane in which the internal auditory meati lie.
Anterior to this lies a hump formed by the basioccipital. Laterally each exoccipi-
tal curves upwards to form most of the lateral rim of the foramen magnum.
Dorsally it meets the supraoccipital and thus forms the lower posterior part of
the sidewall. The inner face of the exoccipital is pierced by two foramina situated
low down on the sidewall, practically at floor level. The smaller and posterior
foramen gives exit to the hypoglossal nerve (XII). The larger and anterior
foramen, the so-called jugular or vagus foramen, forms the inner opening of a
long tube (25 mm in length in a specimen of Struthiocephalus) which in addition
to nutritive vessels housed the glossophargeal (IX), vagus (X) and the accessory
(XI) nerves. The exoccipital is really notched not pierced by this foramen as it
forms only the posterior half of the border—the anterior half being formed by
the opisthotic. In some cases these two tubes merge and open into a single
external foramen.
The basioccipital
The basioccipital forms the ventral part of the condyle. Posteriorly a
notochordal pit is evident. This unossified part sometimes extends anteriorly
under the exoccipitals and may even join an unossified space lying between
the basioccipital and the prodtic.
Ventrally the basioccipital overlaps the lower face of the opisthotic, where
it is notched to form the inner edge of the jugular foramen.
The basioccipital makes only a very small contribution to the floor of the
braincase. Just posterior to the plane in which the internal auditory meati lie,
the ends of the exoccipitals diverge and here there lies a low hump in the floor
~ cae 7 ag
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 257
composed of basioccipital. Anterior to the vestibules the basioccipital meets
the prootics above in an unossified zone.
Anteriorly the basioccipital abuts against the basisphenoid and internally
forms part of the inner face of the foramen ovale.
The prootics .
In lateral and anterior views the prodtic is seen to have an extensive outer
face as it lies firmly ankylosed against the inner face of that part of the occipital
plate formed by the supraoccipital and the opisthotic and its paroccipital
process. Anteriorly an edge of the prodtic forms the posterior border of a large
fenestra—the trigeminal foramen. This is in some cases transformed to two
separate openings—the upper one for the median cerebral vein and the lower
for the trigeminal nerve. Anterior to the fenestra a pillar of the prodtic ascends
and this in some cases meets a descending pillar of the supraoccipital to enclose
the trigeminal fenestra anteriorly.
The two proétics meet each other in the median line to form the floor of
the braincase anterior to the plane in which the internal auditory meati lie.
The prodtics form a transverse ridge across the brain floor and the anterior
face of this ridge forms the upper part of the dorsum sellae. The lower part of
the posterior wall of the sella turcica is formed by the basisphenoid. Laterally,
just behind the transverse prodtic ridge, the proétic forms the anterior border
of the internal auditory meatus, whose posterior border appears to be formed
by the opisthotic. From the floor the prodtic laterally curves upwards to form
part of the side wall, where it posteriorly and dorsally meets the downwardly
extending inner face of the supraoccipital.
The most lateral anterior edge of the prodtic forms the posterior border of
the large trigeminal fenestra. More medially and anteriorly the prodtic forms a
dorsally directed stout process developed in the pila antotica and this pillar
forms the lower half of the anterior border of the trigeminal fenestra. Here it
often meets the downwardly directed process of the supraoccipital. The original
prodotic incisure is thus closed anteriorly and a prodtic fenestra is thus formed
and this is directed much anteriorly.
The median ventral face of the prodtic abuts against the ascending process
of the basisphenoid and these two together form the dorsum sellae. Higher up
the anterior edge of the prodtic meets the orbitosphenoid.
Just behind this edge and below the trigeminal fenestra the prodtic is
pierced by a foramen for the facial nerve (VII).
The supraoccipital
In the internal face of the braincase the supraoccipital forms the upper
smaller part of the lateral rim of the foramen magnum above the exoccipital.
Extending dorsally it forms the dorsal edge of the foramen magnum and from
here anteriorly it forms the whole domed roof of the brain up to the root of the
parietal organ.
2 53 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
In the lateral wall the supraoccipital descends to meet the anterior edge of
the exoccipital and the dorso-posterior edge of the prodtic and the opisthotic.
Anterior to the plane in which the trigeminal fenestra lies, a process of
the supraoccipital descends to meet the ascending prodtic process formed in the
pila antotica to form the upper part of the anterior border of the trigeminal
fenestra. The anterior edge of this process meets the posterior edge of the orbito-
sphenoid. Antero-dorsally the supraoccipital meets the parietal where the
parietal organ emerges from the brain.
Postero-dorsally of the internal auditory meatus is an outward directed
bulge for the flocculus.
The basisphenoid
The basisphenoid houses the pituitary fossa of which it forms the anterior
and most of the posterior face. At the bottom of the pit a pair of foramina enter
carrying the internal carotids. No demarcation between the basisphenoid and
the sheathing parasphenoid is usually evident, cf. Fonkeria.
There being no sidewalls to the sella turcica the metoptic fissure is patent
and the pituitary vein has no special foramen but it would appear that both
the oculomotorius (III) and the trochlearis (IV) emerging higher up pierce
the posterior part of the sphenethmoid complex.
The opisthotic
In its median part the opisthotic is firmly ankylosed to the supraoccipital
above and the prodtic anteriorly. Laterally it is produced as a very strong
paroccipital process and forms most of the rim of the foramen ovale —posteriorly,
anteriorly and laterally.
In the inner face of the endocranial cavity the opisthotic has no great face
and appears only to enter into the rim of the internal auditory meatus. Lateral
to this it of course houses the internal ear.
The parietal
Above and between the foramina for the exit of the pair of trochlear nerves
the braincase has a large dorsal foramen whose rim is wholly formed by the
parietals. This is the lower end of the parietal tube which pierces the greatly
thickened skull roof.
Laterally the ventral edge of the parietals rest on the upper edges of the
supraoccipital and the sphenoid complex. Here the parietal tube is somewhat
constricted—but immediately widens again with a decided posterior bulge—
then narrows again with the tube during the whole length presenting in section
an irregular oval outline. Dorsally at its opening on to the outer surface the tube
is again somewhat constricted and the outer parietal or pineal foramen usually
opens in the middle of a mound.
The parietal tube varies in length from 100-320 mm. Its walls are smooth
and formed of compact bony tissue.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 259
The sphenoidal region
Anterior to the otic region lies the sphenoidal complex usually in maturity
well ossified. Ventrally it rests in the form of a median septum on the septum
formed by the parasphenoid. Dorsally it is intercalated between the frontals.
Posteriorly it meets the parietal, supraoccipital and prodtic, but postero-
ventrally the sidewall is fenestrated as here the metoptic fissure is still patent
and the hypophysis laterally not enclosed with bone.
The sphenoidal complex is composite and the limits of the component
parts difficult to determine as the sutures are in maturity usually closed, but
from the sections it is manifest that three discrete elements are present, viz. a
presphenoid, an orbitosphenoid and a septosphenoid.
The presphenoid is a sheet of bone lying in the median plane and ventrally
resting on the parasphenoidal septum to which it is usually intimately fused,
and dorsally supports the septum formed by the septosphenoid. Its posterior
edge forms the anterior border of the pituitary fossa.
The septosphenoid is also a vertically orientated sheet of bone which rests
ventrally on the upper edges of the presphenoid and the parasphenoid. Its
posterior edge is free and forms the upper part of the anterior border of the
hypophysal fenestra. Dorsally it is clasped by the frontals.
In its dorso-anterior part a pair of lateral grooves are developed separated
by a median septum. The posterior part of the olfactory bulbs are housed in
these grooves. The olfactory bulbs thus have no lateral bony wall. Posterior to
these grooves the olfactory tracts are housed in a pair of tubes.
The orbitosphenoids form the postero-dorsal part of the sphenoidal com-
plex. They form the postero-dorsal part of the median septum. From this
median stem the pair of orbitosphenoids curve round the thalamus and the
cerebral hemispheres. Just above the median stem each orbitosphenoid is
pierced by a large rounded foramen for the optic nerve (II).
Dorsally the orbitosphenoids abut against the under surface of the parietals
and frontals and under the frontals the two orbitosphenoids meet each other in
the median line to form a roof for the cerebral hemispheres.
Posteriorly each orbitosphenoid meets the supraoccipital high up in the
sidewall and lower down the prodtic to form a bony lateral wall enclosing the
brain. |
The ethmoidal region
Anterior to the sphenoidal region there are in the Dinocephalia no ossifica-
tions in the ethmoidal region nor in the nasal capsules.
Anterior to the parasphenoid the median septum is formed by a high sheet
of the pterygoids flanked by upgrowths of the vomers.
Contemporary therapsids
In order to enable me to compare the nature of the braincase, basicranial
axis and median septum in the Dinocephalia to that developed in their con-
260 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
temporary fellow therapsids I present here descriptions of these structures as
determined in one specimen of a dicynodont and in two pristerognathid
therocephalians. Unfortunately I have as yet not been able to collect a suitable
specimen of a gorgonopsian.
(a) DICYNODONTIA
S.A.M. 12217 Dicynodon sp.
I have cut a series of 62 cross-sections of a fair-sized Dicynodon skull from
the lower part of the Tapinocephalus zone.
For comparison with the foregoing Dinocephalia I have graphically
reconstructed views of the skull in the same way as for the Dinocephalia.
Parasagittal view (Fig. 53A)
The braincase occupies a great part of the length of the skull—74%
(Moschops 59%, Struthiocephalus 44%, Fonkeria 34%, Anteosaurus 32%) and also
of the height of the skull (excluding the thickness of the roof-bones) viz. 61%
(Moschops 41%, Struthiocephalus 41%, Anteosaurus 40%, Jonkeria 36%). The
braincase is high relative to its length—79% (Anteosaurus 31%, Moschops 26%,
Struthiocephalus 25% and Fonkeria 21%).
But its sides are widely open. There is a large gap between the sphenoidal
region and the otic region.
The anterior extent of the prodtic is not great and the trigeminal emerges
through a notch at the junction of the prodtic and the supraoccipital.
The sphenoidal complex situated far forward is very well developed.
Dorsally it is applied to and intercalated between the frontals. Its median
septal part extends far ventrally where it rests on the tip of the parasphenoidal
rostrum.
On its dorso-anterior face there is a groove which housed the olfactory
bulbs. Posteriorly this groove pierces the bone and connects with the trough
which houses the unpaired olfactory lobes.
The sides of this trough may be formed by a separate bone. A notch
posteriorly indicates its limits.
The complex would then be composed of a median septal part—the septo-
sphenoid—and a pair of wings—the frontosphenoid or orbitosphenoid.
The parasphenoidal rostrum, which lies horizontally stretches far forward
to make contact with the palatal sheets of the premaxillae. On its dorsal edge
it carries a sheet of bone directed antero-dorsally towards the postero-ventral
edge of the septosphenoid. This is the presphenoid.
Anteriorly the lower edge of the parasphenoidal rostrum rests on the upper
surface of the vomers, which lie far posteriorly in the middle third of the skull.
The choanae lie posterior to the anterior third of the skull.
Anterior to the vomers the premaxillae form a well-developed median
septum in the snout.
a.
.-
-
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 261
The fenestra ovalis pierces the basioccipital well above the lower edge,
here formed by the strong basioccipital tubera. |
The epipterygoid has a fairly short footplate resting on the pterygoid and
meeting the basisphenoid at the basipterygoidal process. Its ascending process
which is fairly slender is directed somewhat anteriorly and meets the under
surface of the parietal.
The quadrate ramus of the pterygoid is low and weak.
Fic. 53. Dicynodon sp. S.A.M. 12217 X 1.
A. Parasagittal view of the skull as reconstructed graphically from a series
of cross-sections. B. Sagittal view.
Sagittal view (Fig. 53B)
The posterior part of the braincase is seen to have its lateral wall formed
by the exoccipital, supraoccipital, opisthotic and prodtic; the floor is formed by
the basioccipital which is anteriorly not overlain by the proédtics. The prodtics
fail to meet each other in the middle line so that the upper part of the sella
262 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
turcica has no ossified dorsum. The lower part of the dorsum sellae is as usual
formed by the basisphenoid. The sella turcica also has only a short ossified frons
formed by the basisphenoid. The hypophysis was thus apparently small.
The jugular foramen and internal auditory meatus lie at floor level, but
the notch for the exit of the trigeminal nerve lies very high in the sidewall. The
roof is formed by the supraoccipital and parietal. There is also a downwardly
directed flange of the parietal into the sidewall. |
The large middle part of the braincase wall is unossified, but in a more
lateral plane lies the slender epipterygoid. The floor is here formed by the
basisphenoid and presphenoid.
In the sphenoidal region the sidewall is formed by flanges of the frontal
meeting the curved wings of the orbitosphenoid, which also forms the floor for
the olfactory tract. Further anteriorly the median septum of the septosphenoid
separates the grooves housing the paired olfactory bulbs. The parasphenoidal
rostrum lying horizontally is seen to overlie the vomers which lying far back
form a deep median keel. Anteriorly the premaxillae carry a fairly high dorsal
septum.
Anteriorly the pterygoids do not enter the median plane and neither do
they develop any dorsal parasagittal septa.
The basicranial axis (Fig. 54)
I have reconstructed three figures of the cranial base.
In A the basicranial structures are shown in ventral view in relation to the
contiguous bones.
Fic. 54. Dicynodon sp. S.A.M. 12217 X 1
Basicranial axis reconstructed from serial sections. A. Ventral view in relation to the surrounding bones. B. Ven
tral view. C. Lateral view.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 263
The parasphenoidal rostrum is seen lying above the interpterygoid vacuity
with its anterior end underlain by the vomers, which here carry a well-developed
ventral keel.
The choanae are seen to open posteriorly to the edge of the premaxilla into
longitudinal grooves roofed by the vomers and flanked by the palatines.
In B the adjacent bones have been removed to show the basicranial bones
in ventral view. The basipterygoidal processes are still quite prominent. In C
the above is seen from the side and the dorsum sellae appears to have its upper
part formed by the basioccipital.
The endocranial cavity (Fig. 55)
In the accompanying figures the endocranial cavity is shown in outline in
lateral and dorsal view.
The brain cavity is long; wide and high posteriorly and low and narrow
elsewhere.
The parietal tube is short (6 mm) and its diameters small (4-5 mm) and
the sella turcica shallow.
The mes- and metencephala could have been well AS sloped but the fore-
brain could have had but a small volume.
Fic. 55. Dicynodon sp. S.A.M. 12217 X 1.
The endocranial cavity reconstructed in outline from sections.
A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view.
Sections (Fig. 56)
I. am reproducing here four sections from front to back to show the structure
of the sphenoidal region.
264 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
16. The septosphenoid forms a thin median septum and the median pre-
maxillary septum is flanked by the anterior ends of the paired vomerine
septum.
20. The sides of the septosphenoid are excavated for the olfactory bulbs. The
posterior end of the premaxillary septum is clasped by the vomers. The
tip of the parasphenoidal rostrum rests on the vomers.
24. The olfactory lobes are housed by the orbitosphenoids resting on a
septum formed by the septosphenoid. The parasphenoidal rostrum is
clasped by the vomers.
28. The orbitosphenoids lose contact with the median septum and the
parasphenoidal rostrum rests on the vomers.
tee
As
(ss
Fic. 56. Dicynodon sp. S.A.M. 12217 X 1.
a?
Cross-sections through the sphenoidal region.
(6) THEROCEPHALIA
S.A.M. K21o Maraisaurus parvus
I have cut 82 cross-sections through the skull of this small pristerognathid
from low down in the Tapinocephalus zone. From these I have reconstructed
drawings on the same basis as for all the preceding specimens to facilitate
direct comparisons.
Unfortunately, however, the sphenoidal region was unossified which leads
one to conclude that the skull was immature.
Parasagittal view (Fig. 57)
In the posterior part the lateral wall of the braincase is formed by the
exoccipital, paroccipital, supraoccipital and prodtic. |
The proétic has a large outer face. Its anterior edge is notched for the
trigeminal nerve and above this there is a gap between the pro6tic and the
supraoccipital. This lack of ossification also denotes that we are dealing with an
immature skull.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 265
The anterior part of the prodtic is pierced by two small foramina for the
VIth and VIIth cranial nerves.
The fenestra ovalis is bounded by the opisthotic, basioccipital, basisphenoid
and prootic and is situated quite high up in the skull.
The epipterygoid has a long footplate and a fairly broad ascending
columella. :
It lies lateral to the sella turcica and to the anterior edges of the prodtic
and supraoccipital and meets the parietal.
Fic. 57. Maraisaurus parvus 8.A.M. Kaito X 1.
A. Parasagittal view reconstructed from serial sections. B. Sagittal view.
The pterygoid dorsally bears a low septum. Posteriorly, above the inter-
pterygoid vacuity, the paired parasagitally situated septa enclose a trough, but
anteriorly these meet in the median line to form a single median septum, For a
short distance the upper edge of this septum is forked and these would
apparently clasp the lower edge of the septosphenoid when ossified.
Anteriorly the pterygoids do not extend in between the vomers.
266 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Sagittal view (Fig. 57B)
The exoccipital forms the posterior part of the braincase floor. Most of the
floor is formed by the basioccipital. Anterior to this the two proétics meet in :
the middle line above the basisphenoids with an unossified gap between them. __
The upper part of the dorsum sella is thus formed by the pro6tics and the |
lower part by the basisphenoid.
The sella turcica is shallow with no frons.
The parasphenoidal rostrum lies horizontally and no presphenoid is
ossified above it. |
The basicranial axis (Fig. 58)
Three reconstructed views of the bones of the basicranium are given.
In A a ventral view shows the basal bones in relation to the supporting
bones, with the parasphenoidal rostrum lying above the interpterygoidal
vacuity.
In B the contiguous bones have been removed. The basispterygoid process
is just evident.
In C a lateral view shows the horizontal disposition of the parasphenoidal
rostrum, and the shallow sella turcica without an ossified frons.
Fic. 58. Maraisaurus parvus S.A.M. Kato X 1.
Basicranial axis as reconstructed from serial sections. A. Ventral view in relation to contiguous bones.
B. Ventral view. C. Lateral view.
COMPARATIVE
In a recent publication I attempted to show how the families of the therap-
sids diverged in pre- T apinocephalus zone times, basing my views on the effects of
the differential developments of the jaw mechanism.
Here I found that, as far as the South African therapsids were concerned,
from a first divergence emerged the two suborders Anomodontia and Therio-
dontia. Two later splits produced from the former the two infra-orders Dicyno-
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 267
dontia and Dinocephalia and from the latter the two infra-orders Gorgonopsia
and Therocephalia.
To what conclusions does the above study of the braincase, basicranial
axis and median septum bring us?
A review of the nature of these structures in the morphological series —
primitive labyrinthodonts—captorhinomorphs to sphenacodont pelycosaurs
may help to indicate the developmental trends towards the pre-T apinocephalus
zone eotherapsids and their immediate descendants,
The primitive labyrinthodonts (e.g. Palaeogyrinus)
In these forms in the sagittal plane, the occiput makes an angle of go°
with the basicranial axis (and the general level of the paalte and alveolar border
of the upper jaw).
The long parasphenoidal rostrum thus lies horizontally and there is no
downturn of the face.
The sphenethmoid resting on the parasphenoid and stretching dorsally to
the frontals houses the anterior part of the brain which thus with the olfactory
bulbs as a whole lies horizontally.
The exoccipital does not enter the brainfloor.
The sidewall of the braincase is well ossified with the exception of the
ethmoidal region and nasal capsules.
The prootic is well developed, extending well forward to enclose the
foramen for the Vth nerve, but it does not meet the sphenoidal bones above the
metoptic fenestra. Below this fenestra the basisphenoid is intercalated between
the prodtic and the sphenethmoid and forms the floor of the shallow sella
turcica, whose dorsum is formed by the prodtic and the frons by the sphenethmoid.
In the sphenoidal region there is a single bone pierced by the foramen for
the IInd nerve. The bone has two dorsal wings standing on a median septum,
which is supported below on the parasphenoidal rostrum, which is long and lies
horizontally. The bone does not form a roof for the braincase.
Both the fenestra ovalis and the sella turcica lie high up in the skull.
In the median line the ventral surface of the cranial base, formed by the
basioccipital and the long parasphenoid, lies horizontally with the rostrum
exposed through the long widely open interpterygoidal vacuity. Anteriorly the
long processes of the pterygoids meet in the median line, but form no dorsal
septum. Further anteriorly lie the short vomers in the same plane. There is no
median dorsal septum in the ethmoidal region.
The captorhinomorphs
The occiput is slightly inclined forwards to make an angle of about 80°
with the cranial base. The shortened parasphenoidal rostrum is slightly inclined
upwards to make an angle of about 30° with the cranial base.
The sphenethmoid resting on the dorsally inclined parasphenoid houses
the rhinencephalon, which is thus carried upwards away from a horizontal
268 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
plane. The exoccipital does not enter the brainfloor.
The sidewall of the braincase is poorly ossified with a wide gap between
the otic and sphenethmoidal regions.
The prodtic is poorly developed, not extending forwards to enclose a
foramen for the Vth nerve. It does not meet the sphenoidal bones. Below the
metoptic fenestra it meets the basisphenoid, which forms the floor of the deep
sella turcica and the very high dorsum sellae.
The single sphenethmoidal ossification is Y-shaped in section with the
stem forming an interorbital septum.
Both the fenestra ovalis and the sella turcica lie low down in the skull.
In the median line the shortened upturned parasphenoidal rostrum is
exposed through the long widely open interpterygoidal vacuity. Anteriorly the
long anterior processes of the pterygoids meet in the median line but form no
dorsal septum. Further anteriorly lie the elongated vomers in the same plane.
The pelycosaurs
In Dimetrodon the occiput is inclined further forwards to make an angle of
about 60° with the cranial base.
The long parasphenoidal rostrum is inclined upwards with its tip lying on
the upper edge of the high pterygoidal septum, well posterior to the vomer.
There is thus a strong downturn of the face. The exoccipital forms the posterior
part of the brainfloor.
The sidewall of the braincase is poorly ossified with a wide gap between
the otic and sphenoidal regions.
The prodtic is weakly developed; it does not extend far anteriorly and
does not enclose a foramen for the Vth nerve; it does not meet the sphenoidal
complex above the pituitary fenestra. Ventrally the two prodtics meet in the
middle line to form a high dorsum sellae of a fairly deep sella turcica whose frons
as well as its floor is formed by the basisphenoid.
A median ossification is present in the interorbital region; it is essentially
a vertical plate lying in the midline of the skull and split above so that it is
Y-shaped in section. Its ventral septal part is clasped by the parasphenoid; its
dorsal part encloses a tube in its posterior part, which is anteriorly divided into
two for the olfactory tracts. It seems probable that this ossification is tripartite:
the septal part being a septosphenoid and the wings orbitosphenoids with a
foramen for the passage of the IInd nerve.
Both the fenestra ovalis and the sella turcica lie low down in the skull.
In the median line the long parasphenoidal rostrum is exposed through
the fairly long and widely open interpterygoidal vacuity.
Anteriorly the very long anterior pterygoidal processes meet in the median
line and form a high median dorsal septum. Further anteriorly the long vomers
lie with their medio-ventral edges in nearly the same plane as the pterygoids.
The vomerine septum is fairly low.
=
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 269
The early therapsids of the Tapinocephalus zone
The study of the structural features used in the above comparisons in the
case of the early therapsids reveals such a great degree of variation that it is
difficult to treat the infra-orders together as a group representing a single
morphological stage beyond the pelycosaur stage.
Intermediate stages appear imperative-in order to link up the pelycosaur
and therapsid stages of development.
I will thus treat the 4 infra-orders separately and then indicate what inter-
mediate proto-Therapsid stages could be postulated.
The Dinocephalia
In the three families Anteosauridae, Titanosuchidae and Tapinocephalidae
the occiput is inclined backwards at an angle of 110°-170° to the cranial base.
The median ventral edge of the fairly short parasphenoidal rostrum is inclined
upwards to make an angle with the cranial base varying from 5° to 80°. There is
thus little to very great downturn of the face. The parasphenoid meets or does
not meet the high pterygoid septum and always ends far posterior to the vomer.
The exoccipital forms the posterior part of the brainfloor.
The sidewall of the braincase is always well ossified and the small fenestra
between the otic and sphenoidal regions is dorsally closed through the meeting
of the sphenoidal, otic and occipital bones. The braincase, however, lies far
posteriorly with a large area between the sphenoidal region and the nostril
without bony sides
The prodtic is well developed, extending anteriorly and, together with a
flange from the supraoccipital, meets the orbitosphenoid to close the dorsal part
of the metoptic fenestra. The Vth nerve thus passes through a foramen enclosed
by bone. Ventrally the two prodtics meet in the median line and thus form the
upper part of the dorsum sellae. The sella turcica is very deep with the lower part
of the dorsum sellae and the floor formed by the basisphenoid. The frons is formed
by the presphenoid which forms a vertical septum standing on the parasphenoid.
In the interorbital region there is a well-ossified sphenoidal complex con-
sisting of a median septum formed by a septosphenoid resting on the para- and
presphenoid. Above the septosphenoid the orbitosphenoids, pierced by a fora-
men for the IInd nerve, form wings posteriorly enclosing a single tube for the
olfactory lobes and anteriorly a pair of tubes for the olfactory tracts.
Both the fenestra ovalis and the sella turcica lie low down in the skull.
In the median line the short parasphenoidal rostrum is mostly invisible in
palatal view through the reduction of the length and width of the interpterygoi-
dal vacuity.
Anteriorly the anterior pterygoidal processes meet in the median line and
form a very high and long dorsal septum extending anteriorly in between dorsal
flanges of the vomers.
Further anteriorly the vomers, with strong dorsal septa, are inclined
upwards at an angle of 5°-40° to the cranial base.
270 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The Dicynodontia
In a Dicynodon from the Tapinocephalus zone the occiput is inclined forwards
at an angle of 80° to the cranial base.
The long parasphenoidal rostrum is inclined upwards at an angle of 25°
to the cranial base.
There is thus considerable downturning of the face.
The parasphenoid anteriorly rests on the vomer since the pterygoids do
not meet in the median line anterior to the interpterygoidal vacuity.
The exoccipital does not form the posterior part of the brainfloor.
The sidewall of the braincase is widely open, due to the poor development
of the prodtic and the extreme forward position of the sphenoidal complex.
The brain is thus very long in relation to the total skull length.
The prodtic is weakly developed and does not even extend so far anteriorly
as to form a notch for the Vth nerve. Ventrally the two prodtics do not meet
in the median line and have no part in the formation of a dorsum sellae, this being
formed by basisphenoid and basioccipital.
The sella turcica is shallow, with its frons formed by the parasphenoid.
The presphenoid is a vertical sheet of bone in the median line standing on
the parasphenoidal rostrum and it makes no contact with the anteriorly situated
interorbital sphendoidal complex.
The sphenoidal complex is well ossified and consists of a ventral septal sheet
resting on anterior tip of the parasphenoidal rostrum. This is the septosphenoid.
Above rests two wings enclosing the forebrain. These are the orbitosphenoids.
A posterior notch serves for the passage of the IInd nerve.
The fenestra ovalis appears to lie high up in the skull but this is due to the
development of the strong basioccipital tubera.
In the median line the long parasphenoidal rostrum is well exposed
through the long and wide interpterygoidal vacuity.
With the radical change in the nature of the anterior pterygoidal processes
the pterygoids do not meet.each other in the median line anterior to the inter-
pterygoidal vacuity.
Anterior to the interpterygoidal vacuity the vomer lies in the median line
and supports the anterior end of the parasphenoidal rostrum.
Further anteriorly lie the palatal sheets of the premaxilla forming a secon-
dary palate.
The Therocephalia
In the Pristerognathidae the occiput is inclined forwards at an angle of 80°
to the cranial base.
The long parasphenoidal rostrum is inclined upwards at an angle of 30°.
Its anterior end lies free, unsupported by the pterygoid.
The exoccipital forms a small part of the posterior part of the brainfloor.
The sidewall of the braincase is widely open since the sphenoidal complex
is usually not ossified.
———
“— >
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 271
The prootic is weakly developed, but forms a notch’for the Vth nerve. The
pair just meet in the middle line to form the upper part of the dorsum sellae
with the basisphenoid lying lower down and also forming the floor of the
sella turcica, which is very shallow.
The sphenoidal complex is only present in a specimen sectioned by Broom
where it is feebly ossified. ;
In the median line the parasphenoidal rostrum is visible through the
narrow interpterygoidal vacuity. Anteriorly the long anterior pterygoidal
processes meet in the median line and carry only a low median septum.
Further anteriorly the long vomers lie in a nearly horizontal plane and form
no dorsal septum.
The Gorgonopsia
Not having a gorgonopsian from the Tapinocephalus zone that could be
sectioned I have to rely on a single specimen of a hipposaurid in which parts
of the structures under consideration are visible.
The occiput is about at right angles to the cranial base.
The short parasphenoidal rostrum is inclined upwards at an angle of about
50° to the cranial base.
The exoccipital does not form part of the brainfloor.
The sidewall of the braincase is widely open between the otic and sphe-
noidal regions.
The prodtic is weakly developed and apparently would not enclose the
foramen for the Vth nerve.
The sphenoidal complex appears to be well developed with apparently a
septal part formed by a septosphenoid and dorsal wings composed of the
orbitosphenoids.
The interpterygoid vacuity is reduced and the short anterior pterygoidal
processes meeting in the middle line anterior to the vacuity forms a high dorsal
septum supporting the parasphenoid. Further anteriorly the long vomers carry
a well-developed dorsal septum.
Derivation of the therapsids
If all the therapsids of the Tapznocephalus zone developed from a common
ancestral group then that group must have been more primitive than the
sphenacodont pelycosaurs (e.g. Dimetrodon).
Considering only the nature of the structures studied in this report it is clear
that the ancestral group would have to be without the following characters
developed by Dimetrodon:
1. The occiput would not be sloping forwards.
2. The prodtic would not be present in the dorsum sellae.
3. The exoccipital would not form the posterior part of the brainfloor and
the basioccipital would not be excluded from the brainfloor.
272 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
4. There would be no strongly developed dorsal median septa on the
pterygoid or vomer.
5. The face would not be so downturned.
Even the ophiacodonts appear to be too advanced as far as the characters
we are here considering are concerned.
Dinocephalia
If, however, the four therapsid groups of the Tapinocephalus zone arose
from different groups of the pelycosaurs one could reasonably derive the Dino-
cephalia from a group very near to Dimetrodon. The developments shown by
the Dinocephalia are: a backward sloping of the occiput for mechanical reasons
associated with a changed function of the nuchal muscles and with a concomi-
tant posterior shift of the braincase and greater strength in the sidewall of the
braincase and an abnormal development of both the parietal organ and hypo-
physeal mass. The latter is related to the pathological pachyostosis which caused
the extinction of the Dinocephalia before the end of Tapinocephalus zone times.
Dicynodontia
The morphological gap between the Dicynodontia of the Tapinocephalus
zone and the Pelycosauria is so great that no known pelycosaur group can be
envisaged as being directly ancestral. Even the Russian Oféshertza, of which the
relevant structures are mostly undetermined, does not provide pointers to an
ancestral pelycosaur. |
A forerunner of the Dicynodontia would have to be a form in which the
prodétic does not enter the dorsum sellae, the exoccipital is excluded from the
brainfloor, no or weak dorsal pterygoidal septum, intermediately situated
sphenoid complex and with the premaxilla just commencing to push the vomer
posteriorly.
Such a form could not also be an ancestor of the Dinocephalia and
Theriodontia.
Many other features of the dicynodont skeleton also point to a separate
origin for these remarkable reptiles, which in their further development right
up to Kannemeyeria in the Trias maintain their basically unique structure.
Therocephalia
The early pristerognathid Therocephalia are, in the features under dis-
cussion, more primitive than the sphenacodont pelycosaurs. The prodtic is
just entering the dorsum sellae, the exoccipital is just entering the posterior brain-
floor, the anterior pterygoidal processes and vomers, although long, have as yet
not developed dorsal median septa and lie horizontally in a plane just ventral to
the cranial base and the sphenoidal complex has just started to ossify.
It would thus appear that the pristerognathids have advanced from a
common ancestor with the sphenacodonts and ophiacodonts at a tempo of
development somewhat less than the higher pelycosaurs.
BRAINCASE, BASICRANIAL AXIS, MEDIAN SEPTUM IN THE DINOCEPHALIA 273
This slower tempo in development makes the pristerognathids a group
well suited for further advances in the direction of the mammals, which their
descendants have in fact realized.
Gorgonopsia
Although the features under discussion are inadequately known in the
Gorgonopsia of the Tapinocephalus zone it would appear that in them the tempo
of development was rapid and the morphological stages reached further than
that reached by the pelycosaurs. Knowledge of these structures in the Russian
phthinosuchids may very well help to bridge the gap between Gorgonopsia and
Pelycosauria.
In contrast to the Therocephalia the Gorgonopsia with their more rapid
tempo achieved a higher stage of development quicker but their descendants
thus committed were off the line leading to the mammals.
REFERENCES
Boonstra, L. D. 1936a. Some features of the cranial morphology of the tapinocephalid deino-
cephalians. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 42: 75-98.
Boonstra, L. D. 19364. The cranial morphology of some titanosuchid deinocephalians. Bull.
Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 42: 99-116.
Boonstra, L. D. 1951. Kurze Notiz itber den Schadel der Dinocephalen-Gattung Keratocephalus
F. v. Huene. Neues 7b. Geol. Paléont. Mh. 11: 341-344.
Boonstra, L. D. 1953. The cranial morphology and taxonomy of the tapinocephalid genus
Struthiocephalus. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 42: 32-53.
Boonstra, L. D. 1956. The skull of Tapinocephalus and its near relatives. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
43: 137-169.
Boonstra, L. D. 1957. The moschopid skulls in the South African Museum. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
44: 15-38.
Boonstra, L. D. 1963. Early dichotomies in the therapsids. S. Afr. 7. Sct. 5g: 176-195.
Broom, R. 1936. On the structure of the skull in the mammal-like reptiles of the suborder
Therocephalia. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. (B) 226: 1-42.
Otsen, E. C. 1944. Origin of mammals based upon cranial morphology of the therapsid sub-
orders. Spec. Pap. geol. Soc. Am. 55: 1-131.
Ortov, Y. A. 1964. Basis of palaeontology. Moscow: State Science-Technological Publ. (In
Russian).
Price, L. 1935. Notes on the brain case of Captorhinus. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 40: 377-385.
Romer, A. S. & Price, L. W. 1940. Review of the Pelycosauria. Spec. Pap. geol. Soc. Am. 28:
1-538.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS .
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE Or CoNnTENTs and Summary. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4% in. = 7 in. (74 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.)-
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmiTH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945-
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. Jn Brown. X. Y. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green. |
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
. FL, BARR
SOUND CONDUCTION IN THE FOSSIL
ANOMODONT LYSTROSAURUS
June 1968 Junie
Volume 50 Band
Part ~1UI Deel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
%e: wi THSO AE. Cape Town Kaapstad
y
\ AUG 19 1968
LoRaRIES
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, (1, 3> oF) 7-8), B24: 5> issih): 5(2, 5 7-9);
6G; t=pas), 7Gs “3)s 83° “ot 2)3 tot 3):
Tl 7> t—Pils) 5 21, 24(2), 27; ors). 38,
44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1.00
Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum
1968
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
SOUND CONDUCTION IN THE FOSSIL ANOMODONT
LYSTROSAURUS
By
TP. HL BARRY
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 1 plate and 3 text-figures)
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction . : ‘ : 275
Description. : 3 26275
Discussion é : : : BG]
Summary : J : . 280
Acknowledgements ‘ _) (261
References ; : : : . . 281
INTRODUCTION
In a paper published in 1963, the author drew attention to the marked
degree of variation that exists in the structure of the sound-conducting apparatus
of many closely related genera of living reptiles and expressed the view that
the structure of the middle ear region in many fossil forms supplied circum-
stantial evidence to substantiate the view that a marked degree of variation
could also have existed in fossil mammal-like reptiles, not only between sub-
orders but also within some of them. The evidence presented in this paper
would seem to lend support to this view. _
DESCRIPTION
In 1964 Mr. Chris Gow of the South African Museum drew my attention
to a thin rod-like bone attached to the ventro-lateral surface of the right stapes
of a specimen of Lystrosaurus murrayi (Huxley) which he had prepared with
acid (fig. 1, plate XV, B). From its base the rod extends antero-medially at an
angle of approximately 45° to the long axis of the stapes, following a course
roughly parallel to the quadrate ramus of the pterygoid. In lateral view it
can be seen that the rod curves downward and then upward to end free
(plate XV, A). On the left side both the stapes and the rod are absent.
As a stapedial process of this nature has not been reported for any Anomo-
dont it was essential to ascertain whether this attachment represented a chance
fusion during life or afterwards, or whether this association actually existed
during life.
275
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50 (11), 1968: 275-281, 1 plate, 3 figs.
276 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
By careful removal of the matrix surrounding the base of the rod it was
found that the rod could be lifted off the stapes. The area of attachment on the
stapes proved to be smooth, indicating that the attachment of the rod to this
area of the stapes represents a postmortem association. However, further
examination revealed the existence of a triangular, flattened, slightly rugose
area on the ventro-medial surface of the stapes not previously recorded for
Anomodonts. As will be shown later this depression probably represents the
original area of attachment of the rod to the stapes.
This discovery led to the preparation of a second skull, that of Lystrosaurus
natalensis (specimen No. K.1165 of the South African Museum collection).
In this specimen both stapes are present, but they are displaced anteriorly to
lie between the lower jaw rami. A long, curved, rod-shaped process, slightly
expanded distally, extends from the ventro-lateral border of the left stapes
(plate XV, D). The right stapes is without this rod-like process but a slender
bone, conforming to its general configuration, lies slightly in front of it. A
roughly triangular, flattened area on the ventro-medial surface of the right
stapes shows where this rod had probably been attached.
Removal of the matrix covering the area of contact between the rod and
the stapes on the left side revealed that the two bones were not actually fused
but had become cemented together by the matrix. Of interest, however, is
that the area of contact partly overlaps an indented area similar to that found
on the right stapes. The anterior ends of both rods are unfinished and slightly
expanded indicating that the bones were probably continued in cartilage.
Conditions very similar to these were found in two specimens of Lystrosaurus
verticalis. In the first the right stapes only was still in position, the left stapes
and two rods lying grouped together a short distance forward. Both stapes
show the triangular flattened area found in L. natalensis. After cleaning it was
found that the proximal part of each rod followed the outline of and could
be perfectly fitted on to the triangular area of the corresponding stapes. In
this position the distal ends of the rods do not meet in the midline.
The second specimen of L. verticalis had both stapes in position but no rods
were found. However, the triangular areas on the stapes are well developed
and very similar to those found in the specimen previously mentioned.
In another fossil specimen investigated, the type of Lystrosaurus oviceps
(specimen No. 641 of the South African Museum collection) both stapes are
present and in position. Two curved rods, outwardly similar to those described
for the other Lystrosaurus specimens, lie in front of but at a deeper dorsal level
than the two stapes (plate XV, C). Unfortunately part of the ventral surface of
the skull, including the ventral surface of the stapes, had been scoured away,
obliterating any evidence of a possible attachment to the stapes.
In Lystrosaurus declivis in which the stapes is well preserved, there is no
indication of the ventro-medial flattened areas found in L. murrayi, L. natalensis
and L. verticalis. This suggests that there was a variable relationship between
the rod-like process and the stapes within the genus. In L. murrayi, L. natalensis
» re
SOUND CONDUCTION IN ANOMODONT LYSTROSAURUS 277
and L. verticalis the connection was probably synovial, in L. declivis it could
have been weakly synchondrotic, but without leaving a mark on the stapes,
or it could have been syndesmotic or free.
( S5 :
NAA,
AN . ; WI
Ww
we
Fic. 1. Lystrosaurus murrayi, reconstruction of ventral view of
the middle ear region with ceratohyals in position.
C.H., ceratohyal; S.T., stapes.
CH
y 2. SSN /
4 / SW Rea =
HHL SS B “reg
ie (\\
Z S
outl{| / FZ =
SA as Ml ssw)
th Yt rs UD AY
iff,
Zi
Fic. 2. Lystrosaurus verticalis, reconstruction of ventral view
of the middle ear region with ceratohyals in position.
C.H., ceratohyal; S.T., stapes.
DIscussIONn
Reconstruction of the missing stapedial attachment of the first specimen,
L. murrayi, shows that, as in the case of L. verticalis, the rods occupy a position
normally associated in recent reptiles with the ceratohyals or ceratobranchials
I or II of the hyobranchial skeleton. The fact that the distal ends of the rods
do not meet in the mid-line would seem to strengthen this view as this area is
normally occupied by the median basihyal. The absence of any evidence of
the latter would seem to indicate that it was cartilaginous.
278
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Conditions in living reptiles and mammals favour the assumption that
the rods represent fossilized ceratohyals, for in both living groups an embryonic
connexion exists between the ceratohyal and parts of the sound-conducting
apparatus; in reptiles with the extra-columella and in mammals with the stapes.
In Lacerta and many other lacertilians the ventrally projecting pars
accessorius posterior (processus interhyalis) represents the stump of the ligament
which connected the ceratohyal with the extra-columella in earlier develop-
mental stages. This is also the case in early developmental stages of the chelo-
nians Chrysemys (Smith, 1914) and Testudo (Bender, 1911). In the adult stages
the ceratohyal can be free or it can become attached to the skull.
In Sphenodon and Crocodilus, however, a direct connexion is retained
throughout life between the ceratohyal and the columella. In the adult the
connexion is cartilaginous, resulting, in Sphenodon, in the entire hyobranchial
skeleton being suspended from the columella (fig. 3).
niin
PE
juss
( (MMR
Wy)
Fic. 3. Sphenodon punctatus, ventral view of hyo-
branchial skeleton (after Schauinsland).
C.A., columella auris; CB 1-11, ceratobranchial
1-11; C.H., ceratohyal; P.E., processus lingualis.
The condition found in L. murrayi would seem to resemble most closely
that found in Sphenodon. This similarity, together with the phylogenetic relation-
ship which exists between the ceratohyal and the columella auris and stapes
in recent reptiles and mammals, respectively, and the fact that the processus
interhyalis is the most consistent process of the reptilian columella auris, are
the bases on which the assumption is made that the stapedial processes found
in Lystrosaurus represent ossified ceratohyals.
SOUND CONDUCTION IN ANOMODONT LYSTROSAURUS 279
The question arises whether the stapedial attachment in L. murrayi,
L. natalensis and L. verticalis, represents the primitive condition or whether it
represents a neotenic condition. The same question has been debated regarding
the conditions found in the adult Sphenodon and the answers have been divergent;
Schauinsland (1900), Wyeth (1924) and Goodrich (1930) declaring that it
represented the primitive condition, while De Beer (1937) maintained that
the condition must be ‘associated with the degeneration of the tympanic
membrane and therefore constitutes a secondary condition brought about by
the arrest of development’ (p. 241).
In many features of the skull Sphenodon shows that it is a relict of the past.
It may be argued, therefore, that it retained also the primitive connexion
between the ceratohyal and the sound-conducting apparatus and that this
assumption is now borne out by the evidence uncovered in the fossil Lystrosaurus
forms. However, the latter are highly specialized forms and as the condition
found here is, to date, unique among anomodonts and is representative of
some species of Lystrosaurus only, it may well represent a neotonic condition.
Unfortunately we lack further information.
The further question arises as to whether Sphenodon uses the avenue provided
by the hyoid-columella connexion for the transmission of sound to the internal
ear, as it is known that full tympanic expansion of the cavum tympani does
not occur during the ontogeny of Sphenodon and that a thick layer of tissue is
left between the cavum tympani and the skin (Simonetta, 1963).
Although tests have frequently been conducted on the sensitivity of the
ear in various reptiles no one has as yet attempted to find out whether the
ceratohyal in Sphenodon acts as a sound-transmitting agent. This knowledge
would be invaluable for any theory regarding sound perception and the presence
or absence of the tympanum in Lystrosaurus for we cannot exclude the possibility
that the persistence in Sphenodon of the embryonic connexion, whether it be
the cause or effect of the non-development of the tympanum, may also be an
indication of the existence of similar conditions in the fossil form.
Regarding his observations on Sphenodon Newman (1877) writes: ‘When
the tuatara inspires it greatly depresses the hyoid and trachea, thereby enlarging
the pharyngeal cavity. By this means the tuatara inhales a large quantity of
air, filling the lungs, mouth, trachea and the large pharyngeal cavity. This
particular mode of respiring by depressing the hyoid bone (which with its
cornua is very large) enables the tuatara to inhale sufficient air to remain under
water for hours without coming to the surface to breathe’ (p. 225).
It is not impossible, therefore, that the air contained in the expanded
trachea could act as resonator for sound travelling through the water and as
the hyoid apparatus is tense, such movement could be transmitted on to it
and to the columella. When on land, where it frequents burrows, the lack
of a tympanum would seem to indicate that sound waves are picked up directly
from the substrate. Thus sound could be transmitted directly not only via the
lower jaw and quadrate to the stapes but also via the hyoid apparatus.
280 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Bone conduction is not uncommon in living burrowing and non-burrowing
reptiles which lack a tympanum or have a reduced tympanic membrane. This
has led to various changes in the composition of the middle ear structures in
order to facilitate sound perception. In the non-burrowing lizards Tympano-
cryptis, Aphaniotes, Cophotis, Lyriocephalus and Ceratophora (Smith, 1938), loss of
the tympanum is accompanied by reduction of the extracolumella to a vestige
projecting from the stapes, but compensation is made through the attachment
of the columella by the ossified dorsal and internal processes to the quadrate.
In burrowing lizards, where loss of the tympanum is mostly accompanied by
a reduction of the middle ear and Eustachian tube, the columella can be
attached direct to the quadrate by means of the cartilaginous extra-columella
(Anniella, Toerien, 1950) or by a ligament to the quadrate, supratemporal
and otic capsule (Scelotes, ‘Toerien, 1963) or by a ligament to the retroarticular
process of the lower jaw (Typhlosaurus, Toerien, 1963). In others the columella
itself is expanded and continued anteriorly to end either in the upper lip
( Typhlosaurus, Toerien, 1963) or in the skin over the lower jaw (Monopeltis,
Kritzinger, 1945, Rhineura, Toerien 1963).
It is important to note too that none of the burrowing forms investigated
by Toerien showed a reduction of the papilla basilaris (the actual organ of
hearing in the inner ear) or of the stapes. The stapes, on the contrary, is often
greatly increased in size. Although there are exceptions (the Australian burrow-
ing lizard Aprasza pulchella, in which the middle ear is almost completely absent,
has according to Underwood, 1957, only a tiny nodule which is presumably
a vestige of the footplate of the stapes) it is nevertheless a significant observation.
The tympanum is not essential for sound perception via the columella auris
and Toerien’s observation adds the possibility that the absence of the tympanum,
whether caused by or contributing to, the reduction of the extra-columella
does not affect the stapes and could even have a compensating effect on the
development of the footplate. This is worth noting for the stapes seems
unaccountably large in some anomodonts.
The connexion of the hyobranchial skeleton to the stapes in Lystrosaurus
would seem to point to a system of sound transmission not based on sound
perception via the tympanum. Sound waves were probably picked up by
placing the head against the ground and transmission effected by bone con-
duction either via the lower jaw, the hyobranchial skeleton, or both.
There is reason to believe that a variable association between the stapes
and ceratohyal could also have existed in some of the other anomodont genera
but at this stage it would seem that a definite association was far more common
in the genus Lystrosaurus.
SUMMARY
A description is given of a rod-like process on the stapes of Lystrosaurus,
an extinct mammal-like reptile from the Beaufort Beds of the Karoo of South
Africa. It is suggested that the bone represents the ossified ceratohyal. This
SOUND CONDUCTION IN ANOMODONT LYSTROSAURUS 281
stapedial process is regarded as highly significant and it is claimed that it
throws new light on the method of sound transmission in this genus of Anomo-
dont Therapsids.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This project and the publication of these results were in part financed
by a grant received from the South African Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research. For this I wish to thank the Council. I also wish to thank Dr. M. E.
Malan of the Department of Zoology, University of Stellenbosch for criticism
of the manuscript and for helpful suggestions and Mrs. I. Rudner and Mr.
C. Gow of the South African Museum for preparation of the fossils used in
this investigation.
REFERENCES
Barry, T. H. 1963. On the variable occurrence of the tympanum in recent and fossil tetrapods.
S. Afr. F. Sct. 59: 160-175.
BENDER, O. 1911. Uber Herkunft und Entwicklung der Columella auris bei Testudo gracilis.
Anat. Anz. 40: 161-177.
Cox, C. B. 1959. On the anatomy of a new dicynodont genus with evidence of the position of
the tympanum. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 132: 321.
De Beer, G. R. 1937. The development of the vertebrate skull. Oxford University Press, London.
Ewer, R. F. 1961. The anatomy of the Anomodont Daptocephalus leoniceps (Owen). Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond. 136: 375.
GoopricH, E. S. 1930. Studies on the structure and development of vertebrates. Constable & Co.,
London.
KRITZINGER, C. C. 1945. The cranial anatomy and kinesis of the South African amphisbaenid
Monopeltis capensis Smith. S. Afr. F. Sct. 42% 175.
NEwmanv, A. K. 1877. Notes on the physiology and anatomy of the Tuatara (Sphenodon giinthert).
Trans. N. Zealand Int. 10: 222-239.
SCHAUINSLAND, H. 1900. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Hatteria. Arch. Mikr. Anat. u.
Entw. vol. 57-
SIMONETTA, A. 1963. Cranial kinesis and morphology of the middle ear: two possibly related
features. Evolution 17: 580-587.
SmiTH, L. W. 1914. The origin and development of the columella auris in Chrysemys marginata.
Anat. Anz. 46: 457-560.
SmitH, M. A. 1938. Evolutionary changes in the middle ear of certain agamid and iquanid
lizards. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 108: 543.
TOERIEN, M. J. 1950. The cranial morphology of the Californian lizard— Anniella pulchra Gray.
S. Afr. F. Sct. 46: 321.
_ Torrien, M. J. 1963. The sound-conducting systems of lizards without tympanic membranes.
Evolution 17: 540-547.
UNDERWOOD, G. 1957. On lizards of the family Pygopodidae. A contribution to the morphology
and phylogeny of the squamata. Morph. 100: 207.
WyetTH, F. J. 1924. The development of the auditory apparatus in Sphenodon punctatus; with
an account of the visceral pouches, aortic arches, and other accessory structures. Phil.
Trans. roy. Soc. Lond. 212: 259-368.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. 50 Plate XV
pe
A. Lystrosaurus murrayt, lateral view; B. Lystrosaurus murrayi, ventral view; C. Lystrosaurus oviceps, ventral view;
D. Lystrosaurus natalensis, ventral view; E. & F. Lystrosaurus verticalis.
CH., ceratophyal; E., excavated area on stapes; ST., stapes.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE OF CONTENTs and Summary. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 4} in. = 7 in. (74 in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmitH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmiTH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. In Brown. X. Y. Marine faunas. and ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
} B. F. KENSLEY
DEEP SEA DECAPOD GRUSTACEA FROM
WEST OF CAPE POINT, SOUTH AFRICA
June 1968 Junie
Volume 50 +# Band
Part 12 Deel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
wt sa Cape Town Kaapstad
yea fea) \] ry Sy f AY, Ve
( AUG 1 lia ae
\ LoRARIES a
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
(Cash with order, post free)
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
(Kontant met bestelling, posvry)
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
I, (1, 35 3? 7-8), ETRE. 5> ita) 5(2, 5> 9)5
6(1, t.—p.i.), FACE 2))- 8, g(1-2), 10(1-3),
11(I-2, 7, t—p.i.), 21, 24(2), 27, 31(1-3), 38,
44(4).
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1.75
Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum
1968
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd. Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF
CAPE POINT, SOUTH AFRICA
By
B. F. KEensLey
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 19 figures in the text)
CONTENTS
PAGE.
Introduction Hs «s 1269
List of species and stations 284
Description and notes .. 286
Summary “uf ae nt
Acknowledgements sss paged
References ne wah) GBD
INTRODUCTION
In 1959 the research ship Africana II of the Division of Sea Fisheries carried
out trawls at twelve stations off the west coast of the Cape Peninsula and off
Cape Point, under the supervision of Dr. F. H. Talbot, then of the South African
Museum. The trawls were done with a 15’ beam trawl, between depths of 1098
and 3440 metres. The exact positions of the stations may be obtained from the
Annual Report for the Division of Sea Fisheries for the period 1st April, 1959,
to 31st March, 1960, published by the Government Printer, Pretoria. The fish,
Crustacea, Mollusca, and other invertebrates obtained are of particular interest,
as very little fishing has been done at these depths in South African waters. Also
included in this paper are references to material obtained with an Isaacs-Kidd
mid-water trawl in 1960-1.
Approximately 480 decapod Crustacea belonging to 35 species were
obtained (excluding fragments and specimens damaged beyond identification,
and the hermit crabs, which were sent to Mme Dechancé of the Paris Museum).
These include anomurans, palinurans, penaeideans, and carideans. Of these,
twelve are new records for the South African region and three are previously
undescribed species. The two species of Wematocarcinus appear to be the most
plentiful decapods at these depths, followed by Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica.
Many more carideans than penaeideans were collected.
From such a small collection it is obviously impossible to draw any con-
clusions regarding the distribution of the species involved, but in very general
terms they can be classified into those which appear to be endemic to the region,
those which are cosmopolitan in distribution, and those which have Indo-
283
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 50(12), 1968: 283-323, 19 figs.
284 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Pacific affinities. Eight species appear to be endemic to the South African region,
viz. Neolithodes capensis, N. asperrimus, Munidopsis chacei, M. barnardi, Willemoesia
bona-spei, Gennadas gilchristi, G. kempi and Sclerocrangon bellmarleyi. The following
species are distributed throughout the Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Oceans:
Galacantha rostrata, Stereomastis sculpta, Gennadas bouviert, Sergestes atlanticus, S.
armatus, Systellaspis debilis, Acanthephyra haekelu, A. brevirostris, while the following
have affinities with the Indo-Pacific fauna: Polycheles demani, Plesiopenaeus nitidus,
Haliporus villosus, Sergestes regalis, S. prehensilis, Acanthephyra quadrispinosa, A. coral-
lina, Nematocarcinus longirostris, N. parvidentatus, Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica.
The whole collection is now in the South African Museum and catalogued
with South African Museum catalogue numbers.
LisT OF SPECIES AND STATIONS
SAM = South African Museum catalogue numbers.
a = new record
IK = Isaacs-Kidd trawl specimens
Speci- Depth
Species SAM Station mens (metres)
ANOMURA
Neolithodes capensis Stebbing a 3% .. AI0542 A193 I 2745
A10447 A1go I 2269
A1o469 A193 I 2745
Al10541 A319 I 2690-2727
Neolithodes asperrimus Barnard Ge age .. AT0445 A18Qg 2 1098
*Munida sp. .. 3. * sf 32 .. ATO525 A318 I 2525-2782
* Munidopsis chacei n.sp. f He 4: “i AI0470 A103 2 2745
* Munidopsis barnardi n.sp. .. Sie bis .. Ar1o0465 A193 2 2745
A10497 A317 I 2708-3038
A10508 A317 3 2708-3038
A10485 A315 3 2891-2965
Galacantha rostrata A. Milne-Edwards as .. AI0546 A322 2 2745
A10449 Aigo I 2260
A1o518 A318 I 2525-2782
A10547 A193 14 2745
AI0519 A318 3 2525-2782
PALINURIDA
Polycheles demani Stebbing .. a ae .. AI0520 A318 I 2525-2782
A1I0501 A317 2 2708-3038
A10460 A1g2 3 2708
A10568 A322 I 2745
A10522 A318 3 2525-2782
A10569 A193 2 2745
Al10453 AIgI 2 2745
A1I0570 A317 2 2708-3038
A10487 A315 3 2891-2965
A10533 A319 4 2690-2727
A10475 A315 5 2891-2965
Stereomastis sculpta (Smith) .. my a: .. AI0443 A189 3 1098
Stereomastis nana (Smith) ... es ie .. AT0559 A189 2 1098
* Willemoesia bona-spei n. sp. - ai .. AI0509 A317 3 2708-3038
| A10473 —- AI93 2 2745
A10543 -Ag22 3 2745
Eryoneicus spinoculatus Bouvier A. as .. Aro448 A1go I 2269
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 285
Speci- Depth
Species SAM Station mens (metres)
PENAEIDEA
Plesiopenaeus nitidus Barnard a is .. AI0441 A189 I 1098
A10442 A189 5 1098
* Haliporus villosus Alcock & Anderson ae .. Aro46r A1g2 I — 2708
Gennadas gilchristi Calman a Aa .. ,AI0577 Ag2i 2 3239-3440
Gennadas kempi Stebbing a 4 .. Al0575 A321 3 3239-3440
A10576 A1go 2 2269
*Gennadas bouvierti Kemp... a 1 sATO570 A32i I 3239-3440
* Sergestes atlanticus A. Milne-Edwards ay .. Ar2529 IK6 I 183 (west
of. C53)
Sergestes armatus Kroyer 5 a me .. Aro528 A318 I 2525-2782
A10532 A319 I 2690-2727
* Sergestes sargassi Ortmann a ae .. Ar2528 IK6 I 183 (west
of C.T.)
* Sergestes corniculum Kroyer i ae .. Atr0502 A317 I 2708-3038
A10556 A321 I 32390-3440
A10571 A321 I 3239-3440
*Sergestes regalis Gordon ... Y fs .. AI0574 A1g2 2 2708
Sergestes prehensilis Bate bs a a .. AI0572 A321 I 3239-3440
A10573 A317 I 2708-3038
A10516 A318 I 2525-2782
A10483 A315 I 2891-2965
CARIDEA
Systellaspis debilis (A. Milne-Edwards) is .. AlI0444 A189 I 1098
A10494 A316 I 3148-3257
Al10544 A322 I 2745
A10455 Alg! I 2745
A10495 A316 I 3148-3257
Hymenodora glacialis (Buchholz) at eh .. Ar10566 A1g2 I 2708
A10563 A1go I 2269
A10562 Alg2 I 2708
A10513 A317 2 2708-3038
Notostomus westergreni Faxon Re Pee Omi 7 A318 I 2525-2782
Acanthephyra haeckelii (Von Mertens) ave .. AT0536 A319 I 2690-2727
A10439 A189 I 1098
A10553-Ag2i I 3239-3440
A10452 A1go I 2269
Acanthephyra quadrispinosa Kemp... a .. Ato561 Ag2i 2. 3299-3440
A10458 A1g2 2 2708
A1o560 A3i9 2 2690-2727
* Acanthephyra gracilipes Chace Be a .. At0565 A1go I 2269
* Acanthephyra brevirostris Smith é ; .. AtT0564 Alg2 I 2269
* Acanthephyra corallina (A. AMileesFdwearss) .. AT2531 A319 I 2708
A1I2532 A3ig I 2690-2727
A12533 A1go I 2690-2727
A10523 A318 4 2269
Nematocarcinus longirostris Bate es ii fo VATS SA A316 2 2525-2782
Ar2542 A3I7 I 3148-3257
A12543 A193 2 2708-3038
Ai12544 A317 3 2745
AI2545 A315 3 2708-3038
A12546 Alg2 2 2891-2965
AI2547 A189 I 2708
A12548 A189 10 1098
AI2549 Aigo 8 2269
A10471 A1I93 16 2745
286 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Speci- Depth
Species SAM Station mens (metres)
Nematocarcinus longirostris Bate is vis es 8 -155.9 AIgi 4 2745
AI2552 A317 14 2708-3038
Nematocarcinus parvidentatus Bate... uy .. AI2553 Aigo 9 2269
A12554 A316
AI2555 A1g2 2708
A10474 A1g3 2745
6 3148-3257
I
7
Al0551 A322 4 2745
3
3
A12556 A318 2525-2782
A12557 A317 2708-3038
Al2558 A318 14 2525-2782
AI2559 ASTy 12 2708-3039
A12560 A319 7 2690-2727
Ai2561 A316 20 3148-3257
A12562 A193 10 2745
A12563 A315 10 2891-2065
Glyphocrangon sculptus (Smith) ae oe i RT 2534, Tenge I 2745
A10459 Aig2 2 2708
A10547 A322 5 2745
A10462 A103 2 2745
A10464 A193 I 274.5
Glyphocrangon sculptus (Smith) as ae .. AI0549 A322 I 2745
A10539 A319 4 2690-2727
A10535 A319 4 2690-2782
Al0521 A318 7. 2525-2782
Al0451 Aigo Sev. 2269
Sclerocrangon bellmarleyi Stebbing .. 5 .. Atr0446 A189 I 1098
* Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica de Man Bo AIOE A318 2 2525-2782
AI0512 A317 2 2708-3038
A12536 A318 7 2525-2782
A12537 AIg1 2 2745
A12538 A318 5 2525-2782
A10457 Alg2 10 2708
A1o476 Agi5 2 2891-2965
A10503 A317 5 2908-3038
AI2539 A322 2 2745
A1I2540 A316 7 3148-3257
A10480 A315 Many 2891-2965
A10482 A315 6 2891-2965
A1o524. A318 I 2525-2782
A10489 A316 I 3148-3257
A10500 A317 I 2708-3038
A10468 A193 Many 2745
ANOMURA
Family Lithodidae
Neolithodes capensis Stebbing, 1905
Neolithodes capensis Stebbing, 1905: 70. Barnard, 1950: 410, fig. 77 a—c.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 800 fathoms, (1570 m).
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 287
Material
SAM.A10542, carapace length 13 mm. St. A193, 2745 m.
SAM.A10447, carapace length 10 mm. St. A1go, 2269 m.
SAM.A10469, carapace length 15 mm. St. A193, 2745 m.
SAM.A10541, carapace length 14 mm. St. A319, 2690-2727 m.
Remarks
All four specimens are juveniles, yet all have the finger of the right chela
equal to the upper margin of the hand. In all, the dactyls are smooth and terete;
these specimens can therefore tentatively be assigned to capensis.
Neolithodes asperrmus Barnard, 1947
Neolithodes asperrimus Barnard, 1947: 374. 1950: 411, fig. 77 d-f.
Previous records and distribution
Off Saldanha Bay, 500 fms (980 m); off Cape Point, 550 fms (1080 m).
Material
SAM.A10445, 9, carapace length 55 mm. St. A18g, 1098 m.
9, carapace length 45 mm. St. A18q, 1098 m.
Remarks
The specimens agree with the original description in having the finger of the
right chela one and a half times the length of the upper margin of the hand,
distally flattened denticulate dactyls and more spines than capensis.
Family Galatheidae
Munida sp.
Description
Eyes not wider than the eyestalks. Rostrum tridentate, with a row of six
small spines at its base. Well-marked cervical and branchial grooves present.
Whole carapace covered with transverse setiferous ridges. Two or three spines
on lateral border of carapace anterior to the cervical groove, five spines posterior
to it. Posterior margin of carapace a raised crenulated ridge. Second and third
abdominal terga with a smooth transverse groove.
Distribution
M. subcaeca Bouvier: (Bouvier, 1922: 46. Chace, 1942: 43). Cuba, West
Indies, Madeira, Canary Islands.
M. microphthalma M. Edw.: (Benedict, 1903: 310. Bouvier, 1922: 45.
Doflein & Balss, 1926: 172. Chace, 1942: 40). Atlantic coast of Europe, West
Indies, Ceylon, Polynesia, tropical west coast of America, Cuba.
Material
SAM.A10525, 2 ovigerous, carapace length 13 mm. St.A318, 2525-2782.
288 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Remarks
This specimen is unfortunately rather damaged, having the rostrum and
accompanying spines broken and all the walking legs missing. The antennules
and the third maxillipeds are present and agree exactly with Chace’s figures of
M. microphthalma (1942). 'The merus of the third maxilliped has two spines and
not three as in subcaeca. The characteristic spinal armature of the second
abdominal segment of microphthalma is lacking in this specimen, the second
abdominal segment being smooth as in subcaeca. This, together with the poor
state of the material, makes it difficult to give the specimen specific status.
Munidopsis chacei n.sp.
Bigs 1, 3a,
Description
Carapace one and a quarter times longer than wide. Lateral margins
slightly convex, front slightly narrower than posterior part of carapace. Rostrum
half length of carapace, moderately slender, laterally armed with three or four
spines. Distal portion of rostrum dorsally carinate, upcurved, ventrally
flattened. No antennal spines. Antero-lateral angle formed by outwardly
Ua rn AA ||
x ATH Jud
Fic. 1. Munidopsis chacei n.sp.
io ’
o
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 289
directed conical spine. Three other conical spines along lateral branchial margin.
Gastric region fairly well defined by smooth cervical groove. At base of rostrum
a pair of prominent conical spines, followed by single median spine in mid-
gastric region, and pair of spines in post-gastric region. Cardiac region armed
with two pairs of spines. Posterior carapace margin thickened, armed with four
short spines. Whole carapace covered with scattered short hairs, surface rough,
lateral branchial regions with elongate transverse rugae. Eyestalk short, fairly
mobile, produced on inner side into slender spine, slightly longer than diameter
of eye. Latter unpigmented, spherical. Rest of eyestalk unarmed. Basal joint of
antennular peduncle armed with four prominent spines, ventral one having
denticulate margin, externo-lateral and dorsal spines longest, interno-lateral
spine shortest. Second and third joints of equal length, unarmed. Basal joint
of antenna with prominent outwardly directed spines, second joint with four
spines on distal margin, lateral ones largest. Ischium of third maxilliped tri-
angular in cross-section, innermost angle finely denticulate. Inner margin of
merus with three or four small denticles. Chelipeds shorter than ambulatory
pereiopods. Ischia, meri, and carpi armed with prominent spines. Dactyl of
chela equal to palm in length. Finger and thumb denticulate, teeth becoming
obsolete proximally. Ischia, meri and carpi of ambulatory pereiopods also
armed with rows of prominent spines. Dactyls slender, two-thirds length of
propodus, ventrally armed with short spines. Abdomen equal in width to
carapace, dorsally rounded, unarmed. Second and third segments with smooth
dorsal groove formed by two raised transverse ridges. Pleurae all ventrally
rounded, that of second segment widest. Sixth segment with two prominent
lateral lobes. Exo- and endopods of uropods equal in length, fringed with setae.
Endopods with median ridge just off-centre. Telson slightly wider than long,
distally broadly bilobed. Eggs 2 mm in diameter.
Material
SAM.A10470, 2 ovigerous, carapace length 36 mm, overall length
(including rostrum) 100 mm. (Holotype).
Q, carapace length 25 mm, overall length 62-5 mm.
d, carapace length 25-9 mm, overall length 72 mm. St. A1g3, 2745 m.
Remarks
The present species most closely resembles M. bazrdit (Smith, 1884) but
differs in the following respects: there are three pairs of spines in the gastric
region of bairdiz, whereas the present species has an anterior and a posterior pair
and a single median spine. In the cardiac region, bairdi has a pair of median
spines followed by a single median spine, while in the present species there
are two pairs of spines. The posterior carapace margin in bairdii is armed with
ten spines, while there are only four in the present species. In bairdii, the dactyls
are about three-quarters the propodus length (taken from Benedict’s 1903
paper) while in this the dactyls are just over half the propodus length
290 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Munidopsis barnardi n.sp.
Figs amare, d.
Description
Carapace slightly longer than broad. Lateral margins very slightly convex,
more or less parallel. Frontal margin between hepatic spines not narrower than
rest of carapace. Rostrum triangular, about half length of carapace, curving
distally upward, dorsally carinate, with minute tubercles. Base broad. Small
broadly triangular antennal spine, followed by outwardly directed conical spine
in hepatic region. Antero-lateral angle formed by prominent conical spine,
followed by three or four smaller spines to weakly demarcated mid-branchial
groove. Latter followed by one large spine, and several flattened rugae. Gastric
region well defined by cervical groove. Two well-developed spines at base of
rostrum. Posterior to these, transverse row of three spines. Posterior gastric
region with pair of spines, and several transverse flattened setiferous rugae.
Rest of carapace especially posterior portion covered with rugae. Posterior
margin separated by narrow smooth groove. Posterior margin a double raised
ridge, minutely crenulated. Eyestalks short, only slightly movable, eyes unpig-
mented, almost embedded in stalk. Inner angle of latter produced into slender
spine, longer than diameter of eye. Slight tubercle just below eye, exterior to
eyestalk spine. First antennular peduncle joint armed with two long spines on
Fic. 2. Munidopsis barnardi n.sp.
~
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 2g!
outer side, inner side with short spooned denticulate process. Merus of second
maxilliped smooth. Chelipeds slightly longer than carapace (including rostrum).
Merus equal to chela in length, with four prominent distal spines. Three pairs of
ambulatory pereiopods slightly longer than chelipeds; propodi, carpi, and meri
with tubercles along angles. Dactyls not very stout, longer than carpi, spinous on
lower edge, spines becoming obsolete proximally. Abdomen equal in width to
carapace, dorsally rounded and unarmed. Second and third segments with two
Fic. 3.
a. Munidopsis chacei n.sp. Lateral view of carapace. b. Munidopsis chacei n.sp. Ventral view
of left antennule. c. Munidopsis barnardi n.sp. Lateral view of carapace. d. Munidopsis barnardi
n.sp. Ventral view of left antennule.
raised dorsal ridges, separated by smooth transverse groove. Fourth and fifth
segments merely with smooth transverse groove. Sixth segment posteriorly
trilobed, median lobe wider than lateral lobes, latter longer than former.
Pleurae all ventrally rounded, second broadest. Anterior three pleurae slightly
tuberculate, with median curved ridge. Exo- and endopods of uropods sub-
circular, fringed with setae, each having slight raised ridge. Telson equal in
length to exopod of uropod.
292
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material
2 3 9
Carapace Carapace Overall Overall Station Depth
length length length length (m)
SAM.A10497 15°5 mm 35 mm A317 2708-3038
(including
rostrum)
SAM.A10465 14-0 mm 34:0 mm A193 2745
14°5 mm 36-4 mm
SAM.A10508 177-0 mm 41°2 mm A317 2708-3038
177-0 mm 42°0 mm
17°5 mm 43°0 mm
SAM.A10485 II-O mm 26-0 mm A315 2891-2965
15°5 mm 25°5 mm
SAM.A 12636 (Holotype) 15;O mm 41-0 mm
Remarks
This species is very similar to M. crassa Smith, 1884, but differs in the
following respects: The rostrum, which in crassa is very nearly horizontal, is in
the present species sharply upcurved; the frontal margin appears to be pro-
portionally wider than in crassa, the telson differs in shape (see Chace in
correspondence) ; the infero-mesial edge of the merus of the second maxilliped
in crassa is armed with three conical spines, which are lacking in the present
species; crassa also lacks the two extra rows of spines in the gastric region, found
in the present species. The holotype female of crassa has an overall length of
125 mm, whereas the largest female in the present series is 41 mm long, several
of the males also being of comparable size. There is thus a considerable
difference in size between the two species.
Galacantha rostrata Milne-Edwards, 1880
Galacantha rostrata M. Edw. 1880: 52. Benedict, 1903: 304. Barnard, 1950: 494, fig. 92 e, f.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, Atlantic and Pacific coasts of North America, East Indies,
Bay of Bengal, Arabian Sea.
Material
Twenty-one specimens of this species were taken from stations A1go, A193,
A318, A322, in depths varying from 2269-2782 m.
PALINURA
Family Eryonidae
Polycheles demani Stebbing, 1917
(?) Polycheles beaumontu (Alcock), Stebbing, 1908: 25. Stebbing, 1910: 377.
Polycheles demani Stebbing, 1917: 28. Barnard, 1950: 570, fig. 105 a—c.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 500-1400 fms (980-2760 m).
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 293
Material
2 Overall Overall Depth
length length Station (m)
SAM.A10453 ie B Ae * 50 mm AIg!I 2745
41 mm
SAM.A10460 i m4 i my 78 mm A1g2 2708
51 mm
41 mm
SAM.A10569 oy a ake oe 43 mm A193 2745
36 mm
SAM.A10487 a ar ts Ag 64 mm A315 2891-2965
62 mm
53 mm
SAM.A10475 oF “F i zh 65 mm 82 mm A315 2745
54 mm
41 mm
39 mm
SAM.A10570 2 a me va 71 mm A317 2708-3038
67 mm
SAM.Ar10501 5h “ Ses a2 52 mm A317 2708-3038
41 mm
SAM.A10522 ee ne ie Ms 100 mm A318 2525-2782
38 mm
SAM.A10520 a ¢ si PE 94 mm A318 = 2525-2782
SAM.A10533 a ee, ve A IOI mm A319 2690-2727
99 mm
85 mm
SAM.A10568 ee a ae a 75 mm A322 2745
Stereomastis sculpta (Smith, 1882)
Pentacheles sculpta Smith, 1882: 23.
Polycheles sculpta: Stebbing, 1910: 377.
Stereomastis sculpta: Barnard, 1950: 572, fig. 105 d.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 600 fms (1180 m), off Durban, 440 fms (865 m),
Gibraltar, Canary Islands, East African coast, Mediterranean, East Indies,
west coast of North America.
Material
SAM.A10443, 29, overall length 92 mm, 87 mm, J, 69 mm. St. A189,
1098 fins.
Stereomastis nana (Smith, 1884)
Pentacheles nanus Smith, 1884: 359.
Polycheles nana: Stebbing, 1910: 377.
Stereomastis nana: Barnard, 1950: 573, fig. 105 e.
Previous records
Off Cape Point, 800 fms (1570 m), 1200 fms (2360 m), east and west
coasts of North America, Gulf of Panama.
294 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material
SAM.A10559, 29, overall length 55 mm, 47 mm. St.A189, 1098 fms.
Remarks
This species is very similar to the preceding one, the main differences being
in the median carapace spines (2, I, 2, 1—2, 2, 2 in sculpta, 2, 1, 1, 2, I1—2, 2, 2,
in nana), the spinous structure of the sixth abdominal keel in nana and the
slightly more spinous condition of the posterior portion of the carapace in nana.
With reference to this, it is interesting to note that in two of the three specimens
of sculpta in this collection there are traces of spines on the raised keel of abdomi-
nal segment six. The possibility exists that nana is a juvenile form of sculpia and
that some of the spines are lost with development.
Willemoesia bona-spei n.sp.
Figs 4, 5
Description
Carapace one and a half times longer than broad, lateral margins of
posterior carapace parallel, anterior margins converging. Antero-lateral angle
formed by large spine (largest on carapace). Frontal margin emarginate.
Two prominent spines above antennules, between which a prominent median
spine (latter not marginal but just posterior to margin) projecting almost verti-
cally from carapace. Medio-dorsal carina spine formula variable, three to five
single spines, one pair and final single spine anterior to cervical groove.
(1.1.1.1.2.1.C.2,...). Prominent posterior median carina in some specimens
with pair of small spines just posterior to cervical groove. No regular arrange-
ment posterior to this. Lateral branchial spine formula variable (6-9, 5-8,
18-30). Whole carapace covered with close-set tiny spinules. Latter scattered
over orbito-gastric and post-median ridges. Supra-branchial ridge with about
eight tiny spines. Anterior carapace margin and antero-lateral margins fringed
with short hairs. Basal joints of antennules produced mesially into two wing-lke
processes, furnished with eight to ten small spines. Second and third antennular
joints together equal in length to 1st joint. Antennal peduncle slightly longer
than antennular peduncle. Mandible with thirteen to fourteen heavily chitin-
ized teeth. Chelipeds almost three times longer than carapace. Finger of chela
with spine at right angles to it, situated in distal half of finger. Latter and thumb
equal in length to or slightly longer than palm. Latter with spines along both
edges, and along outer edge of finger. Carpus two-thirds length of chela with
spines along outer edge. Merus equal in length to chela, with inner margin
spined. |
Abdomen (excluding telson) three quarters carapace length. First five
segments dorsally carinate, first four each with single small forwardly-directed
tooth. Sixth segment dorsally smooth. Postero-lateral angle of sixth segment
with small lobe. Telson triangular, apically acute, equal in length to posterior
three and a half segments. Exopod of uropod subcircular, endopod elongate-
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 295
Fic. 4.
Willemoesia bona-spei n.sp.
oval, both fringed with setae. Pleuron of second segment almost circular, twice
as broad as that of third. Pleurae of fifth and sixth segments ventrally pointed,
anterior three ventrally rounded.
Material
Q Overall 3 Overall Depth Spine formulae
length length Station (m) Median Lateral
SAM.A10473 ihe 108 mm A193 2745 ErieT/2. hg) 7/27
74 mm Phot /...) ig/o/27
296
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 5. Willemoesia bona-spei n.sp.
a. First pleopod of male. b. Mandible.
c. Apex of maxilliped 2. d. Maxilla.
2 Overall Overall Depth Spine formulae
length length Station (m) Median Lateral
SAM.A10509 ai 87 mm A317 2708-3038 111121/2.. 8/7/30
113 mm TIT2T/2 200° Oa,
108 mm TIrQit/s..'o/giom
SAM.A10543 Pe Woghm« A322 2945 11123]... .)) \6/sige
(Holotype) (ovig.) :
SAM.A12637 on 107 mm 11121/2... 9/7/18
94 mm 1111r2t/2. 9/5/25
es
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 297
Remarks
From an assessment of the spine formulae of the present species, it would
seem that it is closely related to several described species, such as leptodactyla
(Willemoes-Suhm), pacifica Sund, or challengert Sund. Specific delimitation in
this genus is very difficult, particularly as the number of specimens available
is very low. Both leptodactyla and challengeri have a thick ‘fur’, unlike the present
species, the carapace of which is covered with tiny spines. The present species
resembles Bate’s 1888 plate 19 C (a specimen captured off the coast of Chile
and named pacificus by Sund in 1920) both in the shape of the frontal margin,
and in the presence of teeth on the supra-branchial ridge. This species differs
from pacificus and indeed from all the described species in that the posterior
portion of the median dorsal carina does not have any regular spine formula,
but simply has a scattering of the tiny spines as found on the rest of the carapace.
Sund’s pacificus has the orbital sinus more angular than the present species
and the most anterior median spine is not marginal. In lateral view, the present
species is only feebly arched, while in pacificus ‘the carapace, when seen in
profile, is strongly arched’ (Sund, 1920). The present specimens are thus
described as a new species, but every likelihood exists that with more material
becoming available, it will be found to be synonymous with an already described
species.
Eryoneicus spinoculatus Bouvier, 1905
Fig. 6
Eryoneicus spinoculatus Bouvier, 1905: 480. Bernard, 1953: 34. Belloc & Lorillou, 1961: 10.
Description
Carapace longer than wide, unarmed except for carinal spines. Rostrum a
pair of small spines. Median dorsal carina spine formula—1,1,2,'1,1,C,2,2, 1,2,
(‘1 indicates a blunt spine). Lateral carina spine formula 6, 3, 7. Posterior
carapace ridge, between median and lateral carinae, with ten or eleven spines.
Orbito-cervical line with three small spines. Frontal margin rounded. First
abdominal segment with two medio-dorsal spines, segments two to five with
three medio-dorsal spines. Sixth with single posterior spine, anterior portion
smooth. Single Jateral spine on each abdominal tergum. Single spine on pleurae
two to five. Pleuron of second segment twice as wide as that of third. Ventral
margins of pleurae denticulate. ‘Telson with two median spines, seven or eight
lateral spines. First pleopods relatively undeveloped.
Material
SAM.A10448, one specimen, carapace length 24 mm, width 20 mm,
overall length 44 mm. St. Argo, 2269 m.
298 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 6.
Eryoneicus spinoculatus Bouvier.
Remarks
From the median dorsal spine formula, it would seem that this specimen
belongs to the spinoculatus group (Bernard, 1953). Using his key to the group,
one arrives at E. spinoculatus var. hibernicus (Selbie), distinguished from spinocula-
tus s.s. by the lack of anterior spines on the sixth abdominal tergum. This variety
has been recorded from 2100 metres off the coast of Ireland, from the north
Atlantic and from the waters of Greenland.
PENAEIDEA
Family Penaeidae
Plesiopenaeus nitidus Barnard, 1947
Plesiopenaeus nitidus Barnard, 1947: 383. 1950: 622, fig. 116. Grindley & Penrith, 1965: 280.
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT
Previous records
299
Off Cape Point, 475-630 fms (930-1240 m), south-west Indian Ocean.
Material
? 3
Carapace Carapace Station
length length
SAM.A10441 “9 i =e of] 2 mam A189
SAM.A10442 ¥ “s te «. 27°2 mm A189
31-0 mm
31-6 mm
27°5 mm
22°7 mm
Haliporus villosus Alcock & Anderson, md
Figs 7, 8
Haliporus villosus Alcock & Anderson, 1894: 146. ee 1900: pl. 26, fig. 1.
Hymenopenaeus villosus: Burkenroad, 1936: 105.
Description
Depth
(m)
1098
1098
Integument soft and glabrous; carapace torn in places, rostrum missing.
Carapace dorsally carinate, strongly arched, with distinct notch one third of
carapace length from base of rostrum, formed by cervical groove. Mid-dorsal
carina flattened for three millimetres just posterior to cervical notch. Eight
dorsal teeth between cervical notch and rostral base. Strong post-antennal
carinate spine present. Post-antennal carina meets obliquely descending cervical
Fic. 7. Haliporus villosus Alcock & Anderson.
300 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 8. Haliporus villosus Alcock & Anderson.
a. Telson and left uropod. b. Antennal scale. c. Mandible. d. Maxilla 1. e. Maxilla 2.
f. Maxilliped 1. g. Eyestalk.
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 301
groove at hepatic spine, then runs posteriorly upward to posterior midline of
carapace. A carina, anteriorly with two spines, stretches from the lateral mid-
point of cervical groove, to lateral midpoint of post-antennal carina. No
antennal spine but a blunt projection on carapace margin. Branchiostegal spine
minute. Pterygostomial spine much larger. Pterygostomial carina stretches to
below cervical groove. Another keel, ventral to pterygostomial carina, extends
length of carapace to posterior margin. Several smaller branching keels in
posterior region of carapace, meeting in posterior midline. Eyes slightly wider
than eyestalks, reaching to end of first antennular peduncle joint. Antennular
peduncle two and a half times length of eyestalk, basal joint with small spine
on outer distal angle. ‘Tiny tubercle on inner margin of eyestalk. Second joint of
antennal peduncle with strong outwardly flared spine, just anterior to ptery-
gostomial spine. Antennal scale broad, flexible, almost foliaceous, fringed with
setae, tiny spine on outer margin. All mouthparts fringed with setae. Exopod
of maxilliped 2 twice length of exopod of maxilliped 3. Maxillipeds 2 and 3,
and pereiopods 1-4 with leaf-like epipods. Epipod of maxilliped 2 also has
podobranch, maxilliped 3 with rudimentary podobranch. Epipods of pereiopods
without podobranchs. Maxilliped 3 and pereiopod 4 reaching equally far for-
ward, former with slender dactyl, propodus and carpus of almost equal length.
Pereiopods long, fairly stout, 1 to 3 chelate. Fifth pereiopod longest, ending in
very slender dactyl. All abdominal segments dorsally carinate, fourth, fifth, and
sixth ending in slight raised spines. Each abdominal segment with two lateral
ridges, latter meeting on posterior margin of each segment. Pleopods large,
with long setiferous endo- and exopods. Telson apically acute, armed with four
small lateral spines. Uropods almost foliaceous, setiferous, endopod slightly
shorter than exopod. Latter with marginal tooth some distance from apex.
Previous records
Presumably from the Indian region (the paper containing the original
description is not available in South Africa).
Material
SAM.Atro461, 9, carapace length 58-5 mm, overall length 168 mm.
St. A1g2, 2798 m.
Remarks
This is a new record for the South African region. The species has
apparently not been collected since it was recorded by the Investigator in 1894.
The only difference between the present specimen and the holotype is that in the
latter the integument is covered with short fine hairs, while the former has a
glabrous integument.
Gennadas gilchristt Calman, 1925
Gennadas gilchristi Calman, 1925: 6. Barnard, 1950: 633, fig. 118 g, h.
Amalopenaeus elegans (non Smith) Stebbing, 1917: 31.
302 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Previous record
Off Cape Point, 360-1014 fms (700-1990 m).
Material
SAM.A10577, 3, carapace length 8-3 mm; 9, carapace length 11-2 mm.
St. A.321, 3239-3440 m.
Gennadas kempi Stebbing, 1914
Gennadas kempi Stebbing, 1914: 283. Calman, 1925: 4. Balss, 1927: 260. Barnard, 1950: 630,
fig. 118 a—d.
Previous records
Off Cape Point, 1000 fms (1970 m), south Atlantic.
Material
SAM.A10575, 35, carapace length 8-5 mm. St. A321, 3239-3440 m.
SAM.A10576, jg, carapace length 9 mm, 9 mm. St. Argo, 1240 fms.
Gennadas bouvieri Kemp, 1909
Gennadas bouviert Kemp, 1909: 727. Burkenroad, 1936: 80. Tirmizi, 1960: 360.
Amalopenaeus alcocki (non Kemp) Balss, 1935: 266.
Amalopenaeus bouvieri: Balss, 1925: 267.
Description
Rostrum of typical Gennadas type. Carapace carinate throughout its
length. Thelycum of female with eighth thoracic sternite bearing a pair of
slightly elongate antero-lateral projections, with setose tips.
Previous records and distribution
Arabian Sea, Zanzibar, eastern Pacific, Bahamas, Bermuda, Caribbean,
south Atlantic (Ascension).
Material
SAM.A10578, 9, carapace length 8-3 mm. St. A321, 3239-3440 m.
Remarks
On lifting the thelycal plate between the bases of the third and fourth
pereiopods, a pair of brown spermatophores could be seen. Each spermatophore
has a rounded swollen base and a curved neck ending in a hook which is inserted
into the spermatheca and makes removal difficult.
Apart from Balss’s record of a male from the Ascension Island region, this
species has not been found in the south Atlantic. This is thus a new record for
the South African region.
Family Sergestidae
Genus SERGESTES Milne Edwards
Up to and including 1950, the following species of Sergestes had been
recorded from South African waters: articus Kréyer, potens Burkenroad (=phorcus
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 303
Faxon), prehensilis Bate (= gloriosus Stebbing), armatus Kroyer, splendens Sund.
The 1960 midwater collection of Decapoda yielded the following species:
potens Burkenroad, prehensilis Bate, regalis Gordon, armatus Kréyer, atlanticus
Milne Edwards, sargasst Ortmann, corniculum Kroyer, splendens Sund.
The present deep-water collection has yielded regalis Gordon, armatus
Kroyer, prehensilis Bate, corniculum Kroyer. .
Burkenroad (1937), in describing the Sergestidae of the Templeton
Crocker Expedition to California, noted that only some species of Sergestes had
specialized organs in the gastrohepatic region, first noted by Pesta in 1918. It is
thought that these ‘organs of Pesta’ have a luminescent function. Burkenroad
also noted that those species of Sergestes which lacked organs of Pesta invariably
possessed dermal photophores, and went further to suggest that possibly the
genus could be split into two natural groups. This has been done by Yaldwyn
(1957). Those species possessing organs of Pesta fall into the subgenus Sergestes,
while those possessing photophores fall into the subgenus Sergia. This classifica-
tion has been followed in this work. In life, the organs of Pesta have a con-
spicuous colouring of red and blue, but in preserved material these organs,
which are internal and difficult to see without damage to the specimen, become
opaque-white.
Further division of the subgenus Sergza can be based on the type of photo-
phore, whether it posses a translucent lens-like structure or whether merely an
opaque-white dermal spot.
Sergestes (Sergestes) atlanticus Milne Edwards, 1830
Figs gd, toc, 11d
Sergestes atlanticus Milne Edwards, 1830: 346. Bate, 1888: 389. Hansen, 1896: 951. 1903: 58.
1922: 41.
Sergestes (Sergestes) atlanticus: Yaldwyn, 1957: 8.
Description
Rostrum an apically acute spine. Prominent supra-orbital spine; well-
developed hepatic spine. Feeble cervical groove midway along carapace. Slight
gastrohepatic groove and suprabranchial ridge. Eyes wider than the eyestalk.
Eyestalk half length of first antennular segment. Maxilliped 3 equals pereiopod
3 in length. Two distal segments of pereiopod 5 setose on only one margin. No
dermal photophores.
Petasma of male short and stumpy. Processus uncifer not apically hooked.
Processus ventralis apically acute, broadly triangular in shape. The lobus ter-
minalis a short lobe below the oblong-oval lobus inermis. Lobus connectens
and lobus armatus short; apically blunt lobes.
Previous records and distribution
North Atlantic, off South American coast, off Japan, Fiji, south of
Australia.
304 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material
SAM.A12529, ¢ carapace length 27-9 mm. IK. St. 6, west of Cape Town;
caught 200 metres in a depth of water 1600 metres.
Remarks
This appears to be the first record from South African waters of this species.
Sergestes (Sergestes) armatus Kroyer, 1855
Sergestes armatus: Hansen, 1922: 174. Calman, 1925: 26. Barnard, 1950: 643, fig. 120 m-p.
Sergestes (Sergestes) armatus: Yaldwyn, 1957: 8.
Maiterial
SAM.A10528, 9 carapace length + 17 mm. St. A318, 2525-2782 m.
SAM.A10532, 2 carapace length 11-6 mm. St. A.319, 2690-2727 m.
Remarks
The most useful diagnostic feature of this species is the very obvious and
well-developed third maxilliped, which is longer and stouter than the longest
pereiopod. This feature is also found in Sergestes sargassi to some extent, but that
species can easily be distinguished by the two distal segments of the fifth pereio-
pod which have setae on only one margin in armatus.
Previous records and distribution
Table Bay, 300 fms (590 m), Cape Point, 310 fms (600 m), north and
south Atlantic, off Agulhas, off Natal coast, south-west Indian Ocean, South
Australia, Mediterranean.
Sergestes (Sergestes) sargasst Ortmann, 1893
Figs 7 COG.) rice
Sergestes sargassi Ortmann, 1893: 34. Hansen, 1922: 148.
Sergestes (Sergestes) sargassi: Yaldwyn, 1957: 8.
Description
Rostrum short, anterior margin almost vertical, topped by a short, sharp,
horizontal spine. Carapace with well-defined cervical groove, prominent supra-
branchial ridge, distinct gastrohepatic groove, minute supra-orbital and
hepatic spines. Eyestalk twice as long as eye, latter slightly wider than the stalk.
Eyestalk reaching half-way along first joint of antennular peduncle. Maxilliped
3 stouter and longer than the pereiopods, two distal segments with internal
margins having comb-like rows of bristles. Pereiopod 3 longest, reaching slightly
beyond the antennular peduncle. Pereiopod 4 flattened with long setae on distal
segments. Pereiopod 5 about half length of fourth, two distal segments setose on
both margins. No dermal photophores. Petasma lobes generally elongate,
possessing lobus inermis (a small lobe on the lobus terminalis), stout processus
ventralis, and smaller, thinner lobus armatus. Inner surface of processus ven-
tralis armed with five stellate spines, followed by a marginal row of hooks,
ending in two slightly larger apical hooks.
iia
|
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 305
Fic. 9.
a. Sergestes corniculum Kroyer. Carapace. b. Sergestes regalis Gordon. Carapace.
c. Sergestes sargasst Ortmann. Carapace. d. Sergestes atlanticus Milne Edwards. Carapace.
a
Fic. 10.
a. Sergestes regalis Gordon. Second ramus of antennule of male. b. Sergestes corniculum
Kroyer. Second ramus of antennule of male. c. Sergestes atlanticus Milne Edwards.
Second ramus of antennule of male. d. Sergestes sargassi Ortmann. Second ramus of
antennule of male.
306 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
b
| |
Ee | d
FiGsnras
a. Sergestes regalis Gordon. Petasma. b. Sergestes corniculum Kroyer. Petasma. c. Sergestes
sargasst Ortmann. Petasma. d. Sergestes atlanticus Milne Edwards. Petasma.
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 307
Distribution
Off Madeira, Azores, Sargassum Sea.
Material
SAM.A12528, 3, carapace length 8 mm, overall length 27 mm, IK St. 6,
west of Cape Town caught at 200 metres in a depth of water of 1600 metres.
Remarks
It is remarkable that, like Sergestes atlanticus, only one specimen of this
species was taken from all the hauls containing sergestids. This is the first record
of this species from the South African region.
Sergestes (Sergestes) corniculum Kréyer, 1855
Figs ga, 10b, 11b
Sergestes corniculum Kroyer, 1855: 22. Pesta, 1918. Burkenroad, 1937: 316. Hansen, 1922: 126.
Sergestes (Sergestes) corniculum: Yaldwyn, 1957: 7.
Description
Rostrum with single acute apical spine, flanked by well-developed supra-
orbital ridges, very seldom having a minute spine. Well-defined cervical groove
about half-way along carapace. At base of cervical groove, a prominent ridge
runs anteriorly to eye. Two well-defined ridges in the branchial region. A
minute hepatic spine is sometimes present, more usually a blunt knob-like
protuberance. Eye prominent, black, wider than the eye-stalk. Tiny tubercle on
inner side of stalk, just posterior to eye. Eyestalk reaching half-way along first
antennular peduncle segment. All pereiopods laterally compressed. Second and
third pereiopods equally long and slender. Fifth pair about half the length of
fourth. Two distal segments of pereiopod 5 setose on both margins. No dermal
photophores. Petasma of male with processus ventralis distally expanded,
having eight to ten papilla-like protuberances. Lobus armatus stout, curved.
Lobus connectens small, lobus terminalis apically blunt; lobus inermis longest,
reaching furthest distally, apically acute, ending in two or three spines.
Previous records and distribution
Mediterranean, north Atlantic, off Durban, Agulhas, south-west Indian
Ocean, off Cape Point.
Material
SAM.A10502, g, carapace length 15 mm. St. A317, 2708-3038 m.
SAM.A10556, 9, carapace length 13 mm. St. A321, 3239-3440 m.
SAM.A10571, 9, carapace length 14 mm. St. A321, 3239-3440 m.
Remarks
This appears to be the first record of this species from South African waters.
It appears to be plentiful, occurring at most of the Isaacs-Kidd midwater
stations in addition to the 1959 collection, in depths ranging from 200 metres
to about 3700 metres.
308 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Sergestes (Sergia) regalis Gordon, 1939
Figs 9 byy1@ay ora
Sergestes regalis Gordon, 1939: 498.
Sergestes (Sergia) regalis: Yaldwyn, 1957: 9.
Description
Rostrum apically bifid. Carapace with well-defined supra-branchial ridge,
with a less well-defined ridge ventral to the former. Cervical groove in posterior
third of the carapace. Slight groove in antero-lateral third of carapace. Eye
prominent, eyestalk two-thirds the length of first antennular peduncle segment.
Pereiopods 1-3 slender, third longest, second and third chelate, with stiff red
bristles. Pereiopods 4 and 5 shorter, flattened, fringed with long setae. Sixth
abdominal segment ends in a spinule, telson medially grooved. Photophores of
the ‘opaque spot’ type, difficult to detect. A variable number of photophores on
the merus of the third pereiopod, usually about ten. Petasma of male with lobus
connectens longer than lobus terminalis; lobus armatus and lobus connectens
ending in retracted hooks, lobus armatus longer than processus ventralis.
Previous records and distribution
Mid south Atlantic, off Durban, south-west Indian Ocean.
Material
SAM.A10574, 9, carapace length 26 mm, abdominal length 44 mm. St.
A1g2, 2708 m.
Remarks
Only one large female was taken in this collection, but several more
specimens were obtained from the Isaacs-Kidd midwater collection. This is
the first record of the species from the South African region.
Sergestes (Sergia) prehensilis Bate, 1888
Sergestes prehensilis Bate, 1888: 193. Gordon, 1935: 314.
Sergestes (Sergia) prehensilis: Yaldwyn, 1957: 9.
Sergestes gloriosus Stebbing, 1905: 84. 1910: 38. Barnard, 1950: 642, fig. 120 h-j.
Description
Rostrum apically acute, sometimes a small denticle on the upper margin;
indistinct supra-orbital ridge present, no supra-orbital spine. No hepatic spine
but a blunt knob-like protuberance. Dermal photophores of the lens-like type.
Previous records and distribution
Off Sandy Point, 800 fms (1570 m), off Durban, 260 fms (510 m), East
London region, Agulhas, south-west Indian Ocean, Japan.
Material 3 2
Carapace Carapace
length length Station Depth (m)
SAM.A10483 aT as aM Be 12mm A315 2891-2965
SAM.A10513 a a - ie 12°4 mm A317. 2708-3038
SAM.A10516 ni ifs es ms 11-O mm Agi8 2525-2782
SAM.A10553 Ke a ¥ wy 11:8 mm A321 3230-3440
en
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 309
Remarks
This species appears to be the most plentiful sergestid in South African
waters. It was obtained at all the Isaacs-Kidd midwater stations in large
quantities. It does not appear to be very plentiful in the hauls from the greater
depths of the 1959 collection.
CARIDEA
Family Oplophoridae
Systellaspis debilis (Milne Edwards, 1881)
Systellaspis debilis: Chace, 1940: 181. Barnard, 1950: 663, fig. 124 a. Grindley & Penrith,
1965: 281.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 1500 fms (2950 m), off Natal, north and west Atlantic,
Indo-Pacific.
Material + dg
Carapace Carapace Station Depth
length length (m)
SAM.A10444 ws s t es 10'2 mm A189 1098
SAM.A10455 it. Ee as i 12mm AIgI 2745
SAM.A10494 uf Bs eK at 11°-O mm A316 =. 3148-3257
SAM.A10495 ah ats “i sts - Aa A316 =. 3148+3257
ovig.
SAM.A10544 -F se hw ap 12 mm A322 2745
Remarks
The carapace length of ovigerous females varies from 12 mm to 14 mm in
the Isaacs-Kidd material as well as the present collection. Egg size is 3-3 -5 mm.
Hymenodora glacialis (Buchholz, 1874)
Hymenodora glacialis: Kemp, 1910: 72. Calman, 1925: 15. Barnard, 1950: 665, fig. 124 b.
Description
Number of rostral spines varying from three to six. Eyes very feebly pig-
mented, narrower than eyestalk. Telson broken in all the specimens.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 1500 fms (2950 m), north Atlantic, west coast of Ireland,
1150 fms (2260 m), north and east Pacific.
Material 2 )
Carapace Carapace Station Depth
length length (m)
SAM.A10563 oF a oe a 11-O mm AIgo 2269
SAM.A10562 aN aa fe Me 13°5 mm Argo 2708
SAM.A10566 oe. Lc i: Sis 15°O mm A1g2 2708
SAM.A10513 ve Be an on 9°6 mm A317 +=. 2708-3038
12°0 mm
310 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Notostomus westergren Faxon, 1893
Notostomus westergrent Faxon, 1893: 208. 1895: 171. Stebbing, 1905: 110. 1910: 395. Chace,
1Q4O: 471:
Notostomus auriculatus Kemp (in MS) Barnard, 1950: 670, fig. 124 b, i.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 800 fms (1570 m), off coast of Ecuador, off Bermuda,
goo fms (1770 m) off Keeling Islands, Indian Ocean.
Material
SAM.A10517, 9, carapace length 38-6 mm, overall length (excluding
rostrum), 97°5 mm. St. A318, 2525-2782 m (rostrum missing).
SAM.A12563, 3, carapace length 42 mm, overall length (excluding ros-
trum), 90 mm, IK. St. 14, caught at 500 metres in a depth of 2000 metres.
Remarks
Stebbing (1905) noted that the specimen from Cape Point was perhaps a
species other than westergreni, as it had a strong posterior tooth on the sixth
abdominal segment. According to Barnard (1950), Kemp saw this specimen and
named it auriculatus in MS.; this MS. could not be traced. Comparison of the
present specimens and Stebbing’s specimen with the original description of
westergrent make it seem probable that all three specimens belong to this species.
Although Faxon does not mention a spine on the sixth abdominal segment, the
colour plate illustration (pl. F) shows one. Chace, 1940, also notes that the
specimen of westergreni in the U.S. National Museum possesses a tooth on the
sixth segment. There are minor variations in all the specimens. The lateral
carina of the rostrum curves downward in Stebbing’s specimen, while the above
specimens are as in Faxon’s plate, ending horizontally in the gastric region.
The asymmetry of the antennal scales in Stebbing’s specimen is almost certainly
abnormal. The present specimens agree with Faxon’s sketch; the outer apical
spine extends some way past the apex of the scale and there is no asymmetry.
The length of the rostral spines also seems to vary, but as these are very brittle,
this variation may have no specific importance. Until further specimens are
available for comparison the extent of variation of the species will remain
unknown, and the name westergrent should be retained.
Acanthephyra haeckeltt (Von Martens, 1868)
Ephyra haeckelit Von Martens, 1868: 54.
Acanthephyra haeckelii: Kemp, 1939: 575. Chace, 1940: 140. Barnard, 1950: 668. Grindley &
Penrith, 1965: 280.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 900 fms (1770 m), south-west Indian Ocean, north
Atlantic, south Atlantic, Mediterranean, south Pacific.
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 311
Material g 3
Carapace Carapace Station Depth Telson
length length (m) spines
SAM.A10536 .. a MM 20°0 mm A319 2690-2727 10
SAM.A10553.—«C««j Ma Se 15;omm Agai 3239-3440 10
SAM.A10452 .. ig ie 16°5 mm A1go 2269 9
SAM.A10439_ .. if eS 11°5 mm A189 1098 9
Acanthephyra quadrispinosa Kemp, 1939
Acanthephyra quadrispinosa Kemp, 1939: 576. Barnard, 1950: 668, fig. 124 g. Grindley & Pen-
rith, 1965: 280.
Acanthephyra batei (non Faxon) Stebbing, 1905: 107.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 700-1800 fms (1380-3540 m), off Natal, 820 fms (1610 m),
south-east of Agulhas, south-west Indian Ocean, Indo-Pacific.
Material g 3
Carapace Carapace Station Depth
length length (m)
SAM.A10561 we ve re bet 15°5 mm A321 3239-3440
9°5 mm
SAM.A10560 Me oe Re us 14;Omm 17'0mm A3I9g _ 2690-2727
SAM.A10458 a = ie - 15;Omm 11'0mm_ ArIg2 2708
(ovig.)
Carapace lengths of ovigerous 99 (from IK material): 14-0 mm,
14°3 mm, 15:0 mm, 15°5 mm, 17-6 mm, 18-4 mm, 19:3 mm.
Acanthephyra gracilipes Chace, 1940
Piss o02,: 4a
Acanthephyra gracilipes Chace, 1940: 149. Sivertsen & Holthuis, 1956: 6.
Description
Integument soft, thin; the specimen somewhat damaged. Eyestalk shorter
than rostrum, widest at distal end. Small blunt tubercle on inner angle of stalk,
just behind eye. Rostrum acutely triangular, with six dorsal teeth and no
ventral teeth, reaching end of second joint of antennular peduncle. Dorsal
carina ends before reaching the cervical groove. Tiny antennal spine present,
also a slightly larger branchiostegal spine, unsupported by a keel. Distinct ridge-
like keel above branchial region, stretching from hepatic region almost to the
posterior margin. First two abdominal segments dorsally smooth, last four
segments dorsally carinate, ending in short spines (spines of fifth segment
broken). Distal portion of telson missing. Endopod of uropod equal in length to
the sixth abdominal segment. Pereiopods long and slender.
Previous record
Off Bermuda.
Material
SAM.A10565, 3, carapace length 16 mm, overall length + 50 mm. St.
Argo, 2269 m.
312 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM"
Fic. 12. Acanthephyra gracilipes Chace.
Remarks
This specimen agrees almost exactly with the original description of Chace
(1940). The mandible is toothed over its entire length, confirming the genus.
This is the first record of this species from South African waters and possibly
from the southern hemisphere.
Acanthephyra brevirostris Smith, 1885
Figs) 19°)14
Acanthephyra brevirostris Smith, 1885: 504. Balss, 1925: 252. Chace, 1940: 148. Sivertsen &
Holthuis, 1956: 5.
Hymenodora duplex Bate, 1888: 843.
Description
Integument thin. Eye wider than eyestalk. Rostrum acutely triangular,
reaching to end of second joint of antennular peduncle, with eight dorsal teeth;
no ventral teeth. Posterior portion of carapace not carinate. Tiny antennal
spine present, also a slightly larger branchiostegal spine, the anterior portion of
which is supported by a slight keel. A slightly keeled ridge in the branchial
region, reaching almost to posterior margin of the carapace. First two abdomi-
nal segments dorsally smooth, third to sixth segments dorsally carinate, each
ending in a tooth; that of the third segment a large fleshy leaf-like structure,
giving the species a distinctive appearance. Teeth of segments four to six small
and sharp. Tip of telson missing.
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 313
at
oe I nr Oy Ba
rv . a
aad
Fic. 14.
a. Acanthephyra gracilipes Chace. Mandible. b. Acanthephyra brevirostris Smith.
Mandible.
Previous records and distribution
North-east coast of U.S.A., Bermuda, Bahamas, off Portugal, West Africa,
south-west Indian Ocean, off Pacific coast of Ecuador, off Marion Island. _
Material
SAM.A10564, carapace length 19 mm, overall length 54 mm. St. Arg,
2708 m.
Remarks
The mandible is almost identical to that of A. gracilipes and is dentate
throughout its length. This is the first record of the specimens from South
) African waters. The closest record to South Africa was that of a specimen taken
by the Challenger, off Marion Island.
314 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Acanthephyra corallina (Milne Edwards, 1883)
Figs 15, 16, 17
Notostomus corallina Milne Edwards, 1883.
Acanthephyra valdiviae Balss, 1914: 595. 1925: 260.
Acanthephyra corallina: Chace, 1936: 27.
Description
Integument firm. Carapace carinate throughout its length. A notch present
in the dorsal carina, about two-thirds down the carapace. Rostrum stout,
extending a little way past the antennal scales, curving slightly upward, sup-
ported by lateral keels which end some distance posterior to the orbits.
Rostral teeth: 18/3, 18/4, 17/3, 20/3, 22/3, 19/4, seven or eight teeth
posterior to the orbit. The distance between the orbital groove and the dorsal
carina equal to the distance between the orbital groove and the branchiostegal
spine. Latter stout, outwardly flared, supported by a prominent keel. Antennal
spine small. Strong hepatic spine at base of cervical groove, which is not well
defined. Cervical groove joined by orbital groove. Branchiostegal keel joins
with a well-developed keel in mid-branchial region. In the posterior portion of
the carapace, this keel curves upwards and joins with a ridge which marks the
upper border of the branchial region. Ventral branchial keel stretches from
below branchiostegal keel to posterior margin of carapace, curving upward in
this region. All abdominal segments dorsally keeled; segments 3-6 each ending
Fic. 1 5. Acanthephyra corallina (Milne Edwards).
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 315
a b
Fic. 16. Acanthephyra corallina (Milne Edwards).
a. Mandible. b. Telson and left uropod.
in a strong tooth. Dorso-ventral length of second abdominal segment equals
the greatest dorso-ventral length of the carapace. Eyes slightly wider than eye-
stalks. Antennal scales narrow. Mandibular palp short, three-jointed; seven
teeth on cutting edge. Maxilliped 3 as stout as the pereiopods, reaching almost
to the end of the antennal scale. Pereiopod 4 the longest, but only slightly
longer than the other pereiopods. Meri of pereiopods 3, 4, 5 armed on posterior
border with a single row of spinules. Dactyls of pereiopods 3 and 4 short,
slender; that of pereiopod 5 reduced. Propodus of latter has a series of short
stiff bristles at its distal end. Slender exopods on maxillipeds 2 and 3 and on all
the pereiopods. Pleopods stout with well-developed endo- and exopods. Telson
with four pairs of dorso-lateral spinules in distal half and pair of terminal spines
flanking acute apex. The apex appears to be worn down with age, as some
of the larger specimens do not have the sub-apical pair of spines. Exopod of
uropod almost equal in length to telson, with two spines next to one another on
the outer margin, some distance from the apex. Endopod slightly shorter than
exopod.
Material | 2 3
Carapace Carapace Overall Station Depth
length length length (m)
SAM.A12531 es a Ae 39°5mm 149 mm A319 2690-2727
SAM.A12532 ue .. (ovig.) 34°0 mm 138 mm A3gIig 2690-2727
SAM.A12533 + ie .. 27°0mm Ill mm Argo 2269
SAM.A10523 i .. (ovig.) 37°0 mm 134.mm A318 =. 2525-2782
33°5 mm 132 mm A318 = 2525-2782
33°5mm 129 mm A318 2525-2782
26-omm 99mm A318 2525-2782
316 ANNALS Of THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
f g
Fic. 17. Acanthephyra corallina (Milne Edwards).
a. Tip of pereiopod 5. b. Tip of maxilliped 3. c. Maxilliped 2. d. Maxilliped 1.
e. Maxilla 2. f. Pleopod 1 of male. g. Pleopod 2 of male.
C>__ -
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 317
Remarks
This is a new record for the South African region. The species was pre-
viously recorded from the mid-Indian Ocean, where a single male was caught
by the Valdivia. The presence of a hepatic spine on the carapace together with
the deep rostral base serves to distinguish this uncommon species.
x.
Family Nematocarcinidae
Nematocarcinus longirostris Bate, 1888
Nematocarcinus longirostris Bate, 1888: 806. Stebbing, 1914: 44. Calman, 1925: 15. Barnard,
1950: 671, fig. 125 a—-k.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 1200 fms (2360 m), Marion Island, Japan, East Indies,
west coast of South America.
Material
A total of 78 specimens of this species was obtained from the following
stations: A189, A1go, A1g1, A1g2, A193, A315, A316, A317, A318, Agito.
Of the 78, 10 were ovigerous females, with a carapace length varying from
28-34 mm, while 15 were mature males, with a carapace length varying from
23 to 29 mm.
Nematocarcinus parvidentatus Bate, 1888
Nematocarcinus parvidentatus Bate, 1888: 814. Stebbing, 1915: 99. Barnard, 1950: 674, fig.
125 l-o.
Previous records and distribution
Off Durban, 440 fms (865 m), off East London, 400 fms (780 m), off
Cape Point, goo fms (1770 m), Japan.
Material
A total of 108 specimens of this species was obtained from the following
stations: A1go, A1g2, A193, A315, A316, A317, A318, Agig, A322. Of the
108, 15 were ovigerous females with a carapace length varying from 19-26 mm,
while 20 were mature males with a carapace length varying from 17 to 22 mm.
Remarks
Several specimens of either parvideniatus or longirostris from most of the
stations were so damaged that specific identification was impossible. As can be
expected from two species so closely related, the mouthparts are almost identical
and are of no use in distinguishing the species. The most useful characters are
the lengths of the carapace at which the males and females become mature,
as well as the rostral shape. In parvidentatus the minimum carapace length of
mature males and females is usually less than that of longirostris. The rostrum is
variable, relative length being unsatisfactory for specific separation. In general,
parvidentatus has a rostrum broader in the vertical plane compared with its
length than Jongirostris. The ventral sinuosity at the base of the rostrum in
218 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
parvideniatus noted by Barnard (1950) is also a useful character. A bopyrid
isopod was found on a specimen of longirostris but is neither of the two bopyrids
previously recorded on Nematocarcinus from South Africa.
Family Glyphocrangonidae
Glyphocrangon sculptus (S. I. Smith, 1883)
Rhachocaris sculpta Smith, 1883: 49.
Glyphocrangon sculptus : Smith, 1884: 365. Stebbing, 1908: 37. Barnard, 1950: 719, fig. 134 a-d.
Previous records and distribution
Off Cape Point, 1000 fms (1970 m), east coast of North America.
Material - 3
Carapace Carapace Juveniles Station Depth
length length (m)
SAM.At10521 a ee a: 20°5 mm 4 A318 2525-2782
21-0 mm
22°38 mm
SAM.A10515 sh is Bs 22-8 mm 2 A318 2525-2782
SAM.A10535 ws ust -. 21°-Omm 22-1 mm A319 2690-2727
22-5 mm
SAM.A10451 ah a 2: 2670 mim 727-1 mim Argo 2269
(ovig.) 19°5 mm
25°5mm 19'0mm
(ovig.) 21°3 mm
250mm 21-0mm
(ovig.) 17°5 mm
25;0mm 18:9mm
(ovig.) 17°75 mm
24°0mm 18-9mm
(ovig.) 15:6 mm
21°5mm 15:'6mm
22°0 mm
19°3 mm
22°38 mm
21-0 mm
SAM.A12534 I A193 2745
SAM.A10459 2 A1g2 2708
SAM.A10547 5 A322 2745
SAM.A10462 2 A193 2745
SAM.A10464 I A193 _ 2945
SAM.A10549 I A322 2745
SAM.A10539 4 A319 2745
Family Crangonidae
Sclerocrangon bellmarley: Stebbing, 1914
Sclerocrangon bellmarleyi Stebbing, 1914: 29. Barnard, 1950: 804, fig. 152.
Previous records and distribution
Off Durban, 440 fms (865 m), Natal coast, 400 fms (780 m).
i
;
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 319
Material
SAM.A10446, 2 ovigerous, carapace length 13 mm, overall length 52 mm.
St. A189, 1098 m.
Remarks
This ovigerous female is the largest specimen of this species yet obtained.
The eggs, of which only four remain, measure 2-5 mm in length and are in an
advanced state of development, the shape of the larvae being clearly visible.
This is the most southerly record of this apparently endemic species.
Pontophilus occidentalis Faxon var. indica de Man, 1918
Figs 18, 19
Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica de Man, 1918: 161. 1920: 264.
Description
Carapace with median dorsal keel bearing one cardiac and two gastric
spines, the more anterior of which always the smaller. Two lateral carapace
spines, one hepatic, one epibranchial, lying in an oblique plane. Well-developed
antennal and branchiostegal spines, latter supported by a blunt keel. Minute
post-orbital spinule above the post-orbital fissure. Antero-lateral angle of
carapace with a minute spine. Rostrum varies in length in relation to eyes
and in general shape; usually with one or two pairs of minute denticles at its
base. Eyes large and rounded, tending to obscure the stalks. Pereiopod 1 stout,
armed with the characteristic crangonid chela. Pereiopod 2 about half the
Fic. 18. Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica de Man.
320 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fic. 19. Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica de Man.
a. Rostrum and eyes, showing variations. b. Chela of pereiopod 1. c. Tip of telson. d. Pleopod 2
of male.
length of pereiopod 1; chelate, very slender. A rounded knob ending in a tiny
spine present between bases of second pair of pereiopods. Pereiopod 3 longer
than pereiopod 1, very slender. Pereiopods 4 and 5 almost equal in length to
pereiopod 3, but slightly stouter. Abdomen dorsally smooth, the sixth segment
at least twice the length of the fifth. Appendix masculina of pleopod 2 of the male
shorter and stouter than the appendix interna. Telson with two pairs of minute
lateral spines ending in three pairs of spines, the submedian pair being the
longest.
q
}
k;
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 321
Previous records and distribution
East Indies, in region of Makassar Straits.
Material
A total of about go specimens from the following stations was obtained:
Aigi, A1g2, A193, A315, A316, A317, A318, Agro, Ag21, A322.
The carapace lengths of ovigerous females varied between 11 and 12-5 mm.
Remarks
De Man (1920) distinguishes Pontophilus occidentalis Faxon from its variety
indica by its smaller size (48 mm as against 73 mm), the almost microscopical
size of the anterior gastric spine and the length of the abdomen. In occidentalis
the abdomen is two and a half times the length of the carapace, while in
occidentalis var. indica it is three times the carapace length. De Man (1920)
noted that the closely related species gracilis Smith, abyssi Smith, challengeri
Ortmann, junceus Bate, profundus Bate, occidentalis Faxon, and occidentalis var.
indica de Man, might prove to be geographical races of a widely distributed
species. It certainly is difficult to distinguish between the species and its variety.
In all the present specimens, the first gastric spine is always smaller than the
second (characteristic of the variety). The ratio between carapace length and
abdominal length is very variable, being anything from 2-2 to 3. This criterion
is thus not reliable in distinguishing the variety from the species. The largest
specimen had an overall length of 53-1 mm, only slightly larger than de Man’s
limit of 48 mm. This is the first record of the species from the South African
region. Pontophilus gracilis Smith, known from off the Cape Peninsula, has been
recorded from depths of 190, 250, 470 fms (370, 490, 925 m), while the present
species has been taken from depths of 2525-3440 m.
SUMMARY
A collection of deep-sea decapod Crustacea from west of Cape Point,
South Africa, in depths between 1098 and 3440 metres, is described. The
collection includes approximately 480 specimens of 35 species, of which 3 are
new species and 12 are new records.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The trawling was done by courtesy of the Director, Division of Sea
Fisheries, Cape Town, to whom we are very grateful.
I am indebted to Dr. M.-L. Penrith of the South African Museum for
reading the manuscript and for making constructive criticisms and sug-
gestions throughout the preparation of this work.
The Trustees of the South African Museum are grateful to the Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research for the award ofa grant to publish this paper.
322 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
REFERENCES
Bass, H. 1925. Macrura der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. 2. Natantia, Teil A. Wiss.
Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 20: 217-315.
Bass, H. 1927. Macrura der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. 3. Natantia, Teil B. Wiss.
Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 23: 247-275.
BARNARD, K. H. 1947. Descriptions of new species of South African decapod Crustacea, with
notes on synonymy and new records. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 13: 361-392.
BARNARD, K. H. 1950. Descriptive catalogue of South African decapod Crustacea. Ann.
S. Afr. Mus. 38: 1-837.
Bate, C. S. 1881. On the Penaeidae. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 8: 169-196.
Bate, C. S. 1888. Report on the Crustacea Macrura collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the
years 1873-1876. Rep. Voy. Challenger, 1873-1876 24: 1-942.
Bettoc, G. & LoritLou, C. 1961. Catalogue des types de décapodes du Museé océano-
graphique de Monaco. Bull. Inst. oceanogr. Monaco no. 1212: 1-19.
BENEDICT, J. E. 1903. Descriptions of a new genus and forty-six new species of crustaceans of
the family Galatheidae with a list of the known marine species. Proc. U.S. nain. Mus.
26: 243-334.
BERNARD, F. 1953. Decapoda Eryonidae (Eryoneicus et Willemoesia). Dana Rep. 6 (37): 1-93.
Bouvier, E. L. 1905. Sur les palinurides et la eryonides recueilles dans l’Atlantique oriental
par les expéditions francais et monagasques. C.r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 140: 479-482.
Bouvier, E. L. 1917. Crustacés décapodes (macroures marcheurs). Résult. Camp. scient. Prince
Albert 1 50: 1-140.
Bouvier, E. L. 1922. Observations complémentaires sur les crustacés décapodes (abstraction
faite des carides), provenant des campagnes de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco. Résult.
Camp. scient. Prince Albert 1 62: 1-103.
BuRKENROAD, M. D. 1936. The Aristaeinae, Solenocerinae and pelagic Penaeinae of the
Bingham Oceanographic Collection. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 5 (2): 1-51.
BuRKENROAD, M. D. 1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. 12. Sergestidae (Crustacea
decapoda) from the lower Californian region, with descriptions of the two new species
and some remarks on the organs of Pesta in Sergestes. Zoologica, N.Y. 22: 315-329.
Catman, W. T. 1925. On the macrurous decapod Crustacea collected in South African
waters by the s.s. ‘Pickle’. Rep. Fish. mar. biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 4 Spec. Report 3: 1-26.
Cuace, F. A. 1936. Revision of the bathypelagic prawns of the family Acanthephyridae with
notes on a new family Gomphonotidae. 7. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26: 24-31.
Cuace, F. A. 1940. The plankton of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expedition. 9. The bathy-
pelagic caridean Crustacea. Zoologica, N.Y. 25: 117-209.
Cuace, F. A. 1942. Report on the scientific results of the Atlantis Expedition to the West
Indies, under the joint auspices of the University of Havana and Harvard University.
Torreia 11: 1-106.
Dortein, F. & Batss, H. 1926. Die Galatheiden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss.
Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 20: 1-184.
Faxon, W. 1893. Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of central America to
the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in charge of
Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer ‘Albatross’ during
1891, Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, U.S.N. commanding. Bull. Mus. comp. ool.
Harv. 24: 149-220.
Faxon, W. 1895. Reports on an exploration of the west coasts of Mexico, central and South
America, and off the Galapagos Islands, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S.
Fish Commission steamer ‘Albatross’ during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner,
U.S.N. commanding. The stalk-eyed Crustacea. Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 18: 1-292.
Gorpon, I. 1935. New or imperfectly known species of Crustacea Macrura. J. Linn. Soc. Zool.
39? 307-351.
Gorpon, I. 1939. A new species of Sergestes (Crustacea, Decapoda) from the South Atlantic.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 4: 498-509.
GRINDLEY, J. R. & Penritu, M. J. 1965. Notes on the bathypelagic fauna of the seas around
South Africa. Zool. afr. 1: 275-295.
Hansen, H. J. 1896. On the development and the species of the crustaceans of the genus
Sergestes. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1896: 936-970.
DEEP SEA DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM WEST OF CAPE POINT 323
HAnsEN, H. J. 1903. On the Crustacea of the genera Petalidium and Sergestes from the ‘Challen-
ger’ with an account of luminous organs in Sergestes challengeri n.sp. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.
1903: 52-79.
Hansen, H. J. 1922. Crustacés décapodes (Sergestides) provenant des campagnes des yacht
Hirondelle et Princesse-Alice (1885-1915). Résult. Camp. scient. Prince Albert 1 64: 1-232.
Hotruuis, L. B. 1955. The recent genera of the caridean and stenopodidean shrimps (class
Crustacea, order Decapoda, supersection Natantia) with keys for their determination.
Kool. Verh., Leiden 26: 1-157.
Kemp, S. 1909. The decapods of the genus Gennadas collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond. 11: 718-790.
Kemp, S. 1910. The decapod Natantia of the coasts of Ireland. Scient. Invest. Fish. Brch Ire.
1908 (1): 1-190.
Kemp, S. 1939. On Acanthephyra purpurea and its allies (Crustacea, Decapoda, Hoplophoridae).
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 4: 568-579.
KrO6yeER, H. 1855. Bidrag til kundskab om brebsdyrslaegten Sergestes. Over. K. danske Vidensk.
Selsk. Forh. 1855: 22-23.
Man, J. G. de. 1918. Diagnoses of new species of macrurous decapod Crustacea from the
Siboga Expedition. Zoél. Meded. Leiden 4: 159-166.
Man, J. G. de. 1920. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga Exped. monogr. 39 a°:
1-320.
Martens, E. von. 1868. Ueber einige ostasiatischen Siisswasserthiere. 11. Crustacea. Arch.
Naturgesch. 34: 1-64.
Mitne-Epwarps, A. 1880. Etudes préliminaires sur les crustacés. 1. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
8: 1-67.
MiLne-Epwarps, A. 1930 after 1883. Receuil de figures de Crustacés nouveau ou peu connus. Paris.
MILNE-Epwarps, A. 1930. Description des genres Glaucothoe, Sicyonie, Sergeste et Acéte de
Vordre des crustacés décapodes. Annls. Sci. nat. Zool. 19: 333-352.
MiLnE-Epwarps, A. & Bouvier, E. L. 1894. Considerations générales sur la famille des
Galatheides. Annls. Sci. nat. Zool. (7) 16: 191-327.
OrtMANN, A. 1893. Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition. Ergeb. Atlant.
Ozean Planktonexped. Humboldt-Stift. 2: 1-210.
Pesta, O. 1918. Die Decapodenfauna der Adria. Versuch einer Monographie. Leipzig & Wien. (not
seen).
Pesta, O. 1918. Die Decapodenfauna der Adria. Versuch einer Monographie. Leipzig & Wien.
SIVERTSEN, E. & Hoxtuuis, L. G. 1956. Crustacea Decapoda (the Penaeidae and Steno-
podidae excepted). Rep. scient. Results Michael Sars. N. Atlant. deep Sea Exped. 5 (12)? 1-54.
SmiTH, S. I. 1882. Reports on the results of dredgings, under the supervision of Alexander
Agassiz, on the east coast of the United States, during the summer of 1880, by the
U.S. Coast Survey Steamer ‘Blake’, Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N. commanding.
Report on the Crustacea. Part I. Decapoda. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 10: 1-108.
Situ, S. I. 1884. Crustacea of the ‘Albatross’ dredgings in 1883. Rep. U.S. Commnr. Fish. 1882:
356.
SmitH, S. I. 1885. On some new or little known Decapoda Crustacea from recent fish com-
mission dredgings off the east coast of the United States. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 7: 493-511.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1905. South African Crustacea, part 3. Mar. Invest. S. Afr. 3: 21-120.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1908. South African Crustacea, part 4. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 6: 1-96.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1g10. General catalogue of the South African Crustacea (part 5). Ann.
S. Afr. Mus. 6: 281-293.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1914. South African Crustacea (part 7). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 15: 1-55.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1915. South African Crustacea (part 8). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 15: 57-104.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1917. South African Crustacea (part 9). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 17: 23-46.
Sunpb, O. 1920. The ‘Challenger’ Eryonidae (Crustacea). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 6: 220.
Tirmizi, N. M. 1960. Crustacea, Penaeidae, part 2. Series Benthesicymae. Scient. Rep. John
Murray Exped. 10: 319-383.
WILLEMOES-SuuM, R. von. 1873. Jn HSE TS OY C. W. Notes from the ‘Challenger’. Nature,
Lond. 8: 51.
YALDwyn, J. C. 1957. Deep water Crustacea of the genus Sergestes (Decapoda Natantia) from
Cook Strait, New Zealand. Zoology Publs. Vict. Univ. Wellington 22: 1-27.
INSTRUCTIONS: TO ' AUTHORS
MANUSCRIPTS
In duplicate (one set of illustrations), type-written, double spaced with good margins,
including TABLE OF ConTENTs and Summary. Position of text-figures and tables must be
indicated.
ILLUSTRATIONS
So proportioned that when reduced they will occupy not more than 43 in. = 7 in. (7} in.
including the caption). A scale (metric) must appear with all photographs.
REFERENCES
Authors’ names and dates of publication given in text; full references at end of paper in
alphabetical order of authors’ names (Harvard system). References at end of paper must be
given in this order:
Name of author, in capitals, followed by initials; names of joint authors connected by &,
not ‘and’. Year of publication; several papers by the same author in one year designated by
suffixes a, b, etc. Full title of paper; initial capital letters only for first word and for proper
names (except in German). Title of journal, abbreviated according to World list of scientific
periodicals and underlined (italics). Series number, if any, in parenthesis, e.g. (3), (n.s.), (B.).
Volume number in arabic numerals (without prefix ‘vol.’), with wavy underlining (bold type).
Part number, only if separate parts of one volume are independently numbered. Page numbers,
first and last, preceded by a colon (without prefix ‘p’). Thus:
SmiTH, A. B. 1956. New Plonia species from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 937-945.
When reference is made to a separate book, give in this order: Author’s name; his initials;
date of publication; title, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any, in arabic numerals,
with wavy underlining; place of publication; name of publisher. Thus:
Brown, X. Y. 1953. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 2. London: Green.
When reference is made to a paper forming a distinct part of another book, give: Name of
author of paper, his initials; date of publication; title of paper; ‘In’, underlined; name of
author of book; his initials; title of book, underlined; edition, if any; volume number, if any,
in arabic numerals, with wavy underlining; pagination of paper; place of publication; name
of publisher. Thus:
SmitH, C. D. 1954. South African Plonias. Jn Brown, X. Y. Marine faunas. 2nd ed. 3: 63-95.
London: Green.
SYNONYMY
Arranged according to chronology of names. Published scientific names by which a species
has been previously designated (subsequent to 1758) are listed in chronological order, with
abbreviated bibliographic references to descriptions or citations following in chronological
order after each name. Full references must be given at the end of the paper. Articles and
recommendations of the International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International
congress of zoology, London, July 1958, are to be observed (particularly articles 22 and 51).
Examples: Plonia capensis Smith, 1954: 86, pl. 27, fig. 3. Green, 1955: 23, fig. 2.
When transferred to another genus:
Euplonia capensis (Smith) Brown, 1955: 259.
When misidentified as another species:
Plonia natalensis (non West), Jones, 1956: 18.
When another species has been called by the same name:
[non] Plonia capensis: Jones, 1957: 27 ( = natalensis West).
IAEA TRUS IO ES! RPE ONLTETIOUINIAIN, TINO AEE Et
nr
ne we (UYU BPMN ERD ONTIITIOVINIAIN TINO TEU iN
_ — "Ar
n = > ” :
at ——
SQV
€, (Tv Y
On DC.
y Le
4 DP Yj
eo na 4
UY
NVINC
SMIT
NVING
SMIT
NVING
SMIT
*
oe
YvVUGII LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
= J : Lu YS
a. ty fy ce
an “ZY ry
ad
ITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN |
17
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
S3IuYVvugt
Sa1uvUg
|
we. BRARIES SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUYSIT LI
Si
4
Se
a
oO
=
=
2
=
2
i
~
Vv)
=
= z ar z —
oO O ca ae CY a
; 1 ae m2; . ee mo wy a)
28 OF re S ak oS 2 Oo
= \ Ve Zs se =
= SS = >" = > Ce
?NOLLNLILSNI 4 -K Es” oe C
ITUTION —NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTIG
a a ul a us a |
a — = | =e =f
a a ra a te, ome
< c ; < = < Ee
oc ~ oe a oe eri
a 2 7 “7 =z ar 2 |
sVU 17 LIBRAR [ES _ SMITHS NIAN INSTITUTION NOLLOLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS sa1uvud
aS Aeon Bl S a Ss § cae
= at. “4 = ox ie
a 3. 27. ran > at =
a EY “ty cs = = as
_ - tite - = eZ =
4 a ae: Z rn 2
ITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uVYgII SMITHSONIAN _
“2 2) = : w” =< 2)
eS: = = =i z am
fo Me 2B oO Sey O : x=
. oO = oe O 4 a Bs oO
\ = rE = a =
> Z = > = Withee =
pee 7 = 77) * 2
NVUGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI
2 xe ay
o9) &
= a
c a
= py
O oa
=z pas |
ITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IY¥Vudit SMITHSONIAN
* os
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION
SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUGITLIBRARIE
LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS
= e Fi, "* (72) = wo
& ae be = y 4 < “
5 e NS 2 GAGs =
:: 2 INE YG 2 g
= AS CAN Y hee =
ITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SAIY¥VYGIT LIBRARIES
7p) a “” = w” S
oo ” uu Ww ONG fad no
= | rz + (4 os ee Who.
a a so =i fe ee ae
<C c _ — clk ae 3 acd c
a Coe | a en! ah S Pee % §3 [8 «a4 eee
LIBRARIES
NSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS SaIuvual
SMITHSONIAN
Saruvugi
INSTITUTE
/ ih,
7
4,
SaIuvuat
INST
+ 1
saiuvug
"
S31
)
Wud
'
»
ff
42
U
3 (a)
= : Ey
y 5
SE ~ ments © —
woTTy,
\ %
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa31uvuaIt
ty i WALI sS/ 2 GG Kk RNS = i -¥ ‘ > y I
Oh aaa ns Di me.
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES
4 z y Z nA a ;
ai a” es ” yen “” .
‘ Bip > ‘ 3 e I |
oy, Ye Cc es oo ;
oo . a om i
: Pan] ty, = rea) 5 rsa) = (
! ar i z a z ee z :
LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
ee a he ag» z
Re © = 09 - Gy? 2
sz) > i > Ee fos > - :
yy = rE ELF Kr 2 =
RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS, Sa IyvVusit et BRARIES
| = a a ae eS
ao = \, 4 Lp, 7 z : :
be 0 NN Mi YS -
EDs Sai F211): ZA:
= = AS =» 7 fe ye” a = aS :
Feu Bee 5 : ee Ge
HASNI_NVINOSHIIWS, SA1UVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILMLILSNI.
Wy; FA a = uw = Ls ‘
a -< a < se <
ae a = o c ox .
= AS om a a. - 2), wo .
(ee eter s ie S = |
\R I ES_ SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS SaIuVUdIT LIBRARIES.
Bm o o = Oa :
aa 830 = i) - 9
ee > 7a > ° a >
oa = E = i =
@e o z a 2
Ww) uw)
= =
= =
a a
Oo Oo
= Z
2 >
= =. tf yf Y Y ; = = s Sif j ?
2 ei : hi = D wo |
Fe 2 GGy E E wy, |
ARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS $3 1yvVYdIT LIBRARI ES
. = Zz exe Pa |
a 2 ” a op) oQ as a Ww |
«. GY fp = 0c = NA: cc “ |
Giz = : EWR § :
a Se S oa 5 N = 5 |
= on] a ot aes = )
NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
. 3 ! ~ z : a, = |
aS — 'ee] — Ly, w ae |
Ya 5 : 5 GY? E
WE > - Yh a
y. RS = 8) oe y Y f é 2 = |
SA Y . NS w m uw” m Ww
wis = n = wn <
ar]
\RIES NSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS Saiuvugia_LIBRARIES
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS S3I1Y¥VUYsI1_Li
i uy = w é z=
=< = l by = = iy < |
; S 2 GUY. & 2 GY =
V 2 8 ae? Dy ig ae
ws = 20 ff" = 6) ae = }
is , | 5 ARS = = = = 3 ‘ |
LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS, SALYVY@IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILALILSNI
Tuy rf uu = Ww z ts
=a a ae es a ma
= -< a < Ges < |
Be = cc S
3 9088
QT